X - 経済産業省

経済産業省委託 

平成 23 年度 

経済連携提携促進のための産業高度化推進事業 

日本-インドネシア経済連携協定に係る 

国連相互認定協定(1958年協定)への加入支援事業 

成果報告書 

平成24年3月 

財団法人日本自動車輸送技術協会 

自動車基準認証国際化研究センター(JASIC)

まえがき 

2007年8月、日本とインドネシアの両国政府は、首脳間において日本-インドネシア 

経済連携協定に署名し、2008 年 7 月に発効に至ったが、この協定において、自動車分野 

では、インドネシア側における完成車及び同部品輸入関税の段階的な削減及び撤廃を合 

意し、一方、日本側からは、自由化されたインドネシア自動車及びその裾野産業である 

同部品産業の国際競争力を向上させ、両国の経済連携を強化することを目的として、イ 

ンドネシア政府機関の研究開発機能強化、1958 年協定への加入支援、専門家によるイン 

ドネシア自動車部品企業への巡回型派遣の 3 分野の産業協力事業実施を合意した。この 

産業協力事業は、当初3年計画として進められたが、インドネシア側より更なる継続支 

援要請を受け、本年度も継続されることになった。 

JASIC では、この内、1958 年協定への加入支援を行う事業を、平成 20 年度、21 年度、 

22 年度に引き続き、本年度についても、経済産業省から受託し、インドネシアの実情に 

即した協定への理解促進活動、協定加入に向けたロードマップの策定や組織形勢に向け 

たアドバイス、人材育成・交流等を通じて、インドネシアの 1958 年協定加入の動きを 

促進する協力事業を行った。 

2 

平成24年3月 

財団法人日本自動車輸送技術協会 

自動車基準認証国際化研究センター 

(JASIC)

目次 

(概要)-------------------------------------------------------------- 4 

(本論)------------------------------------------------------------- 7 

Ⅰ.事業目的・概要 ----------------------------------------------------- 8 

I- 1. 事業背景・目的 ----------------------------------------------- 9 

I- 2. 事業概要 ---------------------------------------------------- 10 

I- 3. 事業日程 ---------------------------------------------------- 10 

II.事業結果 ----------------------------------------------------------- 12 

II-1. 現地ワークショップ開催結果 ----------------------------------- 13 

II-2. 日本側委員会設置とインドネシア側委員会との会議結果 ----------- 69 

III.考察 ---------------------------------------------------------- 88 

Ⅳ.資料 ------------------------------------------------------------ 

IV-1. 現地会合及びワークショップ資料 

(第 1 回~第 6 回)--------------------------------------- 

Agenda 

現地会合 Participant List 

現地ワークショップ Participant List 

現地会合資料 

現地ワークショップ資料 

IV-2. Sub-WG2 国内委員会資料 (第 1 回~第 3 回)----------------- 

委員名簿 

議事次第 

議事録 

3 

頁 

91 

92 

1077

概要 

JASIC では、平成 20 年度、21 年度、22 年度に引き続き、今年度についても、インド 

ネシアの 1958 年協定への加入支援を行う事業を経済産業省から受託し、インドネシア 

の実情に即した協定への理解促進活動、協定加入に向けた組織形勢に向けたアドバイス 

等を通じ、インドネシアが自動車基準・認証制度の整備を進めるための支援を行った。 

これは、インドネシアの自動車基準・認証制度整備のためにインドネシア側と日本側 

それぞれに設立された共同作業グループ(以下、Sub-WG2 又は単に SWG2 と記載)の活動 

成果である。 

1. Sub-WG2 活動目的 

政府関係技術専門家を派遣することによって、インドネシアが UNECE 規則(国連欧 

州経済委員会が定める自動車の構造・装置に関する国際的な統一基準)のような国際 

的規則の採用や、1958 年協定(以下 58 協定)のような国際的協定に加入するために 

必要な試験の適合性に関する技術規則の更新を支援する。 

2. 日本-インドネシア経済連携協定支援事業のための Sub-WG2 の活動実績 

2008 年度 2009 年度 2010 年度 2011 年度 

準備段階実行段階(1) 実行段階(2) 実行段階(3) 

インドネシアの 58 協 

定加入への課題、 

UNECE 規則採用のメリ 

ット、必要性等の理解 

を深めるセミナー実 

施。 

58 協定加入に向けた 

WP-29 のインドネシア 

国内検討チーム設立 

済み。 

主要試験機関 

(VTCC,B4T,CFC)の基 

礎調査を実施。自動車 

分野でのインドネシ 

ア側の要求や意見確 

認。 

58 協定加盟国間のの 

相互承認や国連 WP29 

及び GR 活動について 

のセミナー実施。 

官民協議の場として 

IASIG(Indonesia 

Automobile Standard 

Internationalizatio 

n Group)設立準備の 

ためのセミナーと新 

組織運営について意 

見交換。(2010 年 5 

月 IASIG 設立) 

現行 127 項目の UNECE 

規則からインドネシ 

アとして採用すべき 

75 項目を選定。認可当 

局及びテクニカルサ 

ービス候補試験機関 

を抽出。 

日本で主要な UNECE 規 

則 14 項目の技術要 

件・試験方法レクチャ 

ー実施。 

4 

欧州・日本でのハイレ 

ベル会合にて、WP29 活 

動、58 協定加入手続き 

についてより深い理 

解。 

IASIG から発展した新 

組織 IASIF(Indonesia 

Automobile Standard 

Internationalization 

Forum)の設立準備。 

(2011 年 6 月 IASIF 設 

立、IASIF ロードマッ 

プ公表) 

テクニカルサービス 

(試験機関)の能力向 

上のため、各試験機関 

(CFC,B2TKS,VTCC,B4T 

)に於ける9項目の 

UNECE 規則のレクチャ 

ー実施(認証手続き、 

生産の法規適合性チェ 

ックを含む)。 

ASEAN が推進する相 

互承認第一優先の 19 

項目の UNECE 規則中、 

インドネシアが優先 

する主要 5 項目 

(R13,13H,49,83,51) 

につき、現行国内法と 

比較し、採用に当たっ 

ての課題明確化。 

UNECE 規則ベースと 

した将来の型式認証 

制度設置についての 

アドバイス実施。 

インドネシア政府幹 

部への 58 協定加入、 

UNECE 規則採用に向 

けた IASIF 提案書作 

成を支援。 

インドネシア UNECE 

規則採用計画明確化 

のための IASIF ワー 

クシートを提案。 

IASIF 自身による検 

討開始。 

2011 年度の活動は、過去 3 年度の活動を通じて 2011 年 6 月設置に至った官民協 

力の協議体 IASIF の活動を支援し、58 協定加入への課題やメリット、必要性につ

いて、理解を深めるとともに、今年度末までに、インドネシアが 58 協定に加入し、 

UNECE 規則を順次導入していくための手順を公に宣言してもらうことを狙いとし 

た。 

3. 2011 年度 Sub-WG2 活動結果 

日本側事情により、当初計画日程の一部見直しをしたが、最終的には以下の日程に 

従って、活動を実施した。 

ここでは、まず(1)の現地ワークショップの結果を報告し、(4)の日本側に設置した 

検討委員会、(2)のインドネシア政府関係者との会議(SWG2)及び SWG2/SWG3 合同会 

議について報告する。 

3.1 現地ワークショップ開催結果 

(1) 第一回現地ワークショップ 

2011年9月14・15 日の両日、「インドネシアの車両型式認証制度改善のための 

UNECE 規則の選定及び採用計画作り」をテーマに、インドネシア運輸省傘下の車両 

認証試験センター(VTCC)会議室にて、一日目 28 名、二日目 23 名の参加者を得て 

開催した。 

(2) 第二回現地ワークショップ 

2011 年 10 月 5・6 日の両日、「現行インドネシア法規・規格に対する UNECE 規則 

採用による影響について(含む R13、R13H の精査)」をテーマに、インドネシア工 

業省会議室にて、一日目 24 名、二日目 21 名の参加者を得て開催した。 

5

(3) 第三回現地ワークショップ 

2011 年 11 月 2・3 日の両日、「改訂後採用すべき UNECE 規則(含む R49、R83 の 

精査)」をテーマに、インドネシア工業省会議室にて、一日目 21 名、二日目 22 名 

の参加者を得て開催した。 

(4) 第四回現地ワークショップ 

2011 年 12 月 14・15 日の両日、「UNECE 規則採用の国連通告手続きについて(含 

む R51 の精査)」をテーマに、インドネシア工業省会議室にて、一日目 16 名、二 

日目 20 名の参加者を得て開催した。 

(5) 第五回現地ワークショップ 

2012年1月25・26 日の両日、「2011 年度活動総括及び今後の活動について」を 

テーマに、インドネシア運輸省傘下の車両認証試験センター(VTCC)会議室にて、 

一日目 13 名、二日目 16 名の参加者を得て開催した。 

4. 今後の Sub-WG2 活動計画についての提案 

2012 年 1 月に開催された第 5 回 SWG2 ワークショップ及び 3 月に開催の第 6 回 SWG2 

会合にて、それまでの都合 4 回のワークショップ結果を総括し、インドネシアの 58 

協定加入のための準備日程及び UN 規則採用検討の方向及び今後の SWG2 活動計画を確 

認した。 

また、インドネシア側からは、今後の Sub-WG2 の活動について、日本からの支援継 

続について要望が出された。 

6

(本論) 

7

Ⅰ.事業目的・概要 

8

Ⅰ.事業目的・概要 

平成 22 年度経済連携提携促進のための産業高度化推進事業(日本-インドネシア経 

済連携協定に係る国連相互認定協定(1958 年協定)への加入支援事業)の実務概要は 

以下の通りである。 

I-1.事業背景・目的 

日本-インドネシア両国政府は、2007年8月20日に首脳間において日インドネシア経 

済連携協定(以下、「日尼EPA」という。)に署名。2008年7月1日に発効がなされ 

た。 

日尼EPAにおいて、自動車分野ではインドネシア側における完成車及び同部品輸 

入関税の段階的な削減及び撤廃を合意。一方、日本側からは、自由化されたインドネ 

シア自動車及び裾野産業である同部品産業の国際競争力を向上させ、両国の「WIN-WIN」 

の経済連携を強化することを目的として、3分野(①尼機関の研究開発(R&D)機 

能強化に向けた実現可能性調査(F/S、Feasibility Study)及び調査結果を踏まえ 

ての専門家派遣等による協力、②国連相互認定協定(1958年協定)(以下、「58協定」 

という。)への加入支援のための政府関係者の専門家派遣による協力、③専門家によ 

るインドネシア自動車部品企業への巡回型派遣事業の延長)の産業協力事業の実施を 

合意。当該産業協力事業の実施については、日本経済産業省及びインドネシア工業省 

間で合意された「Initiative for Manufacturing Industry Development Center」の 

主要部分を占めるものに位置付けられている。 

今回の委託事業は、上記3分野の産業協力事業のうち、②の 58 協定への加入支援と 

して、58 協定への理解促進活動、58 協定加盟に向けたロードマップの策定や組織形成 

に向けたアドバイス、人材育成・交流等を通じて、インドネシアの 58 協定加盟を促進 

することを目的としている。 

9

I-2.事業概要 

(1) 事業の内容及び実施方法 

本委託事業は、現地セミナーの開催やインドネシア政府関係者等の招聘を通じ、 

58協定への理解促進活動、58協定加入及び加入後の認証制度整備に向けたロード 

マップの策定や組織形成に向けたアドバイス、試験機関の人材育成、各種交流等 

を行う。 

具体的な事業内容は以下のとおり。 

① 58協定加入及び加入後の認証制度整備に向けたインドネシア側のロードマッ 

プ(方針や日程)に基づき、インドネシアの58協定加入後の認証制度整備の 

ためのワークショップを開催する(5回程度。1回当たり2日程度、現地政府関 

係者等も含め計35名程度の参加を想定。英尼通訳費、会議費等を計上するこ 

と)。専門家(3名程度)も同行し、インドネシアのUNECE規則をベース 

にした型式認証制度の構築に向けた具体的な作業に対する支援及びUNEC 

E規則の採用計画について意見交換を行う。派遣に関する渡航費、宿泊費等 

を計上すること。 

② インドネシアの58協定加入に向け、日本において検討委員会を設置して 

日本からの支援についてより具体的な検討を行う(3回程度検討委員会を開 

催することを想定)。委員会は、専門家や大学教授等により構成され、委 

員長1名及び委員6名程度を想定。 

③ インドネシア側との間に設置されているWG等を開催し、事業の進捗を適宜 

報告するなどインドネシア側と事業の継続や方向性について協議する。 

※WG等については5回程度(①のワークショップ併せて開催。1日程度。専門 

家3名程度も参加。)を想定。派遣に関する渡航費、宿泊費等を計上すること。 

④ 報告書の作成 

①~③の事項につき、報告書を作成する。 

I-3.事業日程 

事業実施期間は、委託契約締結日から平成 24 年3月30日までとする。具体的なスケ 

ジュールは、以下の通りである。 

10

Ⅱ.事業結果 

12

Ⅱ.事業結果 

Ⅱ-1.現地ワークショップ開催結果 

(1) 本年度事業開始前のインドネシアとの事前会合 

6 月 15 日ジャカルタで開催された第 3 回 MIDEC セミナーにて、過去 3 年実施して 

きた日本-インドネシア経済連携協定に係る自動車基準調和活動成果と本年度の活 

動計画概要につき報告した。また、事前に、6 月 13 日 SWG2 のインドネシア側主要 

メンバーと今後の活動計画詳細について打ち合わせた。 

(a) SWG1 及び SWG2 合同事前会合(6 月 13 日 14:00~17:00 インドネシア工業省会 

議室) 

〔出席者〕: 

日本側出席者:経産省松田係長、JICE 伊藤氏(SWG1 関係)、JARI 船崎主任研 

究員、鈴木研究員(SWG3 関係)、JASIC 土井 

インドネシア側:尼工業省(MOI)Sprijanto 課長、Rudiyono 課長補佐、M. Ihsan 

氏、Andreas A.S.氏、Agust Juvenly Purba 氏、Subriyanto 

氏、Yunita M. Lating 氏、Ari Gunawan 氏、BPPT Prawato 氏、 

尼自工会(GAIKINDO)Budi P. Susilo 氏、尼二輪車工業会(AISI) 

Haru Sutanto 氏、尼部工会(GIAMM)Hadi Surjadipradija 氏、 

JETRO ジャカルタ事務所市川氏、Arif 氏 

通訳:Doni 氏 

〔SWG1 活動について〕: 

・経産省松田係長より、SWG1(カイゼンリーダーの養成)の本年度計画につ 

いて説明。6 月末に開始し、12 月完了予定。尼側企業 9 社から 9 名のカイ 

ゼンリーダー選定し、事前に準備会合を尼で開催の上、9 月に日本に招聘 

予定。今回は、カイゼンリーダーに加え、企業トップにも参加願う予定。 

この受け入れ業者として、これまでの AOTS(海外技術者研修協会)ではな 

く、JICE(日本国際協力センター)ともう一社が応募中。日本側専門家と 

しては、実績のある中嶋氏を考えているが、JETRO の選定次第。 

・尼側出席者より、日本での訪問企業プロフィールにつき、事前情報提供の 

要請があり、訪日の 1 週間前までに提供が約された。その他、日程詳細に 

つき、日尼双方の都合につき、確認あり。最終的には、日程表につき、尼 

側修正案につき、GAIKINDO が纏め、提示することになった。 

〔SWG2 活動について〕: 

・経産省松田係長より、SWG2(58 協定加入支援)は、インドネシアの 58 協 

定加入が目的であるが、尼側作成のロードマップによれば、本年内にも 58 

協定加入の宣言がされる見込みになっており、支援に携わって来た一人と 

して同慶の至り。但し、協定加入後、尼側が自主的に活動を継続していく 

ため、一定の期間日本側として支援するとの経産省方針が説明あり。 

・ JASIC 土井より、SWG2 の本年度計画につき説明。6 月 9 日発行の尼運輸省 

13

局長通達により設立された IASIF のロードマップに沿った支援を行う提案 

を行った。具体的には、ACCSQ-APWG が第一優先採用項目として推奨してい 

る UNECE 規則 19 項目の中から、本年度は4~5 項目を取り上げ、法規要件 

を精査・検討するための支援を実施したい。特に、IASIF ロードマップの 

中で、現行国内法との比較検討も実施し、場合によっては将来 UNECE 規則 

の改訂をインドネシアが提案出来るように、日本の経験についても本年度 

実施のワークショップの中で説明したい旨説明した。 

・ JASIC 案として、UNECE 規則精査項目については、R16(シートベルト)、R30 

(乗用車用タイヤ)、R43(安全ガラス)、R83(排出ガス)を提案したが、 

尼側は 6 月 15 日の MIDEC セミナー以降、関係者打ち合わせの上、6 月 16 

日までに JASIC に回答通知したいとして、この場での回答を保留した。(そ 

の後、尼側より、R13(商用車用ブレーキ)、R13H(乗用車用ブレーキ)、R49 

(ディーゼル排気)、R83(排出ガス)、R51(騒音)の 5 項目を希望すると 

の連絡あり、JASIC もこれを了承。) 

・都合5回のワークショップ日程について、意見交換の結果、第1回目のワ 

ークショップについては、8月 29 日~9 月 3 日尼政府は連休予定につき、 

JASIC 案(9 月 6 日~8 日)を一週間程度延期して欲しい旨要請あり。上記、 

精査項目回答を考慮の上、6 月末までに回答を約した。 

(b) 第3回 MIDEC ハイレベルセミナー(6月15日インドネシア工業省二階 

Rajawali 会議室) 

〔PLENARY SEMINAR〕(9:10~9:40 同省同会議室) 

1) インドネシア側挨拶その1(MOI Achdiat Atmawinata 特別補佐官) 

・MIDEC 事業は当初計画された 13 の分野の内、既に 12 の分野で活動を実施中 

で、インドネシアの産業競争力強化の一助になりつつある。 

・本日のセミナーでは8分野について 2010 年~11 年についての活動実績及び 

今後の予定について、日本側より説明頂き、インドネシア側からコメント 

する予定。 

2) 日本側挨拶その 1(在ジャカルタ日本大使館前田公使) 

・今週、ユドヨノ尼大統領が訪日され、東日本大地震の被災地訪問予定と聞 

いている。インドネシアの多くの方々からお見舞いを多数受け、大変感謝 

している。 

・インドネシアは ASEAN の議長国としてリーダーシップを発揮。本年は日本 

との間の EPA にて9つの分野に付き産業協力が開始されることになった。 

また、本 MIDEC の協力事業では大きな成果を上げつつあり、本セミナーの 

開催により、両国の理解が更に深まることを期待。 

3) 日本側挨拶その2(経産省通商政策局参事官山口琢磨氏) 

・東日本大地震及び津波被害に対するインドネシアからの沢山のお見舞い、 

支援ありがとうございます。この震災により日本の生産活動自体に大きな 

支障を来たし、インドネシアにもご迷惑をお掛けし、申し訳ない。日尼 EPA 

の一環として来日されている看護師さんが被災地でも活躍。経産省も勇気 

14

付けられている。今回の震災を通じ、日尼 EPA による絆の重要性を改めて 

痛感した。 

・JICA 専門家の MOI 駐在(1 名)に加え、MOC 駐在(2名)追加が実現し、日 

尼 EPA の心強い窓口になっている。 

・本日はお忙しい中、MIDEC セミナーへの参加に感謝。 

4)インドネシア挨拶その 2(MOI Riyanto 氏) 

・今回の MIDEC セミナーでは、2010 年~2011 年の活動実績及びこんごの予定 

につき報告願う。日尼 EPA の一環として行われている日本からの支援は非 

常に有効であり、ASEAN の 2015 年市場統合に備え、インドネシアの産業競 

争力強化に役立つものになると信じる。 

〔PARALEL SEMINAR - Seminar 1 金属加工、溶接、自動車、電子分野〕」(9:50~ 

13:30 同省同会議室) 

金属加工、溶接、自動車、電子関係について、それぞれ活動報告あり。ここ 

では自動車関係のみ記載。 

1) R&D 体制強化支援活動について 

JARI 船崎氏より報告。2011 年度としては、大気質改善のため、日本での解 

析手法研修、専門家派遣による大気質戒厳や燃費についてのワークショップ 

開催を計画。代替燃料として、天然ガスを使用する自動車の安全性につきワ 

ークショップ開催予定。プラスチックやゴムについては材料評価技術につい 

て日尼間でクロスチェック予定。 

2) UN/ECE 1958 年協定加入支援活動について 

JASIC 土井より報告。2011 年度は、インドネシアに専門家を派遣し、都合 

5回程度のワークショップを開催する計画。ACCSQ-APWG が第一優先採用項目 

として推奨している UNECE 規則 19 項目の中から、本年度は4~5 項目を取り 

上げ、法規要件を精査・検討予定。また、インドネシアの UNECE 規則の採用 

項目検討や UNECE 規則をベースにした車両型式認証制度構築のための法整備 

について日本の経験を説明し、役立てたもらう予定。 

3) 「カイゼン」手法訓練による産業支援について 

経産省松田係長より報告。 

【インドネシア側 GAIKINDO BudiP.S.氏コメント】 

・自動車関係の3分野の支援は、2015 年 ASEAN 市場統合に向けた非常に意味 

のある活動であると評価している。 

・ SWG3 の大気質改善については、インドネシア人自身が考えて行くためにな 

る基盤を与えるものと評価している。プラスチックとゴムについては、研究 

センター中心で産業側への波及はあまり明確でない。 

・ SWG2 について、WP29 活動、UNECE 規則採用の方向について説明してもらっ 

たが、1958 年協定加入、予算獲得を含め、IASIF の仕事が残っている。今後、 

型式認証、部品認証についてインドネシアの現行法規と如何につなげていく 

か提案願いたい。タイヤ、ガラスを含め、75 項目の UNECE 規則を選定した 

15

が、SWG2 として、改訂された UNECE 規則を政府、試験機関、産業がフォロ 

ーすることが大事。 

・ SWG1 のステップ 3 については、特にコメントなし。各社の代表が参加する 

TOT(Training of Trainers)活動に期待。上手くいかない場合のサポート 

についても考えて貰いたい。 

・ロジェスティクスマスター制度の話があったが、その後どうなっているの 

か? 

(JETORO の市川氏より、ARI と KARI が制度発足を目指したが、カイゼンマ 

スターと同種と受け止めている。既に活動は終了しているとの回答あり)。 

【インドネシア側 MOI Rudiyono 課長補佐コメント】 

・プラスチックとゴムの産業との関わりについては、SWG1 と SWG3 に関係する 

が、自分もまだ理解できていないので、説明して欲しい。プラスチックや 

ゴム部品の試作品のテストを研究センターにお願いすることは、非常に良 

い方法と思うが、そのためのフィージビリティスタディー(FS)はこれか 

ら行う必要はないのではないか? 

(経産省の松田係長より、FS は既に昨年度終了済。今後どう進めるかは、 

JARI が詳しい資料を作っているので、別途説明したいと回答) 

(2)第1回現地ワークショップ結果 

2010年9月23・24日、インドネシアにて、「車輌型式認証のための法規および 

制度について」をテーマに、第一回現地ワークショップを開催した。 

(a) 第 1 回ワークショップ1日目 

「IASIF ロードマップ及びインドネシアの車輌型式認証制度改善について」 

をテーマに第1回ワークショップを開催した。 

〔日時〕:2010 年 9 月 14 日(水) 9:00~16:30 

〔場所〕:VTCC (尼名:BPLJSKB)会議室(ベガシ) 


16

日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、吉沢委員、薩摩、土井、山田、通訳 Ms. Ziaini 

(6 名) 

インドネシア側:Mohammad Malawat, Irwan Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), Toto 

Noewitjaksono, Juliaman P., Hakim, Awaludin Yoda 

S.S. (MOT/VTCC), Budi Haryono. S.,Rudi C.N.(BTMP), 

Mehammed Nomesi (B4T), Fanani Hamzah ,Lintong 

S.H.(CFC), Juwono Andrianto, Hidayatol Ichsans, 

Tri Widobu, Abdur Rahim, Emjunan Sihite, Muawiyah 

I., Nur Haryono, Susanto K.P., Prasedyo, Anna W., 

Eddy S., Tri Wiborn , Yeti I., (GAIKINDO), Heru 

Susanto, Rudi Prayitno, Alan Buchari , Girisa A., 

(AISI)(28 名) 

1) 開会挨拶 

a) インドネシア側開会の挨拶(DGLT /VTCC 所長 Toto Noewitjaksono 氏) 

インドネシアの 58 協定加盟も近い。IASIF が設立されたので、これ 

までの活動を振り返りつつ、今後、UNECE 規則の採用計画、インドネシ 

アの VTA 制度の改善のため取り組んでいかねばならない。 

b) インドネシア業界を代表して(GAIKINDO 事務局長 Juwono Andrianto 氏) 

本日は業界からも多数参加頂き、感謝。本日も日本の専門家に来てい 

ただいているので、活発な議論に期待。 

c) JASIC を代表して(JASIC 秋葉主査) 

今回のワークショップでは、インドネシアの VTA 制度を改善するため 

に、日本から有益と考えられる情報をインプットしたい。尼側関係者の 

積極的な参加をお願いする。 

2) IASIF ロードマップ(VTCC Toto 所長) 

a) IASIF ロードマップ:IASIF の活動計画を、IASIF ロードマップの形で 

纏めた。IASIF は、本年 6 月の MOT/DGLT の局長通達により設立されたが、 

インドネシアの 58 協定加入、WP29 活動への参画、インドネシアが採用 

すべき UNECE 規則の選定、テクニカルサービスの能力向上等多くの課題 

を抱えている。ロードマップの実行に当たっては、更に詳細な活動計画 

が必要と考えている。 

b) IASIF 設立の DGLT 局長通達(6 月 9 日付):参加者にその内容を披露。 

・通達本文 

・ IASIF ロードマップ(3 ケ年計画) 

・ IASIF 組織 

 

・インドネシアは何時 WP29 に加盟し、58 協定に加入するのか?(JASIC) 

17

→オペレーションレベルでは、直ぐにも協定加入は可能ではないかと考 

えるが、国内でそれを socialize するために十分な時間が必要。 

(VTCC Toto 氏) 

・IASIF の各活動には何時までに何を行うという目標設定が必要。UNECE 

規則 19 項目の採用についても何時その規則を採用するのか明確にすべ 

きである。(JASIC) 

→インドネシアとしては、まず最初に安全ガラス、シートベルト、・・・、 

排出ガスの4項目を採用する予定。(DGLT/VTCC) 

・UNECE 規則 19 項目の採用で終了するのではなく、並行してインドネシア 

の将来の VTA 制度を考えると、順次採用項目を増やす必要がある。最終 

的には、コンポーネントに終わるのではなく、Whole Vehicle Type 

Approval に繋がるものにすべきである。(JASIC) 

・WP29 でインドネシアが採用した UNECE 規則が改定された場合、どのよう 

にインドネシア国内法をその改定に合わせ変更すれば良いのか? 

(GAIKINDO) 

→インドネシアの法体系に則って、国内法を切り換えていかねばならな 

い。(DGLT/VTCC) 

→EU(欧州連合)では、非常に賢い方法を取っている。基本的な法は変更 

せず、その下に Annex として技術要件が添付された法体系となってい 

る。(JASIC) 

・業界としては、各 UNECE 規則の採用の利益は一体何なのかを明確にする 

必要がある。(GAIKINDO) 

→そのために、IASIF が設立された。各 UNECE 規則採用に当たっては、 

官民共同で Analysis することが必要。(JASIC) 

・UNECE 規則採用により、ある部品がコストアップになるようなケースが 

起こる。インドネシアの自動車・部品メーカーの多くは日系メーカーな 

ので、JAMA、JAPIA からその必要性を日本の親会社に説明して貰えれば 

非常に助かる。(AISI) 

→コストアップだが、フルモデル・チェンジのタイミングに新法規を対 

応すれば、(法規内容にもよるが)コストを抑えることが可能。従っ 

て法規導入の際には適切なリードタイム設定が肝要。(JASIC) 

→ 日本でも、UNECE 規則採用に当たって、各メーカーのトップマネージ 

メントは、全く違う意見を持つことがある。その場合、粘り強く、UNECE 

規則採用のメリットを説明する必要がある。UNECE 規則を一種のビジ 

ネスツールと考えてもらう必要がある。(JASIC) 

3) 2011 年度 SWG2 活動について(JASIC 土井) 

a) 活動の狙いと方法 

b) 年間スケジュール 

c) 各 SWG2 会合及びワークショップの概要 

18

・インドネシアの状況をベースに現行の UNECE 規則改定ができるのか? 

(GAIKINDO) 

→58 協定加入していなくても、国連加盟国ならば、改定提案できる。 

勿論、その提案については、WP29 の中で他の加盟国と意見交換さ 

れる。但し、UNECE 規則を改定したい場合は、改定理由、参考デー 

タ等を添付して提出する必要がある。WP29 で 2/3 の加盟国の賛同 

があれば、改正される。(JASIC) 

・インドネシアの自動車メーカーは、輸出のことは殆ど考えていない。 

UNECE 規則採用は、輸出する場合は役立つが、国内市場が未成熟で、 

これからという国では当面 UNECE 規則採用は急ぐ必要はないという 

のが、大半である。(GAIKINDO) 

→インドネシアが現状に満足するのであれば、UNECE 規則採用の必要 

はないが、既に同じ ASEAN 諸国の中には、タイやマレーシアのメー 

カーのように、欧州に輸出をしているところもあり、将来の ASEAN 

諸国間の競争を考えれば、UNECE 規則採用は避けて通れない道であ 

る。(JASIC) 

→ECE 規則採用は、事故削減・環境保全という政府 MOT/MOE にとって 

安全・環境面の視点もある。従って、政府・業界間の立場のバラン 

スを考えることも重要(JASIC)。 

4) インドネシアの部品・コンポーネント認証及び VTA 制度の現状 

a) 自動車部品のための SNI 認証(B4T の Mehammed Nomesi 氏) 

・SNI のための法規及び位置づけ 

・義務付け SNI 

・SNI 認証のプロセス及び流れ 

・車両コンポーネント認証(タイヤ、チューブ、ホィール、2 輪用ヘ 

ルメット、ガラス) 

b) インドネシアの自動車法規の調和(DGLT の Mohammad Malawat 氏) 

・道路交通・運送に関するインドネシアの法律(N0.22/2009)に基づく 

型式認証について;車両の技術要件、道路運行上の要件、車両検査 

(型式認証と定期車検)、VTCC による物理的な試験と構造設計検討、 

改造車の型式認可 

・IASIF 設置について;IASIF 設立についての DGLT 通達と IASIF の役 

割、メンバー構成、将来のテクニカルサービスとしての VTCC 

19

図 IASIF 設置とその役割(MOT/GDLT) 

・採用すべき UNECE 規則;ACCSQ-APWG 推奨の 19 項目、インドネシア 

の現状 

 

・11 項目の SNI 規格があり、これらはマンダトリーとの説明があったが、 

road worthiness とは大きな関わりはない。Road worthiness の観点 

から自動車基準が必要。(JASIC) 

→SNI 規格は、貿易上、マーケティング上の観点からタイヤやホィー 

ルの規格を義務付けているもの。(B4T) 

・現行の VTA では、これらの SNI 規格については、どのように扱ってい 

るのか?(JASIC) 

→例えば、車両の認証時には、ガラスの上に SNI 規格の合格証が貼付 

されているかはチェックしている。(VTCC) 

・ R43 は、既に ASEAN-MRA の対象に上げられている。今後、R43 により 

テストレポートが ASEAN 加盟国から持ち込まれたら、インドネシアは 

受け入れる準備はできているのか?(JASIC) 

→ SNI マークに変えて、E マークが必要になるかどうかは、インドネ 

シア政府の判断。インドネシアの VTA は、コンポーネントではなく、 

自動車の性能を中心に考えられている。(DGLT) 

→各部品に、E マークが必要かどうかはこれから考えねばならない。 

(VTCC) 

→誤解してもらいたくないので言っておきたい。B4T や CFC は、単な 

20

る試験機関ではなく、認可を与える認証機関である。(CFC) 

・輸出専用の自動車用ガラスにも、SNI マークが義務付けられているの 

か?(JASIC) 

→マレーシア以外については、その通り。複数のマークがガラスには 

入れられている。(CFC) 

→ASEAN-MRA が始まると、SNI マークが必要というのは問題になる。 

(JASIC) 

・ CBU の状態で輸入された自動車にも VTA が必要になると、その車にも 

SNI マークの部品が必要というのは、確かに問題である。(AISI) 

・ “Refer”というのは、VTA 上はどのような意味か?(JASIC) 

→テスト方法をその UNECE 規則から流用しているが、基準値はインド 

ネシアの事情で設定している。(DGLT) 

・ R39(Speedometer)は、二輪車のみか?(JASIC) 

→ASEAN-MRA の対象になっているのは、二輪車のみ。他のカテゴリー 

には要求なし。(AISI) 

・ ASEAN-MRA の対象になっている R46(Rearview mirror)は部品のみ 

ならず、自動車の間接視界を規定したもの。SNI で Rearview mirror 

の要件があるが、ミラー単独で SNI 規格を満足していても、車として 

OK かどうかは、別の問題である。(JASIC) 

5) インドネシアの VTA 制度改善の方向について(JASIC 秋葉) 

a) 活動の方向について 

図インドネシア VTA 制度改善の方向 

b) 58 協定について 

c) WVTA 法規 

・将来の車両型式認可(WVTA)法規の構成 

21

・Annex としての技術要件リスト 

22

・認可当局とテクニカルサービス 

・最終ゴール 

 

・IWVTA について言及あったが、もっと詳しく IWVTA の考え方、検討状 

況について教えてほしい。 

→IWVTA の考え方を簡単に言うと、予めカテゴリー毎に必要な技術要 

件を決めておき、各要件の認可証があれば、どの加盟国が発行した 

ものであっても受け入れ、車両認可の一部分として認めるというも 

の。本年 11 月の WP29 にて、ECE R0 として提案される見込み。現 

在、OICA が ECE R0 の提案を準備中。(JASIC) 

・その OICA のドラフトは入手可能か? 

→OICA メンバーである GAIKINDO なら、入手可能である。(JASIC) 

・インドネシアは、テスト設備も不十分な状況。IWVTA 等の提案書が 

JASIC の website でオープンにされると良い。 

→既に、WP29 の website に掲載せれており、WP29 の website は JASIC 

の website からリンクされているので利用されたい。(JASIC) 

(b) 第1回ワークショップ(2日目) 

〔日時〕:2011 年 9 月 15 日(木) 9:00~16:00 

〔場所〕:VTCC 会議室 


日本側:秋葉主査、吉沢員、薩摩氏、土井・山田、通訳: Ms. Ziarini(6 名) 

インドネシア側:Irwan Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), Toto Noewitjaksono, Juliaman 

P., Suci Hakiman, Awaludin Yoda S.S., Arham S. (MOT/VTCC), 

M. Tafku S., Rudi C.N.(BTMP), Fanani Hamzah (CFC), Juwono 

Andrianto, Tri Widobu, Abdur Rahim, Eko Rudianto, Imran 

Haris W., Eddy S., Emjunan Sihite, Muawiyah S, Nur 

Haryono, Arif Setyawan (GAIKINDO), Heru Susanto, Rudi 

Prayitno, Girisa A., Susanto K.R., (AISI)(23 名) 

1) 日本の UNECE 規則の現状と将来(JASIC 吉沢委員) 

23

a) 日本の UNECE 規則採用の歴史 

b) WP29 活動への日本の貢献 

c) UNECE 規則の国内採用のための検討・精査手順について 

 

・日本が UNECE 規則を採用するために、日本から WP29 に改定提案したものはど 

24

んな項目があるのか? 

→R13 以外にも R93、94、70 等数多い。大部分、インフォーマルドキュメント 

として提案しているので、WP29 の website で確認されたい。(JASIC) 

・自国に試験設備がない場合、その UNECE 規則は採用できないのか? 

→ルクセンブルグのように試験設備を自国に持たないテクニカルサービスで 

も、メーカーラボで使いテストを行い、そのレポートで認可証を発行してい 

るケースもある。但し、テクニカルサービス自身は、自分が発行したテスト 

レポートの内容に責任がある。(JASIC)。 

・テクニカルサービスとしての資格は、誰が認めるのか? 

→WP29/1059 という文書にテクニカルサービスの資格要件が規定されている。 

試験設備が自国内にないケースも認められている。(JASIC) 

・ASEAN-MRA のドラフトには、テクニカルサービスの資格要件については、 

WP29/1059 をそのまま引用しているので、問題無いのではないか? 

→ASEAN-MRA は、飽くまで ASEAN 域内では通用するが、そのまま 58 協定加盟国 

向けに通用するものではない。即ち、欧州、日本、オーストラリア向けには 

使えないということ。(JASIC) 

・ ASEAN が市場統合のお手本にしている EU の EU-WVTA では、それまでの欧州地域 

法規 EU directive から、国連 UNECE 規則を使うように方向転換している。 

(JASIC) 

・日本とインドネシアでは、UNECE 規則の採用について、基本的な違いがある。 

インドネシアの多くの自動車メーカーは、日本の親会社の意向で、対応可能か 

決まる。UNECE 規則の採用によって、自動車の安全性が向上し、排出ガス性能 

が向上すると言っても、コストアップが避けられなければ、反対される。イン 

ドネシアのローカルな会社には決定権がない。(GAIKINDO) 

→ASEAN の市場統合、ASEAN-MRA を考慮しなければならない。インドネシアの 

自動車メーカー、自動車部品メーカーもその生き残りを考えるのであれば、 

インドネシアの国内市場のみならず、広く ASEAN 市場、更にはそれ以外の市 

場も視野に入れていく必要がある。すでに、タイやマレーシアでは、それを 

始めている。(JASIC) 

・日本は、WP29 に IWVTA の提案をしたが、その進捗はどうか? 

→本年 3 月、IWVTA のインフォーマルグループが立ち上げら、それから既に6 

回のインフォーマルグループの会合がパリで開催された。この中で、ロード 

マップの作成や 58 協定見直しについて検討がされている。11 月の WP29 に 

ロードマップ案、58 協定見直し案が提示される見込み。既に、WVTA を規定 

する ECE R0 が OICA より提案されているが、M1 カテゴリーから WVTA に必要 

な技術要件リストが作成される予定。58 協定見直しについては、インドか 

らも積極的な提案が提出されている。(JASIC) 

・インドの提案というのは、どんなものか? 

→票決方法や技術要件リスト等多岐に亘っている。詳しくは、WP29 の website 

で IWVTA のインフォーマルグループの審議状況が報告されているので、そち 

25

らを見られたい。(JASIC) 

2) IASIF の UNECE 規則採用と ASEAN-MRA 対応について 

・VTCC の Juliaman 氏より、昨年 11 月、本年 4 月の ACCSQ-APWG 出席報告あり。 

ASEAN-MRA について、T/F よりドラフトが提案され、また各国が採用を考えてい 

る UN 規則の version について報告あり。また日本 MLIT/JASIC が開催したワー 

クショップから ECE のバージョン違い、VTA、COP 等について話題提供あり。 

・インドネシアの対応案につき、GAIKINDO の Eko 氏より、2015 年の ASEAN-MRA 

のイメージが紹介され、AAC(ASEAN AuromobileCommittee)の下に幾つかの WG 

を設置し、MRA する UN 規則をレビューして行く仕組みについて検討中であると 

の説明あり。 

図 ASEAN-MRA のイメージ(GAIKINDO) 

なお、UN 規則のテクニカルサービス候補の認証テスト能力評価区分では、評価 

が「試験設備なし」、「認定なし」が大部分で、その準備はこれからのところば 

かりであった。 

表現在のインドネシアの部品認証能力評価(GAIKINDO) 

26

・ ASEAN-MRA のインドネシア対応、特にインドネシアの現状分析については、も 

っと詳細な分析が必要と思うが、その分析結果について是非 IASIF 内で認識の 

共有化を図られたい。また、ASEAN で各規則の採用検討につき、Technical WG 

を設置し、検討する方法が提案されているが、非常に良い方法と考えられる。 

各国がそのリーダーを分担することも可能。そこで ASEAN10 としての意見や提 

案を WP29 や GR に提出することを真剣に考えられたい。(JASIC) 

3) パネル討議「IASIF の必要性について」 

司会:JASIC 秋葉 

パネリスト:Juliaman(VTCC), Tufku(BTMP), Fanani(CFC)、Eko(GAIKINDO)、 

Heru(AISI)、吉沢、薩摩(JASIC) 

各パネリストの意見は、次の通り。 

〔58 協定加入、UNECE 規則採用の利益について〕 

・UNECE 規則採用に当たっては、経済的な影響を十分に考慮するべきである。 

(BTMP) 

・過去、JASIC 官民会議でも、このテーマで多くの議論が行われた。UNECE 規則採 

用によって、自動車の安全性が向上し、自動車事故による死傷者数が減る。排 

出ガス性能が向上し、大気汚染が減少すると言う説明がされたが、これらの議 

論には、経済性が判る人達、Marketing people が参画していない。(GAIKINDO) 

・安全保全には、車両の仕様、交通インフラ、ドライバー教育の 3 要素全てが重 

要であるが、技術基準の採用は車両側で安全確保を行う事である。安全性向上 

のためコストアップが発生する場合もあるが、一部はメーカーで吸収し、一部 

はお客様に負担頂くことになろう。但し新車開発時から法規要件を織り込めば、 

最小限に抑えることも可能である。自動車メーカーは既に世界的な競争に晒さ 

れており、一定のレベルの車両安全性、環境性能を市場が要求するのであれば、 

これに応えるのが自動車産業の役割だ。(JASIC) 

・部品メーカーの立場から言うと、ECE 規則の採用によるデメリットが存在するこ 

とも事実である。ローカルの中・小部品メーカーは技術開発、生産設備のコス 

トアップが問題となる。一方でコストは生産量に大きく依存する。統一した仕 

様で大きな生産量を確保できればコストは下がり、また国際規則に基づく仕様 

なので海外へ輸出することも可能となる。事故原因が推定できる交通事故分析 

データが提供されれば、必要な UNECE 規則を採用するときのプライオリティ判 

断ツールになる。(JASIC) 

・58 協定加盟加入により、貿易上の手続きが簡素化でき、MOI や MOF にとっても 

利益がある。(JASIC) 

〔UNECE 規則採用に当たってのインドネシアの VTA 制度の問題について〕 

・現在のインドネシアの VTA 制度は 80 年代に設けられたもので、ASEAN-MRA を実 

27

行可能にするためにも、一刻も早く改善する必要がある。(GAIKINDO) 

・VTA 制度をまず ASEAN-MRA の対象 19 項目から始め、徐々に段階的に強化してい 

くべきである。(GAIKINDO) 

図 ASEAN-MRA の将来(GAIKINDO) 

〔IASIF は何をおこなうべきか?〕 

・IASIF は 10 名のメンバーにより構成された組織であるが、他の業務のため欠席 

者も多い。事務局の専任者もいない。(VTCC) 

・IASIF 事務局を GAIKINDO に移したらどうか?(GAIKINDO) 

・JASIC 事務局のように、自動車メーカーや部品メーカーからある一定期間(2 

年とか3年)専任者を出してもらうことも考えてみたら。(JASIC) 

・すべてがインドネシアにとって複雑なので、これを整理するため、IASIF は Group 

を速やかに設立し、誰がその Group に参加すべきか明らかにする必要がある。 

(GAIKINDO) 

・今度の FAMI チェンマイ会議で、2 輪関係は 16 項目の UNECE 規則について調和 

していく方向を確認。AISI としてはタイムスケジュールを考えたが、政府はま 

だ話し合う用意が出来ていない状況。IASIF が出来て、話し合える機会が出来た 

ことは歓迎できる。ASEAN 諸国の間では既に競争が始まっており、インドネシア 

が現状に留まっている余裕はない。(AISI) 

・ACCSQ-APWG の T/F に参加しているインドネシアの業界からの参加者が他の国に 

比べ、極端に少ない。もっと出るべき。(VTCC) 

・そのためには、事前に IASIF 内で、官民で協議すべき。(GAIKINDO) 

・IASIF 内の議論の透明性の確保が大事で、その結果を公表することを考えるべ 

き。 

①国内法を UNECE 規則と整合をとること。 

②UNE CE 規則採用項目の提案と公表 

③コメント募集・結果の公表、 

④新型車・継続生産車への適切な適用リードタイム 

(JASIC) 

28


「車輌型式認証のための法規および制度について」をテーマに第2回ワークシ 

ョップを開催した。 

(a) 第 2 回ワークショップ(1日目) 

〔日時〕:2011 年 10 月 5 日(水) 9:30~15:30 

〔場所〕:MOI 会議室(ジャカルタ) 


日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、石原氏、松原氏、土井、山田、通訳: Ms. Ziaini 

(6 名) 

インドネシア側:Ruiyono(MOI), Irwan Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), M. Harsono, 

T. Renh(MOE), Iman Alamsyah, S. Hakiman (MOT/VTCC), Hari 

S.(BTMP), Heru Munadhir (CFC), Rizki Irawati (BSN), 

Juwono Andrianto, Arif S., Eddy (GAIKINDO), Adi Ahjadi, 

Rudi P., Endang (AISI), Aji Wibono, Riwi, M. Yoga P., 

Kharui Babri、Herry Rinden, Ardyoron P.(GIAMM), Hardpen, 

Irwan D.(APBI,タイヤ協会), Ruddy H. (Tuv Rheinland)(24 

名) 

1) 開会の挨拶(MOI Rudiyono 氏) 

JASIC から R13H、R13 の専門家に参加頂いたので、インドネシアへのこれ 

らのブレーキ法規の採用についてどのように進めたらよいか議論したい。 

IASIF で検討を開始したインドネシアの 58 協定加盟、UNECE 規則採用のため 

の具体的な議論の足掛かりになると考えられるので、積極的な討議に期待す 

る。 

2) UNECE 規則 

a) R13H(乗用車用ブレーキ)の概要(JASIC 石原氏) 

・GRRF の概要(組織、目標、担当規則及び法規) 

・UNECE 規則の一般外観(原則、構造) 

・R13H(その歴史と現状、関連情報、技術要件) 

・GRRF のブレーキに関するトピックス 

29

表 R13H の概要 

図乗用車用ブレーキ法規の歴史 

b)R13(商用車用ブレーキ)の概要(JASIC 松原氏) 

・R13 の対象車両カテゴリー 

30

・R13 の構成 

・R13 の概要(トラック・バスについての技術要件を中心に) 

・その他の要件(ABS、EBS、EVSC、EVSC 等) 

EVSC(Electronic Vehicle Stability Contorol)装着効果デモンスト 

レーションビデオ紹介 

 

・乗用車用ブレーキの法規の歴史について説明があったが、白地と青地で区 

分されているのはどういう意味か? 

→白地で表現したのは古い法規であり、青地で表現したのが新しい法規。 

・日本の場合、なぜ R13H を二段階で採用することになったのか? 

→欧州や米国との国際的な基準調和のため、R13H の採用を決めたが、一部 

条項については採用に時間が掛かるとの判断から、1994 年 4 月に取りあ 

えず可能な範囲での調和を図り、十分なリードタイムを経て、1998 年 

11 月から完全に R13 を採用するという二段階を踏むことになった。 

・R13H の採用をしている国々の説明があったが、ASEAN の中の状況はどうか? 

→公式には、マレーシアが採用。タイが採用検討中の状況。 

→マレーシアが採用というのは、公式には採用の形になっているが運用は 

未決定が実態である。 

・MFDD というのは、何の略か? 

→後程詳しく説明するが、Mean Fully Developed Deceleration の略であ 

31

る。ブレーキの基本要件である MFDD と停止距離は、いずれか一方が判 

れば導きだされるものである。 

・ ABS と BAS の違いは何か? 

→ABS は、滑り易い路面でもタイヤがロックしないようにして、車両安定 

性と操舵性の向上を図るもの。BAS は、急に障害物が現れたようなとき 

の緊急ブレーキ時の制動力を増加指せるもの。但し、BAS 装着の前提条 

件として、ABS がある。 

図.ABS と BAS 

・ 1987 年に 85 年型の乗用車に乗っていて、ひどい雨模様の中で左折しよう 

としてブレーキをかけた時に、突然車が制御できなくなったことがある。 

これは一体何が起こったのか? 

→おそらく4輪ともロックしてしまったのではないだろうか。タイヤがロ 

ックしてしまうとハンドルを切りすぎると全く制御できないことがあ 

る。車全体がそのまま滑ってしまったのだろう。ブレーキペダルを一旦 

離し、ハンドルを滑る方向に向けるとロックから逃れ、そのハンドルの 

向いている方向に車両が進み始める事になる。ABS を装着すれば、その 

ようなロックが防げる。 

・2003 年型の ABS 装着の欧州製車に乗っていて、黄色のワーニングが点灯し、 

一旦エンジンキーを切っても、また入れるとワーニングがついたままだっ 

32

た。これは一体どういうことなのか? 

→おそらく ABS 自身に何等かの問題があったのではないか。R13H の法規上 

は故障が続く限り再スタート時も警報すべきとなっている。 

・ RBS というのは、ABS とは違うのか? 

→RBS は Regenerative Braking System のことで、主にハイブリッド車や 

電気自動車で使われる再生ブレーキのことを言う。ABS はブレーキ時の 

タイヤのロックを防ぐもので、従来のエンジン車にも搭載されているも 

の。 

・ブレーキ試験に使われるテスト路面の摩擦係数についての規定はあるの 

か? 

→十分な粘着力が有る事となっており特に具体的に規定されていない。ブ 

レーキ試験については、正常時要件で 6.43m/s 2 が要求されているが、そ 

れが実現できる路面においては路面摩擦係数の試験への影響は無い。通 

常のアスファルト路面で、摩擦係数は、0.9 程度であり問題ない。 

3) インドネシアのブレーキ法規の現状について(VTCC Mr. Iman) 

a) 車両試験の法的根拠 

b) タイプテストと定期テスト 

c) 主ブレーキ及び駐車ブレーキの技術要件(乗用車用、トラック・バス用) 

 

・インドネシアでは、車両のカテゴリーの定義は何によって決めているのか? 

→M、N、O、L は Law No.14, 1992 年で定義されている。従って、MOI、MOT 

33

間で定義が異なることはない。 

・定期車検は、商用車のみ義務付けられているとの説明であったが、どのよう 

に商用車と定義しているのか? 

→黄色のナンバープレートが商用車。 

・車両型式についての法規やデクリーがないのであれば、早急に発行する必要 

がある。 

→MOI 標準課でドラフトが準備されているが、まだ発行されていない。 

4) UNECE 規則の国内採用の仕方について 

a) 日本で採用検討中の R13 のケースについて(JASIC 石原氏) 

R13 の日本の採用検討を例に、UNECE 規則をインドネシアが採用していけ 

ばよいかについて、その手順や考え方について説明。 

b) インドネシアへの R13H 及び R13 採用について(討議) 

 

・インドネシアが 58 協定の加盟国になったら、インドネシアで R13H のテスト 

を行い、インドネシア政府から認可証を得たら、日本でも受け入れるのか? 

(GAIKINDO) 

→Yes. 

・日本は R13H と R10(EMC)について採用したとの説明があったが、それらの 

試験設備を同時に導入するのは難しい。どうしたらよいのか?(Tuv 

Reinland) 

→127 項目ある UNECE 規則の中から、どの規則を採用し、どの規則を採用し 

ないのかを明確にし、どの規則をまず採用し、次にどの規則を採用する 

かを考えていくべきである。同時に採用する必要は全くない。段階的な 

採用を計画する必要がある。 

→R13H についてインドネシア内で試験するには、規定の車両スピードから 

減速し、停止距離を計測するために必要な試験路を確保する必要がある。 

現在、インドネシアではダイナモ上のテストを実施しているが、試験路 

の確保が必須である。R10 についても専用の電磁波試験装置が必要。 

34

・インドネシアの試験機関に十分な試験設備がない場合、どうしたらよいの 

か?(GAIKINDO) 

→インドネシアがある UNECE 規則の採用を決めたら、それから認可当局がテ 

クニカルサービスの資格要件を決めることが出来る。その資格要件に基 

づき、テクニカルサービスを認定する。外国の試験機関でもテクニカル 

サービスに認定することが出来る。(JASIC) 

→インドネシアでは、試験機関(例えば VTCC)は MOT/DGLT の直轄であり、 

これを無視して海外のテクニカルサービスを認定することは考えられな 

い。(MOI) 

→どこをテクニカルサービスに認定するかはその認可当局の政策で決めて 

よいと思う。大事なことはその決定の透明性を確保することだ。(JASIC) 

(b) 第2回 SWG2 ワークショップ(2日目) 

〔日時〕:2011 年 10 月 6 日(木) 9:00~16:00 



日本側:秋葉主査、石原氏、松原氏、土井、山田、通訳: Ms. Ziarini(6 名) 

インドネシア側:Irwan Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), Toto Noerwitjaksono, Iman 

Alamsyah, S. Hakiman (MOT/VTCC), M. Harsono, T. 

Renh(MOE), Hari S.(BTMP), Ni Made P.(B4T), Juwono 

Andrianto, Arif Setyawan, Eddy, Rita Erita, Emjunan 

Sihite, Nur Haryano (GAIKINDO), Heru S., Adi Ahjadi, 

Rudi P., Endany (AISI), Aji Wibono, Riwi S. (GIAMM), 

Ruddy H. (Tuv Rheinland)(21 名) 

1) IASIF の運営の有り方についての前回ワークショップの討議結果について 

a) 前回ワークショップの討議結果の紹介(JASIC 土井) 

第 2 回 SWG2 ワークショップ(9/15)のパネル討議結果を以下の区分で 

纏めてみた。 

・58 年協定加入及び UNECE 規則採用による利益 

・UNECE 規則採用に当たってのインドネシア VTA 制度の問題 

・IASIF は何を行うべきか? 

b) インドネシア政府幹部のための IASIF 提案書案(VTCC Toto 氏) 

前回ワークショップでのパネル討議結果を基に、UNECE 規則採用につい 

ての閣議提案のために、MOI、MOT 両局長宛 IASIF 報告書案を纏めた。以 

下の構成になっているが、追加・修正の意見があれば、聞きたい。 

・背景 

・利益 

・必要なインフラ 

・必要なステップ 

35

・フォローすべき事項 

 

・ IASIF のロードマップが作成されたが、その活動実行はこれからである。 

(VTCC) 

・インドネシアの自動車産業の現状について言えば、4輪関係は今後輸出の 

可能性もあるが、二輪関係は非常に限られるのではないか。国内で開発・ 

設計を行っていないインドネシアの自動車メーカーにとって、UNECE 規則 

採用によって得られるメリットは大きくない。利益があるのは日本の親会 

社ではないか。(AISI) 

→現状はその通りかも知れないが、すでに日本の多くの自動車メーカー、 

部品メーカーは、ブローバルに開発・生産を始めており、インドネシア 

のメーカーが UNECE 規則の様なグローバルな基準に基づいた製品の生産 

が可能かどうかは重要なことである。UNECE 規則導入は、インドネシア 

の日系の自動車メーカーよりも地元資本の部品メーカーの方が対応は 

大変だと思う。MOI がこれらのメーカーの競争力強化を図ることが大事 

だと思う。(JASIC) 

・現状のみを考えるのではなく、将来を考えて、世界的に競争力のある製品 

を作っていく必要がある。(GIAMM) 

・インドネシア国内には、58 年協定加入によるリスクがあると考えている。 

(GAIKINDO) 

→ジュネーブやパリでの WP29 事務局のラモス氏や WP29 のゴバーン議長の 

説明の通り、58 協定加入によってインドネシアの利益が損なわれること 

はない。UNECE 規則採用はインドネシアの状況に合わせて検討していく 

ことが出来る。それが今回のワークショップの課題のひとつだ。 

36

(JASIC) 

・ASEAN 諸国の中でも、タイは 58 年協定に加入したが、UNECE 規則を1件も 

採用していない。一方、マレーシアは、多くの UNECE 規則を短期間に採用 

しようとしている。(GAIKINDO) 

→タイの場合、国家標準化機構の TISI と運輸省陸運局の DLT の二つの監督 

官庁があり、DLT 傘下では車両認証法規が乗用車に関しては整備されて 

いないことが大きな問題。一方 TISI は製品規格として TIS 強制規格の 

運用の歴史が長い。この状況下では当面、UNECE 規則採用は難しいと聞 

いている。(JASIC) 

・先ほど R13H の日本での採用に当たって、最終的に義務付けするまでに、5 

~6年も掛けている。(GAIKINDO) 

・インドネシアの副大統領が、将来は UNECE 規則が義務付けになるだろうと 

の声明を発表しており、方向性は明確だ。(VTCC) 

・将来というのは、どの位先のことか?(JASIC) 

→2020 年とか 2030 年とか言うレベル。(VTCC) 

・採用した UNECE 規則の国連本部への通告は、大変重要。マレーシアは加盟 

直後に手続きを間違えたが、現在、これを是正しており、インドネシアの 

良い競争相手になるだろう。(JASIC) 

・UNECE 規則採用による利益の一つとして、規則に適合していない自動車や部 

品のダンピングによる輸入を防ぐバリアになる。インドネシアの市場の保 

護にも効果があるのではないか?(GAIKINDO) 

→市場を保護するという言葉は、あまり使いたくないが、粗悪品から消費 

者を守るという意味であれば、その通りであろう。(JASIC) 

・ UNECE 規則採用によって、海外からインドネシアへの投資を活性化する働 

きもあるのではないか? 

・UNECE 規則採用によって、ローカルな部品メーカーへの影響はどうだろう 

か?(JASIC) 

→タイヤやシートメーカーは、規模も大きく、すでに輸出志向で、殆ど問 

題ないと考えられる。それ以外については問題がある。(AISI) 

・UNECE 規則採用が決定すれば、規模の大きなメーカーは、テクニカルサービ 

ス並みの試験設備を備えることになる。これらの設備は、認証テストに使 

えるので、メリットの3番目に記入されたい。(Tuv Reinland) 

・小さなメーカーでは問題かも知れないが、UNECE 規則採用決定によって、品 

質管理システム改善が余儀なくされるので、品質レベルも上がるだろう。 

(JASIC) 

・「背景」の中に、安全・環境面でインドネシアのイメージアップにつながる 

というのも、追記されたい。(Tuv Reinland) 

・「利益」の中に、中小企業がグローバル基準を満足する製品を作れるように 

指導することができるという文章を追加されたい。(B4T) 

37

2) IASIF の UNECE 規則採用計画作成にはどのような準備が必要か? 

a) インドネシアの WVTA 制度改善の方向について(JASIC 秋葉) 

i) 活動の方向について 

ii) WVTA 法規について 

・WVTA 法規の改善(WVTA の基本要素の理解、現行 WVTA と理想的 WVTA 

の比較、IASIF 活動ロードマップ) 

・インドネシア WVTA 法規の付則として UNECE 規則を中心とする技術 

要件候補検討 

まず、127 項目を A,B,C に色分けし、更に A,B を表1、2、3 に区分。 

1から 6 の要素について評価し、インドネシア固有の法規の今後の 

有り方検討。 

b) UNECE 規則採用計画検討のためのワークシート提案(JASIC 秋葉) 

ワークシートの空欄を埋めることで、計画が完成するプロセス説明。 

c) 自由討議「IASIF の UNECE 規則採用計画作成にはどのような準備が必要 

か?」 

 

・基本的にインドネシアの VTA 法規本文そのものを変更する必要はなく、本 

文には「Annex 4.を参照せよ。」という字句のみを追加すればよい。Annex 

4 は、法規本文ではないので改定が容易に出来ると考えている。協定加盟 

国として UNECE 規則が年間 120 件以上も改定され、採用した規則の改定フ 

ォローを如何にスムースにできるかが大事なことになる。 

因みに、インドネシアの VTA 制度のために採用すべき UNECE 規則を選ん 

でみたので、これを参考に IASIF で議論されたい。(JASIC) 

→JASIC より提示されたワークシートを埋める作業は、完成までに何年も 

38

かかるのではないか。日本では、UNECE 規則に基づいた VTA 法規になっ 

ているのか?(VTCC) 

→日本は、採用 UNECE 規則の改定フォローに多くの工数がかかるなどの 

苦い経験がある。加盟後に法規の改良などを実施しているが、この経 

験を踏まえて、インドネシアでは最初から考えておく方が良いと考え、 

ここで提案している。(JASIC) 

・現在の IASIF は、専従スタッフもおらず、主要スタッフとして名前の挙が 

っている人ですら今回のワークショップに出席していない現状から、作業 

実行は大変困難で挑戦的である。(VTCC) 

・IASIF の現状は理解するが、僅かずつでもよいので、このワークシートを 

埋める作業を開始してほしい。最初の作業はラフなクラス分けから始める 

のでそれ程詳しい専門家は不要だと思う。昨日の議論があったのでここに 

示すように個人的な作業をしてみた。この程度の作業なら直ぐ出来ると信 

じているし、そのためにこのワークショップを通じてサポートをしていき 

たい。(JASIC) 

・二輪関係については、AISI は既に ACCSQ/APWG の作業を通じてクラス分け 

を実施して居るので 16 項目の UNECE 規則採用の必要な理由を記述するこ 

とができる。(AISI) 

・先ほどの説明の中で、将来は IWVTA を目指すべきとの説明があったが、 

ASEAN で現在進めている ASEAN-MRA については、どう考えればよいのか? 

(GAIKINDO) 

→ASEAN-MRA は、WVTA ではなく、一部部品の MRA を図ろうというもの。 

1958 年協定下での調和基準を使用した認証の相互承認とも違うし、 

WVTA の国際的な調和を図る IWVTA とは異なる。地域的な新しい規則を 

作ろうとしているだけなので、将来、1958 年協定を考慮した相互承認 

に進むときには再び重複した作業が発生する。(JASIC) 

・ワークシートについては、今後ワークショップの都度、進捗を確認させて 

頂きたい。(JASIC) 

→簡単に行くとは考えられないが、関係団体で内容を検討してコメント 

して欲しい。IASIF として作業を開始したい。(VTCC) 


「排出ガスに関する UN 規則とインドネシア法規の違いは何か?」をテーマに、 

第 3 回ワークショップを開催した。 

39

(a) 第3回 SWG2 ワークショップ(1日目) 

〔日時〕:2011 年 11 月 2 日(水)9:00~16:00 



日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、掛川氏、加藤氏、土井、山田、通訳: Ms. Ziaini 

(6 名) 

インドネシア側:Ruiyono, M. Ihsan (MOI), Irwan Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), 

M. Harsono (MOE), Toto Noerwitjaksono (MOT/VTCC), M. 

Taufik, Mouhtar, Yogi, Agus W.(BTMP), Juwono Andrianto, 

Anna W., U. Eruon, Girisa, Januar, Endang, Dedy 

Kristiadi, Hidopatol I. S. (GAIKINDO), Juli P., Srko 

S., Asep H.S., Heru S.(AISI),(21 名) 


JASIC から排出ガス規則の専門家に参加頂いたので、インドネシアへ 

のこれらの排出ガス法規の採用についてどのように進めたらよいか議 

論したい。また、インドネシアの 1958 年協定加盟、UN 規則採用につい 

てのワークシートが提案されているので、積極的に議論されたい。 

2) インドネシアの車両認証制度(WVTA)改善のためのプロセスについて 

(JASIC 秋葉氏) 

a) WVTA 改善の最終目標 

40

) 何故 WVTA の改善が必要か? 

c) WVTA 法規の構成 

d) 認証手順 

e) 関係者・組織のより良い理解のために(IASIF は今後何をすべきか?) 

 

・WVTA 改善の最終目標として上げられた IWVTA の Technical Requirement 

とはどのようなものか?(VTCC) 

→A,B,C という国が 58 協定加盟国であるとして、同じ WVTA の認証書、即 

ち WVTA のためのセットになった Technical Requirement の認証書を要 

求している。ここでいう Technical Requirement というのは、各 UN 規 

則で定めるブレーキ、シート、シートベルト、騒音、排出ガスといっ 

た個別の要件を指す。(JASIC) 

→インドネシアの車両型式認証法規上は、Road worthiness に分類されて 

いる。(VTCC) 

→用語の定義が同じではないようなので、注意されたい。(JASIC) 

・アセアン MRA として、19 項目の UN 規則を採用する計画であるが、IWVTA 

との関係はどのように理解すれば良いのか?(GAIKINDO) 

→アセアン MRA は、あくまで部品についてのテストレポート及び認証書 

を相互承認しようというもので、IWVTA へ進む途中段階と考えるべき。 

インドネシアもアセアン MRA に留まらず、58 年協定に加入し、将来は 

IWVTA を目指して欲しい。(JASIC) 

→昨日、SWG2 会合で、JASIC より、インドネシアの 58 協定加入の公式宣 

言は何時になるのか聞かれたが、IASIF としてはまだその準備が出来て 

いないと答えた。今後、関係業界、官庁を含め、コンセンサス作りが 

必要である。(VTCC) 

・日本は、Euro 5 を採用していないと聞いたが、何故か?(GAIKINDO) 

→後程のセッションで詳しく説明があるはずであるが、基本的には国連 

で IWVTA が合意されたら、それに添付される Technical Requirements 

41

list に記載される要件を排出ガスについても適用する考え。(JASIC) 

3) インドネシアの排出ガス法規及び BTMP の試験設備の現状について(BTMP 

Mr. Taufik) 

a) インドネシアの排出ガス法規の現状 

2009 年発行の MOE 法規 No.4(新型車の排出ガス規制値)適用。 

・L カテゴリーは、R40、R47、Euro2 レベル 

・M 及び N カテゴリーは、R83、ガソリン車、ディーゼル&ガスエン 

ジン車は Euro2 レベル 

・M、N、O カテゴリーのディーゼル車:R24 

・M、N、O カテゴリーのディーゼル&ガス(CNG/LPG)車:R49、Euro 

Ⅱレベル 

b) BTMP の車両排出ガス試験能力 

c) Euro4 対応準備状況 

2011 年内に Euro 4 テストが可能な 4WD シャシダイナモ試験設備が 

完成し、2012 年 2 月からテストサービス開始予定。 

d) BTMP のエンジン排出ガス試験設備及び試験能力 

42

e) 課題 

・市場燃料と試験燃料の品質の違い 

・何時インドネシアで Euro 3 又は Euro 4 を実施するのか? 

・COP 

 

・BTMP では、Euro 4 のテストも可能なのか?(GAIKINDO) 

→試験燃料さえ確保されれば、テストは可能。 

・インドネシアの Euro4 導入のため、燃料側の準備はできているのか? 

(JASIC) 

→Euro 4 用燃料のスペックは、現行 Euro 2 のそれに比べ、格段に厳し 

く、特に燃料中の硫黄分を非常に低くする必要がある。現在、 

GAIKINDO も参画し、議論をしているが、石油会社は反対しており、 

政府(MOE 等)の明確な判断が必要である。GAIKINDO としては、Euro 

4 導入は、2012 年からとすべきと主張している。(GAIKINDO) 

・BTMP 等の試験機関をテクニカルサービスに認定した場合の独立性につ 

いて、どう担保すればよいのか?(MOI) 

→政府から予算を得ながら、テクニカルサービスとしての独立性を維 

持する例は、例えば、英国の VCA 等、世界でも多くの例がある。 

(JASIC) 

・WP29 に日本の代表を派遣する場合、JASIC で意見を纏められると聞い 

ているが、どの様に行っているのか?(GAIKINDO) 

→事前に、JASIC 内の Technical Committee 及び Sub-committee で協議 

し、WP29 に派遣される政府代表をサポート。政府代表者をサポート 

する要員も JASIC の名の基に業界や試験機関から派遣している。 

(JASIC) 

4) UN 規則 No.49 と現行インドネシアの排出ガス法規の比較(JASIC 掛川氏) 

a) ディーゼル燃焼及び排出ガス低減技術 

43

) UN 規則 No.49 

44

c) 市場燃料品質リコメンデーション 

d) EURO VI についての提案 

e) UN 規則 No.24(ディーゼルスモーク) 

 

・R49 では、10~16 万 km の排出ガス耐久性を要求しているが、日本の排出 

ガス法規の排出ガス耐久走行距離はいくらか?耐久パターンはどうなっ 

ているか?(GAIKINDO) 

→日本の場合、距離については中型車と大型車では同じだが、小型車は 

R49 に比べ短い。パターンは小型に準じ MLIT が定めた耐久サイクルを 

走らせる。(JASIC) 

・国連では EuroⅣまでの推奨市場品質が決まったとのことだが Euro V や 

Euro VI ではどうなるのか?自動車業界は S50ppm を受け入れ可能か? 

(VTCC) 

→Euro V 以降は 10ppm が必要というのが業界のスタンスで、欧州でも EU 

は EuroⅤにあわせ 10ppm 化している。技術的にもサルフェート排出や 

触媒信頼性の確保の問題から 50ppm では難しい。(JASIC) 

・Euro IV から更に Euro V、Euro VI に規制レベルが厳しくなるとしたら、 

どのような試験設備が必要になるのか?(BTMP) 

→EuroⅤについては大幅な設備の変更は必要ない。EuroⅥではパティキ 

ュレートの質量を計測する精密天秤、その天秤を納めるエアコン付き 

の測定室、粒子数計測システムが必要で、希釈空気の清浄性確保のた 

45

めダイリューショントンネル入り口に大型のフィルタ等が必要になる。 

ダイリューショントンネルは、小型で比較的安価なマイクロトンネル 

も使用可能。(JASIC) 

→マイクロトンネルは、どこで取り扱っているのか?(BTMP) 

→設備メーカーなら取り扱っているはず。AVL に相談すればよい。 

(JASIC) 

・Euro IV から更に Euro V、Euro VI に規制レベルが厳しくなるとしたら、 

どのような対策が必要になるのか?OBD についてはどうか?(BTMP) 

→EuroⅤでは NOx 触媒または DPF のどちらか、EuroⅥでは両方が必要。 

他に Cooled EGR 量増加、コモンレール、電子制御ユニットインジェク 

ター、VGT 等が必要になるだろう。OBD は Euro V から必要になり、Euro 

VI では NOx センサーや PM センサーを用いて排ガスや粒子を計測・監視 

するシステムが必要になるだろう。(JASIC) 

(b) 第3回 SWG2 ワークショップ(2日目) 

〔日時〕:2011 年 11 月 3 日(木)9:00~16:00 




(6 名) 

インドネシア側:Ruiyono, M. Ihsan (MOI), Irwan Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), 

Toto Noerwitjaksono (MOT/VTCC), M. Taufik, Sifi 

Yubaidah, M. Agus W., Tedy I, Hamjotad, Aris Sukmomo 

(BTMP), Budi P.S., Emornan S., Eko R., Mianpyah, Anna 

W., Girisa, Endang, Dedy Kristiadi (GAIKINDO), Juli 

Pamunekas., Suko S., Asep H.S.(AISI), Hadi 

Sunjadipradjh(GIAMM)(22 名) 

1) UN 規則 No.83 とインドネシア法規との比較(JASIC 加藤) 

a) 世界及びインドネシアの排出ガス法規 

b) WLTP(Worldwide Light Duty Test Procedure)について 

c) UN 規則 No.83-S5 

・R83 の歴史 

46

・排出ガス規制値の歴史 

・排出ガスと燃料改善 

・R83-S5 の構成 

・R83-S5 の適用範囲 

47

・R83-S5 の型式認証テスト(Type I~Type VI テスト、OBD 要件) 

 

・ DBL というのは、何のことか?(VTCC) 

→Diurnal Breathing Loss のことで、一日に、気温が 20℃から 35℃位 

まで大きく変化する。この間の燃料蒸散ガス量を DBL という。 

(JASIC) 

・キャニスターを搭載すれば、蒸散ガスはゼロになるのではないか? 

(GAIKINDO) 

→燃料タンクからの蒸散ガスは、キャニスターで吸収できても、燃料 

配管を含めた燃料系全体の蒸散ガス量を計測するので、ゼロにはな 

らない。(JASIC) 

・排出ガス耐久テストの方法をメーカーで選べるとの説明があったが、 

認可当局自身が認証試験を行う場合も、メーカーが選んだ方法が認め 

られるのか?(GAIKINDO) 

→その通り。(JASIC) 

・耐久テストパターンは高速走行の頻度が高いがその理由は? 

(GAIKINDO) 

→触媒は高温下で劣化し、その浄化性能が低下して来る。従って耐久 

テストは、高排気温を含んだパターンで実施し、その性能劣化を評 

価する。(JASIC) 

・OBD システムは、Useful life を越えても機能するはず。もしも、Useful 

を越えて、MIL が点灯したらどう判断すれば良いのか?(GAIKINDO) 

→後ほど、OBD システム搭載の修理等への利益について説明するので、 

Useful life を越えても OBD は使えることが理解してもらえるだろ 

う。(JASIC) 

・燃料のオクタン価が違っていたら、ノックセンサーは使いものになら 

ないのではないか?(GAIKINDO) 

→市場の燃料品質に対応できるように KNOCK センサーは付いている。 

(JASIC) 

・ハイブリッド車と従来エンジン車の OBD システムに違いがあるのか? 

(BTMP) 

→Euro OBD では、ハイブリッド車にも従来エンジン車と同じ項目が要 

求されているが、OBD システムについては、各メーカーの OBD 戦略 

があるのでメーカー毎に異なる。(JASIC) 

・バイオ燃料車については、どの法規に規定されているのか?(BTMP) 

→Euro OBD では、従来燃料車と同じ項目が要求されている。(JASIC) 

48

2) 自由討議「どのように環境法規を UN 規則に整合して行くか?」(司会: 

JASIC 秋葉氏) 

・数年前にインドネシア環境省は、ブルースカイポリシーを発表。厳しい 

排出ガス規制導入について議論が開始された。インドネシアでは、EU 

で採用されている Euro 4、Euro IV 規制を導入の方向である。(VTCC) 

・ステークホルダーである政府及び試験機関、業界からそれぞれ意見を貰 

いたい。(秋葉) 

→ジュネーブで、Type VI や Type VII の議論があっても、インドネシ 

アが参画してその活動に貢献できるか、甚だ疑問に感じる。インド 

ネシアでは、Type VI のようなテストは不要ではないか?(GAIKINDO) 

→58 協定の加盟国との MRA を行うためには、その UN 規則に定める全項 

目のテストを欠けることなく実施し、その認可証を発行しなければ 

ならない。但し、インドネシアの気候、インフラや燃料事情等から 

規則の一部テストを除外した法規を採用し、自国の WVTA の一部とし 

て実施することは可能である。(JASIC) 

・万一、インドネシア MOE が Euro4 導入を決めても、燃料品質が追いつか 

ない場合、どうすればよいのか?(GAIKINDO) 

→本日のワークショップに MOE からの参加なし。答えられない。(VTCC) 

・インドネシアが 58 年協定の加盟国になった時、他の加盟国のテストレ 

ポートや認可証を受け入れないといけないのか?インドネシアが認可 

証を発行する場合、排出ガスについては、MOT と MOE のどちらが発行で 

きるのか?(GAIKINDO) 

→勿論、インドネシア内で話し合わねばならないが、排出ガス、騒音 

は、MOE、部品は MOI、車両全体は MOT という考えが良いのではない 

か?(VTCC) 

→WVTA に関するものは、全て VTCC でテストし、MOT で認可証を発行す 

るというのがよいのではないか?(MOI) 

・日本では、どの省庁が発行しているのか?(GAIKINDO) 

→日本では、WVTA に使われるものは、全て NTSEL でテストし、認可は 

49

MLIT が与える。(JASIC) 

・JIS は使われていないのか?(MOI) 

→過去には、JIS を refer したものもあったが、現在の WVTA に関する 

限り、一切 JIS を refer していない。(JASIC) 

・マレーシアは、58 協定加入の際、UNECE 規則について全く Objection 

しなかったという話を聞いたが?(MOI) 

→その通り。マレーシアは一旦新規制定・改正の全ての UN 規則を採用 

した形になった。インドネシアが、58 協定加入の際、不採用の UNECE 

規則について国連本部に公式レターを提出する必要があるので注意 

されたい。(JASIC) 

2) 自由討議「UN 規則採用によって WVTA を改善するには、IASIF 活動を如何 

に進めればよいか?」(司会:JASIC 秋葉氏) 

・58 協定加入の政府決定前に、UN 規則をベースにした WVTA 制度確立を提 

案したい。複雑な WVTA 制度を持つ日本の例に従う必要はなく、より簡 

素に UN 規則の改廃をフォローできる WVTA 法規体系を持ったものにすべ 

きである。(JASIC) 

・WP29 は、年3回新規制定及び改正を審議・決定する。従って、これをフ 

ォローし、インドネシアの WVTA 法規に反映するには、その法規の Annex 

として、インドネシアが採用した UN 規則を並べる EU の WVTA 法規の構 

成を参考にすべきである。(JASIC) 

・現行のインドネシアの「2009 年道路交通と運輸に関する法律第 22 号」 

自身の構成は、UN 規則を採用し易いものではない。また、使われている 

term もその定義が異なっている。従って、UN 規則採用に当たっては、 

技術的な検討に併せ、リーガルな検討も必要。更に、WVTA 制度の方向や 

必要な人的資源やインフラの開発等についても関係組織間で論議が必 

要。(VTCC) 

50

・インドネシアの「1993 年車両とドライバーに関する政府規制第 44 号」 

の改正が必要と思う。GAIKINDO の中でも、コストの観点から、あるもの 

は反対、あるものは賛成ということがあり得る。IASIF で、政府を含め、 

協議し、明確な方向を決めるべきである。(GAIKINDO) 

→日本でも、一般に多くの UN 規則採用はコストアップの観点から反対 

が多かった。インドネシアの場合は、日本に親会社のあるメーカーは、 

技術的な面では大きな問題はないと考えられるが、ローカルなメーカ 

ーは対応が困難なところが出てくるだろう。(JASIC) 

・アセアン MRA は、最終的には 58 協定加盟国間の MRA が出来る IWVTA を目 

指すべきである。IASIF 内にいくつかのワーキンググループを作り、UN 

規則精査を行い、どの UN 規則を採用し、どの UN 規則は採用しないとい 

うような採用計画を明確にしていかねばならない。(JASIC) 

3) IASIF 活動の次のステップについて 

・関係するステークホルダーを参集し、IASIF 会合を開催する。 

→第 5 回 SWG2 会合及びワークショップまでに、JASIC から提案あったワ 

ークシートを埋める努力をすることを提案する。併せて、政府幹部に 

提出する IASIF レポートも完成させる。(GAIKINDO Eco 氏) 

・インドネシアの 58 協定加入への公式宣言を何時行うかという質問に対し 

て、まずは次回 SWG2 会合で進捗を報告できるようにしたい。(VTCC Toto 

氏) 


「騒音に関する UN 規則とインドネシア法規の違いは何か?」をテーマに、第 

4回ワークショップを開催した。 

(a) 第4回 SWG2 ワークショップ(1日目) 

〔日時〕:2011 年 12 月 14 日(水)9:00~16:00 




(6 名) 

インドネシア側:Ruiyono (MOI), Irwan Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), S. Hakiman, 

Iman Alameeyah, Aneludin Yoga S. (MOT/VTCC), Juwono 

Andrianto, Budi P.S., M. Erwin D., Dodop. S., Reza 

A.P., Dea F.P., Anna W.,(GAIKINDO), Hanggoro, Rudi, 

Jumdianzah (AISI), Hadi Srjadipradja (GIAMM) ( 16 

名) 


SWG2 のワークショップは、日尼 EPA の協力プロジェクトの一環として開催 

51

されたもので、これまで、58 年協定加入の利益は何かという点について多 

くの時間を割いて議論してきた。また、ACCSQ-APWG が ASEAN-MRA の対象と 

して推薦している第一優先の 19 項目の中から、5項目について今年度計画 

として取り上げ、日本の専門家よりインドネシアが採用する際の課題を指 

摘頂いている。今回、JASIC から騒音の専門家に参加頂いたので、インドネ 

シアへのこれらの騒音法規の採用についてどのように進めたらよいか議論 

したい。参加の皆様の積極的参加を期待する。 

2) インドネシアの車両認証制度(WVTA)改善について(JASIC 秋葉氏) 

既に、今年度都合3回のワークショップを終了。今回第 4 回目のワークシ 

ョップでは、日本の専門家より R51 規則について、その概要を説明し、イ 

ンドネシアの現行騒音法規と比較して頂く予定。 

また、前回に引き続き、インドネシアの WVTA 制度を今後どのように改善し 

て行けば良いのか、JASIC より、資料 ”Practical way to improve 

Indonesian WVTA system”に沿って具体的に提案したい。 

a) 58 協定加盟国としてのインドネシアの利益 

b) 最終ゴール 

c) 最終ゴールの前に:58 協定加入後の3段階、徐々に選択的に UN 規則施 

行 

d) WVTA 法規の内容:WVTA 法規の構成とサンプルとして M1 カテゴリーに対 

する技術要件リスト(59 項目の UN 規則)提案(図 2.参照) 

e) 関係者・組織のより良い理解のために 

図 2. M1 車の WVTA の技術要件リストのサンプル 

 

52

・58 協定加入の利益の一つとして、テクニカルサービスのビジネスチャ 

ンスが上げられているが、どういうことか?(AISI) 

→ここでいうビジネスチャンスというのは、58 協定に加入した国の試験 

機関が認可当局から信頼できるテクニカルサービスに認定され、他の 

58 協定加盟国のテクカルサービスとの競争に打ち勝って、始めて手に 

入れられるもので、自国に限らず、他の加盟国のメーカーから試験を 

受注できるようになるということ。従って、アドバンテージにもなる 

が、ディスアドバンテージにもなり得る。(JASIC) 

・現在、インドネシアの WVTA の一環として車両の寸法や重量等仕様の確 

認が行われているが、提案された EU 方式の WVTA 法規では、何処に規 

定されているのか?(MOT) 

→ 後ほど詳しく説明するが、重量・寸法等の基本的な仕様については、 

申請者であるメーカーから提出される申請用書類に記載が求められて 

おり、認可当局はその書類に記載の仕様通りか確認する権限を持って 

いる。(JASIC) 

・インドネシアが採用・施行すべき UN 規則選定のためのパラメーターは 

何か?(MOI) 

→ 交通事故防止等、自動車安全性を向上させるもの、排出ガス低減等に 

寄与するもの、試験機関の試験能力(設備面、人的資源)があるもの、 

しかもコスト効果の高いものを採用すべき。さらに、EU や日本などが 

どのような UN 規則を採用しているかを考えることも大事である。その 

一つの指針として先のプレゼンで説明した表などを参考にまず採用項 

目を前広に決めたらどうかと提案している。採用することと規則適用 

は別の議論であることをもう一度念を押しておきたい。(JASIC) 

・これまでも日本の専門家から、交通事故データ分析結果を反映した自動 

車安全性向上に有効との話があった。インドネシアは事故データが不 

足している。どうすればよいのか?(AISI) 

→徒に事故分析センター設置に投資せよと言っている訳ではない。詳しい 

データが無くとも、衝突事故が多いのであれば、極端に言えば、R94 

と R95 を採用すれば、衝突事故による死傷者数は激減する。更に、 

Passive Safety の要件については、R12、14、16、17、21、25 等パッ 

ケージで考えてはどうか。まず、第一にこれらの UN 規則の採用計画を 

明確にして、IASIF で適用時期について検討していくべきだと思う。こ 

ういう検討手順を踏めば適用に至るプロセスについても関係者全体の 

合意を得やすいし、透明性も増すと思う。(JASIC) 

・試験設備に必要なコストを、まず考えるべきではないか?(MOI) 

→コストを考えるのは、勿論重要である。同じコストを掛けても、それだ 

け利益がなければ意味がない。効果も並行して考える必要がある。 

ACCSQ ではこのような議論がなされていないのではないかと感じてい 

る。経験の少ない ACCSQ がクローズドの会議で議論することがおかし 

53

いし、もし求められればいつでもサポートする。JASIC から過去には何 

回か情報提供しているが、どう生かされているのか不明だ。インドネ 

シアの UN 規則採用、適用に当たっては ACCSQ のようなおかしなことは 

繰り返して欲しくない。このような議論を、是非 IASIF 内に設置する 

個別の作業グループで行って適用時期に至るプロセスを明確にしてほ 

しい。(JASIC) 

3) 騒音についての UN 規則 R51 の概要について(JASIC 白橋氏) 

UN 規則 R51 と現行インドネシア法規の違いについて、説明。また、インド 

ネシアの使用過程車の騒音チェック方法及び規制値案の考え方が、UN51-02 

と異なっていると指摘あり。 

a) UN 規則とインドネシア法規(加速騒音及び定置騒音)の比較 

b) UN 規則(R.E.3):使用過程車の定置騒音は相対値規制であり、型式認証 

値+5dB(A)のマージン許容のはず。ドラフトの規制値案では、新車での 

加速騒音値が合格でも、使用過程車の定置騒音値が不合格になり得る。 

また、試験エンジン回転数の定義が既に R51/02 の supplement 6 で改訂 

済にも拘らず、インドネシア法規には反映されていない。 

 

・今回指摘した問題について、どのように対処するつもりか?(JASIC) 

→使用過程車の騒音チェックの方法及び規制値の決定権は MOE にあり、 

MOE と話し合う必要がある。(GAIKINDO) 

・更に、新車の加速騒音テスト方法についても MOE に誤解を質す必要があ 

る。もし、MOT から試験方法についてテクニカルガイダンスを出すので 

54

あれば、その修正が可能ではないか?(JASIC) 

→MOT が出すテクニカルガイダンスは、あくまで騒音テスト方法のトレー 

ニング用。(MOT) 

→新車の加速騒音テスト方法についても、決定権は MOE にあり、MOE が誤 

りを理解し、是正しない限りは、これまで通りである。(GAIKINDO) 

・前回ワークショップでは、将来 R49 や R83 の排出ガス、R51 の騒音規則 

についての Approval authority は MOE ではなく、MOT とすべきという 

のが結論であった。何故、この問題を放置しているのか?何故、MOE は 

今回ワークショップに参加されていないのか?肝心なステークホルダ 

ーが参加していないワークショップは、何回開催しても無駄ではない 

か?(JASIC) 

→明日のワークショップには、MOE より参加願えるように要請する。 

(GAIKINDO) 

(電話にて、MOE ザカリア氏に参加要請。その場では快諾あったものの、 

当日会場には現れず) 

(b) 第 4 回 SWG2 ワークショップ(2日目) 

「UN 規則とインドネシア国内法及び規格を整合するために何をすべきか?」 

日時:2011 年 12 月 15 日(木)9:00~16:00 

場所:MOI 会議室(ジャカルタ) 

出席者: 

日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、大野氏、白橋氏、土井、山田、通訳: Ms. Ziaini 

(6 名) 

インドネシア側:Ruiyono, M. Ihsan (MOI), Toto Noerwitjaksono, Irwan 

Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), S. Hakiman, Awaludin Yoga S.S. 

(MOT/VTCC), Budi P.S., M. Erwin D., Ludi H., Reza A.P., 

Arif Setyawah, Eddy S., Endang, Anna W., Girisa A. 

(GAIKINDO), Hari Sasono, Heru S., Hanggoro, 

Jumdianzah(AISI), Hadi Sunjadipradja(GIAMM)(20 名) 

1) 日本の騒音法規の歴史及び R51 採用検討状況について(JASIC 大野) 

a) 日本の環境騒音の法体系 

b) 騒音についての環境基準 

c) 道路交通騒音改善のトレンド 

55

d) 車両騒音法規全面見直し提案 

e) JASIC の車両騒音規則改定提案 

・試験方法 

・サブカテゴリー 

 

・乗用車の速度と騒音パワーレベルの表があったが、どこで測定したデ 

ータか?(GAIKINDO) 

56

→ JARI の研究設備のある筑波市の沿道で測定されたデータ。(JASIC) 

・ JIS でサイレンサーについて規定されているのではないか?(AISI) 

→ JIS には規制値はなく、試験方法のみ規定している。昨年よりアフタ 

ーマーケット用マフラーについても型式認証テスト(実際に、当該マ 

フラーを装着した上で、車両加速騒音テスト)が要求されるようにな 

った。(JASIC) 

・インドネシアでは、二輪車を購入した顧客は、アフターマーケット用 

マフラーに交換するケースが多い。しかも、大部分はオリジナルマフ 

ラーより、騒がしく、場合によっては触媒もないものが多い。(AISI) 

→ 日本では、JAMA が 10 年以上に亘って、新車だけで無く交換用マフラ 

ー等の対策の必要性を機会あるごとに説明してきたが、昨年 4 月から 

マフラー事前認証制度が適用開始した。(JASIC) 

・通常、オリジナルマフラーと交換用マフラーの騒音は、どのように違 

うのか?(MOI) 

57

→二輪車メーカーとしては、オリジナルマフラーを推奨している。 

(AISI) 

・本日 MOE から出席があれば、今回新車及び使用過程車の騒音試験方法 

及び規制値の問題について話し合いたかったが、参加願えず、残念。 

来年3月に JAMA として来尼予定につき、その機会に直接面談したい。 

2) 自由討議「今後、どのように IASIF を運営して行けばよいか?」(司会: 

JASIC 秋葉氏) 

・今後の IASIF の進め方について、これまでのワークショップでの議論 

や IASIF 内での意見交換の結果を纏めると、以下の通りになる。 

(ア) 政策決定者のための判り易い報告書 

(イ) 外務省への 58 協定加入計画説明 

(ウ) IASIF としての定期会合 

(MOT) 

→JASIC も設立されてから約 20 年以上が経過したが、その活動が重要視 

されたのは、1958 年協定加盟の機運が高まってハイレベルの認識が高 

まってからである。IASIF 活動をより有効なものにするには、より高い 

レベルに対するアプローチが必要。(JASIC) 

→インドネシアの業界トップは依然国内市場拡大に注目しており、輸出 

振興に寄与する IASIF 活動は不要という雰囲気がある。(GAIKINDO) 

・MOT、MOI だけでなく、他の省庁も IASIF 活動に積極的に参画願う必要 

がある。特に、58 協定加入には、外務省の許可を得る必要がある。(MOT) 

→来年9月に 58 年協定に加盟するには、残された準備期間は、9 ヶ月し 

かない。この間に多くの課題を解決していく必要がある。(JASIC) 

・昨日、JASIC からのプレゼンにあった”Elements for this project” 

に上げられたタスクを着実に実行して行くことが必要。(GAIKINDO) 

→「判り易い報告書」で、全てを書きあげることは不可能。むしろ、当 

面の目標として 58 協定加入を取り上げて、何をすべきかを明確にすべ 

き。(MOT) 

・採用すべき UN 規則の仕分けを行うにも、各規則の内容が理解できる専 

門家が必要ではないか?(AISI) 

→各規則の名前から想起できる範囲でよいので、それ程多くの専門家は 

必要ない。すぐに実行に移すべきである。(JASIC) 

・58 協定加入を目標として、これを 9 ヶ月で何をすべきか要因分析を行 

い、効果的な方法を取るべきである。次回、ワークショップでは、JAMA、 

JAPIA から Administrative な問題の解決に詳しい専門家を派遣するつ 

もり。次回ワークショップの前に、まずインドネシアの 9 カ月間の行 

動計画を作ってほしい。それをベースに我々が何をサポートできるか 

議論したい。(JASIC) 

→了解した。Toto 氏が IASIF 事務局責任者として資料をまとめ、日本側 

58

に事前に送付するのでコメントをいただきたい。(MOT) 


「本年度の SWG2 活動成果と今後の IASIF 運営について」をテーマにワークショ 

ップを開催した。 

(a) 第 5 回 SWG2 ワークショップ(1日目) 

日時:2012 年1月25日(水)9:00~16:00 

場所:VTCC 会議室(べカシ) 

出席者: 

日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、森本氏、佐々木氏、冨樫氏、土井、山田、通訳: Ms. 

Ziaini(7 名) 

インドネシア側:M. Ihsan (MOI), Irwan Arifianto, Santy Eka (MOT/DGLT), 

Dewant P., Suci Hakiman, Awaludin Yoga S.S. (MOT/VTCC), 

Dedy Y., M. Tasfiq (BTMP), Juwono Andrianto, Budi P.S., 

Girisa A., (GAIKINDO), Heru Sutanto, Hanggoro, Alam 

B.(AISI)(13 名) 

1) 開会の挨拶(MOT/VTCC Dewant 所長) 

今回の SWG2 のワークショップは、第5回目に当たる。本日のワークショ 

ップでは、2011 年度の SWG2 活動を振り返り、また、58 協定加入に向け 

た準備を行うために、新たに設置された IASIF の今後の運営について議 

論する予定。参加者の積極的な議論を期待する。 

2) 2011 年度 SWG2 活動成果と今後の活動についてのアイデア(JASIC 土井) 

今年度の SWG2 の活動成果をスポンサーである経産省に報告するため、 

JASIC にて主な活動成果を、以下の通り整理してみた。昨日の SWG2 会合 

で、その内容につき議論したので、ここで紹介し、出席者の意見を聞く 

ことにした。また、来年度の活動についても、JASIC 案を説明した。 

a) 2011 年度 SWG2 活動計画の狙いと方法 

b) 最終計画日程及び各 SWG2 会合及びワークショップでの議事概要 

c) 2011 年度 SWG2 活動の主な成果 

①58 協定加入準備のための IASIF 活動報告書の作成 

②19 項目の UN 規則の認可当局及びテクニカルサービス候補の選定 

③インドネシアの車両型式認証制度改善のための法規見直しの方向 

確認 

④IASIF ロードマップの一部見直し(未完成) 

d) 今後の SWG2 活動のアイデア 

①2012 年度は SWG2 会合を4回、ワークショップを4回開催。 

②現行試験機関のテクニカルサービス化のための能力向上策を中心 

59

に議論。 

③ 要に応じ、UN 規則精査も実施。 

 

・今年度は、何故 19 項目の UN 規則から5項目を取り上げて、精査する 

ことのなったのか?その経緯を知りたい。(JASIC) 

→ASEAN-MRA の対象として、まず 19 項目の UN 規則が第一優先項目となっ 

たので、現行 SNI 規格を見直し、その一部に UN 規則を織り込むことに 

なった。一方、完成車の認証は、MOT の監督下で行われており、コンポ 

ーネント及び部品の認証は MOI の監督下で行うということで整理され 

た。(GAIKINDO) 

・SWG2 活動では、インドネシアが 58 協定に加盟し、UN 規則をベースに 

した WVTA 制度を構築することを狙いとしている。一方、SNI 規格は、 

製品の品質を確保し、更に高めることが目標と考えられるので、WVTA 

制度の構築を目標とする SWG2 活動とは基本的に別の目的を持っている。 

はっきりと区別して考えなければならないのではないか?(JASIC) 

→インドネシア通関時の取扱は、完成車(CBU)とコンポーネント・部品 

とでは、全く違う。即ち、完成車のみが WVTA 認可が必要とされるが、 

コンポーネント・部品はマンダトリーの SNI 規格適合チェックが要求 

される。通関上、完成車及びコンポーネント・部品については、HS コ 

ードによって明確に区分される。(GAIKINDO) 

→ 貿易上で必要な HS コードと WVTA 自身は、直接関係が無い。個別に要 

求されるべきものではないか?(JASIC) 

・日本では、通関上完成車と部品の区分はないのか?(GAIKINDO) 

→日本の場合は、完成車についてはその安全性や排出ガス等が一定の基 

準を満たしているか国土交通省が WVTA 制度の基に担当している。 

(JASIC) 

・試験機関の能力向上を考える上で、予算の問題を避けて通れないので 

はないか?(GAIKINDO) 

→コストを考えるのは勿論重要だが、現行の試験機関の状況やり方次第 

でそのコストも低減できる。まず、将来の WVTA をイメージしながら、 

127 項目の UN 規則から、どの UN 規則を採用すべきか検討すべきである。 

(JASIC) 

・我々の優先順位検討に当たっては、IASIF 内に小グループを設置し、討 

議する必要がある。JASIC 提案のワークシートを基に、UN 規則採用検 

討一覧表(A3 シート)の作成を開始した。例えば、ガラスについては、 

少し手を入れれば、CFC で R43 のテストが可能と判断している。 

(GAIKINDO) 

→日本の専門家の意見も同様であった。そのような議論を他の UN 規則、 

試験機関について早急に実施されたい。(JASIC) 

60

・R51 や R41 の騒音テストは、VTCC でテストできるようになるのか? 

(JASIC) 

→ISO 路面は未完成で、完成の目途が立っていない。(MOT/DGLT) 

・車両の安全性については、VTCC がテストし、MOT/DGLT が認可するのが 

自然な流れだ。(JASIC) 

・MOT/DGLT では、短期間で担当者が交替する。日本の国交省は、どうか? 

(MOT/DGLT) 

→国交省でも、1・2年で担当者は異動することが多いが、異動後も業 

務の継続性を確保されるように尽力している。(MLIT) 

3) 今後の IASIF の運営について 

JASIC にて IASIF の運営上の問題点を分析してみたので、今後の運営に役 

立てて貰うため、ここに照会し、その解決方法について、幾つか提案した。 

a) 現在の IASIF 活動は、何が問題か? 

図 58 協定加入準備のための IASIF 活動が不十分な原因 

b) その対策案は? 

表 JASIC が提案した四つの対策案 

61

c) 最低3ヶ年計画を立てて、毎年見直そう。 

 

・IASIF スタッフの不足が原因の一つに取り上げられているが、Permanent 

staff の不足ではないか? また、トップからの適切な指示不足もある 

と思うが、どうか?(GAIKINDO) 

→異論なし。但し、ここで取り上げたのは、一部の例なので、IASIF 自身 

で同様の分析を行い、必要な対策案についても自身で考えて欲しい。 

(JASIC) 

・先ほど、IASIF で UN 規則採用検討一覧表(A3 シート)の作成を開始し 

たとの報告があった。また、IASIF のロードマップの一部見直しの必要 

との意見もあった。非常に心強いことであるが、58 協定加入まで、残 

り8ヶ月しかなく、早急に作業を進められたい。(JASIC) 

→具体的タイムテーブルについては、2 月末を目標に IASIF 案を纏めたい。 

(MOT/DGLT、GAIKINDO) 

4) インドネシアの車両型式認証制度改善の実際的な方法について 

JASIC 秋葉より、これまでのワークショップにて何度か説明してきた改善 

策の要点につき、再度説明し、今後の進め方について提案した。 

a) IWVTA のコンセプト 

b) インドネシアが目指す最終目標 

c) 58 協定加盟国として取るべき2段階 

d) インドネシアの WVTA 制度改善の実際的な方法について 

① WVTA 法規の草案作成 

② 本年9月58協定加入に向けた IASIF 活動とは? 

62

・作業項目確定 

・作業日程決定 

・WVTA の構成案検討 

・新しい WVTA 法規案作成(具体的な法規案を例示) 

・上記活動のための二つの WG 設置(UN 規則運用検討 WG と WVTA 法規 

見直し WG)を提案 

図 2012 年 9 月までに 58 協定に加入するための IASIF 活動 

 

・これまでの JASIC 提案を基に、現行 127 項目の UN 規則について、A3 

の一覧表”Draft Template IASIF Preparation for UN Regulation 

Selection”の作成を開始した。この表をみてコメントがあれば聞き 

たい。(GAIKINDO) 

表 UN 規則採用検討表(ワークシート) 

63

・Technician の資格は、どのように規定するのか?(JASIC) 

→試験の種類によって違ってくると考えられるが、BTMP では、排出ガス 

試験を実施する Technician には、運転免許と共に日本や英国での訓 

練終了書の取得を要件にしている。(BTMP) 

→安全についての試験、例えば R14、16、17 等の衝突安全性テストを行 

う Technician には、共通する資格設定が可能ではないかと考える。 

(JASIC) 

・衝突試験用ダミーを取り扱う Technician には、特別な技能が必要で 

はないか?(GAIKINDO) 

・テスト設備のコスト見積もりが取り上げられているが、最新の高度な 

試験設備、言い換えれば高価な試験設備でなくとも、工夫次第で安価 

な設備でもテストが可能なことがある。また、127 項目の UN 規則の 

内、灯火器関係が 30~40 項目あるが、同じ試験設備で複数のテスト 

が可能なので、よく考慮されたい。(JASIC) 

(b) 第 5 回 SWG2 ワークショップ(2日目) 

「IASIF の今後の進め方について」 

日時:2012 年1月26日(木)9:00~16:00 

場所:MOI 会議室(ジャカルタ) 

出席者: 

日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、森本氏、佐々木氏、冨樫氏、土井、山田、通訳: Ms. 

Ziaini(7 名) 

インドネシア側:Ruiyono, M. Ihsan (MOI), Toto Noerwitjaksono, Irwan 

Arifianto, Santy Eka (MOT/DGLT), Dewant P., Suci 

Hakiman, Awaludin Yoga S.S. (MOT/VTCC), Juwono 

Andrianto, Rita Evita, Nos Hariyono (GAIKINDO), Hari 

Sasono, Heru Sutanto, Hanggoro, Rudi, Alam 

B.(AISI)(16 名) 

1) 開会のあいさつ(MOI の Rudiyono 課長補佐) 

64

昨日は、排出ガス規制強化に備えるため、新しい燃料法規につき検討す 

る会議があり、ワークショップに参加できず、失礼した。 

UN 規則の導入について、58 年協定調印に向けて早急に取り組む必要があ 

り、本日のワークショップでもその方策について議論したい。 

2) IASIF comprehensive paper の現状について 

・昨日、Sudirman 課長に IASIF comprehensive paper 案を説明し、 

Director General に上程出来るか相談したが、現状では了解を得るに 

は不十分との判断であった。本日のワークショップで良い意見があれ 

ば、補強・修正して行きたい。(MOT/DGLT) 

図尼政府政策決定者への提案書案 

→MOI の Suprijant 課長にも説明したのか?(JASIC) 

→既に説明済である。(MOT/DGLT) 

・特に、58 年協定加入準備のためには、Permanent staff が必要である 

ことを訴えるべき。(JASIC) 

→それは十分承知しているが、IASIF の事務局は VTCC なので、VTCC の新 

所長である Dewanto 氏よりすべき。Permanent staff を置くためには、 

その予算措置も必要なので、他のステークホルダーの協力も必要。 

(MOT/DGLT) 

→その意見に賛同する。これまでの IASIF を今後は IASIC として、 

permanent staff を置くことを提案したい。ITS program のように副大 

統領を招いて、政府の上層部の後押しを得るようなことも考えたい。 

(GAIKINDO) 

・予算を得るには、トップレベルの関心を得る必要がある。残念ながら 

IASIF の活動は、プライオリティが低い。(MOI) 

65

→MOT としても、交通混雑解消のような緊急性がないため、プライオリテ 

ィは低い。(MOT/DGLT) 

→プライオリティを上げるため、議会に提案することを提案したい。 

(MOI) 

・政府の上層部を動かすには、もっと大きなインパクトが必要と考える 

が、一体何がそのトリガーになるのか?(JASIC) 

→UN 規則導入は、単なる手段。それが、海外諸国との自由貿易に繋がり、 

インドネシア産の製品の輸出拡大に資することが重要。すでに、ダイ 

ハツやスズキのようにインドネシアを生産拠点として海外に積極的に 

輸出して行こうとする動きも出て来た。(AISI) 

→輸出促進だけでなく、生活の質向上も重要。(MOI) 

・一般論として、58 協定加盟及び UN 規則導入のメリットについてコメン 

トしたい。国際基準導入によって自動車の安全性、環境性能が向上し、 

自動車製品の流通促進によりメーカーのコストは抑えられ、結果、消 

費者は高い安全・環境性能を有する自動車をより安価に入手可能とな 

る。また、協定に加盟しているアジア諸国は未だ少数であるため、協 

定加盟によりインドネシアの国際的な認識が向上することも期待され 

る。(MLIT) 

→ご意見は、これまで何度も JASIC から言われたことで、我々は良く理 

解している。(MOT/DGLT) 

→この paper にそれを補強する説明資料を添付することを考えよう。 

(JASIC) 

・すでに、JASIC としては必要と考えられる情報は全てインプットした。 

更に、何が必要なのか? 具体的に示してくれれば、準備したい。 

(JASIC) 

・業界トップの理解を得る必要がある。今回、JAMA 及び JAPIA からも代 

表者が参加頂いているので、彼等の支援が必要ならば、要請されたい。 

(JASIC) 

→GAIKINDO の中でも、インドネシアの 58 協定加入に対する意見は分かれ 

ている。ある日系メーカーの日本本社は Yes であるが、インドネシア 

の子会社のトップは No というところもある。(GAIKINDO) 

・何が幹部の決定を促すファクターか?(JASIC) 

→58 協定加入そのものと思う。(MOT) 

・タイは、58 協定に加盟したが、UN 規則を全く採用していない。(AISI) 

→タイの型式認証制度そのものの不備も原因だ。TISI で運用している規 

格の方で UN 規則を参照している程度。(JASIC) 

・タイは独自の型式認証制度を作ろうとしているのか?(MOI) 

→まだ、VTA ではなく、部品の認証段階。(AISI) 

→58 協定加入後のアクションが大事。(MOI) 

・ 58 協定加入のための具体的準備開始の打ち合わせを開くべき。VTCC の 

66

Dewanto 所長より招聘して欲しい。Dewanto 氏にとっても大事な議論を 

しているのに、中座したまま戻ってこないのはけしからん。(MOT/DGLT) 

→べカシは、関係者が集まるには不便。ジャカルタの方が良い。(AISI) 

→今回のワークショップでも、べカシでの開催なので、多くの人が集ま 

っていない。ジャカルタ市内の MOI か GAIKINDO の事務所で開催するこ 

とも可能。事務局で考えて欲しい。(MOI)(AISI) 

→GAIKINDO や AISI の会長、MOT の Sdilman 課長にも招聘し、58 協定加入 

そのものについて議論して貰いたい。(GAIKINDO) 

・昨日のワークショップで確認した内容について、本日の参加者に簡単 

に説明して欲しい。(JASIC) 

→JASIC 土井より、昨日のワークショップ概要につき、資料を基に説明。 

その結果、昨日の合意内容で今後の作業を進めることとした。 

3) 今後の SWG2 活動について 

下記のような協議の結果、次回 SWG2 会合及び SWG3 との合同会合をジャ 

カルタ MOI にて開催することで合意した。(日程は、3/19-20 を仮設定。 

SWG3 側とも調整することとした。) 

また、次回 SWG2 会合までに、IASIF にて以下を準備することになった。 

① UN 規則採用検討用一覧表(A3 形式)検討結果をまとめる。 

② 二つの作業 WG 設立案を検討する。 

 

・今後の活動のタイムテーブルを整理したい。(JASIC) 

・日本に帰国次第、JASIC より METI に今回ワークショップ結果を基に今 

年度成果及び来年度計画案について報告する。3月下旬、再度 SWG2 会 

合を開催し、来年度計画について具体案を検討したい。(JASIC) 

・昨日、IASIF より、127 項目の現行 UN 規則についての検討項目が提示 

あり、討議の結果、2 月末を目途に採用検討一覧表(A3 形式)を作成 

する作業を行うことになった。 

・本日、問題提起された通関上規定されている HS コードについては SWG2 

の議論とは切り離して検討されるべきである。(JASIC) 

・来年度計画については、SWG3 との関わりもあるので、SWG3 との合同会 

合も併せて開催願いたい。(JASIC) 

・来年度の計画の中に、インドネシアの Technician の教育訓練を追加 

することは、可能か?(VTCC) 

→今回プロジェクトの対象ではないので、新たに MOT や MOI を通じて、 

日本政府(MLIT や METI)に申し入れられたい。(JASIC) 

→例えば、JICA スキームによる教育訓練の可能性も考えられる。まずは 

インドネシア側から具体的なプロポーザルを提示することが必要。 

(MLIT) 

67

・IASIF ロードマップも見直しが必要ではないか?(JASIC) 

→マスターロードマップは、DGLT 局長通達に添付されたものにつき、変 

更不可。但し、その中で幾つかの点について、より実際的なタイムテ 

ーブルを作成する必要がある。(GAIKINDO) 

・ VTCC より要望のあった Technician の教育訓練については、今後の課題 

としたい。(MOI) 

・試験機関の能力向上の問題は、 SWG3 と話し合う必要がある。 

(GAIKINDO) 

68

Ⅱ-2.日本側委員会設置とインドネシア側委員会との協議 

(1) 日本側委員会の設置 

JASIC では、本プロジェクトを経済産業省から受託するに当たって、主として JASIC 

関係団体及び学識経験者から成る国内委員会を設置することにした。最終的に設置さ 

れた委員会メンバーは、資料 IV-3 に記載の通りである。 

2011 年度としては、都合3回の会合を開催し、年度計画の審議やインドネシアで開 

催するワークショップ、欧州及び日本で開催するハイレベル会合等の行事についての 

企画につき、活発な議論をいただいた。 

特に、インドネシアで開催したワークショップでは、インドネシア側出席者にとっ 

て貴重な講演や情報提供を行った。 

(2) インドネシア側委員会との協議 

本プロジェクトの受託前から、JASIC はインドネシア側委員会と接触を持ち、2011 

年度活動計画について協議を重ね、今回報告の通り、一定の成果を上げた。 

この間、都合 5 回の会合を開催し、年度計画の審議やインドネシアで開催するワー 

クショップ、欧州及び日本で開催するハイレベル会合等の行事についての企画、運営、 

成果につき、活発な議論をいただいた。 

第 1 回 Sub-WG2 会合風景 

(2-1) 第1回 Sub-WG2 会合 

〔日時〕:2011 年9月13日(火)9:00~12:30 

〔場所〕:Ministry of Industry (以下 MOI)会議室 


日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、吉沢委員、薩摩、土井、山田、南部(6 名) 

インドネシア側:M. Ihsan (MOI), Irwan Arifianto, Yanti 

69

Marliana(MOT/DGLT), Toto Noerwitjaksono, Awaludin 

Yoda S. S. (MOT/VTCC), Prawato (BTMP), Juwono Andrianto 

(GAIKINDO), Heru Susanto (AISI)(8 名) 

1) 2011 年度 SWG2 年間活動計画の確認 

本年度活動計画について、土井より説明。各 SWG2 会合及びワークショ 

ップ開催日程及び開催場所について、以下の通り確認。 

① 第 1 回ワークショップ:ベカシの VTCC にて開催。 

② 第 2 回ワークショップ:ベカシの VTCC で開催。事前に開催の第 2 回 SWG2 

会合は、ジャカルタの MOI にて開催。 

③ 第 3 回~第 5 回ワークショップ:VTCC での開催で良さそうであるが、 

尼側で相談の上、決定したい。 

2) IASIF のロードマップの確認 

IASIF は、6 月 9 日付け MOT/DGLT 局長通達により設立された。 

① 設立後、ラマダン・政府休暇等があり、IASIF として会合が開催できた 

のは、9 月 2 日の1回のみ。今後、月に 2 回程度の通常会合開催を考え 

ている。 

② IASIF 設立は、政府をサポートする組織であり、基準調和を推進するも 

のである。しかしながら、最近時発令されたインドネシア大統領命令 

Masterplan for the Acceleration and Expansion of Economic 

Development of Indonesia (MP3EI)は、経済発展計画であるため、58 

協定加盟/基準調和活動は含まれていない。従って、IASIF はプロポー 

ザルを政府上層部に提案が必要。 

③ IASIF ロードマップでは、58 年協定署名のための公式宣言は、本年 9 

月から 10 月になっているが現在この日程通りに行われるか不明。 

④ 国連本部への 58 年協定及び WP29 加盟手続きについては、ロードマッ 

プ上では、2013 年 7 月~8 月としている。このロードマップ自体も逐 

次見直す必要があると考えている。 

3) ASEAN-MRA への対応 

MOI の Rudiyono 課長補佐等は、米国サンフランシスコで開催の APEC 自 

動車ダイヤログに出席のため、今回会合には不参加。ACCSQ-APWG で提案さ 

れている ASEAN MRA ドラフトについては、10 月ブルネイで開催される APWG 

で話し合う予定。但し、まだ、3 月の時点で、Rudiyono 氏は、ASEAN-MRA 

は飽くまで reference であると考えているとのご発言であったが、他の 

IASIF メンバー(VTCC、AISI 等)は mandatory と理解しており、インドネ 

シア内でも一致していない模様。また、インドネシアはマレーシアと同様、 

最新の UNECE 規則を採用すべきとの JASIC コメントに対し、明確な回答な 

し。明日のワークショップで、MOT/VTCC の Juliaman 氏より、インドネシ 

アの対応状況につき報告頂くことにした。 

4) 第 1 回ワークショップ及び第 2 回ワークショップの内容及び日程の確認 

70

①第 1 回ワークショップは、JASIC 提案通りの日程でベガシの VTCC にて開 

催することを確認。第2回ワークショップも、VTCC 開催を打診したが、 

同所はリノベーション工事のため、MOI(ジャカルタ)で開催してほし 

いとの Toto 所長意向。MOI 開催について、Juwono 氏が確認の上、連絡 

頂くことにした。 

②第 2 回ワークショップで、ブレーキに関するインドネシアの国内法規と 

UNECE 規則(R13H 及び R13)について比較検討する予定であるが、特に、 

インドネシア国内法規は存在しない由。日本では、R13H は採用済みであ 

るが、R13 については現在採用のための精査が開始された状況であり、 

日本の精査作業の要点について JASIC より説明したい旨提案し、了承さ 

れた。 

③Juwono 氏より、現地日系自動車メーカー上層部に IASIF の活動(インド 

ネシアの 1958 年協定加入、UNECE 規則の採用支援)について十分理解さ 

れていない現状があるので、マザー･カンパニー(日本)からローカル・ 

カンパニーに説明が必要。また、今回及び次回ワークショップでも論議 

したい旨提案あり。提案に沿ってアジェンダを修正した。 

(2-2)第 2 回 Sub-WG2 会合 

〔日時〕:2011 年 10 月 4 日(火)9:00~15:00 



日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、石原氏、松原氏、土井、山田(5 名) 

インドネシア側:Rudiyono, M. Ihsan (MOI), Irwan Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), 

Toto Noerwitjaksono, Iman Alamsyah, S. Hakiman 

(MOT/VTCC), John H.P. Tamton, Radmat U., M. Harsono(MOE), 

Juwono Andrianto, Arif S., Abdor Rahim, Hidayatol I.S. 

(GAIKINDO), Hari Sasono, Heru Sutanto (AISI)(15 名) 


本会合では、IASIF の運営や活動、政府内の方針決定者に対する判りやす 

い報告書案について話し合うことになっている。 

2) 挨拶(JASIC 秋葉) 

今回は、実際的な課題の解決方法についても、是非話し合いたい。特に、 

インドネシアのVTA制度の改善についてのワーキングシートを持参したので、 

これを用いてIASIFとしては何を何時までに実施して行くのかを議論したい。 

また、同時に、本活動について各企業のトップマネージメントにも理解を得 

られるようにするにはどうすればよいのかについても議論したい。 

3) IASIF の運営及び活動について 

・IASIF としては、第 1 回 SWG2 会合及びワークショップでの議論を基に、「58 

年協定加盟のための IASIF からの判りやすい報告書」(案)を作成した。最 

71

終的には、政府内の方針決定者(関係局長経由大臣を想定)に提出される 

文書としたい。(MOI Rudiyono 氏) 

・まだ、具体的な作業を開始するために必要と考えられるワーキンググルー 

プの組織化には至っておらず、これからである。(GAIKINDO Juwono 氏) 

・業界のトップマネージメントの理解を得るためにも、非常に重要な文書に 

なるものと考えられる。同時に、本文書に対する質問にも答えを用意し、 

粘り強く、その必要性を説いていく必要がある。(JASIC) 

・政府の中でも、ハイレベルの理解を得なければ、その活動のための予算獲 

得もできない。(MOI) 

・GAIKINDO、AISI、GIAMM 等業界団体も、メンバー会社のトップに理解を得 

るには、機会を捉えて、継続的な説明が必要である。(JASIC) 

・この活動は、短期的な利益を考えて行うのではなく、むしろ中・長期的な 

視野で考える必要がある。(JASIC) 

4) 第 2 回ワークショップ内容とスケジュール確認 

・ワークショップ1日目は、R13H、R13 のブレーキについての UNECE 規則の 

採用に当たっての検討課題や検討・精査の方法について、日本の専門家よ 

り、日本での経験をベースに説明をしてもらう予定。2日目に、今後イン 

ドネシアの VTA 制度を改善して行くために、どの様に活動を展開していけ 

ばよいのか、これも日本での進め方を参考に提案したい。インドネシア側 

出席者と議論の上、役に立つものにしたい。(JASIC) 

・説明の中で、活動のための重要な要素の一つとして、「技術的な決定や WP29 

及び GR 参画のために専門家が必須」との指摘があった。その必要性は理解 

するが、実際にインドネシアの各企業にそのような専門家は存在しないの 

ではないか?また、この活動の重要性を各企業のトップに理解してもらう 

には、インドネシアで言うよりも、日本からインドネシアに派遣される各 

社トップに、JAMA や JAPIA を通じて説明してもらう方が早いのではない 

か?(GAIKINDO) 

・日本の中でも、過去に同様の議論があった。その経験から言うと、日本、 

インドネシアの双方で、粘り強く説明を繰り返し、理解を得るほか方法は 

ないと考える。(JASIC) 

5) UNECE 規則採用検討のためのワークシートについて、説明。(JASIC 秋葉) 

・非常に有効なワークシートであるが、専従者のいない IASIF にとって、こ 

のシートを埋めるだけでも、大変な作業が予想される。(VTCC) 

・一辺に埋める必要はない。時間を掛けて、検討しつつ、埋めていけばよい。 

特に、採用や不採用、また、そのままでは採用できないが、このように改 

定できれば採用できる等の理由を関係者間で認識を共有できる良いツール 

になる。最初にラフな検討を行い UN 規則の採用に関するクラス分けをす 

べきだ。それから個々の UN 規則について作業を進めて行き、その過程で明 

確になったことを最初のクラス分け表にフィードバックしてこの表の完成 

度を高めていけばよいと思う。(JASIC) 

72

6) その他 

第 3 回、第 4 回ワークショップは、ジャカルタ開催。第 5 回ワークショ 

ップは、ジャカルタ以外での開催を検討してはどうかとの意見もあり。継続 

検討することになった。 

(2-3)第 3 回 Sub-WG2 会合 

〔日時〕:2011 年 10 月 31 日(火)9:00~13:00 



日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、掛川氏、加藤氏、土井、山田(5 名) 

インドネシア側:Rudiyono, M. Ihsan (MOI), Saiful Bachri, Irwan Arifianto 

(MOT/DGLT), Toto Noerwitjaksono, Suci Hakiman, Awaludin 

Yoea S.S. (MOT/VTCC), Juwono Andrianto, Anna Widiasih 

(GAIKINDO), Heru Sutanto (AISI), Herinito (GIAMM)(11 

名) 


本会合では、58 年協定加入準備状況、前回 JASIC より提案のあったワーク 

シート、今回のワークショップアジェンダについて確認することになってい 

る。 

2) 挨拶(JASIC 秋葉) 

前回、JASIC よりインドネシアの VTA 制度の改善についてのワーキングシ 

ートを提案したが、今回、更に議論し、今後の IASIF 活動の良い指針になる 

ようにしたい。 

3) 58 年協定加入宣言に向けての準備状況について 

・IASIF としては、種々の準備を進めているが、IASIF のロードマップに比べ、 

全体的に遅れている。(VTCC Toto 氏) 

・来週、アセアン MRA について会合予定。58 協定加入の公式宣言については、 

この会合結果を加味し、まず、業界内(GAIKINDO、AISI、GIAMM)コンセン 

サスを得る必要がある。このコンセンサス目標は、11 月末としている。 

(GAIKINDO Juwono 氏) 

・政府幹部への IASIF レポートは、前回色々なご意見を頂き、一応完成して 

いる。今後、適当なタイミングで政府幹部に上程して行くが、現時点、政 

府幹部の関心は、交通網整備や交通渋滞緩和の方に向いており、本件への 

関心は決して高くない。(Toto 氏) 

・日本の経産省、国交省は、インドネシアが何時 58 年協定加入するのか重大 

な関心を持っている。(JASIC) 

・もし、そうならば、日本政府がインドネシア政府代表に会われるような機 

会に、その旨のコメントを言ってほしい。(MOI Rudiyono 氏) 

・明日、東京で MIDEC ハイレベル会合が開催される予定。機会があれば、経 

73

産省幹部からその旨、言ってもらえるように依頼したい。(JASIC) 

・アセアン MRA について、アセアン域外のテクニカルサービスの発行したテ 

ストレポートは認めないという話を聞いたが、どの様な議論がされている 

のか?(JASIC) 

・アセアン諸国の試験機関は、自分自身でテストを行いたいとの強い意向を 

持っており、そのための試験設備増強や試験官の能力向上を計りたいと考 

えており、アセアン域外のテクニカルサービスのテストレポートは排除し 

たいと考えている。(Rudiyono 氏) 

・アセアン MRA は、IWVTA に行くための中間的で不完全なものと言わざるを得 

ない。現段階で大きな設備投資を必要とする自前のテクニカルサービスに 

拘るのは、得策ではない。(JASIC) 

4) 車両型式認証制度(以下、WVTA)改善並びに UN 規則採用スケジュール作成 

のための IASIF ワークシート検討状況について 

JASIC 秋葉より、資料“Work sheet for Preparation of the UN Regulations 

adoption”について説明。 

・現行のインドネシアの WVTA 制度は、WP29 で審議の結果決定した UN 規則の 

新規制定や改廃をフォローできるものになっていないので、これを改善す 

る必要がある。JASIC としては、現行 WVTA 法規の Annex として UN 規則採 

用を順次行えるようにする方法を推奨したい。(JASIC) 

・アセアン MRA の対象として、UN 規則 19 項目採用を決めているが、これがそ 

のまま WVTA にならないのか?(GAIKINDO) 

・VTA の一部の Technical requirement にはなるが、WVTA そのものには成り 

得ない。将来の WVTA の構造は図のようなものにすべきである。(JASIC) 

図将来の WVTA の構造 

5) 第 3 回及び第 4 回ワークショップスケジュール及びアジェンダについて 

74

・JASIC 土井より、第 3 回及び第 4 回ワークショップスケジュール及びアジェ 

ンダ案について説明。第 3 回ワークショップについては、一部スケジュー 

ルを変更することで合意。 

・第 4 回ワークショップについては、日程自身は問題ないが、開催場所(原 

案 VTCC)を含め、内容について IASIF 内で話し合いたい。(GAIKINDO) 

・また、第 5 回ワークショップは本年度最後の重要なワークショップになる 

ので、前広に JASIC 案を提示願いたい。(GAIKINDO) 

(2-4)第4回Sub-WG2 会合 

〔日時〕:2011 年 12 月 13 日(火)9:00~16:00 



日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、大野氏、白橋氏、土井、山田(5 名) 

インドネシア側:Rudiyono, M. Ihsan, Andreas A.S. (MOI) , Toto 

Noerwitjaksono, Irwan Arifianto (MOT/DGLT), 

Dewanto P. (MOT/VTCC), Juwono Andrianto, Budi 

P.S.(GAIKINDO), Hari Sasono, Heru Sutanto (AISI), 

Hadi Srjadipradja (GIAMM)(11 名) 


本会合では、58 年協定加入に並行して、UN 規則をベースにした自動車 

の車両型式認証(以下 WVTA)制度への改善についても検討を進める予定。 

また、日本の騒音の専門家にご参加願ったので、今回ワークショップで、 

騒音についての UN 規則採用に当たっての問題点を明らかにしたい。 

2) インドネシアの WVTA 制度改善について(JASIC 秋葉) 

JASIC 秋葉氏より、資料を基に、今後のインドネシアの WVTA 制度改善方 

向について、再度提案。 

・これまでのワークショップで、インドネシアの VTA 制度を UN 規則ベ 

ースのものに切り換えて行く必要のあることを理解頂いたと思うが、 

インドネシア側の検討状況について確認したい。(JASIC) 

→昨日も IASIF 内にて本件討議をしている。インドネシアの VTA につい 

ての現行法体系は、Government Regulation の下に Ministry Decree 

があり、更にその下に Technical Requirement が置かれる形である。 

これを見直すのは、容易ではないというのが大方の意見。(MOI) 

・現行のインドネシアの VTA についての法規は、古い日本の制度に類似 

したものなので、この機会に見直さなければ、将来禍根を残すので 

はないかと危惧する。この機会に 58 協定の加盟国との間で相互承認 

出来る制度に切り換えて行くべきである。明日のワークショップで 

は、これまでの JASIC からの説明について、更にその考え方を整理 

したものを説明する予定(一部披露)。(JASIC) 

・日米欧の車両カテゴリーは、既に統一されているのか?(GAIKINDO) 

75

→日本の乗用車のカテゴリーは、欧州及びジュネーブ(UNECE)とは整 

合していない。日本の場合、VTA だけではなく、他の法規要件、例え 

ば税制や道路構造等から影響を受けて、決定されている。現在、IWVTA 

の論議の中で、車両のカテゴリーについては、R.E.3 を改正して統一 

する方向で検討が開始されている。(JASIC) 

・今回会合の議題の中に、使用過程車の騒音チェックの話ができている 

が、新車に対する型式認証制度の改善と共に使用過程車の車両検査制 

度の整備も必要と考えるが、どうか?(AISI) 

→車両の安全性確保や排出ガス性能を維持・向上させるには、VTA 制度 

及び車検制度の両方が必要。(JASIC) 

・二輪車のナンバープレート一つにしても、各国でその大きさや形状が 

ことなっており、統一すべきではないか?(AISI) 

→80 年代に ISO で整合しようという議論があったが、その後結論を見 

ないままの状態。(JASIC) 

・何故、Table 3(代替要件リスト)、Table 4(インドネシア独自要件) 

の優先度が低いのか?(AISI) 

→勿論、排出ガスのように市場や燃料事情から最新の規則採用が難しい 

ものはあるが、最新の UN 規則採用が原則。(JASIC) 

・インドネシアを含め、熱帯の国々では、零下何度というような温度条 

件は不要と思うがどうか?(GAIKINDO) 

→他の温帯や寒冷地の国々では必要なので、IWVTA の技術要件リストで 

は、零下何度というテスト条件も設定されたものをパスする必要があ 

る。UN 規則採用の時の議論ではなく、インドネシア国内での事情を 

考えて運用時に弾力性を持たせてはどうか。(JASIC) 

・例えば、ブレーキの場合、部品メーカーと車両メーカーのどちらがテ 

スト要件を満たす必要があるのか?(AISI) 

→乗用車用ブレーキの場合、R13H が適用されるが、部品メーカー或い 

は車両メーカーのいずれが認可を取得するのかは決められていない。 

認証試験の実施にあたって、あるテストはブレーキ部品メーカーで実 

施し、車両を用いたブレーキテストは車両メーカーで実施するなど分 

担を考えたらどうか。(JASIC) 

・今後、各 UN 規則採用に当たって、どのように検討を進めるべきか? 

(GAIKINDO) 

→次のようなフォーマットに、採用上の問題点を記載し、WP29/GR での 

論議に備える必要がある。(JASIC) 

表 UN 規則採用上の問題点を整理するためのフォーマット(例) 

76

・M1 カテゴリーの乗用車で、59 項目の UN 規則が必要というリストが説 

明されたが、このサンプルは、IWVTA の対象項目なのか?(MOI) 

→議論のための一つの考え方である。一般的には M1 カテゴリーの乗用 

車ではここに示した 59 項目程度が必要になると考えて欲しい。但し、 

ランプ関係は、非常に規則が多いので R48(ランプの搭載性)中心に 

どれを規制すべきか検討が必要だと思う。(JASIC) 

・部品認証と車両認証の取得責任が判りにくい。どのように考えればよ 

いのか?(AISI) 

→車両性能に係わる規則の認証は車両メーカーが認証取得することが 

妥当だと思う。車両システムや部品に関する規則の認証は部品メーカ 

ーの分担範囲が広いと思う。認証試験時に車両に係わる部分がある場 

合は両者で試験部品の提供やデーターの提供など協議しながら認証 

試験を進める必要がある。今日話題にしている車両認証(WVTA)はあ 

くまでも車両メーカーの仕事である。(JASIC) 

3) 使用過程車の騒音テストについて 

JASIC 白橋氏より、資料に基づき、使用過程車の騒音規制値案に問題の 

あることを指摘。 

・インドネシア環境省(MOE)は、使用過程車の騒音規制値(定置騒音 

テスト)案を発表したが、この案は ECE R.E.3 に準じたものではなく、 

型式認証で R51 をパスしても、車検でパスしないということが起こり 

得る。本日は、MOE からの出席がないが、MOT としては、どう考える 

か?(JASIC) 

77

→MOT には、法律上車検を実施する地方政府の各運輸事務所で実施され 

る車検を監督する権限はない。また、車検時に行われる排出ガスや定 

置騒音テストの試験方法及び規制値については、環境規制を統括する 

MOE が発行する decree に従うことになっている。(図 1.参照)(MOT) 

図インドネシアの車検に関する法体系 

→明日のワークショップに、MOE からの参加があれば、本件話し合える 

のではないか?(GAIKINDO) 

・是非、MOE とも話し合いたいので、MOE からの参加を確認してもらい 

たい。(JASIC) 

→了解。(GAIKINDO) 

4) WP29 及び GR 参画のポリシーについて 

JASIC 土井より、資料に基づき、インドネシアの各 GR 参画の方針(対応 

検討作業グループの構築及びその日程案)について確認。 

・19 項目の表には、業界名も含め、全ステークホルダーの名前も追加 

して欲しい。(GAIKINDO) 

→了解。但し、本日、JASIC から提案した 59 項目 UN 規則について、IASIF 

ワークシートのソーティング(仕分け)を行うべき。(JASIC) 

5) インドネシアの 58 協定加入申請時期について 

JASIC 土井より、資料に基づき、インドネシアの 58 協定加入申請時期に 

ついて確認。 

78

・昨日、IASIF 内で話し合った結果、先日の JASIC 官民会議で MOT より 

発表した来年6月ではなく、9月に延期したい。(MOT) 

→インドネシアの 58 協定加入申請については、MOT や MOI だけではな 

く、MOFA にも参画願う必要がある。(JASIC) 

6) 第4回及び第 5 回ワークショップスケジュール及びアジェンダについて 

JASIC 土井より、第 4 回及び第 5 回ワークショップスケジュール及びア 

ジェンダ案について確認。 

・第 5 回ワークショップについては、昨日の IASIF 内打ち合わせでは、 

以下の項目について早急に採用検討すべきとの意見が出された。 

① R60 及び GTR(二輪車用テルテール):第一優先の 19 項目の一つ。 

JAMA より GTR が既に検討されているとの情報あったもの。 

② R39(速度計):第一優先の 19 項目の一つ。 

③ R101(燃費及び CO2):地球温暖化対策のためのグリーンカープロジェクトの一環として勉強したい。 

(MOI) 

→①については、IMMA から R60 改訂案が来年早々に提案される予定につ 

き、時期尚早。②については比較的内容が簡単なので、必要ならば次 

回ワークショップで JASIC 秋葉より説明しても良い。③については、 

R101 自身は、燃費試験方法のみで、規制値はなく、その必要性が理 

解できない。その上、既に前回排出ガス・燃費専門家を派遣済で、次 

回ワークショップに派遣は予算的に無理。来年度に延期願いたい。 

(JASIC) 

→再検討し、後日連絡する。(MOI) 

(2-5) 第5回 Sub-WG2 会合 

〔日時〕:2012 年 1 月 24 日(火)9:00~12:00 

〔場所〕:Ministry of Industry (以下 MOI)会議室(ジャカルタ) 


日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、佐々木氏、冨樫氏、土井、山田(5 名) 

インドネシア側:M. Ihsan (MOI) , Toto Noerwitjaksono, Irwan Arifianto, 

Santy Eka (MOT/DGLT), Iman, Priantoh K., Awaludin 

Yoga S.S., Suci Hakiman. (MOT/VTCC), Rizgon F. (BTMP), 

Juwono Andrianto, A. Rochim, (GAIKINDO), Heru 

Sutanto (AISI)(12 名) 

1) 開会の挨拶(MOT Toto 氏) 

本会合は、58 年協定加入を目指す我々にとって、非常に重要な会合である。残 

念ながら、多くの IASIF メンバーが他の業務で欠席しているが、本年度の活動 

成果を振り返り、今後の進め方を相談したいので、積極的に発言されたい。 

79

2) 2011 年度 SWG2 活動成果について 

JASIC 土井より、資料を基に、本年度 SWG2 活動の主な成果案について提案。 

なお、これに関連し、以下を確認。 

① IASIF comprehensive paper(政策決定者への報告書)案:最新版(昨年 12 

月に Toto 氏より IASIF メンバーに意見照会したもの)及びその英訳版を入 

手。なお、本報告書案は、まだ IASIF として最終化されておらず、MOT/DGLT 

局長には未提出。 

② 19 項目の UN 規則の認可当局及びテクニカルサービス候補名:特に変更なし。 

③ IASIF ロードマップ:1958 年協定への加入時期については、本年9月目標に 

見直しされた。但し、詳細日程検討はこれから。 

 

・IASIF の活動は、必ずしも上手く行っていない。IASIF comprehensive paper 

についても昨年 12/17 に意見照会するも、回答はごく少数で、未だに最終化 

できていない。(MOT/DGLT) 

・更に、前に進めるため、日本からインドネシア政府の上層部にプッシュして 

欲しい。(GAIKINDO) 

・19 項目の UN 規則の位置づけは?(JASIC) 

→ASEAN-MRA の対象ではあるが、インドネシアの現行 VTA とは切り離して 

おくべきと考えている。(MOT/DGLT) 

→その考え方を聞いて安心した。それならば、19 項目の UN 規則を adopt(採 

用)と言うのは誤りであり、単に ASEAN-MRA のために refer(参照)する 

というべきである。(JASIC) 

3) 今後の IASIF の運営について 

・我々は、まず IASIG を造り、次いで IASIF を造ったが、IASIF は専任スタッフ 

もおらず、活動は上手く行っているとは言い難い。この活動を軌道に乗せるため 

には、IASIC を造るべき。(GAIKINDO) 

→IASIF を IASIC に格上げすることは、簡単ではないと考える。IASIF は、取り 

あえず3ヶ年の仮組織であるが、IASIC にするというのは長期間(永久)の組 

織を造るということ。(JASIC) 

・IASIF の活動を活発化するためにキ―となるものは、専任のスタッフの採用であ 

ると考える。例えば、インドネシア自動車連盟の下に専任スタッフを抱えるとい 

うようなアイデアも考えられる。(GAIKINDO) 

→良い考えである。是非、具体的な検討を進められたい。(JASIC) 

・IASIF の運営上の問題点やその解決方法について、JASIC にて分析してみたの 

で、明日のワークショップで、更に詳しく議論したい。(JASIC) 

4) VTCC の位置づけについて 

80

・VTCC の位置づけについて聞きたい。WVTA のテクニカルサービスとして、他 

のコンポーネントや部品の試験機関より、より高い権限と責任を持ったものと 

すべきと考えるが、如何?(JASIC) 

→MOT/DGLT に代り、VTCC が WVTA の技術要件が満たされているかどうかを 

チェックする組織となるという点では、言われる通りである。(MOT/DGLT) 

(2-6) 第6回 SWG2 会合 

〔日時〕:2012 年 3 月 19 日(月)9:00~12:00 

〔場所〕:MOI 会議室 


日本側:秋葉主査、土井(2 名) 

インドネシア側:Rudiyono(元 MOI)、M. Ihisan、Andreas Alfredo S.、Dede Otto、 

Supongean、Heri Sekouruh、 Mahardi Tunggul W.、 A.S.Nunfgrul、 

Sukarya S.(MOI)、Toto N、Irwan Arifianto(MOT/DGLT)、Awaludin 

Yoda S.S.、Suci Hakuman(VTCC)、M.Irfan F.、Hari H.(ゴム研 

究センター)、Sisjono(TUK-LM)、Juwono Andrianto、Syasleaui 

Salam、R. Basuki(GAIKINDO)、Budi P.S.(GAIKINDO&GIAMM)、 

Hari Sasono、Tiyo Budiawan、Kadek Narita(AISI)、Eko 

B.D.(GIAMM)他(25 名) 

1) 開会挨拶(MOI Rudiyono 氏) 

本日は、前回ワークショップで宿題になっていた直近の IASIF 課題(UN 法規選 

定ワークシートと 9 月の 1958 年協定加盟までの詳細日程)についての検討状 

況について確認し、また来年度 SWG2 活動について議論する予定。また、本日 

午後は SWG3 活動について同様の本年度活動成果確認と来年度計画検討を行う 

予定につき、積極的に議論されたい。 

2) IWVTA の進捗状況(JASIC 秋葉) 

3 月に開催された第 8 回 IWVTA informal group 会合にて、この informal group 

81

の下に二つの Working team が発足。一つは、1958 年協定 WT で、欧州委員会の 

Renders 氏が議長、もう一つは ECE R0 WT で日本の国土交通省の斧田氏が議長 

に就任。この二つの WT は、協定の見直しや ECE R0 の詳細条文の検討作業を行 

うが、6月開催予定の第 9 回 IWVTA informal group の会合前にこれら二つの 

WT も会合を持つ予定。同時に、WP29 傘下の6つの GR に対し、現在 127 項目の 

全ての UN 規則について IWVTA の technical requirement として適切かどうか 

レビューを要請したところ。インドネシアとしても、1958 年協定加入、UN 規 

則採用に向けて準備するとともに、WP29 及び IWVTA informal group 活動に是 

非参画されたい。 

3) 前回 WS の宿題について 

先週末に IASIF 会合を開催し、回答を準備したので、披露する。 

① UN 法規採用検討用ワークシートの検討状況について 

ワークシートを埋める作業は実施済。但し、各ステークホルダーの意見を 

確認する作業が残っている。現時点、127 項目の UN 規則の大部分について 

は採用困難であり、当面2,3の規則採用に留まるのではないかと考える。 

採用出来ない理由は、業界の設備、共通の技術インフラ、熟練の人的資源 

の不備等である。 

図 IASIF の UN 規則採用検討状況 

82

表 IASIF が検討中の UN 規則採用検討用ワークシート(部分) 

② 9月の 58 年協定加入に向けての詳細日程及び準備項目について 

以下の日程を確認した。 

図 58 年協定加入への詳細日程 

・3 月第 4 週:MOT、MOI の両局長及び業界間の最終確認のための会合開催 

・4 月第 2 週:MOFA(外務省)との会合開催 

・6 月~7 月:全ステークホルダー間の socialization 

・8 月~9 月:国連への協定加入通告文書準備及び起草 

③ 優先する UN 規則採用項目について 

選定済の 19 項目の内、二輪車については、排ガス R40(Euro 3)及び騒音 

83

R41-01.4輪車については、タイヤ(R30)、シートベルトアンカレッジ(R14)、 

ベルト(R16)、ガラス(R43)。これらについて、来年度の活動で、日本か 

ら詳しく聞きたい。 

④ UN 規則を使った WVTA 制度確立に向けたインドネシアの法規見直しについ 

て 

必要性は十分に理解しているが、どの様に見直していけばよいのか、慎重 

に取り組みたい。 

 

・ワークシートについては、どのステークホルダーがどのような意見を持っている 

か全て書き出す必要がある。指摘された問題や課題をどうしたら解決できるか話 

し合い、解決に向けて努力することが重要。(JASIC) 

・IWVTA が成立したら、インドネシアに新たなテクニカルサービスが必要になるの 

か?(MOI) 

→新たなテクニカルサービスは不要。現在、車両型式認証テストを行っている VTCC 

があればよい。(JASIC) 

・IWVTA では、M1 カテゴリーで 76 項目の UN 規則の合格が必要と聞いたが、本当か? 

(MOI) 

→候補としては、その程度の数が挙がっている。各 GR でその要否を検討している 

ところである。(JASIC) 

・インドネシアの最終目的は、WVTA の確立であると思う。(JASIC) 

→勿論、その通りであるが、何時それが可能になるのか約束はできない。(MOT) 

・現時点のワークシート検討結果コピィが欲しい。(JASIC) 

→提供する。先ほど JASIC から指摘のあった各ステークホルダーの意見記入はこ 

れから行いたい。(GAIKINDO) 

・優先する UN 規則採用項目についても、既に一通りはレクチャ済である。今後のワ 

ークショップで何を期待するのか?(JASIC) 

→例えば、二輪車の排出ガスについては、従来の欧州サイクル+WMTC サイクルで 

のテストで、Euro3 規制値の適合を考えているが、試験を実施する上での様々 

な問題について、その解決方法が知りたい。 

→都合4回のワークショップでどこまでやれるか判らないが努力したい。しかし、 

その前提として、事前に IASIF 内で議論し、各ワークショップの1ケ月前には、 

具体的な質問や説明を受けたい内容を連絡頂くことを条件にしたい。(JASIC) 

4) 明日の SWG2 及び SWG3 会合について 

JASIC で用意した資料について確認。一部修正の上、明日の会合にて、最終確認 

することにした。 

(2-7) 第1回 SWG2 及び SWG3 合同会合 

〔日時〕:2012 年 3 月 20 日(火) 9:00~14:30 

84

〔場所〕:MOI 会議室 


日本側:JASIC 秋葉主査、土井、JARI 米沢氏、船崎氏、通訳:Indra 氏(5 名) 

インドネシア側:Rudiyono(元 MOI)、M. Ihisan、 Dede、Cator D.、Mahardi 

Tunggul W.、Hananto P.、Sukarya S. (MOI)、Irwan Arifianto 

(MOT)、Suci Hakiman、Awaludin Yoda S.S. (VTCC)、Rizgon 

(BTMP)、Lintong S.H.(CFC)、Hamir Hamjl、Hasandin(B2TKS)、 

Sjarkani Salom(GAIKINDO)、Budi P Susano(GAIKINDO&GIAMM)、 

Hari Sasono、Heru Sutanto、Kadek Narita、Amir、Mahardian 

(AISI)(21 名) 

1) MOI の Rudiyono 氏挨拶 

本日は、CFC からも参加頂いたので、昨日の討議結果を確認すると共に、更に 

詳細な内容について議論したい。予定の議題の他に追加したいものがあるか? 

→昨日の SWG2 会合では、SWG3 で CNG 車の安全性が取り上げられる予定につき、 

CNG 車に関する UN 規則 R110 及び R115 についても、早急に採用検討すべき 

との意見があった。本日の合同会合でも、これら規則の採用について、SWG2 

と SWG3 が協力する必要があるか議論したい。(JASIC) 

→JARI としては、昨日の SWG2 会合結果について知りたい。(JARI) 

2) SWG2 の 2011 年度活動成果レビュー結果と今後の計画について 

JASIC 土井より、資料を基に昨日の SWG2 会合結果概要を報告。 

 

・P13 の Exhaust emission(L)のテクニカルサービスは、BTMP から VTCC に修正さ 

れたい。また、P13 の R60 は ACCSQ-APWG で採用延期されたので、代わりに早急 

に採用が決まった R28(Horn)に置き換えられたい。(AISI) 

→了解(JASIC) 

表再確認された認可当局とテクニカルサービス候補 

85

・P15 の item 4(UNECE 規則の採用検討)は完了時期が 2011 年 12 月となってい 

るが、本格的な検討を現在行っているので、今後 2012 年1年間を通して実施 

するように修正されたい。また、同ページの item 5(国内法規への UN 規則採 

用)の 2013 年 12 月は、2012 年中ごろから 2015 年以降も実施に修正されたい。 

(GAIKINDO) 


・P16 の item 2(技術法規のセット)の目標時期は、本年3月末ではなく、4月 

末までに変更されたい。(GAIKINDO) 

・P16 の item6(認証試験設備インフラ)については、item 2 の結果を基に、今後 

検討すると変更されたい。(GAIKINDO) 


図確認された長期日程 

86

表確認された長期課題と日程 

3) SWG3 の 2012 年度活動計画について(JARI 船崎氏) 

① 代替燃料利用のための技術支援 (天然ガス自動車に関する技術支援)につ 

いて 

② プラスチック,ゴム分野の技術支援について 

 

(SWG3 の内容につき、省略) 

4) SWG2 及び SWG3 の協力について 

SWG3 の「代替燃料車についての技術支援」に関連し、UN 規則 R67(LPG 車)、 

R110(CNG 車)、R115(LPG 及び CNG の後付け)について、IASIF ではワークシー 

トをベースに SNI 化を検討している。今後 SWG2 として協力して行くかどうかは、 

ワークシートの検討が完了する4月末に検討する。 

87

Ⅲ.考察 

88

Ⅲ.考察 

(1)支援の成果について 

これまでの日本からの支援の結果、インドネシアの 58 年協定加入に向けての MOI、 

MOT 両省の局長と自動車業界との最終確認会合や、具体的な協定加入手続きについ 

ての外務省との会合日程がセットされ、本年9月協定加入のための国連本部への 

通達が準備されるという日程案が確認できた。 

一方、将来の車両型式認証制度確立に向け、IASIF としての全 UN 規則について 

の詳細な採用検討作業が本格化しつつあり、IASIF 活動が漸く定着して来たと言え 

よう。 

但し、本当に9月に国連への協定加入通達が為されるのか、これまでの尼側の対 

応状況から一縷の不安は残るが、少なくとも年内加入に向け、大きく前に踏み出 

すことが出来たものと考える。 

(2)今後の進め方について 

これまで開催してきたワークショップでは、日本側専門家より一方的に UN 規則 

の内容について説明し、その場で質問を受け、回答するスタイルを取って来たが、 

今後実施するワークショップ開催に当たっては、その開催日より一ヶ月前に具体的 

な質問や要望を必ず貰うことを条件とすることを IASIF と申し合わせた。 

IASIF には、専任のスタッフもおらず、事務局となっている VTCC での定期会合 

開催も最近になって行われ始めたに過ぎない。 

国連 WP29 での UN 規則の新規制定・改正に沿って、順次国内法規に反映していく 

ためには、IASIF の運営がきちんと行われ、インドネシアに自動車の国際的な基準 

調和活動を定着させる必要があり、日尼 EPA の枠組みによる JASIC の支援がなくな 

っても継続される組織運営確立が急務である。 

(3)引き続き求められる日本の協力 

官民で協力してインドネシアの 58 年協定加入及び UN 規則採用を検討し、WP29 

参画を通じ、自国の車両型式認証制度を近代化して行く組織として IASIF は設立さ 

れ、これ等の課題に果敢に調整し始めているが、その力はまだまだ不十分である。 

これらの目標に加え、現行の簡単な車検をベースにした車両型式認証制度から、UN 

規則をベースにした近代的な車両型式認証制度に脱皮を計るには、それを支える法 

体系自身も見直す必要があり、その実現には多くの障害克服のための粘り強い努力 

や強力なリーダーシップが必要と考えられる。 

併せて、インドネシアが自動車先進国に伍して、各種認証試験を実施する試験機 

関を該当する UN 規則のテクニカルサービスに仕立て上げ、政府省庁自身も認可当 

局として他の協定加盟国との窓口になるには、その人的資源の量・質両面の強化や、 

試験設備の大幅な増強等多くの資金と時間を要する課題が横たわっており、一朝一 

夕に実現するものではない。今後のプロジェクトでは、IASIF の運営や認可当局、 

試験機関のテクニカルサービスとしての能力向上のためのコンサルタントやワー 

クショップの実施が強く求められている。 

89

勿論、インドネシア自身がそのために最大限の努力を払うことが前提ではあるが、 

IASIF の活動の歩みはまだ力強いものとは言い難く、今後とも、日本からの支援や 

アドバイスが必要である。 

90

IV. 資料

IV-1. 現地会合&ワークショップ資料 

(第 1 回~第 5 回)


(第 1 回) 

2011 年 9 月 13 日 MOI 会議室 (JAKARTA) 

2011 年 9 月 14 日 VTCC 会議室 (BEKASI) 

2011 年 9 月 15 日 VTCC 会議室 (BEKASI) 

2011 年 9 月 13 日会合 

2011 年 9 月 14 日~15 日ワークショップ

PM 1:00-4:00 

AM 9:00-10:30 

AM10:30-12:00 

Agenda for #1 SWG2 meeting and workshop in Indonesia 

1. Dispatching from Japan: (Total:5) 

Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA: Chairman of IJ EPA SWG2 Japanese Committee 

Mr. Shigeo YOSHIZAWA: Member of IJ EPA SWG2 Japanese Committee 

Mr. Kazuhiko SATSUMA: Member of JASIC WP29 sub-committee 

Ms. Yuko YAMADA: JASIC secretariat 

Mr. Jiro DOI: JASIC secretariat 

2. Dispatching period and place: Sep.12, 2011 – Sep.17, 2011, Jakarta and Bekasi ?, Indonesia 

3. Draft agenda 

(1) #1 SWG2 meeting @ MOI in Jakarta: Sep. 13, 2011 

(a) Confirmation of FY2011 Action Program 

AM 9:00-12:00 

【Theme】Selection & adoption plan of UN Regulations for improvement of Indonesia VTA system 

1 st 【Presentations from JASIC】 

day: The IASIF Roadmap and Improvement of Indonesia VTA system 

AM 9:00-12:00 

(b) IASIF Roadmap (its management and the 2011-2012 activities) 

(c) Preparation for ASEAN MRA 

(d) Confirmation of the schedule for #1 SWG2 workshop 

(2) #1 SWG2 workshop@ VTCC in Bekasi: Sep.14, 2011 – Sep.15, 2011 

(a) Opening address 

(b) IASIF Roadmap and its 2011-2012 plan (Mr. Toto Noerwitjaksono (DGLT/VTCC)) 

(c) FY2011 IJ EPA SWG2 activities (Mr. Jiro DOI, JASIC) 

Lunch 

(d) Current situation of Auto-parts/components certification and VTA system in Indonesia 

(Mr. Mehammed Nomesi, MOI/B4T, Mr. Mohammad Malawat (MOT/DGLT) 

(e) Direction for the Improvement of Indonesian VTA system (Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA) 

2nd day: How to select UN Regulation for Indonesian VTA system 

(f) Current situation & future plan of UN Regulations adoption in Japan (Mr. YOSHIZAWA, 

JASIC) 

(g) IASIF selection of UN Regulations and preparation of ASEAN MRA for each UN 

Regulation recommended by ACCSQ-APWG (Mr. Juliaman (DGLT/VTCC)) 

Lunch

PM1:00-3:30 

PM3:30-4:00 

(h) Panel discussion: How to exam and study UN Regulations for Indonesian VTA system 

-Moderator: Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA, JASIC 

-Panellists: Mr. YOSHIZAWA and Mr. SATSUMA,JASIC 

Mr. Malawat(MOT), Mr. Juliaman(VTCC), Mr. Mehammed 

Nomesi,(MOI/B4T), 

Mr. M. Tafto S.( BTMP) , Mr. Fanani Hamzah (CFC), 

Mr.Eko Rudianto(GAIKINDO), Mr. Heru Susanto(AISI) 

(i) Closing (Mr. Toto Noerwitjaksono, DGLT/VTCC) 

(Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA, JASIC) 

【Participants from Indonesia】 

Government officials, testing engineers from technical institutes, related people from 

automotive manufacturers and auto-parts manufacturers, etc. 

Especially, members of the IASIF

Proposed schedule for the FY2011 

SWG2 action program 

#1 SWG2 meeting & workshop 

September 13-15 , 2011 

collaboration 

under IJ-EPA 

Japan Automobile Standards Internationalization Center

FY2011 SWG2 action program 

(1) Aiming 

To promote Indonesia to accede to the 1958 Agreement and establish 

infrastructure for the accession of the 1958 Agreement, especially 

focused on the selection of the UNRegulations to be adopted. 

(2) Measures (Holding five workshops in Indonesia) 

1) To dispatch experts and hold workshops (four times) in Indonesia to clarify 

which UN Regulations will be adopted and/or not within 19 Regulations 

recommended by ACCSQ-APWG at the notification of Indonesia’s 

accession to the 1958 Agreement. 

(Five candidates of the Regulations will be examined and studied in detail 

as samples in 19 Regulations.) 

2) To dispatch experts and hold a workshop in Indonesia to advise to IASIF 

(Indonesian Automobile Standard Internationalization Forum) about its 

management and operation after the accession to the 1958 Agreement, 

continuing to join WP29 and GRs activities and modernizing Indonesian 

VTA system in the near future. 

2

Tentative schedule for FY 2011 action plan 

Action items 

(1) Holding SWG2 

workshops in 

Indonesia 

July-Sep., 2011 

#1 WS for 

Selection and 

adoption plan of 

UN Regs 


meetings in 

Indonesia #1 mtg 

Sep.14-15 

Sep.13 

#2WS for UN 

Regs. adoption impacts 

on existing national 

regs. & stds(Incl. study 

and exam R13H & 

R13) 

Oct.5-6 

#2 mtg 

Oct.-Dec., 2011 

#3 WS for Selection 

and adoption plan of 

UN Regs after 

revision(Incl. study 

and exam R51) 

Nov.2-3 

#4 WS for Notification 

to UN for the selected 

UN Regs. 

Adoption(stds(Incl. 

study and exam R49 

& R83) 

Dec.14-15 

Jan.-Mar., 2012 

#5 WS for 

Summarizing 

Results of FY 2011 

activities and 

discussion on the 

future activities 

Jan.25-26 

#3 mtg #4 mtg #5 mtg 

Oct.4 Nov.1 Dec.13 Jan.24 

3

#1 SWG2 mtg. and #1 Workshop held on Sep.12-16, 2011 

1) #1 SWG2 meeting (Sep.13) 

• Confirmation of FY2011 Action 

Program 

• IASIF management and activities 

2) #1 Workshop on the selection and 

adoption of UN Regulations 

(Sep.14-15) 

To examine and study each requirements in the selected UN 

Regulations for Indonesian VTA system as they are and/or will be 

amended based on Indonesian condition, we will discuss about the 

following issues; 

• How to select UN Regulations to be adopted for Indonesian 

VTA system (To learn the conditions for selection and exercise the 

selection works from Japanese experience) 

• How to select some UN Regulations to exam and study in 

detail (At least, we have to select 4 or 5 items from 19 items 

recommended by ACCSQ-APWG as samples) 

4

#2 SWG2 mtg. and #2 Workshop held on Oct. 3-7, 2011 

1) #2 SWG2 meeting (Oct. 4) 


• Confirmation of adoption study status of the UN 

Regulations recommended by ACCSQ-APWG 

2) #2 Workshop on UN Regulations adoption impacts on existing 

national regulations and standards (Oct.5-6) 

• What UN Regulations should be adopted 

as they are and/or what UN Regulations 

should be amended, based on Indonesian 

condition ? 

• Comparison study between UN 

Regulations and existing national regulations 

and standards ( i.e. R13 and R13H as first 

sample and second one ) 

• Will IASIF propose revision of R13 and R13H 

in order to harmonize with Indonesian 

Regulations? 

5

#3 SWG2 meeting and #3 Workshop held on Oct.31-Nov.4, 2011 

1) #3 SWG2 meeting (Nov. 1) 

• Did Indonesia decide to accede to the 1958 Agreement? 

• Preparation for participating WP29 activities 

• Current status of the preparation for Technical Services 

2) #3 Workshop on #3 WS for Selection and adoption plan of 

UN Regulations after their revision (Nov. 2-3) 


Regulations and existing national 

regulations and standards ( i.e. R51 

as third sample ) 

• Exercise of drafting of proposal for 

amending UN Regulations to 

be adopted into Indonesia near 

future 

• Will IASIF propose revision of R51 

in order to harmonize with 

Indonesian Regulation? 

6

#4 SWG2 mtg. and #4 Workshop held on Dec. 12-16, 2011 

1) #4 SWG2 meeting (Dec.13) 

• Current status of improving automobile 

regulations and new VTA system 

• Priority of GRs to join 

2) #4 Workshop for Notification to UN for the 

selected UN Regulations adoption 

(Dec.14-15) 

• Discussion on the adoption plan of UN 

Regulations in the near future 

• Confirmation of when Indonesia will notify 

to the UN secretary general 


Regulations and existing national 

regulations and standards ( i.e. R49 and 

R83 as forth sample and fifth one ) 

• Will IASIF propose revision of R49 and R83 

in order to harmonize with Indonesian 

Regulations? 

7

#5 Workshop held on Jan. 24-27, 2011 

1) #5 SWG2 meeting (Jan.24) 

• Review of the FY2011 SWG2 action program 

results 

2) #5 Workshop for discussion on the IASIF future activities (Jan. 

25-27) 

• Discussion about IASIF management and operation after the 

accession to the 1958 Agreement, continuing to join WP29 

and GRs activities and modernizing Indonesian VTA system 

in the near future. 

• Confirmation of the results of activity to propose to revise 

UN Regulations in FY2011 

• Discussion about the new schedule of comparison study and 

exam UN Regulations and Indonesian Regulations in 

FY2012 

8

Appendix 

9

Outline of Action Program for IJ-EPA 

a. Accession to the 1958 

Agreement 

b. Assistance for selection 

of UN Regulations to 

be adopted 

c. Settlement of the 

supporting organization 

for approval authorities 

d. Improvement of VTA 

system 

e. Enhancing of Technical 

Services capability 

FY2008-2010 FY2011 FY2012 

13 times seminars & workshops 

3 times high level mtgs. 

Selection of 75 items from existing 

127 items 

☆Settlement of IASIG 

JASIC structure as a sample 

lectured 5 times 

Idea of VTA system and VTA reg. 

based on UNECE Regs. lectured 

☆Declaration for ratification of the 

1958 Agt. 

☆Adoption plan of UN Regs. As 

CP of the 1958 Agt. 

1) Support to study and 

examination of 5items in the 

recommended 19UN Regs. 

by ACCSQ-APWG. 

2) Support to compare the selected 

UN Regs. and Indonesia regs 

and make a revision proposal of 

UN Regs., if necessary. 

3) Support to confirm UN Regs. 

To be adopted and/or not be 

adopted at the Indonesia 

notification of the accession to 

the 1958 Agreement 

☆Settlement of IASIF 

☆Revision of current certification 

reg. and procedure in relation with 

the 1958 Agt. and UNECE Regs. 

Advice from JASIC 

9 UNECE Regs. lectured ☆Proposal for enhancing tech. 

services to comply with the 

related UN adoption plan . 

If necessary, advice from JASIC 

Note: JASIC supports are indicated in blue. 

- 

- 

- 

10

Five items for examination and study in 19 UN Regulations recommended by ACCSQ-APWG 

No. Automotive Product UNECE Regulations 

1 Braking System R13 

2 Braking System(Passenger Car) R13H 

3 Seat Belt Anchorage R14 

4 Seat Belt R16 

5 Seats R17 

6 Head Restraints R25 

7 Pneumatic Tire-Passenger Cars R30 

8 Speedometer(L category) R39 

9 Exhaust Emission(L category) R40 

10 Noise(L category) R41 

11 Safety Glass R43 

12 Rear View Mirror R46 

13 Diesel Emission R49 

14 Noise Emission R51 

15 Pneumatic Tire-Commercial Vehicles R54 

16 Driver Operated Control R60 

17 Pneumatic Tire-L category R75 

18 Steering Equipment R79 

19 Exhaust Emission R83 

Note: UN Regulations with underlines had been adopted in Japan 

11

DECISION OF THE DIRECTOR GENERAL OF LAND TRANSPORTATION NUMBER: 

SK.2105/KP.801/DRJD/2011 

ABOUT 

INDONESIA AUTOMOBILE STANDARDS INTERNATIONALIZATION FORUM 

(IASIF) 

DIRECTOR GENERAL OF LAND TRANSPORTATION, 

Considering: a. that the World Forum For Harmonization Of Vehicle Regulations (WP29) 

is a world forum in charge of harmonizing the regulation of motor 

vehicles through the 1958 Agreement to become a reference in the 

production and free trade in the era of globalization based on the 

regulation of the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UN 

ECE); 

b. that according to the results of meetings Automotive Product Working Group 

(APWG) on the 20th until the 25th of May 2010 in Myanmar have agreed to 19 

(nineteen) regulations will be harmonized in 2015 through Recognition Mutual 

Agreement (MRA) in the ASEAN region which refers to the Regulation of 

United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UNECE); 

c. that in order to improve and streamline the role of Indonesia as well as 

automobile manufacturers harness the potential market in Southeast 

Asia and the world, to make Indonesia its production base as well as 

international recognition of the results of tests carried out in Indonesia 

for components, systems and complete units of motor vehicles will 

require a step of strategic move; 

d. upon consideration of the letters a, b, and c, it is necessary to form the 

Indonesia Automobile Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF) 

established by decision of the Director General of Land Transportation; 

Given : 1. Law No. 5 Year 1984 regarding Industry; 

2. Law No. 8 of 1999 on Consumer Protection; 

3. Act No. 39 of 2008 on the Ministry of State; 

4. Act No. 22 of 2009 on Road Traffic and Transportation; 

5. Government Regulation Number 44 Year 1993 on Vehicles and Drivers; 

6. Government Regulation Number 102 Year 2000 regarding National 

Standardization; 

7. Presidential Regulation Number 47 Year 2009 on the Establishment and 

Organization of the Ministry of the Republic of Indonesia;

8. Minister of Communications Decree No. KM. 60 Year 2010 regarding 

Organization and Administration of the Ministry of Transportation; 

DECREE 

Decision : DECREE OF THE DIRECTOR GENERAL OF LAND TRANSPORTATION 

ON THE INDONESIA AUTOMOBILE STANDARDS 

INTERNATIONALIZATION FORUM (IASIF) 

FIRST : Establish Indonesian Automotive Standards Internationalization Forum 

(IASIF), with the composition of membership as contained in Annex I to this 

decree. 

SECOND : Indonesia Automobile Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF) referred 

to in dictum FIRST, aims to assist the Government in order to: 

a. prepare and formulate following-up to do to become a member in WP29; 

b. prepare and formulate System of Roadworthiness Test and Vehicle 

Type Approval (Vehicle Type Approval / VTA); 

c. coordinate with relevant agencies. 

THIRD : Forum referred to the dictum FIRST consists of director, chairman, 

secretary and members of the task: 

1. Steering: 

provides guidance to members in performing duties and activities as 

appropriate. 

2. Chairman: 

a. coordinate meetings and activities program Indonesian Automotive 

Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF); 

b. evaluate and provide recommendations on the implementation of the 

Indonesia Automobile Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF) as 

well as follow-ups. 

3. Secretary: 

a. secretariat to coordinate activities in the Indonesia Automobile 

Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF); 

b. preparing support materials, equipment general administration, 

including correspondence relating to the activities of the Indonesia 

Automobile Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF); 

c. prepare the implementation of the Forum meetings and activities of the 

Indonesia Automobile Standards Internationalization (IASIF);

d. prepare materials and reports documenting the implementation of the 

Indonesia Automobile Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF); 

e. reporting duties to the director and coordinator. 

4. Member: 

a. conduct a review of regulatory developments in the automotive field in 

order to prepare Indonesia became a member of the World Forum for 

Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations (WP 29); 

b. conduct studies in strategizing and implementation of regulatory efforts 

the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UN ECE); 

c. identify regulatory United Nations Economic Commission for Europe 

(UN ECE) is a priority for adoption. 

FOURTH : The IASIF secretariat is located in the Roadworthy and Motor Vehicle 

Certification Testing Center in Bekasi. 

FIFTH : In performing the task referred THIRD dictum, the Indonesia Automobile 

Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF) coordinated by the Director of 

Traffic and Transportation and is responsible to the Director General of Land 

Transportation. 

SIXTH : In performing the task referred THIRD dictum, the Indonesia Automobile 

Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF) refers to the roadmap drawn 

up as set out in Annex II to this decree. 

SEVENTH: The Indonesia Automobile Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF) may 

establish working groups where necessary in preparation for a member of WP 29, 

discussion of technical regulations to be adopted, and discussion of the revised 

regulations the United Nations Economic Commission for Europe (UN ECE) 

according to the characteristics Indonesia. 

EIGHTH : The Indonesia Automotive Standards Internationalization Forum (IASIF) 

served for 3 (three) years as determined and can be extended if necessary. 

NINTH : Any costs incurred by the stipulation of this decree imposed on the Budget 

of Directorate General of Land Transportation, Ministry of Transportation 

TENTH : With the enactment of this decree of the Director General of Land 

Transportation Number. SK. 1481/KP.801/DRJD/2010, all related 

pre-existing decisions void. 

Eleventh : The decision is effective from the date stipulated by the provisions in the 

future if there are errors and / or errors will be repaired properly. 

Defined in: J a k a r t a

Dated: June 9, 2011 

DIRECTOR GENERAL OF LAND TRANSPORTATION 

Drs. Suroyo Alimoeso 

NIP. 19531018 197602 1001 

A copy of this decision be submitted to: 

1. Minister of Transportation; 

2. Minister of Finance; 

3. Minister of Industry; 

4. Minister of State for the Environment; 

5. Minister of Energy and Mineral Resources; 

6. State Minister for Research and Technology; 

7. Minister of Foreign Affairs; 

8. Head of the Agency for the Assessment and Application of Technology; 

9. Head of the National Standardization Agency; 

10. Director-General of Budget Ministry of Finance; 

11. Secretary General of the Ministry of Transportation; 

12. Inspectorate General of Ministry of Transportation; 

13. Secretary of Directorate General of Land Transportation; 

14. Concerned.

Appendix I of Decree of the Director General of Land Transportation 

Number: SK.2105/KP.801/DRJD/2011 

Date: June 9, 2011 

MEMBERSHIP 

INDONESIA AUTOMOBILE STANDARDS INTERNATIONALIZATION FORUM 

(IASIF) 

Steering : 1. Director General of Land Transportation - Ministry of Transportation; 

2. Director General of Industry Leading Technology-Based High - Ministry 

of Industry. 

Chairman : Director of Road Traffic and Transport, Directorate General of Land 

Transportation, Ministry of Transportation 

Vice Chair : Director of Land Transport Equipment Industry, Directorate General of 

Leading Industry Based on High Technology, Ministry of Industry 

Secretary : Head of Sub Directorate of Road Transportation Facility, Directorate of 

Road Traffic and Transport, Directorate General of Land Transportation, 

Ministry of Transportation 

Deputy Secretary: Head of Sub Directorate of Components, Directorate of Land 

Transport Equipment Industry, Directorate General of Leading 

Industry Based on High Technology, Ministry of Industry 

Members : 1. Head of Road Transport Emission, Assistant Deputy for Air Pollution 

Control from Mobile Source, Deputy of Environmental Pollution Control, 

Ministry of Environment; 

2. Head of Roadworthiness Testing and Certification of Motor Vehicles, 

Directorate General of Land Transportation, Ministry of Transportation; 

3. Head of the Institute of Thermodynamics Engine and Propulsion, 

Agency for the Assessment and Application of Technology; 

4. Motor Vehicle Inspection Section Head, Directorate of Road Traffic and 

Transport, Directorate General of Land Transportation, Ministry of 

Transportation; 

5. Section Chief of Motor Vehicle Technology, Directorate of Road Traffic 

and Transport, Directorate General of Land Transportation, Ministry of 

Transportation; 

6. Standardization and Technology Section Head, Sub Directorate of Four 

or More Wheels Vehicles, Directorate of Land Transport Equipment

Industry, Directorate General of Leading Industry Based on 

Technology ,Ministry of Industry; 

7. Representatives of Indonesia Joint Automotive Industry; 

8. Representatives of Indonesian Motorcycle Industry Association; 

9. Representatives of the Joint Industrial Equipment and Motor Cars; 

10. Representatives of the Association of Indonesian Automotive 

Engineering. 

DIRECTOR GENERAL OF LAND TRANSPORTATION 

Drs. Suroyo Alimoeso 

NIP. 19531018 197602 1001

Appendix 1 Decision of the Director General of Land Transportation 

Number: SK.2105/KP.801/DRJD/2011 

Date: June 9, 2011 

ROADMAP OF IASIF (Indonesia Automobile Standards Internationalization Forum) 

Objectives: 

1. Preparing for the introduction of the strategy Certification Indonesia 

2. Preparing Automotive Industry Indonesia as a production base and product 

Activities 2011 – 2012 

a. Accession to 1958 Agreement 

(Indonesia to become a member of UN ECE WP29 and signatory of UN 

ECE 1958 Agreement). 

To confirm of the Understanding on WP29 & ECE Reg. 

To propose for Officially Declare for the Indonesian membership of 

WP29 and 1958 Agreement 

To propose the coordination of all government institution in order to 

prepare formally membership application 

To officially declare for ratification (DEPLU) 

b. Selection of UNECE Regulations to be adopted 

1. (Adoption of the appropriate and necessary ECE regulations) 

To study and examine selected ECE Regulation (19 UN ECE 

Regulations that agreeable by APWG as priority) 

To propose adoption of selected ECE Regulation 


confirm the adoption of selected ECE Regulation 

2. (ECE Regulation comply with Indonesia requirement) 

To study, examine and compare Indonesia Regulation with selected 

ECE Regulation 

To propose revision of ECE Regulation in order to harmonize with 

Indonesia Regulation 


confirm the necessary revision 

c. Settlement of the supporting organization for approval authorities 

(Establishment of IASIF / FISKI and its secretariat) 

To prepare the Directorate General Decree for IASIF 

To develop the management and activities of IASIF 

Apr ‐Jun 

2011 

Jul‐Aug 

2011 

Sep‐Oct 

2011 

Nov‐Dec 

2011 

Jan‐Feb 

2012 

Mar‐Apr 

2012

d. Improvement of Certification Regulation and Procedure 

(Revision of current certification regulation and procedure in relation with 

1958 Agreement & UNECE Regulations) 

To improve technical services regulation and procedure for part, 

component, and system. 

To improve technical services regulation and procedure for VTA. 

To register the approval authorities for adoption of UNECE Regulations 

e. Internal meetings within the framework of the meeting lASIF abroad and 

evaluation 


a. Expanding the ability of Technical Services 

(Strengthening and development of supporting infrastructure) 

• Identify the capabilities of the existing Technical Services 

• Filing the necessary support and strengthening of technical services 

• Submission of the coordination of all government institutions in the 

framework of realization development and strengthening of technical 

serνices 

b. Internal meetings within the framework of the meeting lASIF abroad and 

evaluation 


a. Accession to 1958 Agreement 

(Indonesia to become a member of UN ECE WP29 and signatory of UN 

ECE 1958 Agreement). 

• Confirm understanding of WP 29 & ECE Regulations 

• Submission of an official declaration of membership of Indonesia on the 

WP29 and 1958 Agreement 

• Submission of coordination of all government institutions in preparation 

for official membership application 

b. Selection of UNECE Regulations to be adopted 

1. (Adoption of the ECE regulations are appropriate and necessary) 

• Examine and inspect selected ECE Regulations (19 UN ECE Regulations 

approved by the APWG as a priority) 

• Submission of adoption of selected ECE Regulations 

• Submission of the coordination of all government institutions in order 

May‐Jun 

2012 

May ‐Jun 

2013 

Jul‐Aug 

2012 

Jul‐Aug 

2013 

Sep‐Oct 

2012 

Sep‐Oct 

2013 

Nov‐ 

Dec2012 

Nov‐Dec 

2013 

Jan‐Feb 

2013 

Jan‐Feb 

2014 

Mar‐Apr 

2013 

Mar‐Apr 

2014

to confirm the adoption of selected ECE Regulotions 

2. (ECE Regulations in line with the needs of Indonesia) 

• Study, examine and compare Indonesia Regulations with selected ECE 

Regulation 

• Application for revision of the ECE Regulations in order to harmonize 

with Indonesia Regulation 


to confirm any necessary revisions 

c. Inauguration of the support organization for approνal authorities 

(Formation of lASIF/FISKI and its secretariat) 

• Preparing for the Director General SK IASIF 

• Develop management and activities of IASIF 

d. Development of the VTA system 

(Revised VTA relating to the 1958 Agreement & UNECE Regulations) 

• Revisions of the VTA system, flowcharts certification, documents, and 

management certification 

• Registering approνal authorities for the adoption of UN ECE 

Regulations 

e. Expanding Technical Services ability 

(Strengthening and supporting infrastructure development) 

• Identify current capabilities of technicaI services 

• Filing the necessary support and strengthening of technical services 


to realize the development and strengthening of technical services 

f. Internal meetings within the framework of the meeting lASIF abroad and 

evaluation

ORGANISATION HIERARCHY OF INDONESIA AUTOMOBILE STANDARDS 

INTERNATIONALIZATION FORUM (IASIF) 

Steering 

Chairman 

Secretary 

Members 

Vice Chair 

Deputy Secretary 

MEMBERSHIP 

Steering : 1. Director General of Land Transportation, Ministry of Transportation; 

2. Director General of Leading Industry Based on High Technology, 

Ministry of Industry. 

Chairman: Director of Road Traffic and Transport, Directorate General of Land 

Transportation, Ministry of Transportation 

Vice Chair: Director of Land Transport Equipment Industry, Directorate General of 

Leading Industry Based on High Technology, Ministry of Industry 

Secretary: Head of Sub Directorate of Road Transportation Facility, Directorate of 

Road Traffic and Transport, Directorate General of Land Transportation, 

Ministry of Transportation 

Deputy Secretary: Head of Sub Directorate of Components, Directorate of Land 

Transport Equipment Industry, Directorate General of Leading 

Industry Based on High Technology, Ministry of Industry 

Members : 1. Head of Land Transportation Control, Assistant Deputy for Air 

Pollution Control from Mobile Sources, Deputy for Environmental 

Pollution Control, Ministry of Environment; 

2. Head of Road Worthiness Testing and Motor Vehicle Certification, 

Directorate General of Land Transport, Ministry of Transportation; 

3. Head of the Institute of Thermodynamics Engines and Propulsion, 

Agency for the Assessment and Application of Technology;

4. Motor Vehicle Inspection Section Head, Directorate of Traffic and 

Transport-Roads Directorate General of Land Transportation, 

Ministry of Transportation; 

5. Section Chief of Motor Vehicle Technology, Directorate of Road 

Traffic and Transport, Directorate General of Land Transportation, 

Ministry of Transportation; 

6. Standardization and Technology Section Head, Sub Directorate of 

Four wheels or more Vehicle, the Directorate of Land Transport 

Equipment Industry, Directorate General of Leading Industry Based 

on High Technology, Ministry of Industry; 

7. Representatives of Indonesia Joint Automotive Industry; 

8. Representatives of Indonesian Motorcycle Industry Association; 

9. Representatives of the Joint Industrial Equipment and Motor Cars; 

10. Representatives of the Association of Indonesian Automotive 

Engineering

SNI CERTIFICATION FOR 

VEHICLE COMPONENT 

B4T PRODUCT CERTIFICATION BODY 

BEKASI, 14-15 SEPTEMBER 2011

REGULATION FOR FOR SNI 

SNI 

PP No. No 

102/2000 

PERMENPERIN 

NO. 89/2009 

OTHER TECHNICAL 

REGULATION

SNI 

PRODUCT 

BSN 

SNI 

KAN 

PRODUCT 

CERTIFICATION 

BODY&TESTING 

LAB 

SPPT SNI

MANDATORY SNI 

SNI 

SAFETY 

HEALTHY 

SECURITY ENVIRONMENT 

PP 

NO.102/2000 

ECONOMIC 

PASAL 12 

REASON

PROCESS PROCESS OF OF SNI SNI CERTIFICATION 

CERTIFICATION 

QMS AUDIT 

PRODUCT TESTING 

EVALUATION 

CERTIFICATE ISSUED

FLOW

CONFORM OF 

QMS ISO 

9001:2008 

REQUIREMENT Q 

MAIN REQUIREMENT 

PASS ALL 

REQUIREMENT 

IN SNI 

SPPT SNI

MAIN ACTOR 

PRODUCT 

CERTIFICATION 

BODY 

TESTING 

LABORATORIUM 

• ACCREDITATION 

• ASSIGN 

• ACCREDITATION 

• ASSIGN

VEHICLE COMPONENT 

CERTIFICATION 

TEMPERED 

GLASS 

TYRE (PC, 

LAMINATED TB TB, LT LT,MC) MC) 

GLASS 

HELMET FOR 

WHEEL (L, 

MOTORCYCLE 

M,N,O 

CATEGORY) CATEGORY) 

INNER TUBE

SNI MARKING CERTIFICATED 

TIRE 

WHEEL 

HELMET 

INNER TUBE 

• AMOUNT OF CERTIFICATE = 

160 

• IN PROCESS CERTIFICATION 

• AMOUNT OF CERTIFICATE = 

190 

• AMOUNT OF CERTIFICATE = 58

OUR CLIENT

OUR CLIENT

REGULATION FOR FOR TIRE 

TIRE 

Mandatory Regulation 

: 

KKepmen NNo. 

599/MPP/Kep/9/2004 

Technical 

Instruction : 

Perdirjen No. 

52/IAK/Per/VIII/2005 

Tire&Inner 

Tube 

Assignment : 

Permenperind No. 

109/M 109/M- 

IND/Per/10/2010

REGULASI SNI SNI PELEK 

PELEK 

Technical Instruction 

: Perdirjen No. 

52/IAK/Per/VIII/2005 

Mandatory Regulation: 

Assignment: 

Permenperin No. 


120/M-IND/Per/11/2010 

120/M IND/Per/11/2010 41/M-IND/Per/4/2011 

41/M IND/Per/4/2011 

Wheel

REGULASI SNI SNI HELM 

HELM 

Mandatory 

Regulation : 

Permenperin p No. 

40/M-IND/Per/6/2008 

/ / / / 

Technical 

Instruction : 

Perdirjen No. 

86/IAK/Per/XII/2008 

Helmet 

Assignment : 


109/M- / 

IND/Per/10/2010 

/ / /

TIRE 

Motorcycle 

Inner Tube 

Passenger 

Car 

Tyre 

Light 

Truck 

Truck&Bus

WHEEL/RIM 

Category 

L 

Category 

M, N, O 

• Motorcycle 

• Passenger 

CCar 

• Light Truck 

• Truck&Bus

SNI NUMBER FOR TIRE 

Passenger 

Car 

Light 

Truck 

Truck&Bus 

Motorcycle 

Inner Tube 

SNI 06-0098- 06 0098 

2002 

SNI 06-0100- 06 0100 

2002 

SNI 06-0099- 

2002 

SNI 06-0101- 

2002 

SNI 06-6700- 

2002

SNI NUMBER FOR WHEEL 

Category 

L 

Category g y 

M, N, O 

SNI 4658:2008 

SNI 1896:2008

TYRE TESTING (PC (PC, TB TB, LT) 

Bead 

Unseating(for 

PC) 

High speed 

test (except 

TB) 

Marking 

tyre 

Endurance 

Dimension 

Breaking 

Energy

INNER TUBE TEST 

Permanent 

test 

Marking 

Inner 

Tube 

Ageing 

Tensile 

testing

WHEEL TESTING 

(CATEGORY M, N, O) 

Nut seat 

rigidity 

Marking 

Static 

unbalance 

Dimension 

test 

Shearing 

test (for 

steel) 

Wheel 

Air leak 

test 

Impact 

test 

Corner 

fatigue 

test/momen 

life 

Dinamic 

radial 

test/drum 

test

WHEEL TESTING 

(CATEGORY L) 

Adhesive 

test 

Paint 

thickness 

Torsion 

Test 

Hardness 

test 

Penetrant 

test(for 

steel) 

Marking 

Wheel 

Nut seat 

rigidity g y 

Dimension 

Air leak 

test 

Rotation 

bending 

fatigue 

test 

Dinamic 

radial 

test/drum 

test 

Impact 

test

FUTURE SCOPE 

BRAKE LINING • SNI 09-0143-1987 

09-0143-1987 

ACCUMULATOR FOR 

4WHEEL VEHICLE 

MOTORYCLE 

BATTERY 

OIL LUBRICANT 

• SNI 0038:2009 

• SNI 09-1326-1996 

• SNI 7069:2007 

REAR REAR REFLECTING 

• SNI 2770 2770:2009 2009 

MIRROR 

LUBRICATING OIL 

FILTER FILTER 

• SNI 0882:2007

THANK YOU

Jasic Workshop Sub Working Group 2– Indonesia 

Bekasi – September, 14-15 th 2011 

Mohammad MALAWAT 

Directorate General of Land Transportation

1. Type Approvals Referring to Act No. 22/2009 

Vehicle Technical Requirements q 

a. St Structures; t 

b. Equipments; 

c. Dimension; 

dd. Body making; 

e. Technical designed that complied to the 

vehicle purpose; 

ff. Loading; 

g. The purpose; 

h. Trailer vehicle; and/or 

ii. Semi trailer vehicle vehicle. 

3

Vehicle Road Worthiness 

Requirements 

a. Exhaust gas emission; 

b. Noise; 

c. Side Slip; 

d. Sound of horn; 

e. Effi Efficiency i of fbbraking ki system; t 

f. Efficiency of parking braking system 

g. Light emission and direction of head lamp; 

hh. Turning radius; 

i. The accuration of speedometer; 

j. The complience of wheel performance and 

condition of tire; tire; 

k. The complience of engine power ratio. 

4

Type Approvals 

(Art . 50-52) 

Vehicle Inspections; 

Vehicle Testing and Certification Centre 

(VTCC) - Government 

IMPOR 

PRODUCTIONS/ 

ASSEMBLING 

MODIFICATIONS 

Priodical Inspection 

(Art. 53- 56) 

PHYSICAL TESTING 

RESEARCH OF 

CONSTRUCTION 

DESIGN 

5

VEHICLE TESTING AND 

CERTIFICATION CENTRE 

(VTCC) 

PHYSICAL TESTING RESEARCH OF CONSTRUCTION DESIGN 

CHASSIS 

COMPELITELY 

VEHICLE C 

CERTIFICATION 

FOR PASSING TYPE 

APPROVALS 

PRODUCER/ 

IMPORTER 

PRODUCTIONS/ 

IMPOR 

BODY MAKING 

PICK UP/DUMP/BOX 

Conformity of 

Product 

MODIFICATED VEHICLE 

APPROVALS OF 

CONSTRUSTION 

DESIGN 

TRAILER 

SEMI TRAILER 

6

CONTRUCTION 

AND MATERIAL 

REQUIREMENTS 

VEHICLE 

MODIFICATIONS 

MODIFIED? 

YES 

RE-TESTING FOR 

VEHICLE TYPE 

APPROVALS 

DIMENSION 

ENGINE 

PAY LOADED O 

CAPACITY 

7

2. Establishment of Indonesia Automobile Standards 

IInternationalization t ti li ti F Forum (IASIF) 

As preparation to join WP 29 29, and as process of harmonization in 

motor vehicle technical regulation, Indonesia already established 

forum, which is called Indonesia Automobile Standards 

Internationalization Forum (IASIF) (IASIF). 

IASIF is a mandate from the Director General of Land 

Transportation (MOT) Decree Number SK.2105/KP.801/DRJD/2011 

dated 9 June 2011 Establishment of Indonesian Automotive 

Standard Internationalization Forum. 

This forum has duties to research automotive regulation in frame to 

prepare Indonesia joining WP 29; to research strategic for 

implementation UNECE regulatioan; and to identify UNECE 

regulation priority that to be adopted adopted.

IASIF similary to JASIC - Japan 

The Goals : 

11.To To prepare and to formulate WP 29 recomendations; 

2.To prepare and to formulate Vehicle Type Approvals System; 

3.Doing coordination with stake holders. 

Chairman : Director of Land Traffic and Transport (MOT) 

Office : Vehicle Testing and Certification Centre (VTCC) – (MOT)

Member’s Member s of ofIASIF: IASIF : 

1.Ministry of Transportation (MOT) 

2.Ministry y of Industry y (MOI) ( ) 

3.Ministry of Environment (MOE) 

4.Association of Indonesian Automotive Industries 

5.Association of f Indonesian d Motorcycle l Industries d 

6.Association of Indonesian Automotive Device Industries 

77.Society Society of Automotive Engineer 

8.Body of Research and Technology Development

DGLT also preparing the testing facility by 

constructing motor vehicle testing facility in Vehicle 

Testing and Certification Center (VTCC) Bekasi, West 

Java Java. 

This laboratory is dedicated to be one of the technical 

services in Indonesia, when Indonesia signing the 

1958 AAgreement. t 

Testing facilities constructed in VTCC are 

complemented to UN-ECE UN ECE Regulation such as: R40 

Emission for motor cycles, R49Emission for heavy 

vehicles, R83Emission-light vehicles, TestTrack,R41 

Noise for motor cycles and R51 Noise emission at 

least 4 wheels on noise emission.

3. The UNECE Regulation Priority To Be Adopted 

Asean Consultative Committee for Standard and Quality 

– Automotive Product Working Group (ACCSQ-APWG ) 

agreed g to use UN-ECE Regulation g as main reference in 

harmonization of automotive regulation, so the Mutual 

Recognition of Approval (MRA) can be implemented; 

Asean Consultative Committee for Standard and Quality 

– Automotive Product Working Group (ACCSQ-APWG) 

noted that there are 19 regulations considered to be 

harmonized in 2015.

14 regulations are on motor vehicles 

g 

R13 Braking system 

R13H Braking system for passenger car 

R14 Seat belt anchorages 

g 

R16 Seat belt 

R17 Seat 

R25 Head restraint 

R30 Pneumatic Tyre, Passenger Car 

R43 Safety Glass 

R46 Rear view mirror 

R49 Emission for heavy vehicles 

R51 Noise emission at least 4 wheels 

R54 Pneumatic Tyre, Commercial Vehicle 

y 

R79 Steering equipment 

R83 Emission-light vehicles

5 Regulations on motor cycles 

R39 Speedometer 

R40 EEmission i i ffor motor t cycles l 

R41 Noise for motor cycles 

R60 Controll telltale 

R75 Tyre 

◦ The blue printed regulations are proposed to be 

harmonized in Asean MRA for Vehicle Type Approval 

(VTA)

Status of Adopted ECE Regulations 

Refer : 19 Regulation 

R13 BBraking ki system t 

R13H Braking system for passenger car 

R14 Seat belt anchorages 

R16 Seat belt 

R17 SSeat t 

R25 Head restraint 

R30 Pneumatic Tyre, Passenger Car 

R43 Safety Glass 

R46 RRear view i mirror i 



R54 Pneumatic Tyre, Commercial Vehicle 

R79 Steering equipment 

R83 Emission-light vehicles 

R39 Speedometer 

R40 Emission for motor cycles 


R60 Controll telltale 

R75 Tyre 

Adapt: 5 Regulation 



R83 Emission-light vehicles 

R40 Emission for motor cycles y 


Technical Services : VTCC (Vehicle Testing 

Certification Centre) & BTMP 

Approvals Authority : MOT (Minstry of 

Transpotation)

2011 I-EPA 1 st Work shop 

DIRECTION FOR THE IMPROVEMENT 

OF INDONESIAN VTA SYSTEM 

14-15/Sep/2011 

AKIBA T. 

JSAE Fellow Engineer-Harmonization 

akiba@roy.hi-ho.ne.jp

General Direction of the Activity 

Deep understanding the 1958 Agreement 

Regulation 

1. Contents of Future WVTA regulation 

2. List of technical requirements as annex to 

the WVTA regulation 

Certification

1958 

Agreement 

ASEAN AEC 

ACCSQ-APWG-MRA 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg RYY 

as reference 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg RXX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg RXX 

GENERAL DIRECTION OF ACTIVITY 

Indonesian VTA 

IWVTA 

UN Reg R0

THE 1958 AGREEMENT 

Organization of WP29 

Agreements under WP29 

The 1958 agreement

UN Organization 

U N / General Assembly 

ECOSOC 

Economic and Social Council 

ECE 

Economic Commission for Europe 

ITC 

Inland Transport Committee 

WP29 

World Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations 

ESCAP 

E. C. for Asia & the Pacific 

AC1,AC2 

AC3,AC4 

GRB GRPE GRE GRRF GRSG GRSP

ORGANIZATION OF WP29 

Administrative committee for coordination(AC2) 

6 working parties of experts 

Active safety 

Lighting and light-signaling devices (GRE) 

Braking and running gear (GRRF) 

Passive safety (GRSP) 

Environmental protection 

Pollution and energy (GRPE) 

Noise (GRB) 

General safety (GRSG)

AGREEMENTS UNDER WP29 

World Forum for Harmonization 

of Vehicle Regulations 

(UN/ECE/WP29) 

Administrativ 

e committee WP29/AC1 WP29/AC3 WP29/AC4 

Vote Two-thirds majority unanimous agreement Two-thirds majority 

Activity 

Contents 

1958 

Agreement 

Establish and develop 

of UN regulation 

• Technical 

requirement 

• Certification process 

• COP 

1998 

Agreement 


of gtr (global technical 

regulation) 

•Technical 

requirement 

OUTPUT UN regulation Global technical 

regulation (gtr) 

1997 

Agreement 


of Inspection item 

Under review for better 

involvement of third countries at 

the development process of new 

UN regulations and amendments 

to existing UN regulations 

Rule


Preamble Intention of the amending the Agreement 

Article 1 Definitions, establishment and implementation of 

ECE Regulations 

Article 2 Idea and condition of Mutual Recognition of Type Approval 

Article 3 Conformity to the requirements of a regulation approved 

Article 4 The case where non-conformity was communicated 

Article 5 What the CP has to do in the case of Article 4 

Article 6 The eligibility of the CP to the 1958 Agreement 

Article 7 The effect of the amended Agreement 

Article 8 The right to denounce the 1958 Agreement 

Article 9 Accession and denunciation to/from the 1958 Agreement 

Article 10 The process to solve disputes among the CPs 

Article 11 Protection for the new CPs from the case under Article 10 

Article 12 Procedure of amendment to the Regulation 

Article 13 The procedure to amend this Agreement 

Article 14 What the UN/Secretary-General have to notify to the CPs 

Article 15 The treatment for the case under the un-amended Agreement 

Appendix 1 

COMPOSITION AND RULES OF PROCEDURE OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE COMMITTEE 

Appendix 2 

CONFORMITY OF PRODUCTION PROCEDURES

Elements of 1958 Agreement 

1. Application of the UN Regulations under the type approval system (Article 

1 paras.1, 7-8) 

2. Development/Amendment of Regulation for wheeled vehicle, equipment 

or parts (Article 1 paras. 2-4, Article 6 paras. 1-2, Article 12 paras. 1-3, 

Appendix 1) 

3. Technical Requirements and Test Methods (Article 1 para.2) 

4. Conditions for granting type approval and their mutual recognition 

including approval markings and (Article 1, paras. 5-6, Article 2, Article 3, 

Article 4, Article 5) 

5. Conditions for ensuring conformity of production (COP) (Appendix 2)

Elements of 1958 Agreement -1 

1. Application of the UN Regulations 

Under Type Approval System 

Type Approval pursuant to a Regulation means… 

-An administrative procedure by the authorities of Contracting Party 

-the Authority declares that a vehicle or part submitted by the 

manufacturer meets the requirements of the given Regulation after 

carrying out the required test 

-then the manufacturer certifies that each vehicle or part on the 

market were produced to be identical with the approved product

Elements of 1958 Agreement -1(cont’d) 

1. Application of the UN Regulations Under Type Approval 

System 

Alternative procedure for applying the Regulation 

-There could be various administrative procedures alternative to type 

approval 

-Self-certification is generally known and applied as an alternative 

procedure applied in certain Member States of ECE. 

Self-certification: 

The manufacturer certifies, without any preliminary administrative control, 

that each product put on the market conforms to the given Regulation; the 

competent administrative authorities may verify by random sampling on 

the market that the self-certified products comply with the requirements of 

the given Regulation.


2. Technical Requirements and Test Methods 

(extract from Article 1 para.2) 

The Regulation shall cover the following: 

(a) Wheeled vehicles, equipment or parts concerned; 

(b) Technical requirements, which if necessary may 

include alternatives; 

(c) Test methods by which any performance 

requirements are to be demonstrated; 

(d) Conditions for granting type approval and their 

reciprocal recognition including any approval markings 

and conditions for ensuring conformity of production. 

(e) The date(s) on which the Regulation enters into force.


3. Development/Amendment of Regulation for wheeled vehicle, 

equipment or parts 

1) Establishment of new regulation 

When a Regulation is established (Article1, para.2) 

-The Administrative Committee (A.C.1) communicates it to the Secretary-General of the United 

Nations. 

-Then the Secretary-General notify the Regulation to the Contracting Parties. 

The Regulation will be considered as adopted 

-unless more than one-third of the Contracting Parties inform the Secretary-General of their 

disagreement within six months after the notification. 

When a Regulation has been adopted (Article 1, para.3) 

-The Secretary-General notify all the Contracting Parties 

-At the notification, it is specified which Contracting Parties have objected and that the 

Regulation shall not enter into force to that Contracting Party. 

The adopted Regulation shall enter into force (Article 1, para.4) 

-On the date(s) specified as a Regulation for all Contracting Parties for all Contracting Parties 

which did not oppose to the Regulation.

Elements of 1958 Agreement -3 (Cont’d) 

2) Amendment of the existing regulation 

(Article 12, para.2) 

An amendment to a Regulation is considered and adopted -unless more than one-third 

of the Contracting Parties applying that Regulation inform the Secretary-General of their 

disagreement with the amendment within six months from the notification. 

If the Secretary-General has not received declarations of disagreement of more than 

one-third of the Contracting Parties applying the Regulation, the Secretary-General 

declares the amendment as adopted and binding upon those Contracting Parties 

applying the Regulation who did not declare themselves opposed to it. 

When at least one-fifth of the Contracting Parties applying the un-amended Regulation 

declare that they wish to continue to apply the un-amended Regulation, 

-the un-amended Regulation will be regarded as an alternative to the amended 

Regulation 

-it will be incorporated formally as such into the Regulation with effect from the date of 

adoption of the amendment or its entry into force 

See the following page


2) Amendment of the existing regulation (Cont’d) 


Idea of alternatives within the existing regulations 

-Where necessary, an amendment may include the existing requirements as an alternative 

-Contracting Parties specify which alternatives within the Regulation they apply. 

-Contracting Parties applying alternative(s) 

do not have to accept approvals to preceding alternative(s) 

-Contracting Parties applying only the latest version of the regulation 

do not have to accept approvals to preceding amendments or to un-amended Regulations. 

-Contracting Parties applying an earlier series of amendments or the un-amended Regulation shall 

accept approvals granted to a later amendment series. 

When an amendment to a regulation is established 


Nations. 

-Then the Secretary-General notify the Regulation to the Contracting Parties applying the Regulation


3) Voting procedure 

To establish a new regulation (Appendix 1, Article5) 

-Proposed new Regulations shall be put to the vote. 

-Each country, Contracting Party to the Agreement shall have 

one vote. 

-A quorum consisting of not less than half of the Contracting 

Parties is required. 

*the regional economic integration organizations, being Contracting 

Parties to the Agreement, vote with the number of votes of their 

Member States 

-New Draft Regulation is established by a two-thirds majority 

of those present and voting.


3) Voting procedure (Cont’d) 

To establish an amendment to the existing regulations 

(Appendix 1, Article 6) 

-Proposed amendments to Regulations shall be put to the vote. 

-Each country, Contracting Party to the Agreement applying 

the Regulation shall have one vote. 

-A quorum of not less than half of the Contracting Parties applying 

the Regulation is required. 



Member States 

-Draft Amendments to Regulations shall be established 

by a two-thirds majority of those present and voting.



including approval markings 

Each Contracting Party applying Regulations largely through 

type approval shall grant the type approvals and approval markings 

described in any Regulation for the types of wheeled 

vehicles, equipment or parts covered by the Regulation, 

provided that it has the technical competence and is satisfied 

with the arrangements for ensuring conformity of the product 

with the approved type as set out in Appendix 2. 

Each Contracting Party applying a Regulation through type 

approval shall refuse the type approvals and approval markings 

covered by the Regulation if the above-mentioned conditions 

are not complied with. 

(Article 2)


5. Conditions for ensuring conformity of production (COP) 

Appendix 2 

Initial assessment 

ISO 9002 or equivalent accreditation standard 

Conformity of production 

The existence of adequate arrangements and documented control 

plans 

para 2.3. Requirements for the holder of the approval 

para 2.4. Requirements for the authority

CONTENTS OF WVTA REGULATION – 1 

1. Scope 

2. Definition 

3. Application for approval 

4. Approval 

5. Specification 

6. Tests 

7. Modification of vehicle type and extension of approval 

8. Conformity of production 

9. Penalties for non-conformity of production 

10. Production definitely discontinued 

11. Names and addresses of Technical Services responsible for 

conducting approval tests and Administrative Departments 

12. Introductory and transitional provisions


Annex 1: Communication 

Annex 2: Arrangement of the approval mark 

Annex 3: Procedures to be followed during WVTA of vehicles 

Annex 4: List of requirements for the purpose of WVTA: 

List of Regulatory acts 

Part A: Requirements for vehicles of category M1 (M2,M3,,,,,,,,,) 

Table 1: List of mandatory requirements 

Table 2: List of if-fitted requirements 

Table 3: List of alternative requirements for WVTA with 

limited validity 

(e.g. old version of UN regulation) 

Table 4: List of national or regional requirements for WVTA

CONTENTS OF WVTA REGULATION - 3 

Annex 5: Information document for the purpose of WVTA 

of vehicles 

General prescriptions 

Part I: Identification of the variants and versions 

Part II: Information document 

Part III: Type approval numbers 

Annex 6: WVTA Certificate 

Annex 7: Certificate of conformity 

General Description 

Special provisions for Model XX: Side 1, Side 2 

Appendix 1: Model translation sheet for the certificate 

of conformity 

Annex 8: Definition of the vehicle type 

Part A: Vehicles of category M1 (M2,M3,,,,,,,,,,)

LIST OF TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS AS ANNEX 

TO THE WVTA REGULATION - 1 

Key elements: 

1. Administrative Department, 

2. Technical Services, 

3. Expert, 

4. Communication with other Experts 

(e.g. WP29 and GRs) 

5. Industry preparation





Principle >> 

1. Selection from UN regulation 

2. Last version of UN regulation 

3. To make clear introduction/adoption schedule 

from higher priority items



Table 3: List of alternative requirements for WVTA with limited 

validity 

Principle >> 

1. To make clear the reason of selection 

2. Acceptance a higher version test results / Certificate 

in case of a contracting party



Table 4 List of national or regional requirements for WVTA 

Principle >> 

1. To make clear Harmonization Activity in WP29 

* proposal, justification data, communication 

2. Adoption and implementation plan after WP29’s 

adoption of its modification

The process of developing UN regulations 

Government 

Organization Submit 

proposal 

Proposal for an amendment 

to UN regulation 

Secretariat: Preparation of documents 

GRSG GRSP GRE GRB GRRF GRPE 

Proposal for draft amendment 

WP29 consideration 

Voting by AC1 

(adoption by 2/3 majority of presented Contracting Parties) 

Publication amendment UN Reg. 

Entry into force in Contracting Parties applying the Reg. 

(11 weeks 

before WP29) 

(3 times a year) 


6 months

UN Reg.

CERTIFICATION 

Administrative Department 

Technical Services 

Applicant 

Key Elements >> 

1. Deep understanding of the 1958 Agreement 

2. Communication with other Administrative Department and Technical 

Services 

3. Qualification for each responsible parties 

4. Reference document: 

TRANS/WP.29/1044 – General Guidelines for UN Regulations 

Regulatory Procedures and Transitional Provisions in UN 

Regulations 

ECE/TRANS/WP.29/1059 - Resolving interpretation issues 

and requirements for the Technical Services in the framework 

of the 1958 Agreement

UN regulations 

(System or components) 

Whole vehicle 

Responsibility during Certification Process 

Manufactures Applicant Government 

Assembly 

COP 

Assembly 

COP 

Registration 

Application 

documents 

Application 

documents 

COC 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 

Technical service 

Certification 

Tests 

Report 

Certification 

Tests 

Report

FINAL GOAL >> MRA OF WVTA = IWVTA 

A country 

B country 

Certificate of parts and/or system 

UN R 48 UN R 13 UN R 17 

UN R AA UN R BB UN R 14 

A country 

Certificate of Whole Vehicle Approval 

C country 

Market in the A country Market in the B country Market in the C country

THANK YOU FOR YOUR ATTENTION! 

The 1 st I-EPA Workshop in 2011

• Benefits: 

1. Decrease in accident rate, reduced fuel consumption and lower exhaust emission. 

2. Growth of the local industry (Indonesia as a production base) will create jobs, boost 

exports and enhance technology transfer. 

3. Generate foreign exchange through increased exports, as well as gain foreign exchange 

savings through domestic products and services. 

• Infrastructure Needs 

1. Strengthen test laboratory infrastructure (technical services) in accordance with 

standards related to safety, environment and energy; including provision of facilities 

associated with the applicable research. 

2. Increased capability of dedicated experts in the field of regulation drafting and technical 

implementation. 

• Necessary Steps 

1. Preparation of the legal aspects through coordination with related Ministries (e.g. 

Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Ministry of Trade, Ministry of Justice and Human Rights) 

2. Strengthen test facilities by preparing a proposal for program budgeting 

3. Develop experts through international collaborations and technical assistance 

• Follow‐Up Recommendations 

1. Ratification of the 1958 agreement 

2. To gradually and selectively adopt UNECE regulations 

3. Propose to use the services of an experienced consultant 

1

#1 SWG2 Workshop 

Current situation & 

future plan of UN 

Regulations adoption in 

Japan 

14-15 September 2011 

JASIC

Contents 

1. History of introduction of UN Regulations into 

Japanese Law 

2. History of Japan’s contribution to WP29 

activities 

3. How to exam and study UN Regulations 

2

1. History of introduction 

of UN Regulations into 

Japanese Law 

3

Japan has been sequentially applying UN Regulations since its accession to the 1958 Agreement. 

• Participating as an observer since 1977 

• Acceding to the 1958 Agreement in 1998, to the 1998 Agreement in 1999 

• Increasing the number of UN Regulations steadily applied in Japan 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

Adoption of UN Regulations in Japan 

19981999200020012002200320042005200620072008200920102011 

Number of UN Regulations which Japan applied 

4

Items to mutual recognition as a result of the 

adoption of UN Regulations in Japan 

R 3 Reflex Reflectors 

R 6 Direction Indicators 

R 7 Front and Rear Position (Side) Lamps, 

Stop Lamps and End-Outline Marker 

R 10 EMC 

R 11 Door Latches and Hinges 

R 12 Steering Mechanism 

R 13-H Braking (13-H) 

R 14 Safety Belt Anchorages 

R 16 Safety Belt 

R 17 Seats 

R 19 Front Fog Lamps 

R 23 Reversing Lamps 

R 25 Head Restraints 

R 26 External Projections 

R 27 Warning Triangles 

R 28 Audible Warning Devices 

R 30 Pneumatic Tires 

(Passenger Vehicle) 

R 38 Rear Fog Lamps 

R 39 Speedometer 

R 44 Child Restraint Systems 

R 45 Headlamp Cleaners 

R 48 Installation of Lights 

R 54 Pneumatic Tires (Commercial Vehicle) 

R 58 Rear Under run Protection 

R 62 Protection Against Unauthorized Use 

(Motor Cycle) 

R 70 Rear Marking Plates for Heavy and 

Long Vehicles 

R 75 Pneumatic Tires (Moped, Motor Cycle) 

R 77 Parking Lamps 

R 78 Braking(Category L) 

R 80 Seat (Large Passenger Vehicle) 

R 81 Rear-view Mirrors (Motor Cycle) 

R 91 Side-marker Lamps 

R 93 Front Under run Protection 

R 94 Protection of the Occupants in the 

event of a Frontal Collision 

R 95 Protection of the Occupants in the 

event of a Lateral Collision 

R 98 Gas-Discharge Headlamps 

R 100 Electric Power Train 

R 104 Retro-reflective Markings for Heavy 

and Long Vehicles 

R 112 Headlamps 

R 116 Protection Against Unauthorized Use 

R 119 Cornering Lamps 

R 123 Adaptive front-lighting systems(AFS) 

5

--- Preparation --- 

History of the Introduction in Japan 

Year 

1997 1989 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 

Type Designation Regulations 

for Devices(Oct. 1998) 

Acceded the 1958 

Agreement(24 Nov.) 

*NTSEL; Designated Type 

Approval Facility 

Implemented 5 Regulations 

1.UN R3-Lamp 

2.UN R7-Lamp 

3.UN R13H-Brake 

4.UN R19-Lamp 

5.UN R28-Warning Dev. 

 


1.UN R6-Lamp 

2.UN R23-Lamp 

3.UN R27-Lamp 

4.UN R38-Noise 

5.UN R62-Anti Theft 

6.UN R95-Ocupant Protect 

 

Reformed Law System; 

Item of [Announcements] under 

the Safety Regulation 

(July 2002) 


1.UN R26-Projection&Fitting 

2.UN R39-Speedmeter 

3.UN R45-HL Cleaner 

4.UN R77-Lamp 

5.UN R81-Mirror 

6.UN R91-Lamp 

 


1.UN R11-Door 

2.UN R17-Seat 

3.UN R25-Head restraint 

4.UN R58-U-Protection 

 


1.UN R30-Tyre 

2.UN R54-Tyre 

3.UN R75-Tyre 

 

Use UN Reg. English Version 

directly (no-longer Japanese 

version) (Sep. 2006) 


1.UN R12-Steering 

2.UN R48-Lamp Installation 

3.UN R104-Lamp 

 


1.UN R116-Anti Theft 


 


1.UN R14-ISOFIX 

2.UN R44-Child Restraint 

3.UN R80-Seat 

1 Oct. 2006 


1.UN R70-Lamp 

2.UN R93-Protection 

3.UN R94-Protection 

4.UN R123-Lamp(AFS) 

5.UN R78-Brake 

 

Launched IWVTA (Mar. 2010) 


1.UN R16-Seat 

 


1.UN R98-Lamp 


 

Adopted UN Regulation 

40 Items (End of 2010) 

Future plan to implement 

1.UN R10 

2.UN R13 

3.UN R41 

4.UN R43 

5.UN R53 

6.UN R60 

N.UN RXX

2. History of Japan’s 

contribution to WP29 

activities 

7

Contribution to WP29 activities of JAPAN 

Since JASIC was established in 1987, We had been promoting 

World Wide harmonization work 

1987 1997 

Before accession of the 1958 Agreement & the 1998 Agreement 

(1987-1997) 

1) JASIC contributed to the harmonization work at 

WP29, especially following area 

Passenger Brake 

2007 2015 

UN R13H 

Installation of lighting and light-signaling devices 

UNR48 

2) JASIC contributed to modify the 1958 Agreement. 

As a result, the door was opened in the world. 

E/ECE7TRANS/505/Rev.2 

8

Contribution to WP29 activities of JAPAN 

1987 1997 2007 2009 

IWVTA 

After accession of the1958 Agreement & the1998 Agreement (1998-) 

1998 Japan accede to the1958 Agreement 

1999 Japan accept to the1998 Agreement 

Japan’s policy on promoting harmonization 

Continuously increase the number of applying UN Regulations 

based on the 1958 Agreement 

Applying 42 regulations 

Actively take part in the work to establish gtrs based on the 1998 

Agreement 

Establish 11 gtrs and SR1 

Welcome the moves in Asian countries towards activities under 

WP29 

We did welcome several new member countries 

New discussion for IWVTA started in 2009 

9

3. How to exam and study UN 

Regulations to adopt 

in Japan 

10

Promoting the Internationalization of 

Japanese Regulation System 

Evaluation Items for adoption 

Benefit for Safety and Environmental 

Measure 

Status of harmonized regulations 

Include request from various 

organization (Government side , Industry 

side, ---) 

Status of facilities for approval test 

11

Promoting the Internationalization of 

Japanese Regulation System 

(Evaluation items) 

Benefit for safety and 

environmental 

measure 

Status of harmonized 

regulations 

Status of facilities for 

approval test 

Comprehensive evaluation 

(Selection of regulations to be adopted) 

Regulations 

Adoptable without 

amendments 

Regulations 

of which amendments 

are necessary for adoption 

Regulations 

of which 

Further study 

Is necessary for 

Adoption

1). Adoption plan(1) for UN Regulation 

UN Reg. 

UN Reg. & Your 

UN Reg. adoption last 

Almost identical Items between UN Reg. 

and National Reg.

Adoption plan(2) for UN Regulation 

UN Reg. 

UN Reg. & Your Country 

Checking Process

2). Working Process Chart for Adoption UN(1) 

⑦ 

Reg. 

UN 

⑧ 

① 

⑥ 

UN 

② 

③ 

④ 

⑤ 

Reg. 

UN Reg.

3). Examples; Comparative(English-Japanese) 

English-Version 

Japanese-Version 

Display

UN R-119 Detail Checking 

Examples; Detail Check UN-Japanese Reg. 

19 Aug. 2003 

(comparative table) 

Checking Item UN UN Regulation Japanese Regulation Task & Issue proposed measures 

 

Scope This Regulation applies to cornering lamps for vehicles of 

categories M, N and T 1/. 

1. Definition 1.1: The definitions given in Regulation No. 48 and its 

series of amendments in force at the time of application 

for type approval shall apply to this Regulation 

2. APPLICATION FOR 

APPROVAL 

1.2:"Type" in relation to cornering lamps means cornering 

lamps, which do not differ in such essential respects as 

1.2.1: the trade name or mark; 

1.2.2: the characteristics of the optical system; 

1.2.3. the inclusion of components capable of altering the 

optical effects by reflection, refraction or absorption; and 

1.2.4. the category of filament lamp. 

2.1. The application for approval shall be submitted by 

the holder of the trade name or mark or by his duly 

accredited representative 

3. MARKINGS The samples of a type of cornering lamp submitted for 

approval shall: 

4. APPROVAL 4.1. If the two samples of a type of cornering lamp meet 

the requirements of this Regulation, approval shall be 

granted 

5. GENERAL 

SPECIFICATIONS 

6. INTENSITY OF LIGHT 

EMITTED 

5.1. Each sample shall conform to the specifications set 

forth in the paragraphs below. 

6.2. For the left-hand device, the minimum intensity of 

the light at the specified measuring points shall be as 

follows 

*240cd 2.5D to 30L 

*400cd 2.5D to 45L 

*240cd 2.5D to 60L 

6.3 Maximum intensity: 

* 300cd above H-line 

* 600cd H -line to 0.57 D 

* 10000cd under the 0.57 D 

 

 

 

 

According to the [Attachment 13;Technical Std. 

installation of Lighting Device] and [Attachment 15; Type 

Designation Regulations for Devices of installation of 

lighting device] 

*Issue only the Technical Std. for the time 

being. 

*After UN R-119 was effected, the [E43] 

Type Designation Regulations for Devices 

will be issued. 

*UNR-119 is different specification from 

Japanese Reg. so need the certain lead time. 

None *Not necessary the definition for the 

Techcal Std. for the time being 

Detail Check UN and Japanese regulation item by item. 

*Case-1 Different provisions (scope, definition, etc.). 

*Case-2 Different requirements, criteria and procedures 

*Case-3 Testing method and procedures and families(equipment, etc.) 

*Case-4 Different Category(size, weight, passenger, etc.) 

*Case-5 Others 

None *Not necessary fro the Techcal Std. for 

The time being 

None Same 

None Same 

Announcement of details of Safety Reg. Article 12: 

Announcement of details of Safety Reg. 

Article 12: 

None minimum intensity 

Article1-1: Maximum intensity 

5,000cd 

Different Maximum 

Japan: no area of the 

maximum, could be make 

glare to the other driver 

UN R: consider glare 

Introduce UN Reg. 

6.4. In the areas of 10 degrees above and below the 

horizontal and between 30 and 60 degrees outward the 

light intensity shall be at least 1.0 cd. 

7. TEST PROCEDURE None *To set out testing vehicle criteria(JAMA 

& JAPIA need to discuss) 

*Testing method

The process of developing New UN Regulations 

Government 

Organization 

Submit 

proposal 

Proposal for New UN regulation 



Proposal for draft New UN Reg. 


Voting by AC1 

(adoption by 2/3 majority of Contracting Parties) 

Reconsider 

or Discard 

Consideration at AC2 

Vote: NO 

⑦ 

④ 

Publication New UN Reg. 


⑤ 

⑥ 

Vote: YES 

⑧ 

③ 

① 

② 

NEW 

UN Reg. 

Assigned GR-group(s) 

discuss the NEW Reg. 

(11 weeks before WP29) 

Draft New Reg. 

Discuss the NEW Reg. 

Vote YES or NO 

⑨ 

6 months 

NEW 

NEW 

ECE Reg. 

UN Reg.

The process of developing Amendment UN Regulations 

Government 


proposal 

Proposal for Amendment 

to UN Regulation 



Proposal for draft New UN Reg. 


Voting by AC1 


Reconsider 

or discontinue 

Vote: NO 

⑥ 

③ 

Publication New UN Reg. 


④ 

⑤ 

Vote: YES 

⑦ 

② 

① 

(Adopted CPS) 

Existing 

UN Reg. 

Responsible GR-group(s) 

discuss the amendment 

(11 weeks before WP29) 

Draft amendment 

Discuss the draft 

amendment Reg. 

Vote YES or NO 

⑧ 

6 months 

Amendment 

Amendment 

ECE Reg. 

UN Reg.

Follow up Un-regulations and WP29 

UN 

WP29 & GRs 

Proposal Amendment 

or New UN Reg. 

Discuss, Consider and Vote 

Entry into force 

New & 

Amendment 

ECE Reg. 

Start MRA under 1958 Agreement 

Contracting Party to 


Attend the meeting 

to get and exchange information 

about UN Regulation 

Countries adopted this UN 

Regulation……should 

Revise the domestic Regulation 

in each contracting country 

Prepare for Certification 

1. Acceptance and 2. Publication 

of Certificate 

Entry into force in each 

contracting country

Thank you

LAPORAN MENGIKUTI SIDANG THE 12 TH 

ASEAN ACCSQ AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCT 

WORKING GROUP (APWG) MEETING 

I. Dasar: 

1. Surat Mrs. Cirila S. Botor, Director of Bureau of Products 

Standards, Department of Trade and Industry, 

Philippines tentang The 12 

th 

ASEAN Consultative 

Committee For Standard and Quality (ACCSQ) 

Automotive Product Working Group (APWG) Meeting. 

2. Surat Perintah Pelaksanaan Tugas Direktur Jenderal 

Perhubungan Darat Nomor KP.004/54/17/DJPD/2010 

tanggal 10 – 12 November 2010 untuk menghadiri the 

12 

th ACCSQ Automotive Product Working Group 

(APWG) Meeting di Dusit Thani Manila, Ayala Center, 

1223 Makati City Philippines pada tanggal 10 – 12 

November 2010. 

3. Surat Sekretariat Negara Nomor B- 

22541/Setneg/Setmen/KTLN/11/2010 tanggal 5 

Nopember 2010 perihal Persetujuan Penugasan ke Luar 

Negeri. 

II. PENYELENGGARAAN: 

Tanggal : 10-12 Nopember 2010 

Tempat : Dusit Thani Manila, Ayala Center, 1223 

Makati City Philippines 

Acara : The 12 

th ACCSQ Automotive Product 

Working Group (APWG) Meeting 

Topik : 4 th Task Force for MRAs on Automotive 

Meeting 10-12 November 2010 

III. PESERTA: 

1. Brunei Darussalam, Kamboja, Indonesia, Lao PDR, 

Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Viet 

Nam, Wakil dari ASEAN Automotive Federation (AAF) dan 

dari ASEAN Secretariat.

2. Delegasi Indonesia: Kementerian Perhubungan, 

Kementerian Perindustrian, BSN dan Kementerian 

Lingkungan Hidup. 

3. Partisipan dari Kementerian Perhubungan, Direktorat 

Jenderal Perhubungan Darat : Ir. Mohd. Thamzil (Kasubdit 

SAJ Dit. LLAJ), Ir. Juliaman Pangaribuan, MSi (Kasi 

Sarana Pengujian BPLJSKB) dan Wisnu Priyo Utomo, SH 

(Staf Bagian Hukum, Sesditjen Hubdat) 

IV. AGENDA: 

1. Pada tanggal 10 Nopember 2010 dilaksanakan sidang 

Task Force APWG yang membahas secara teknis struktur 

dan cara pelaksanaan Mutual Recognition Arrangement 

(MRA) dari regulasi UNECE dengan hasil sebagai berikut: 

a. Penyempurnaan MRA telah dilakukan dan saat ini telah 

sampai pada draf yang ketiga. MRA dilakukan dengan 

saling pengakuan test report dan/atau sertifikat yang 

dikeluarkan oleh lembaga penilaian kesesuaian yang 

terakreditasi yang ada di masing-masing negara 

ASEAN sesuai regulasi UNECE. 

b. Hal-hal yang perlu diantisipasi sehubungan dengan draf 

MRA tersebut: 

- Akan dibentuk institusi ASEAN Automotive 

Committee (AAC) yang bertugas memonitor efektifitas 

fungsional MRA. 

- MRA harus diadop kedalam regulasi nasional setelah 

ditandatangani. 

- Kesiapan infrastruktur technical service berupa lab uji 

dan lembaga sertifikasi sangat diperlukan dalam 

rangka mendapatkan nilai tambah dari MRA. 

- Indonesia perlu mendalami substansi MRA tersebut 

untuk mendapat pemahaman yang menyeluruh 

sehingga bisa mengantisipasi dampak yang terjadi 

pada saat MRA diimplementasikan. 

2. Plenary APWG ACCSQ dilaksanakan tanggal 11-12 

Nopember 2010 dengan hasil-hasil sebagai berikut: 

a. Sambutan pembukaan oleh Mrs. Cirila Botor, Director 

of Bureau of Products Standards, Department of Trade 

and Industry, Philippines. Delegasi APWG yang hadir 

berasal dari Brunei Darussalam, Kamboja, Indonesia, 

Lao PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, 

Thailand, Viet Nam, Wakil dari ASEAN Automotive 

Federation (AAF) dan dari ASEAN Secretariat. Sidang

dipimpin oleh co-chair Ass.Prof. Phulporn 

Saengbangpla dari Thailand. 

b. Kesepakatan bahwa produk-produk yang akan 

diharmonisasikan melalui MRA yaitu: 

1. Brake System (R13) 

2. Brake for Passanger Car (R13H) 

3. Safety belt anchorages (R14) 

4. Safety belts (R16) 

5. Seat (R.17) 

6. Head Restrain (R.25) 

7. Pneumatic Tyre , Passenger Car (R30) 

8. Speedometer , L category (R39), 

9. Exhaust Emission, L category (R40), 

10. Noise, L category (R41) 

11. Safety Glass (R43) 

12. Rear View Mirror (R.46) 

13. Diesel Emission (R49) 

14. Motor Vehicle Noise (R51) 

15. Pneumatic Tyre, commercial vehicle (R54) 

16. Control Teltale (R60), 

17. Tyre, L category (R75), 

18. Steering Equipment (R.79) 

19. Gaseous Pollutant Petrol (R83) 

a. Berdasar hasil analisis lanjutan bahwa 7 produk telah 

diimplementasikan di negara-negara ASEAN dengan 

menggunakan revisi yang sama dari regulasi tersebut 

yaitu: 



3. Head Restrain (R.25) 

4. Speedometer , L category (R39), 




Sehingga MRA akan diimplementasikan terhadap 

produk-produk tersebut terlebih dahulu karena sudah 

harmonis diantara negara-negara ASEAN. 

b. Conformity of production (COP) sebagai tindakan teknis 

yang diperlukan jika adopsi regulasi UNECE diterapkan 

untuk memastikan kesesuaian mutu produk perlu 

didiskusikan ditingkat ASEAN. Secara umum bahwa 

penerapan COP belum sepenuhnya dipahami negara 

anggota, sehingga diperlukan konsultasi dengan pihak 

yang telah berpengalaman yaitu dengan Jepang. 

c. Demikian juga dengan Uji Tipe Kendaraan (Vehicle 

Type Approval/VTA) bahwa saat ini tidak semua negara

anggota ASEAN menerapkan VTA. VTA diperlukan 

untuk menjamin unsur keselamatan kendaraan. Untuk 

itu, diputuskan kemungkinan akan disusunnya satu 

system VTA dan COP yang spesifik untuk diterapkan di 

ASEAN dan akan dituangkan dalam MRA. 

d. ASEAN Automotive Federation Technical Committee 3 

yang membidangi Standar dan Sertifikasi Otomotif 

(AAF/TC3) dalam rekomendasinya kepada APWG agar 

mengimplementasikan VTA di masing-masing negara 

ASEAN pada tahun 2010 dan diharapkan dapat 

diharmonisasikan pada tahun 2015. Sedangkan 

ASEAN Automotive Federation Technical Committee 5 

yang membidangi sepeda motor (AAF/TC5) 

menyarankan bahwa MRA dilakukan mengacu kepada 

16 produk regulasi UNECE. 

e. Kerjasama dengan mitra dialog akan terus dilanjutkan 

untuk mempercepat pencapaian tujuan APWG 

diantaranya: (1) Uni Eropa melalui ASEAN-EU 

Programme on Regional Integration Support Phase II 

(APRIS II) akan dimintakan konsultasi tentang regulasi 

UNECE (1958 Agreement) dan proses harmonisasi di 

Uni Eropa yang kasusnya hampir sama dengan ASEAN 

yaitu mempersatukan kepentingan beberapa negara; 

dan (2) Jepang untuk membantu meningkatkan 

kemampuan negara-negara ASEAN dalam 

menerapkan 1958 atau 1998 Agreement, peningkatan 

pemahaman akan implementasi VTA dan COP sesuai 

dengan 1958 Agreement. 

V. KESIMPULAN 

1. Secara umum dapat kami simpulkan bahwa harmonisasi 

yang akan diterapkan di ASEAN sudah mempunyai 

agenda yang jelas yaitu: 

a. Perumusan MRA dilaksanakan pada tahun 2010 

terhadap 19 produk, terutama untuk 7 produk yang 

telah harmonis dilingkungan negara-negara ASEAN 

sebagaimana tertuang dalam point 2 a. dan b. 

Indonesia harus mempersiapkan diri terutama harus 

menanggapi draf ke-3 MRA dimana negara-negara lain 

mencoba memasukkan kepentingannya. 

b. MRA dilakukan dengan saling pengakuan test report 

dan/atau sertifikat yang dikeluarkan oleh lembaga 

penilaian kesesuaian yang terakreditasi yang ada di 

masing-masing negara ASEAN sesuai dengan regulasi 

UNECE.

c. Indonesia harus segera membenahi diri terutama 

kesiapan Industri, standar dan regulasi yang 

mendukung, lab uji sehingga memperoleh nilai tambah 

dari harmonisasi ini yang diimplementasikan pada 

tahun 2015. 

VI. TINDAK LANJUT YANG PERLU DILAKSANAKAN 

1. Sosialisasi perkembangan usulan MRA dilingkungan 

ASEAN sekaligus untuk mempersiapkan/mengantisipasi 

konsekuensi yang muncul akibat diterapkannya MRA 

khususnya untuk Kementerian Perindustrian diantaranya 

penyesuaian SNI untuk produk-produk yang 

diharmonisasikan, persiapan lab uji sebagai technical 

service dan mempersiapkan SDM kompeten dalam 

pelaksanaan COP, serta mendorong industri untuk 

mempersiapkan diri dalam implementasi MRA. 

2. Mengusulkan kepada BSN agar mempersiapkan segala 

sesuatu yang berhubungan dengan aspek legal MRA. 

Demikian laporan yang dapat kami sampaikan kepada Bapak 

Dirjen, mohon pengarahan dan petunjuk lebih lanjut. 

Jakarta, 19 Nopember 2010 

Yang Melaporkan, 

1. Ir. Mohd. Thamzil (Kasubdit SAJ Dit. LLAJ) 

2. Ir. Juliaman Pangaribuan, Msi (Kasi Sarana Pengujian 

BPLJSKB) 

3. Wisnu Priyo Utomo, SH (Staf Bagian Hukum, Sesditjen 

Hubdat)

LAPORAN MENGIKUTI SIDANG THE 13 TH 



I. Dasar : 

1. Surat Undangan dari Trinh Ngoc Giao General Director of Viet 

Nam Register tanggal 28 Februari 2011 menyampaikan bahwa 

tanggal 5 – 7 April 2011 diselenggarakan 13 th Meeting of 

ASEAN Consultative Committee For Standard and Quality 

(ACCSQ) Automotive Product Working Group (APWG) di Ha 

Noi, Viet Nam. 

2. Surat Perintah Tugas Direktur Jenderal Perhubungan Darat 

Nomor KP.004/15/9/DJPD/2011 tanggal 31 

Maret 2011 untuk menghadiri 13 th Meeting of ACCSQ 

Automotive Product Working Group (APWG) di Ha Noi, Viet 

Nam tanggal 5 – 7 April 2011. 

3. Surat Sekretariat Negara Nomor B- 

5227/Setneg/Setmen/KTLN/03/2011 tanggal 31 Maret 2011 

perihal Persetujuan Penugasan ke Luar Negeri. 

II. PENYELENGGARAAN : 

Tanggal : 5 – 7 April 2011 

Tempat : Melia Hanoi Hotel 44 B Ly Thuong Kiet, Ha Noi, 

Viet Nam. 

Acara : The 13 th ACCSQ Automotive Product Working 

Group (APWG) Meeting 

Topik : 5 th Task Force for MRAs on Automotive Meeting 

5 April 2011 

III. PESERTA : 

1. Brunei Darussalam, Kamboja, Indonesia, Lao PDR, Malaysia, 

Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Viet Nam, Wakil dari 

ASEAN Automotive Federation (AAF) dan dari ASEAN 

Secretariat. 

2. Delegasi Indonesia: Kementerian Perhubungan, Kementerian 

Perindustrian, BSN.

3. Partisipan dari Kementerian Perhubungan, Direktorat Jenderal 

Perhubungan Darat : Ir. Juliaman Pangaribuan, MSi (Kasi 

Sarana Pengujian BPLJSKB) 

IV. AGENDA : 

1. Pada tanggal 5 April 2011 dilaksanakan sidang Task Force yang 

ke-5 di Vietnam membahas hal-hal yang terkait dengan 

penyempurnaan Draft Mutual Recoqnition Arrengement (MRA) 

sector otomotiv dengan hasil sebagai berikut : 

A. Malaysia memaparkan Draft 4 ASEAN mutual recoqnition 

arrangement (MRA) on type approval for Automotive yang 

masing masing anggota Asean memberikan tanggapan 

serta masukan untuk penyempurnaan draft isi ASEAN MRA. 

B. Hal-hal yang dibahas terkait dengan penyempurnaan pasalpasal 

pada Draft MRA seperti : 

a) Pasal 2 : Defenisi : 

Masih terdapat perbedaan antara sesama Negara 

Anggota dalam hal pendefinisian : Designating Body, 

Regulatory Authority, Conformity Assesment, Technical 

Service, namun tetap konsisten dengan rangka kerja 

persetujuan MRA ASEAN. 

b) Rapat setuju untuk MRA dengan Technical Services 

diluar Negara Asean. 

c) Rapat setuju Manufacturer dapat ditunjuk sebagai 

Technical Service kategori A. 

2. Plenary APWG ACCSQ dilaksanakan tanggal 06-07 April2011 

dengan hasil-hasil sebagai berikut: 

a. Sambutan pembukaan oleh Mr. Nguyen Vu Hai, Deputy 

General Director, Vietnam Register. Delegasi APWG yang 

hadir berasal dari Brunei Darussalam, Kamboja, Indonesia, 

Lao PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, 

Thailand, Viet Nam, Wakil dari ASEAN Automotive 

Federation (AAF) dan dari ASEAN Secretariat. Sidang 

dipimpin oleh chair Mr. Rudiyono, Deputy Director for Land 

Transportation Equipment Industry, Ministry of Industry, 

Republic of Indonesia and co-chaired by Associate Professor 

Phulporn Saengbangpla, Honorary President, Society of 

Automotive Engineers, Thailand. 

b. Dalam rapat APWG ada 7 agenda utama yang dibicarakan 

dengan hasil sebagai berikut : 

- AGENDA 1. 

Mengupdate perkembangan terakhir di ASEAN terkait 

integrasi ekonomi dan standar kesesuaian, seperti:

AEM Retreat ke-17 

o Dalam rapat mencatat bahwa AEM Retreat ke-17 

diadakan pada tanggal 26-27 Februari 2011 di 

Vientiane, Laos. 

o Dalam rapat mencatat bahwa salah satu kunci AEM 

untuk tahun 2011 adalah pada penghapusan 

Hambatan Non-Tarif (NTB) untuk sektor prioritas 

(misalnya otomotif,elektronika) 

SEOM 1/42 

o Dalam rapat mencatat bahwa SEOM 1/42 diadakan 

pada tanggal 19-21 Januari 2011 di Jakarta, 

Indonesia. 

o Untuk yang akan datang laporan dari ACCSQ harus 

lebih konprehensif dan harus menyoroti kemajuan 

yang dibuat oleh Kelompok kerja. 

ASEAN FTAs 

Dalam rapat mencatat pembentukan perjanjian kawasan 

perdagangan bebas ASEAN-Australia-Selandia baru 

(AANZFTA). Program kerjasama Ekonomi (ECWP) untuk 

regulasi teknis dan kesesuaian komponen. 

Perjanjian perdagangan barang ASEAN-China (ACTIGA), 

Kerjasama dibidang Standar, peraturan teknis dan 

prosedur penilaian kesesuaian. 

- AGENDA 2. 

Harmonisasi Standar Nasional, Persyaratan Teknis 

dan Peraturan dengan Regulasi UNECE. 

Malaysia melaporkan kemajuan yang dicapai dalam 

penyelarasan serta harmonisasi 19 regulasi UNECE 

dengan standar nasional dari masing masing Negara 

ASEAN dapat dilihat pada Lampiran 5 

Terdapat perbedaan dari beberapa angota Asean tentang 

“revisions” and/or “series” sehingga Malaysia 

mengusulkan pada rapat untuk minta bantuan dari Jepang 

untuk memberikan salinan identifikasi : “revisions”, 

“series”, “supplements”, and/or “corrigendum” regulasi 

UNECE. 

Rapat menyetujui usulan AAF untuk harmonisasi UNECE 

R28 (Audible Warning Device) dan UNECE R39 

(Speedometer) Kategori M1 dan N1 serta UNECE R60 

(Control Telltale) dimana Indonesia diminta untuk 

membuat study terlebih dahulu. 

Harmonisasi Klasifikasi Kendaraan Bermotor Antar 

Negara ASEAN 

Filipina menyajikan analisisnya terkait harmonisasi 

klasifikasi kendaraan bermotor antar negara ASEAN,

setelah sebelumnya mengumpulkan klasifikasi kendaraan 

bermotor dari setiap negara ASEAN (dapat dilihat pada 

lampiran 7). Filipina merekomendasi dan mendesak 

negara anggota ASEAN untuk mengadopsi klasifikasi 

kendaraan bermotor sesuai UNECE. 

Sifat Bahan Bakar dan Regulasi Emisi, Prosedur 

Sertifikasi dan Regulasi Keselamatan 

Vietnam menginformasikan bahwa sedang dalam proses 

mengupgrade bahan bakar dan regulasi untuk kendaraan 

baru agar sesuai EURO 4. Dalam rapat sepakat untuk 

melakukan studi lebih lanjut tentang harmonisasi sifat 

bahan bakar dan menunjuk Singapura sebagai 

koordinator study. 

AAF menyajikan sifat-sifat bahan bakar EURO 4 bensin 

dan solar untuk regulasi Emisi EURO 4 berlaku dari tahun 

2012 s.d. 2016 dan meminta Negara anggota 

mengkonsultasikan dengan institusi masing –masing 

Negara angggota dalam rangka mengadopsi sifat bahan 

bakar tersebut. 

Persyaratan Teknis dan Regulasi Sepeda Motor. 

Indonesia menyajikan analisis dan rekomendasi terkait 

adopsi Spesifikasi teknis atau “Revisions”/”Series” 

regulasi UNECE yang akan ditetapkan di Negara Asean 

setelah terlebih dahulu mengumpulkan 

“Revisions”/”Series” regulasi UNECE Sepeda Motor dari 

masing-masing Negara Anggota Asean. 

Berikut rekomendasi “Revisions”/”Series” regulasi 

UN ECE yang akan diadopsi : 

UNECE SERIES ADOPTION 

39 00 2013 

40 Euro 3 2015 

60 00 2014 

75 00 2012 

41 03 2017

- AGENDA 3. 

Rapat menyetujui untuk mengadakan pertemuan khusus 

Task Force pada bulan Juli 2011 bertempat di Sekretariat 

ASEAN dengan tujuan agar Draft Final MRA dapat 

disepakati pada pertemuan ACCSQ bulan Agustus 2011. 

Rapat setuju untuk mempelajari hal hal yang berkaitan 

dengan pengenalan pengaturan Internasional seperti : 

Kerja sama Akreditasi Laboratorium 

Internasional(ILAC),dan Forum Akreditasi 

Internasional(IAF). 

Rapat setuju untuk menyediakan Draft ACCSQ WG1 dan 

ACCSQ WG2 untuk dibahas dan dikomentari dan 

diharapkan masukan sudah diterima tanggal 30 Juni 

2011 

- AGENDA 4. 

Program Bantuan Teknis Sektor Automotif 

Kerja sama dengan Uni Eropa (EU) 

Rapat mencatat EU akan memberikan bantuan teknis 

dalam bentuk standard dan conformance sector otomotif 

ditargetkan pelaksanaannya pada tahun 2012. Dimana 

TOR tentang ASEAN Economic Integration Support 

Programme (AEISP) sedang dalam finalisasi. 

Rapat mengingatkan agar masing-masing negara anggota 

menyerahkan daftar kebutuhan bantuan teknis ke 

sekretariat ASEAN seperti yang disediakan dalam Annex 

13 untuk dikonsolidasi ke EU. 

Kerja sama dengan Jepang 

Mr. Takao Onoda dari Kementerian Transportasi Jepang 

(MLIT) mempresentasikan usulan proyek Bantuan Teknis 

Sektor Otomotif (Annex 14) 

Rapat mencatat akan diselenggarakan workshop 1 hari 

terkait Regulasi UNECE, Vehicle Type Approval (VTA) 

dan Conformity of Production (COP) yang akan 

dilaksanakan dalam pertemuan APWG berikutnya. 

Rapat meminta kesediaan Jepang memberikan dukungan 

untuk biaya perjalanan dan akomodasi peserta dari 

pemerintah. 

- AGENDA 5. 

Update Kegiatan ASEAN Automotive Federation 

(AAF) 

AAF mengusulkan penerimaan sertifikat UNECE dan Test 

Report dari teknikal service yang terakreditasi. AAF juga

mengusulkan MRA untuk UNECE R28 Kategori L3 dan 

L5. AAF mengusulkan menghapus UNECE R60 dalam 

MRA tetapi dalam rapat diputuskan untuk menyertakan 

UNECE R60 dalam study yang akan dibuat oleh 

Indonesia. AAF mempresentasikan usulan kandungankandungan 

bahan bakar untuk bensin dan diesel sesuai 

EURO4 untuk regulasi Emisi. 

- AGENDA 6. 

Hal-hal lain. 

Kerja sama dengan China 

Rapat mencatat bahwa China telah masuk menjadi 

anggota perjanjian 1998 dan negara anggota ASEAN 

dapat belajar dari pengalaman China dalam sektor 

otomotif. Rapat juga menyetujui usulan kegiatan berupa: 

Pelaksanaan Workshop 

Kunjungan Study 

APWG akan mengembangkan ke dalam bentuk usulan 

nyata akan diserahkan ke ACCSG untuk 

dipertimbangkan. 

KEPEMIMPINAN APWG 

TOR APWG akan berakhir dalam tahun 2011, Indonesia 

menawarkan pimpinan APWG ke negara lainnya. Namun 

tetap sebagai koordinator untuk Integrasi Automotiv. 

Rapat setuju menggunakan system yang ada untuk 

menseleksi pimpinan APWG. 

- AGENDA 7. 

Program Kerja 

Rapat mencatat bahwa program kerja akan diupdate oleh 

sekretaris APWG sesuai hasil kesepakatan dalam rapat 

dimana Indonesia ditunjuk untuk membuat study dalam 

UNECE R28 dan UNECE R39 Kategori M1 dan N1. 

Sekretaris APWG akan mensirkulasikan update program 

kerja ke seluruh anggota APWG pada tanggal 22 April 

2011 untuk memberikan tanggapan dan usulan. 

V. KESIMPULAN DAN SARAN 

Secara umum dapat disampaikan kesimpulan dan saran selama 

mengikuti sidang ke 13 Asean ACCSQ Automotive Product Working 

Group (APWG) di Hanoi Vietnam sebagai berikut : 

a. Indonesia harus lebih giat memberikan tanggapan dan masukan 

untuk penyempurnaan finalisasi draft MRA terutama yang 

sesuai dengan kebutuhan dan kepentingan Indonesia kedepan

dimana hal seperti ini juga dilakukan oleh Anggota Negara 

Asean lainnya. 

b. Indonesia dalam hal ini Kementerian Perhubungan harus 

segera membenahi diri terutama dalam hal kesiapan Standar, 

Regulasi serta Teknikal Servis terkait dengan kegiatan 

pelaksanaan Vehicle Type Approval (VTA) dan Conformity Of 

Production (COP). 

Demikian laporan yang dapat disampaikan kepada Bapak Dirjen, 

mohon pengarahan dan petunjuk lebih lanjut. 

Jakarta , 21 April 2011 

Yang Melaporkan 

Ir.Juliaman Pangaribuan MSi. 

(Kepala Seksi Sarana Pengujian BPLJSKB)

ASEAN MRA 

STUDY 

PT. TOYOTA MOTOR MANUFACTURING INDONESIA

1. GLOBAL TRANSPORTATION REGULATION 

WORLD WIDE 

FORUM 

GRSP 

(PASISIVE 

SAFETY) 

OICA 

AAF 

RACE 

INDUSTRY FORUM 

GRPE 

(ENVIRONMENT) 

UNITED NATION 

UN-WP29 

(1958 AGREEMENT) 

GRB 

(NOISE) 

IASIF S 

INDONESIA 

FORUM 

GRSG 

(GENERAL 

SAFETY) 

ACCSQ-APWG 

AMMEIC-WGAI 

Meeting 

JASIC-GI meeting 

APEC AUTO 

DIALOGUE 

GRRF 

(BRAKE) 

GRE 

(LIGHTING) 

ASEAN- 

SUMMIT 

ASEAN-Japan 

Cooperation 

APEC LEADER 

SUMMIT 

ASEAN GOVERNMENT FORUM

2. INDONESIA AUTOMOTIVE STD. FORUM 

(IASIF) 

DIRECTOR GENERAL DECREE NO.: 

2105/KP.801/DRJD/2011

3. ECE REG. PLAN FOR ASEAN MRA IN 2015 

STEP-2 : 

MRA: 

ONE REGULATION, R46 (Rear-View Mirrors), 

ONE TESTING TESTING, 

R79 (Steering Equipment) 

ONE TOOLING, 

3(Reflex Reflectors), 4(Rear 

ONE MANUFAC. BASE, 

ONE DEVISA. 

ONE PROSPERITY. 

PROSPERITY 

Registration Plate Lamps), 

6(Direction Indicators), 7(Front 

and Rear Position Lamps, Stop 

Lamps and dE End-Outline dO li Marker M k 

STEP-1 : 

Lamps), 

19(Front Fog Lamps), 

1. Braking system R13, 

23(Reversing Lamps), 37(Filament 

2. Braking g Pass Car R13H. Lamps), p ), 38(Rear ( Fog g Lamps), p ), 

3. Seat belt anchorage R14 

4. Seat belt R16 

5. Seats R17 

6. Head Restraints R25 

7. Pneumatic tyre pass. R30 

45(Headlamp Cleaners), 

48(Installation of Lights), 

77(Parking Lamps), 91(Side- 

Marker Lamps), 98(Gas-Discharge 

88. Safety glass R43 

Headlamps) , 99(Gas-Discharge 

9. Rear View Mirror R46 

10. Diesel Emission R49 

11. Noise emission R51 

12. Pneumatic tyre comm. 

R54 

13 13. St Steering i Equipment E i t R79 

14. Exhaust Emission R83 

Light Sources), 

112(Headlamps-with an 

Asymmetrical Passing Beam), 

119(Cornering Lamps) 

2011 2020 

2015 

ASEAN BINDING (2015) 

ASEAN LEADERS (2015) 

(PRESIDENTS) 

SEOM (2015) 

(SENIOR ECONOMIC MINISTERS) 

AEM (2014) 

(ECONOMIC MINISTERS) 

ACCSQ (2013) 

(DIRECTORS GENERAL) 

APWG (2012) 

(DIRECTORS ( MEETING) )

4. INDONESIA COMPONENT TYPE APPROVAL SYSTEM 

NO. AUTOMOTIVE PRODUCT UNECE R ADM. T/S CERT. VALIDITY 

1 Braking System 

R13 MOT VTCC ? X (no facility) 

2 Braking System (Passenger Car) R13H MOT VTCC ? X (no facility) 

3 Seat belt anchorage 

R14 MOI B2TKS ? X (no facility) 

4 Seat belt 


5 Seats 


6 Head Restraints 

R25 MOI B4T ! X (no facility) 

7 Pneumatic tyre – passenger 

R30 MOI B4T ! X (no accredited) 

8 SSpeedometer d t category) t ) 

R39 MOT VTCC ? X ( (no ffacility) ilit ) 

9 Exhaust Emission (L category) R40 MOT VTCC O (accredited) 

10 Noise (L category) 


11 Safety glass 

R43 MOI CERAMIC X ( (no accredited) dit d) 

12 Rear View Mirror 


13 Diesel Emission 

R49 MOT BTMP O (accredited) 

14 Noise emission 


15 

16 

Pneumatic tyre – commercial 

Driver Operated Control 

R54 

R60 

MOT 

MOT 

B4T 

VTCC ? 

(no accredited) 

X 

(no facility) 

X 

17 Tyre (L category) 

R75 MOI B4T X (no accredited) 

18 Steering Equipment 


19 Exhaust Emission 

R83 MOT BTMP 

O (accredited)

5. ASEAN MRA IMAGE IN 2015 

19 UN ECE 

REGULATIONS IN 2015 

ASEAN MRA 

ASEAN MEMBERS

6. ASEAN MRA COMPARATION WTH WP29 

MRA UN-WP29 FORUM ASEAN MRA DRAFT 

MRRA 

IN CTAA 

(COOMPONENNT 

TYPEE 

APPROVVAL) 

FOR EACCH 

UNECCE 

REG. 

MRRA 

IN VTAA 

(VVEHICLE 

TYPEE 

APPROVVAL) 

INFORMAL 

MTG 

TECH. 

MTG 

1958 AGREEMENT OF WP29 ASEAN MRA MRA DRAFT 

WORKING 

GROUP 

GR’s 

DISCUS- 

SION 

AGREE- 

MENT 

WP29 FORUM 

AC1 WP29 CP 

REGIS- 

TRATION 

REGIS- 

TRATION 

POLICY 

APPRO- 

VAL 

PRPOSAL 

REG. 

REVISION 

MRA 

VEHICLE TYPE APPROVAL based on draft ECE R-0 : 

National 

WVTA 

IWVTA 

ECE- 

Approvals for 

vehicle 

systems 

and 

Components ? 

National 

approvals 

(for vehicle 

systems 

and 

components) 

X X 

= + + 

XNational 

WVTA 

activities 

ASEAN EXPERTS 

ASEAN GOVERNMENT 

GR’s AAC APWG 

DISCUS- 

SION & 

ANAYIZE 

FOR 

EACH 

REG. 

MONI- 

TORING 

? 

DRAFT 

PRO- 

POSAL 

NOT 

PROGRESS 

YET 

POLICY 

APPRO- 

VAL 

10 

COUNTRIES 

PRPOSAL 

REG. 

REVISION 

MRA

MRA 

R13 

R/A 

R13H 

R/A 

T/S T/S 

C/A C/A 

7. ASEAN MRA PROPOSAL PROCESS 

APWG 

AAC 

WG-1 WG-2 WG-3 

R14 

R/A 

R16 

R/A 

R17 

R/A 

R25 

R/A 

T/S T/S T/S T/S 

C/A C/A C/A C/A 

R30 

R/A 

R39 

R/A 

T/S T/S 

C/A C/A 

R40 

R/A 

R41 

R/A 

R43 

R/A 

R46 

R/A 

R49 

R/A 

R51 

R/A 

T/S T/S T/S T/S T/S T/S 

C/A C/A C/A C/A C/A C/A 

R54 

R/A 

R60 

R/A 

R75 

R/A 

R79 

R/A 

R83 

R/A 

T/S T/S T/S T/S T/S 

C/A C/A C/A C/A C/A

88. SCHEDULE OF ASEAN MRA DISCUSSION 

Concept of 

MRA 

7/9 13/9 16/9 23/9 17/1 

0 

FISKI JASIC TMMIN TMAP AAF/TC3 APWG JASIC G/I 

18/1 

0 

23/1 

1

THANK YOU

REPORT OF THE 12 TH SESSION OF THE 


WORKING GROUP MEETING 

I. Basic: 

1. Letter Mrs. Cirila S. Botor, Director of the Bureau of Products Standards, 

Department of Trade and Industry, Philippines on The 12 th ASEAN 

Consultative Committee for Standards and Quality (ACCSQ) Automotive 

Product Working Group (APWG) Meeting. 

2. Warrant Execution Director General of Land Transportation Task Number 

KP.004/54/17/DJPD/2010 date 10 to 12 November 2010 to attend the 12 th 

ACCSQ Automotive Product Working Group (APWG) Meeting at the Dusit 

Thani Manila, Ayala Center, Makati 1223 City, Philippines on November 10 to 

12, 2010. 

3. Letter Number B-22541/Setneg/Setmen/KTLN/11/2010 State Secretariat 

dated 5 November 2010 concerning the Agreement Assignment Overseas. 

II. IMPLEMENTATION: 

Date : 10-12 November 2010 

Venue : Dusit Thani Manila, Ayala Center, Makati City 1223 Philippines 

Event : The 12 th ACCSQ Automotive Product Working Group (APWG) 

Meeting 

Topic : 4 th Task Force for Automotive MRAs Meeting on 10-12 

III. PARTICIPANTS: 

November 2010 

1. Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Indonesia, Lao PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, 

Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Viet Nam, representative from the ASEAN 

Automotive Federation (AAF) and the ASEAN Secretariat. 

2. Delegation of Indonesia: Ministry of Transport, Ministry of Industry, BSN and 

the Ministry of Environment. 

3. Participants from the Ministry of Transportation, Directorate General of Land 

Transportation: Ir. Mohd. Thamzil (Head of Sub Directorate of SAJ. LLAJ), Ir. 

Juliaman Pangaribuan, MSi (Kasi Means Testing BPLJSKB) and Vishnu Priyo 

Utomo, SH (Staff of Law, Sesditjen Hubdat) 

IV. AGENDA: 

1. On 10 November 2010 session of the Task Force implemented the APWG 

that discusses the technical structure and how the implementation of Mutual 

Recognition of Arrangement (MRA) of the UNECE Regulation with the 

following results: 

1

a. Completion of the MRA has done and is now up on the third draft. MRA 

conducted with mutual recognition of test reports and / or certificate issued 

by an accredited conformity assessment bodies in each country of ASEAN 

in accordance UNECE regulations. 

b. Things that need to be anticipated in connection with the draft MRA: 

- There shall be institutions of ASEAN Automotive Committee (AAC) in 

charge of monitoring the effectiveness of functional MRA. 

- MRA must diadop after signed into national regulations. 

- Readiness of technical infrastructure services in the form of lab testing 

and certification bodies is needed in order to get the added value of MRA. 

- Indonesia needs to go into the substance of the MRA is to get a thorough 

understanding so they can anticipate the impact that occurs when the 

MRA is implemented. 

2. ACCSQ-APWG Plenary held on 11-12 November 2010 with results as 

follows: 

a. Opening remarks by Mrs.Cirila Botor, Director of the Bureau of Products 

Standards, Department of Trade and Industry, Philippines. APWG 

delegates who attended came from Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, 

Indonesia, Lao PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, 

Viet Nam, representative from the ASEAN Automotive Federation (AAF) 

and the ASEAN Secretariat. Session led by co-chair Ass.Prof. Phulporn 

Saengbangpla from Thailand. 

b. Agreement that the products that will be harmonized through the MRA are: 


2. Brake for Passenger Car (R13H) 

3. Safety belt anchorages (R14) 


5. Seat (R.17) 

6. Head restrain (R.25) 

7. Pneumatic Tyre, Passenger Car (R30) 

8. Speedometer, L category (R39), 

9. Exhaust Emission, L category (R40), 


11. Safety Glass (R43) 

12. Rear View Mirror (R.46) 

13. Emission Diesel (R49) 


15. Pneumatic Tyre, commercial vehicle (R54) 

16. Teltale Control (R60), 


18. Steering Equipment (R.79) 

2

19. Gaseous Pollutant Petrol (R83) 

a. Based on the results of further analysis that the product has been 

implemented in seven ASEAN countries using the same revision of the 

regulation are: 



3. Head restrain (R.25) 

4. Speedometer, L category (R39), 




So that the MRA will be implemented on these products in advance 

because it is harmony between the ASEAN countries. 

b. Conformity of production (COP) as technical measures are needed if the 

adoption of UNECE Regulations implemented to ensure product quality 

conformance to discuss the ASEAN level. In general, member states have 

not fully understood what is the application of COP, so that the necessary 

of consultation with the parties like JAPAN who have experienced. 

c. Likewise, the Type Test Vehicle (Vehicle Type Approval / VTA) that 

currently not all countries 

ASEAN members implement the VTA. VTA is required to ensure the safety 

element of the vehicle. To that end, it was decided the formulation of a 

system is likely to VTA and specific COP to be applied in ASEAN and will 

be poured in the MRA. 

d. ASEAN Automotive Federation Technical Committee 3 in charge of 

Standards and Certification Automotive (AAF/TC3) in its recommendation 

to the APWG in order to implement the VTA in each ASEAN country in 

2010 and is expected to be harmonized by 2015. While the ASEAN 

Automotive Federation's Technical Committee in charge of five 

motorcycles (AAF/TC5) suggest that the MRA be referring to the 16 

UNECE Regulations. 

e. Cooperation with Dialogue Partners will continue to accelerate the 

achievement of the APWG include: (1) European Union through the 

ASEAN-EU Programme on Regional Integration Support Phase II (APRIS 

II) will be requested consultations on the UNECE Regulation (the 1958 

Agreement) and the process of harmonization in the EU whose case is 

3

V. CONCLUSION 

similar to that unite the interests of ASEAN countries, and (2) Japan to help 

improve the ability of ASEAN countries in implementing the 1958 or the 

1998 Agreement, increased understanding of the implementation of the 

VTA and the COP in accordance with the 1958 Agreement. 

1. In general we can conclude that the harmonization to be implemented in 

ASEAN already has a clear agenda, namely: 

a. MRA formulation implemented in 2010 to 19 products, mainly for the 7 

products that have been harmonious environment of ASEAN countries as 

stated in point 2 a. and b. Indonesia should prepare a draft should be 

primarily responding to the MRA-3 in which other countries try to put his 

interests. 

b. MRA conducted with mutual recognition of test reports and / or certificate 

issued by an accredited conformity assessment bodies in each country of 

ASEAN in accordance with UNECE regulations. 

c. Indonesia should immediately fix themselves, especially the readiness of 

industry, standards and regulations that support, lab tests so as to obtain 

value-added of this harmonization is implemented in 2015. 

VI. FOLLOW-UP TO THE EXECUTED 

1. Socialization of the proposed development of the ASEAN MRA environment 

as well as to prepare / anticipate the consequences that arise from the 

implementation of MRA, especially for the Ministry of Industry, including 

adjustment of SNI for products that are harmonized, the preparation of the 

test lab as a technical service and competent human resources in preparing 

for the implementation of the COP, and to encourage the industry to prepare 

in the implementation of MRA. 

2. Propose to BSN in order to prepare everything related to the legal aspects of 

MRA. 

This report can we convey to the Director General, ask directions and further 

instructions. 

Jakarta, 19 November 2010 

The Report, 

1. Ir. Mohd. Thamzil (Head of Sub Directorate of SAJ. LLAJ) 

2. Ir. Juliaman Pangaribuan, Msi (Kasi Means Testing BPLJSKB) 

3. Vishnu Priyo Utomo, SH (Staff of Law, Sesditjen Hubdat) 

4

I. Basic: 

REPORT OF THE 13 TH SESSION OF THE 



1. Letter of Invitation from Trinh Ngoc Giao General Director of Viet Nam 

Register dated February 28, 2011 stated that on 5 - 7 April 2011 held the 

13th Meeting of ASEAN Consultative Committee For Standard and Quality 

(ACCSQ) Automotive Product Working Group (APWG) in Ha Noi, Viet 

Nam. 

2. Warrant Director-General of Land Transportation Task Number 

KP.004/15/9/DJPD/2011 dated March 31, 2011 to attend the 13 th Meeting 

of ACCSQ Automotive Product Working Group (APWG) in Ha Noi, Viet 

Nam on 5 to 7 April 2011. 

3. Secretary of State Letter No. B-5227/Setneg/Setmen/KTLN/03/2011 dated 

March 31, 2011 concerning the Agreement Assignment Overseas. 

II. IMPLEMENTATION: 

Date : 5 - 7 April 2011 

Venue : Melia Hanoi Hotel 44 B Ly Thuong Kiet, Ha Noi, Viet Nam. 

Event : The 13 th ACCSQ Automotive Product Working Group (APWG) 

Meeting 

Topic : 5 th Task Force for Automotive MRAs Meeting on 5 April 2011 

III. PARTICIPANTS: 

1. Brunei Darussalam, Cambodia, Indonesia, Lao PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, 

Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Viet Nam, representative from the 

ASEAN Automotive Federation (AAF) and the ASEAN Secretariat. 

2. Delegation of Indonesia: Ministry of Transport, Ministry of Industry, BSN. 

3. Participants from the Ministry of Transportation, Directorate General of 

Land Transportation: Ir. Juliaman Pangaribuan, MSi (Kasi Means Testing 

BPLJSKB) 

IV. AGENDA: 

1. On 5 April 2011 the Task Force conducted the 5th session in Vietnam to 

discuss matters related to the improvement of the Draft Mutual Recognition 

of Arrengement (MRA) for Automotive sector with the following results: 

A. Malaysia presents draft ASEAN 4 recoqnition of mutual arrangement 

(MRA) on type approval for Automotive that each ASEAN member 

1

provide feedback and inputs for the improvement of the draft content of 

the ASEAN MRA. 

B. Matters discussed related to the improvement of the provisions of the 

Draft MRA such as: 

a) Article 2: definitions: 

Still there are differences among Member States in terms of 

defining: Designating Body, Regulatory Authority, Conformity 

Assessment, Technical Service, but still consistent with the 

framework of the ASEAN MRA approval. 

b) The meeting agreed to MRA with the Technical Services outside of 

the ASEAN states. 

c) The meeting agreed that Manufacturer is appointed as a Technical 

Service category A. 

2. APWG ACCSQ Plenary held on 06-07 April2011 with results as follows: 

a. Opening remarks by Mr.. Nguyen Vu Hai, Deputy General Director, 

Vietnam Register. APWG delegates who attended came from Brunei 

Darussalam, Cambodia, Indonesia, Lao PDR, Malaysia, Myanmar, 

Philippines, Singapore, Thailand, Viet Nam, representative from the 

ASEAN Automotive Federation (AAF) and the ASEAN Secretariat. 

Session chaired by Chair Mr. Rudiyono, Deputy Director for Land 

Transportation Equipment Industry, Ministry of Industry, Republic of 

Indonesia and co-chaired by Associate Professor Phulporn 

Saengbangpla, Honorary President, Society of Automotive Engineers, 

Thailand. 

b. In the APWG meeting there are 7 main agenda discussed with the 

following results: 

- AGENDA 1. 

Updating the recent developments in ASEAN economic integration and 

related standards compliance, such as: 

Retreat of the 17th AEM 

The meeting noted that the 17th AEM Retreat held on 26-27 

February 2011 in Vientiane, Laos. 

The meeting noted that one of the key AEM for the year 2011 is the 

elimination of Non-Tariff Barriers (NTB) for priority sectors (eg 

automotive, electronics) 

SEOM 1 / 42 

The meeting noted that the SEOM 1 / 42 held on 19-21 January 

2011 in Jakarta, Indonesia. 

2

For the upcoming report from ACCSQ should be more 

comprehensive and should highlight the progress made by the 

working group. 

ASEAN FTAs 

The meeting noted the establishment of the ASEAN free trade area 

agreements-Australia-New Zealand (AANZFTA). Economic 

cooperation program (ECWP) for technical regulations and conformity 

components. 

Agreement of ASEAN-China trade in goods (ACTIGA), Cooperation 

in the field of standards, technical regulations and conformity 

assessment procedures. 

- AGENDA 2. 

Harmonization of National Standards, Technical Requirements and 

Regulations with UNECE Regulation. 

Malaysia reported the progress made in the alignment and 

harmonization of 19 UNECE Regulations with national standards of 

each ASEAN country can be seen in Appendix 5. 

There is a difference of several members of ASEAN on "revisions" 

and / or "series" so that Malaysia proposed the meeting to ask for 

assistance from Japan to provide a copy of identification: "revisions", 

"series", "supplements", and / or "corrigendum" of UNECE 

Regulation. 

AAF meeting approved the proposal for harmonization of UNECE 

R28 (Audible Warning Device) and the UNECE R39 (Speedometer) 

Category M1 and N1 as well as the UNECE R60 (Telltale Control) in 

which Indonesia was asked to make a study first. 

Harmonization of Classification of Motor Vehicles Among 

ASEAN Countries 

Philippines presents its analysis related to the harmonization of 

classification of motor vehicles between the ASEAN countries, after 

the previous classification of motor vehicles gathered from each 

ASEAN country (can be seen in appendix 7). Philippines 

recommended and urged ASEAN member countries to adopt the 

classification of motor vehicles in accordance with UNECE. 

3

Nature of Fuel and Emissions Regulations, Certification 

Procedures and Safety Regulations 

Vietnam informed that the upgrade is in the process of fuel and 

regulations for new vehicles to meet Euro 4. The meeting agreed to 

conduct further study on the harmonization of fuel properties and 

appointed Singapore as a study coordinator. 

AAF provides the fuel properties of Euro 4 petrol and diesel to Euro 4 

emission regulations valid from 2012 till 2016 and requested member 

countries to consult with the institution of each Contracting State, the 

members in order to adopt the fuel properties. 

Technical and Regulatory Requirements for Motorcycles. 

Indonesia presents an analysis and recommendations related to the 

adoption of technical specifications or the "Revisions" / "Series" 

UNECE regulations that will set in after the first ASEAN country to 

collect "Revisions" / "Series" of UNECE regulation for Motorcycles in 

each ASEAN Member State. 

Following the recommendations "Revisions" / "Series" UN ECE 

regulation to be adopted: 

- AGENDA 3. 

Meeting agreed to convene a special meeting of the Task Force in 

July 2011 held at the ASEAN Secretariat in order for the Final Draft 

MRA can be agreed upon at the ACCSQ meeting in August 2011. 

4

Meeting agreed to study the issues related to the introduction of 

international arrangements such as the International Laboratory 

Accreditation Cooperation (ILAC) and International Accreditation 

Forum (IAF). 

The meeting agreed to provide draft to ACCSQ WG1 and ACCSQ 

WG2 for discussion and comment and input is expected to be 

received date of June 30, 2011 

- AGENDA 4. 

Automotive Sector Technical Assistance Program 

Cooperation with the European Union (EU) 

The meeting noted the EU will provide technical assistance in the 

form of standards and conformance automotive sector is targeted 

implementation in 2012. Where the TOR of the ASEAN Economic 

Integration Support Programme (AEISP) is under finalization. 

Meeting reminded that each member state to submit a list of 

technical assistance needs to the secretariat of ASEAN, as 

provided in Annex 13 to be consolidated into the EU. 

Cooperation with Japan 

Mr. Takao Onoda of the Japanese Ministry of Transport (MLIT) 

presented proposals Automotive Sector Technical Assistance 

Project (Annex 14) 

Meeting notes will be held one day workshop related to UNECE 

Regulation, Vehicle Type Approval (VTA) and Conformity of 

Production (COP) to be implemented in the next meeting of the 

APWG. 

Meeting requested the Japanese willingness to provide support for 

travel and accommodation expenses of participants from the 

government. 

- AGENDA 5. 

Activity Update ASEAN Automotive Federation (AAF) 

AAF proposes acceptance of UNECE certificate and Test Report 

from an accredited technical service. AAF also proposes MRA to 

UNECE R28 for Category L3 and L5. AAF proposes to remove 

5

UNECE R60 in MRA but in the meeting it was decided to include 

the UNECE R60 in the study to be made by Indonesia. AAF 

presented the proposed content of fuel for gasoline and diesel for 

the regulations issued in accordance with EURO4. 

- AGENDA 6. 

Other matters. 

Cooperation with China 

The meeting noted that China has entered into the 1998 Agreement 

and a member of ASEAN member countries can learn from Chinese 

experience in the automotive sector. The meeting also approved the 

proposed activities in the form: 

Implementation of Workshop 

Study Visits 

APWG will develop into the form of concrete proposals will be 

submitted to the ACCSG for consideration. 

LEADERSHIP APWG 

TOR of APWG will expire in the year 2011, Indonesia offered APWG 

leaders to other state. But still as a coordinator for the Integration of 

Automotive. Meeting agreed to use the existing system for selecting 

the leadership of the APWG. 

- AGENDA 7. 

Work Program 

The meeting noted that the work program will be updated by the 

APWG corresponding secretary of the agreement in a meeting in 

which Indonesia was appointed to make a study in the UNECE 

R28 and UNECE R39 for Category M1 and N1. APWG Secretary 

will circulate a work program to update all members of the APWG 

on April 22, 2011 to provide feedback and suggestions. 

V. CONCLUSIONS AND SUGGESTIONS 

In general, the conclusions and suggestions can be submitted during the session 

of the 13th ASEAN ACCSQ Automotive Product Working Group (APWG) in Hanoi 

Vietnam as follows: 

6

a. Indonesia should be more actively provide feedback and input for the 

improvement of the finalization of the draft, especially MRA in accordance with 

the needs and interests of Indonesia in the future where things like this is also 

done by other ASEAN Member Countries. 

b. Indonesia in this case the Ministry of Transportation should immediately fix 

themselves primarily in terms of readiness of Standards, Regulations and 

Technical Services related to the implementation of Vehicle Type Approval 

(VTA) and Conformity of Production (COP). 

This report can be submitted to the Director General, ask directions and further 

instructions. 

Jakarta, 21 April 2011 

Reporting 

Ir.Juliaman Pangaribuan MSi. 

(Head of Section Means Testing BPLJSKB) 

7


(第 2 回) 




2011 年 10 月 4 日会合 

2011 年 10 月 5 日ワークショップ 

2011 年 10 月 6 日ワークショップ


Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA: Chairman of IJ EPA SWG2 Japanese Committee 

Mr. Masashi ISHIHARA: Expert of UN R13H Regulation, JASIC 

Mr. Kenichi MATSUBARA: Expert of UN R13 Regulation, JASIC 



2. Dispatching period and place: Oct.4, 2011 – Oct.6, 2011, Jakarta and Bekasi, Indonesia 


(1) #2 SWG2 meeting @ MOI in Jakarta : Oct. 4, 2011 

AM 9:00-12:30 

PM1:30-2:30 

PM 1:00-4:00 

AM 9:00-12:00 


(a) IASIF management and activities 

(b)Discussion on IASIF direction to make up the comprehensive paper for the decision 

k 

(c) Confirmation of the schedule for #2 SWG2 workshop 

(2) #2 SWG2 workshop@ MOI in Jakarta : Oct.5, 2011 – Oct.6, 2011 

【Theme】UN Regulations adoption impacts on existing Indonesia national regulations and standards 

【Presentations】 

1st day: What's difference between UN Regulations and Indonesia national regulations and standards for 

brakes?(Chaired by Mr. Rudiyono) 

AM 9:00-12:00 


(b) Current situation of Indonesia regulations for braking (Mr. Iman, VTCC) 

Lunch 

2nd day: What preparation should be necessary for IASIF to draft of adoption plan of UN Regulations? 

(Chaired by Mr. Juwono) 

(c) Outline of UN Regulations for braking (R13H and R13) (Mr. ISHIHARA, Mr. 

MATSUBARA, JASIC) 

(d) How to introduce R13 into Japan as a sample of UN Regulation application (Mr. 

ISHIHARA, JASIC) 

Discussion: How will IASIF introduce R13H and R13, harmonizing with Indonesian 

Regulations? 

(e) Outline of the discussion results on IASIF direction of #1SWG2 workshop (Mr. DOI, 

JASIC and Mr. Juwono, Mr. Toto, IASIF) 

Lunch

PM1:00-3:30 

PM3:30-4:00 


(f) Open discussion: What preparation should be necessary for IASIF to draft of adoption 

plan of UN Regulations? 

-Presenter: Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA, JASIC 

(g) Closing (Mr. Toto Noerwitjaksono , MOT/VTCC) 




The current situation of 

the regulation for braking 

in Indonesia 

Jakarta , 5 October 2010 

Iman Alamsyah 

VTCC 

DGLT

1. LEGAL BASIS 

2. CURRENT CONDITIONS

1. Law No.22 of 2009 on Road Traffic and 

Transport 

2. Government Regulation No.44 of 1993 on 

Vehicles and Drivers 

3. Decision of the Minister of Transportation No.63 

of 1993 on the threshold of roadworthiness KB .... 

4. Decree of the Minister of Transportation No.KM.9 

of 2004 on Type Testing of Motor vehicles

I. TYPE TEST GOVERNMENT 

(CENTRAL) 

BASIS 

MOTOR VEHICLES IN FULL 

PP 38 2007 1. KAB/KOTA 

II. PERIODICAL TEST 

UU 22 2009 3. 1. KAB/KOTA 

2. ATPM 

3. SWASTA

PURPOSE: 

ROAD MOTOR VEHICLES IN ORDER TO MEET THE 

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS AND ROAD WORTHINESS 

TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS TO ENSURE 

COMPLIANCE AND ROAD WORTHINESS, PERIODICAL 

TESTING DONE EVERY 6 (SIX) MONTHS. 

PURPOSE: 

IN ORDER TO ENSURE SAFETY, ENVIRONMENTAL 

SUSTAINABILITY AND SERVICES TO THE GENERAL 

PUBLIC.

Included: 

1. Composition (frame, brake systems, lighting systems, 

exhaust systems, suspension systems, steering systems, 

etc.); 

2. Equipment (safety belts, spare tire, triangle, jack, wheel 

opening, helmets, equipment P3K); 

3. Size (length, width, height, wheelbase, front over-hang, 

rear overhang, the dimensions of cargo tanks, etc.); 

4. Body; 

5. Technical layout of vehicle as intended; 

6. loading; 

7. usage; 

8. Coupling of motor vehicles and / or 

9. Attachment of Motor Vehicles.

Minimum requirements of the condition of a vehicle 

that must be met, in order to ensure that the vehicle will 

be safe to operate and will not pollute the air / 

environment

A restriction / benchmarks to meet the 

requirements of the condition of a road 

worthiness for vehicle

EFFICIENCY OF MAIN BRAKE 

The main brake systems of passenger cars, as low as 

60% of the brake control force ≤ 500 N (50kg) with 

maximum brake pedal movement measures100mm and 

hatch as many as 12 times. 

The main braking system of trucks and buses, as low as 

60% of the brake control force ≤ 700 N (70kg) with 

maximum brake pedal movement measures 150mm 

and hatch as many as 12 times.

EFFICIENCY OF PARKING BRAKE 

A. BRAKE CONTROL WITH HANDS 

For passenger cars, its efficiency is 

determined as low as 16% on hand brake 

control force ≤ 400 N (40kg). 

For trucks and buses, its efficiency is 

determined as low as 12% on hand brake 

control force of ≤ 500 N (50kg).

EFFICIENCY OF PARKING BRAKE 

B. BRAKE CONTROL WITH LEGS 

For passenger cars, as low as 16% on the 

hand brake control force ≤ 600 N (60kg). 

For trucks and buses, as low as 12% on 

the hand brake control force ≤ 700 N 

(70kg).

EFFICIENCY IN THE CONDITION GETS 

MEASURED ACCORDING TO THE 

NUMBER OF PERMITTED HEAVY LOADS 

(JBB)

Disc 

Tromol 

Combination

a) the brake control system: 

1)) hydraulic; 

2)) pneumatically; 

3)) hydro-pneumatically; 

4)) mechanical. 

b) auxiliary equipment (booster): 

1)) without any auxiliary equipment; 

2)) with auxiliary equipment. 

c) the operation of parking brake systems: 

1)) stick; 

2)) center level; 

3)) the pressure foot.

EFFICIENCY OF MAIN BRAKE 

TYPE KB EFFICIENCY BRAKE FORCE 

PASSENGER CARS 60 % < 500 N 

TRUCKS & BUSES 60 % < 700 N 

- Step max brake pedal movement. 150mm and braking as much as 12 x 

- Measured on the condition you get a load in accordance with JBB 

EFFICENCY OF PARKING BRAKE WITH HAND CONTROLN 




- Measured in accordance with the condition you get a load JBB 

EFFICIENCY OF PARKING BRAKE WITH LEGS CONTROL 




- Measured in accordance with the condition you get a load JBB

Brake testing is done by using 

the roll motion of the brake 

tester hereinafter referred to as 

test equipment.

SITUASI SAAT INI PERATURAN 

UNTUK PENGEREMAN 

DI INDONESIA 

Jakarta , 5 Oktober 2010 

Iman Alamsyah 

VTCC 

DGLT

1. DASAR HUKUM 

2. KONDISI SAAT INI

1. Undang-Undang No.22 Tahun 2009 tentang Lalu Lintas 

dan Angkutan Jalan 

2. Peraturan Pemerintah No.44 tahun 1993 tentang 

Kendaraan dan Pengemudi 

3. Keputusan Menteri Perhubungan No. 63 Tahun 1993 

tentang ambang batas laik jalan KB.... 

4. Keputusan Menteri Perhubungan No.KM.9 tahun 2004 

tentang Pengujian Tipe kendaraan Bermotor

I. UJI TIPE PEMERINTAH 

(PUSAT) 

LANDASAN 

KENDARAAN BERMOTOR DALAM KEADAAN 

LENGKAP 

PP 38 2007 1. KAB/KOTA 

II. UJI BERKALA 

UU 22 2009 3. 1. KAB/KOTA 

2. ATPM 

3. SWASTA

MAKSUD : 

AGAR KENDARAAN BERMOTOR DI JALAN MEMENUHI 

PERSYARATAN TEKNIS DAN LAIK JALAN 

UNTUK MENJAMIN PEMENUHAN PERSYARATAN 

TEKNIS DAN LAIK JALAN, DILAKUKAN UJI BERKALA 

SETIAP 6 (ENAM) BULAN. 

TUJUAN : 

DALAM RANGKA MENJAMIN KESELAMATAN, 

KELESTARIAN LINGKUNGAN DAN PELAYANAN UMUM 

KEPADA MASYARAKAT.

Meliputi : 

1. Susunan (rangka, sistem rem, sistem lampu, sistem 

pembuangan, sistem suspensi, sistem kemudi, dll); 

2. Perlengkapan (sabuk keselamatan, ban cadangan, 

segitiga pengaman, dongkrak, pembuka roda, helm, 

peralatan P3K); 

3. Ukuran (panjang, lebar, tinggi, wheelbase, front over 

hang, rear overhang, dimensi bak muatan, dll); 

4. Karoseri; 

5. Kancangan teknis kendaraan sesuai dengan 

peruntukannya; 

6. Pemuatan; 

7. Penggunaan; 

8. Penggandengan kendaraan bermotor; dan/atau 

9. Penempelan Kendaraan Bermotor.

Persyaratan Minimum kondisi suatu kendaraan 

yang harus dipenuhi, agar dapat dipastikan bahwa 

kendaraan akan aman untuk dioperasikan dan 

tidak akan mencemari udara / lingkungan

Merupakan batasan / tolak ukur terhadap 

pemenuhan persyaratan kondisi suatu 

kendaraan agar laik jalan

EFISIENSI REM UTAMA 

Sistim rem utama mobil penumpang, serendahrendahnya 

sebesar 60% pada gaya kendali rem 

sebesar ≤500 newton (50KG) dengan langkah 

gerakan pedal rem maksimum 100mm dan 

pengeraman sebanyak 12 kali. 

Sistim rem utama mobil barang dan bus, serendahrendahnya 


sebesar ≤700 newton (70KG) dengan langkah 

gerakan pedal rem maksimum 150mm dan 

pengeraman sebanyak 12 kali.

EFISIENSI REM PARKIR 

A. DENGAN KENDALI REM TANGAN 

Mobil penumpang, efisiensinya ditentukan serendahrendahnya 


tangan ≤400 newton (40KG). 

Mobil barang dan bus, efisiensinya ditentukan 

serendah-rendahnya sebesar 12% pada gaya kendali 

rem sebesar ≤500 newton (50KG).

EFISIENSI REM PARKIR 

A. DENGAN KENDALI REM KAKI 

Mobil penumpang, serendah-rendahnya sebesar 16% 

pada gaya kendali rem tangan ≤600 newton (60KG). 

Mobil barang dan bus, serendah-rendahnya sebesar 

12% pada gaya kendali rem sebesar ≤700 newton 

(70KG).

EFISIENSI TERSEBUT DIUKUR PADA 

KONDISI MENDAPAT BEBAN SESUAI 

DENGAN JUMLAH BERAT YANG 

DIPERBOLEHKAN (JBB)

CAKRAM 

TROMOL 

KOMBINASI

a) sistem pengendalian rem : 

1)) hidrolis; 

2)) pneumatis; 

3)) hidro-pneumatis; 

4)) mekanis. 

b) peralatan bantu (booster) : 

1)) tanpa peralatan bantu; 

2)) dengan peralatan bantu. 

c) sistim pengoperasian rem parkir : 

1)) stick; 

2)) center level; 

3)) tekanan kaki.

EFISIENSI REM UTAMA 

JENIS KB EFISIENSI GAYA REM 

MOBIL PENUMPANG 60 % < 500 Newton 

MOBIL BARANG & BUS 60 % < 700 Newton 

- Langkah gerakan pedal rem max. 150 mm dan pengereman sebanyak 12 x 

- Diukur pada kondisi mendapat beban sesuai dengan JBB 

EFISENSI REM PARKIR DGN KENDALI TANGAN 




- Diukur pada kondisi mendapat beban sesuai dengan JBB 

EFISIENSI REM PARKIR DGN KENDALI KAKI 




- Diukur pada kondisi mendapat beban sesuai dengan JBB

Pengujian rem dilakukan dengan 

menggunakan roll gerak dari 

brake tester selanjutnya disebut 

alat uji.

#2 SWG2 workshop 

UN R13H 

Chairman 

Brakes and Running Gear Subcommittee of JASIC 

M. Ishihara 

1

Table of Contents (1) 

(1) GRRF Outline 

① Organization 

② Objectives 

③ List of Regulation 

(2) General Aspect of Regulation 

① Principal 

② Structure 

2

Table of Contents (2) 

(3)R13H 

① History & Current Status 

② Relevant Information 

③ Technical Requirement 

(4) GRRF Recent Topic of Brake 

3

(1) GRRF Outline 

① Organization 

② Objectives of GRRF 

③ List of Regulation relevant to GRRF 

4

① Organization of GRRF for UN Rule Making 

UN 

ECE (Geneva) 

WP29 

GRRF 

ECE Regulation 

: Brakes & Running Gear 

・’58/’98 Agreement Contracting Parties 

・Observer Countries 

・Non-Governmental Organization :OICA, CLEPA,ISO etc 

1958 agreement 

UN Reg. GTR* 

1998 agreement 

*Global Technical Regulation 

5

② Objectives of GRRF 

Covers Safety and Environment relevant to Brake and Running Gear 

UN Reg. 

SAFETY 

ENVIROMENT 

CONSIDERATIONS 

ACTIVE SAFETY 

PASSIVE SAFETY 

BRAKE 

TYRE 

COLLISION 

EXHUST EMISSION 

TPMS 

STEERING 

HEAD REST 

6

③ List of Regulation relevant to GRRF 

NO Contents 

13 Commercial vehicle brake, EVSC 

13H Passenger vehicle brake, ESC, BAS 

30 Passenger vehicle tyre 

54 Passenger vehicle tyre 

55 Mechanical coupling 

64 Temporary use spare tyre, TPMS 

75 Motor cycle tyre 

78 Motor cycle brake 

79 Steering equipment 

89 Speed limiting device 

90 Replacement brake Linings/Pad 

117 Tyre noise, wet μ 

7

(2) General Aspect of UN Regulation 

1. Principle of UN Regulation 

2. Structure of Regulation 

8

1.Principle of UN Regulation 

(1) Social Demand 

Regulation shall have Social Necessity from Safety / 

Environment 

(2) Minimum Requirement 

Shall be reasonable considering Safety/Cost benefit. 

(3) Performance Requirement 

Shall be “Performance Requirement” as much as 

possible and minimize Design Requirement to maintain 

the design flexibility. 

(4) Harmonized Regulation 

Shall consider Global Harmonization. 

9


① Scope 

・Application range of Vehicle type( M1, M2, M3, 

N1, N2, N3, O1, O2, O3, L1, L2---etc ) 

② Definition 

・Define the Technical Terms used in the regulation 

③ Application of Approval 

・Mutual Recognition of Approvals (MRA) 

・Marking of Types to facilitate Identification 

④ Technical Requirement(General Requirement) 

10


⑤ Test Procedure 

・Test Method to verify the Technical Requirement 

⑥ Conformity of Production ( COP ) 

・Confirmation Method of Quality of Production 

Vehicle 

⑦ Transitional Provision 

・Application Timing of the regulation for New Type 

and First Registration 

・Series Amendment, Supplement Amendment 

⑧ Annex 

・Separate Chapter of Test method and Technical 

requirement for specific system, etc 

11

(3) R13H 

Passenger Vehicle Brake 

① History & Current Status 


③Technical Requirement 

12

① History & Current status 

1. History of Harmonization of PC Brake 

Regulation 

2. Country/Region who has introduced R13H 

13

1. History of harmonization of PC brake regulation 

Harmonized 

regulations for 

PC Brake 

R13H 

ECE 

US 

Japan 

1980~ 1990~ 2000~ 

・’80 

Activity Started 

at UN WP29/GRRF 

R13 

FMVSS105 

Safety 

Standard 

Article 12 

・’92 Technical Consideration almost Finished 

・’95 Detailed Consideration Completed 

・98/5 R13H Adopted 

(EU:71/320/EEC) 

94/4 

95/5 FMVSS135 

01/7 

07/7 

R13H 

00/9 

(Equivalent to Harmonized 

Regulation R13H) 

96/1 04/1 

Safety STD Article 12 

(almost Equivalent to 

Harmonized Regulation 

R13H) 

98/11 

New Safety Standard 

14 

Article 12 (R13H)

No 

① 

② 

③ 

④ 

⑤ 

⑥ 

⑦ 

⑧ 

⑨ 

⑩ 

⑪ 

⑫ 

⑬ 

⑭ 

⑮ 

⑯ 

⑰ 

Ordinary 

High Speed 

Heating 

Procedure 

Fade 

condition 

Cooling 

procedure 

Fade 

recovery 

Adhesion 

utilization 

Wheel lock up 

Sequence 

Engine off 

Circuit failure 

Energy failure 

ABS failure 

test 

Static 

parking 

Dynamic 

parking 

ABS 

performance 

EBS 

Annex CEL 

RBS 

Road 

Dry 

Lowμ 

High μ 

Dry 

Load 

LLVM 

GVM 

GVM 

LLVM 

GVM 

GVM 

LLVM 

GVM 

GVM 

Gear 

N 

D 

N 

D 

N 

・Control strategy ・Fail safe concept etc 

Summary Table of UN R13H 

100 

80% Vmax 

≦160km/s2 

120 →60 

・15 times 

100 

50(4 times) 

100 

・When 0.15≦Z≦0.8, f1>f2・When 0.2≦K≦0.8, f1 ≦ (Z+0.04)/0.7 

N 

100 

100 

65~ 

1000 

65~ 

500 

Hand 400 

Foot 500 

Road surface:High μ, Low μ, Split μ, High μ → Low μ, Low μ→ High μ 

・Utilized adhesion rate ε≧0.75 ・Vehicle behavior 

・Compensation・Warning・Static performance ・Battery condition 

・Secondary Performance in Various condition ・Smooth Phase in 

65 

Test Condition 

Initial speed 

(km/h) 

30 

Pedal Temperature 

force(N) /Interval 

65~ 

500 

Attain 

3.0m/s2 

Tested 

Value ① 

Attain 

3.0m/s2 

Tested 

Value ① 

65~100℃ 

45sec 

Just after③ 

1.5km 

Just after⑤ 

65~ 

100℃ 

≧6.43 

≧5.76 

≧60% of achieved 

value①&≧4.82 

≧ 70% &≦150% 

of achieved value① 

No rear lock 

between 0.15≦Z≦0.8 

≧6.43 

≧2.44 

≧5.15 

・20%(Without Trailer) 

・12%(With Trailer) 

≧1.5 

Performance Requirement 

MFDD α 

(m/s2) 

Stopping Distance 

(m) 

≦70 

S≦0.1V +0.0067V2 

Equivalent to 

left column α 

Equivalent to 

left column α 

≦70 

≦168 

≦85 

15

Europe 

Middle East 

Africa 

2. Country/region who introduced R13H 

EU ○ 

Norway ○ 

Switzerland ○ 

Ukraine ○ 

Macedonia ○ 

Russian Federation ○ 

Belarus ○ 

Bosnia & Herzegovina ○ 

Azerubaijan ○ 

Serbia ○ 

Montenegro ○ 

Croatia ○ 

Turkey ○ 

Israel △ 

Tunisia ○ 

Republic of South Africa ○ 

○:Country/region who introduced R13H 

△: Country who introduced equivalent regulation to R13H 

RED: Contracting party of 1958 Agreement 

Asia 

America 

Oceania 

Japan ○ 

People's Republic of China △ 

Republic of Korea △ 

Hong Kong △ 

Taiwan △ 

Malaysia ○ 

Thailand (△) 

Singapole △ 

USA △ 

Canada △ 

Argentina △ 

Brazil △ 

Chile △ 

Australia △ 

New Zealand △ 

16


1) Characteristics of Brake Regulation 

2) Basic Criteria 

17

1) Characteristics of Brake Regulation 

A : Basic Requirement 

(1) Stopping Distance / MFDD 

(2) Vehicle Stability in braking 

B : Test condition and pass/fail values 

(1) Cold condition (Ordinarily condition) 

(2) Hot condition (Fade) 

(3) Failure conditions (Secondary Brake) 

(4) Parking Brake(Static and Dynamic condition) 

C : New Technology ( Add-on requirement ) 

(1) ABS (including EMC*) * Electromagnetic Compatibility 

(2) EBS (Electronically Controlled Braking system) 

(3) RBS (Regenerative Braking System) 

(4) BAS (Brake Assist System) 

(5) ESC (Electronic Vehicle Stability Control System) 

(6) Safety Requirement for Complex Electronic Vehicle 

Control System(Annex CEL) 

18

2) Basic Criteria 

(1) Stopping Distance 

(2) Brake/Steering Operation 

(3) Gear Shift Position in Braking 

(4) Vehicle Stability 

19

(1) Stopping Distance / MFDD 

20

Vehicle Velocity (m/sec) 

1. Definition of Stopping Distance 

Braking 

Distance (m) 

Deceleration (m/sec 2 ) 

Braking Distance 

MFDD 

0.36 sec 

Brake On point 

Vehicle Velocity 

Actual Deceleration 

Time (sec) 

Stopping 

Distance 

21

2. Definition of MFDD (Mean Fully Developed 

Deceleration) 

V 0 

Vehicle Velocity (m/s 2 ) 

V b=0.8V0 

MFDD 

d 

m 

= 

Vehicle Velocity 

Ve =0.1V0 

v 

25. 

92 

2 

b 

( 

Braking Distance 

Sb 

Se 

Time (Sec) 

- 

S 

ve 

- 

e 

2 

S 

b 

) 

m / 

s 

2 

S 

Braking Distance (m) 

22

3. Conversion of MFDD to Stopping Distance 

d m 

S = 

= 

2 

0 

0. 

0386V 

S - 0. 

10V 

0. 

10V 

0 + 

0 

0. 

0386V 

d m 

2 

0 

dm= Mean Fully Developed Deceleration (m/sec 2 ) 

S=Stopping distance (m) 

V0=Initial vehicle speed (km/h) 

23

(2) Brake/Steering Operation 

(2) -1. Pedal Effort 

Max. 500N, with no wheel lock 

(2) -2. Steering Correction is permitted under following condition 

120 deg at first 2 sec 

240 deg in total until vehicle stop 

Brake start 

240deg 

120deg 

-120deg 

-240deg 

2sec 

NG 

Stop 

(2) -3. Wheel locking 

No wheel locking allowed over 15km/h vehicle speed 

OK 

24

(3) Gear Shift Position in Braking 

Gear shift position : Mainly Neutral position 

(Drive position in some conditions) 

(4) Vehicle Stability 

Vehicle shall be managed in braking within 3.5m-wide lane 

15 deg 

Vehicle Slip Angle shall be less than 15 degrees 

Stop 

3.5m 

Braking starts 

25

③Technical Requirement 

1. Relevant Systems 

(1) Conventional system 

(2)ABS (Anti Lock Braking System) 

(3)EBS (Electronic Control Braking System) 

(4)RBS (Regenerative Braking System) 

(5)BAS(Brake Assist System) 

(6)ESC(Electronic Stability Control System) 

26

(1) Conventional system without ABS 

(A) Dual circuit : Front-rear split Example 

Master cylinder 

Booster 

Pedal 

P-valve 

27

(1) Conventional system without ABS 

(B) Dual Circuit : in case of X-diagonal Split 


Booster 

P-valve 

Pedal 

28

(2) ABS ( In case of Front-Rear Split ) 

WSS 

・ Example 

(Wheel Speed Sensor) 


Booster 

Pedal 

ABS-Modulator 

ECU 

29

(3) EBS (Electronic Control Brake System) 

WSS 

・ Example 

(Wheel Speed Sensor) 


Pedal 

EBS-Modulator 

ECU 

30

(4) RBS (Regenerative Braking System) 

WSS 

・ Example 

Motor 

Battery 

ECU 


Pedal 

EBS-modulator 

31

(5)BAS (Brake Assist System) 

・ Example 

Assists braking force 

Brake 

Torque 

Air 

Solenoid 

ECU 

Without BAS 

Stroke 

sensor 

Experienced driver 

With BAS 

Assist 

Time 

Stopping Distance (m) 

Judgment of Emergency Braking 

20 

15 

10 

5 

0 

Effective ness of BAS 

Expert Driver 

W/O BAS W/ BAS 

Emergency Brake 

(Initial Vehicle Speed: 50 km/h)

(6) ESC (Electronic Vehicle Stability Control System) 

・ Example 

Braking Force Cntrol Unit 

Brake Actuator 

Brake ECU 

Electronic Control Slot Valve 

EFI/ECT ECU 

Power Train Control Unit 

Brake Pressure Sensor 

Wheel Speed Sensor(Each wheel) 

Steering Sensor 

Yaw Rate & Acceleration Sensor 

Driving Condition Detection Unit 

On Board LAN 

33

2. Function of brake equipment 

5.1.2.1 Service braking system 

The service braking system must make it possible to control the movement of the vehicle and 

to halt it safely, speedily and effectively, whatever its speed and load, on any up or down 

gradient. It must be possible to graduate this braking action. The driver must be able to 

achieve this braking action from his driving seat without removing his hands 

from the steering control. 

5.1.2.2 Secondary braking system 

The secondary braking system must make it possible by application of the service 

brake control to halt the vehicle within a reasonable distance in the event of failure of 

the service braking system. It must be possible to graduate this braking action. 

The driver must be able to obtain this braking action from his driving 

seat without removing his hands from the steering control. 

For the purposes of these provisions it is assumed that not more than one 

failure of the service braking system can occur at one time 

5.1.2.3 Parking braking system 

The parking braking system must make it possible to hold the vehicle stationary on 

an up or down gradient even in the absence of the driver, the working parts 

being then held in the locked position by a purely mechanical device. 

The driver must be able to achieve this braking action from his driving seat. 

34


5.2. Characteristics of braking systems 

5.2.1. The set of braking systems with which a vehicle is equipped must satisfy the 

requirements laid down for service, secondary and parking braking systems. 

5.2.2.1. there must be at least two controls, independent of each other and 

readily accessible to the driver from his normal driving position. Every 

brake control shall be designed such that it returns to the fully off position when 

released. This requirement shall not apply to a parking brake control when it is 

mechanically locked in an applied position. 

5.2.2.2. The control of the service braking system must be independent of 

the control of the parking braking system; 

5.2.2.3. The effectiveness of the linkage between the control of the service braking system 

and the different components of the transmission systems must not be liable to 

diminish after a certain period of use; 

5.2.2.4. The parking braking system must be so designed that it can be 

actuated when the vehicle is in motion; This requirement may be met by 

the actuation of the vehicle’s service braking system, even partially, by means of 

an auxiliary control. 

35

3. Type O Requirement 

(1) In Cold condition with Engine Disconnected 

Focusing point 

- Stopping Distance 

- MFDD (Deceleration) 

- Vehicle Stability 

Prescribed value and other criteria 

Initial braking 

speed 

Stopping distance 

Mean fully 

developed 

deceleration 

Force applied to 

control 

100km/h 

0.1V+0.0060v 2 (70 m) 

6.43m/s 2 

65 to 500N 

36


(2) In Cold condition with Engine Connected 


- Stopping Distance 

- MFDD (Deceleration) 

- Vehicle Stability 

Prescribed values and other criteria 

Initial braking speed 80%Vmax ≤ 160km/h 

Stopping distance 0.1V+0.0067v 2 

Mean fully developed 

deceleration 


control 

5.76m/s 2 

65 to 500N 

37

4. Brake Force Distribution Requirement 

Braking Force Distribution between Front and Rear axle is prescribed 

for non-ABS Vehicles 

 

To maintain the vehicle Stability by avoiding Rear Wheel 

Lock at first 

To maintain the Steerbility of the vehicle by avoiding 

too early Front Wheel Lock 

 

Rear Wheel Lock earlier than Front Wheel Lock is not 

allowed to maintain the Vehicle Stability when braking 

Too Early Front Wheel Lock is not allowed to maintain the 

Steerbility of the Vehicle. 

38


(1) Formula 

0. 15 ≤ Z ≤ 0. 

8 : f > f 

0. 2 ≤ k ≤ 0. 

8 : f ≤ ( Z + 

1 

f 

f 

1 

2 

= 

= 

P1 

T 

N 

T 

N 

1 

1 

2 

2 

= 

= 

P 

P 

1 

2 

1 

T 1 

h 

+ z ⋅ ⋅ P ⋅ g 

E 

T 2 

h 

− z ⋅ ⋅ P ⋅ g 

E 

2 

0. 

04) 

/ 0. 

7 

 

E 

P2 

h 

N1 

 

Z = Braking ratio 

k = Peak friction coefficient of 

road surface 

f1 = Adhesion utilization front axle 

f2 = Adhesion utilization rear axle 

T1 = Braking force at front axle 

T2 = Braking force at rear axle 

N1 = Front axle load in braking 

N2 = Rear axle load in braking 

P = Vehicle weight 

P1 = Static front axle load 

P2 = Static rear axle load 

h = Gravity height 

E = Wheel base 

g = Gravity acceleration 

N2 

T1 T2 

39


(2) Brake Force Distribution (Laden & Unladen) 

Rear brake force T2(kgf) 

1000 

900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

0 

0 500 1000 1500 2000 

Front brake force T1(kgf) 

Ideal Curve Laden 

Ideal Curve Unladen 

Actual Brake Force 

(Calculation) 

40


(3) Unladen Condition 

Rear brake force T2 (kgf) 

1000 

900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

0 

Rear lock prescribed line 

0 500 1000 1500 2000 

Front brake force T1 (kgf) 


(Calculation) 

Front lock Prescribed line 

41


(4) Laden Condition 

Rear brake force T2 (kgf) 

1000 

900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

0 

Rear lock prescribed line 

0 500 1000 1500 2000 

Front brake force T1 (kgf) 

Front lock prescribed line 


(Calculation) 

42


(5) Adhesion Curves (Unladen) 

K (Peak friction coefficient) 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0.0 

Adhesion Curve (Unladen) 

K=(Z+0.04)/0.7 

K=Z 

0.15 

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 

f1 

Z (Braking ratio) 



f2 

0. 15 ≤ Z ≤ 0. 

8 : f > f 

0. 2 ≤ k ≤ 0. 

8 : f ≤ ( Z + 

1 

f 

f 

1 

2 

= 

= 

T 

N 

1 

T 

N 

1 

2 

2 

= 

= 

P 

P 

1 

2 

1 

T 1 

h 

+ z ⋅ ⋅ P ⋅ g 

E 

T 2 

h 

− z ⋅ ⋅ P ⋅ g 

E 

43 

2 

0. 

04) 

/ 0. 

7


(6) Adhesion Curves (Laden) 

K (Peak friction coefficient) 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

Adhesion Curve (Laden) 

K=(Z+0.04)/0.7 

K=Z 

0.0 

0.15 

0.0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 

f1 

Z (Braking ratio) 



f2 

0. 15 ≤ Z ≤ 0. 

8 : f > f 

0. 2 ≤ k ≤ 0. 

8 : f ≤ ( Z + 

1 

f 

f 

1 

2 

= 

= 

T 

N 

1 

T 

N 

1 

2 

2 

= 

= 

P 

P 

1 

2 

1 

T 1 

h 

+ z ⋅ ⋅ P ⋅ g 

E 

T 2 

h 

− z ⋅ ⋅ P ⋅ g 

E 

44 

2 

0. 

04) 

/ 0. 

7

5. Un-braked Trailer Requirement 

(1) Requirement 

Deceleration of Laden condition shall be more than 5.4 m/s. 

(2) Calculation 

d 

M + R 

= 

d 

M 

P 

M 

P 

+ 

M 

dM+R = Calculated MFDD with Trailer 

P 

dM = MFDD on Type O test without Trailer 

PM = Mass of vehicle 

PR = Max mass of Trailer 

R 

45

6. Type I Requirement 

(1) Hot condition 


To check the brake 

performance stability 

after certain heating 

procedure 

Heating up procedure 

Vehicle speed: 

120 -->60 km/h 

Brake application: 

20 times 

Braking interval: 

45 sec 

Initial braking 

speed 


100km/h 

Stopping distance 75% of prescribed requirement of cold condition: 

0.1V+0.0080v 2 (90m) 

Mean fully 

developed 

deceleration 


control 

60% of the ordinary performance test results of 

Type-0 test 

75% requirement 4.82m/s 2 or more 

60% of the ordinary performance test results of 

Type-0 test 

Same pedal force as one applied in Type-0 test 

46

6. Type I Requirement 

(2) Recovery performance 


To check the brake 

recovery performance 

after certain cooling 

procedure. 

Too high effectives 

checked, also has to be 

stable. 

Cooling down procedure 

Vehicle speed: 

50 km/h 

Brake application: 

4 times 

Braking interval: 

1.5 km 


Initial braking speed 100km/h 

Stopping Distance Between 70% and 150% compared 

with the performance results of Type- 

0 test 

Mean fully 

developed 

deceleration 


control 

Same pedal force as one used in 

Type-0 test 

47

7. Secondary Brake Requirement (Failure mode) 

(1) Energy Failure Condition (Vacuum Failure etc.) 

(2) Brake Fluid Leakage Condition (One Circuit Failure) 

Remarks 

-Simultaneous Double 

Failures not to be 

considered. 

(e.g. Simultaneous failure of 

Brake line leakage and 

Vacuum Booster Failure) 

-The regulation defines 

certain parts which should 

be deemed to have sufficient 

durability and reliability. 

-Warning requirement is 

defined. 



Stopping Distance 0.1V+0.0158v 2 


deceleration 


control 

2.44m/s 2 

65 to 500N 

48


(3) Provision regarding durability of Brake parts 

5.2.2.10 Certain parts, such as the pedal and its bearing, the master 

cylinder and its piston or pistons, the control valve, the linkage 

between the pedal and the master cylinder or the control valve, 

the brake cylinders and their pistons, and the lever-and-cam 

assemblies of brakes, shall not be regarded as liable to breakage 

if they are amply dimensioned, are readily accessible for 

maintenance, and exhibit safety features at least equal to those 

prescribed for other essential components (such as the steering 

linkage) of the vehicle. Any such part as aforesaid whose failure 

would make it impossible to brake the vehicle with a degree of 

effectiveness at least equal to that prescribed for secondary braking, 

must be made of metal or of a material with equivalent characteristics 

and must not undergo notable distortion in normal operation of the 

braking systems. 

49

8. Warning signal 

(1) Summary table of Red warning signal : failure or defect defined in ECE13H 

Fault warning Note 

Differential circuit pressure/Low fluid level Red 

PKB application (not failure) Red Control 

Brake power unit failure/Low pressure Red 

Low energy level in electrically actuated 

braking systems 

Electric control transmission failure resulting in 

only secondary performance 

Electric control transmission -Low voltage 

resulting in only secondary performance 

Break in the wiring within electric transmission 

or failure in the control of EPB 

& acoustic* 

Red or 

acoustic 

*Only under 

the specified 

condition 

Red


(2) Summary table of Yellow warning signal: 

an electrically detected defect within the Vehicle brake equipment 

Fault warning Note 

ABS electrical or sensor failure Yellow 

Lining wear-out Yellow When the 

Electric Pad 

Wear Indicator 

is installed 

RBS distribution of braking among Axles 

failure 

EBS unsuitable compensation by the 

electric control transmission failure 

Yellow 

Yellow 

Electric control transmission failure Yellow ≧6.43 m/s 2 

Electric control transmission - Low 

voltage 

Yellow ≧6.43 m/s 2 

51

9. Parking Brake Requirement 

(1) Static parking brake performance 

(2) Trailer towing capacity 

@ 20% slope 

Lever effort < 400N 

Pedal effort < 500N 

@ 12% slope 

Lever effort < 400N 

Pedal effort < 500N 

52


(3) Dynamic parking brake performance 

Application of parking brake when the vehicle is in motion 

Purpose: Confirm the parking brake system can be also used when 

the vehicle is running 




deceleration just before 

stopping 

1.5m/s 2 

Force applied to control Hand-operated: 400N or less 

Foot-operated: 500N or less 

53


(4) Electric Parking Brake System (EPB) 

・Performance Requirement 

1.The Secondary performance with regards to electric 

control line failure 

・Parking Brake Performance: 8% slope 

Note: Ordinary performance 20% slope 

2.Warning 

・10 seconds red flashing indication etc 

54

10. Pad/Lining Wear Requirement 

5.2.11. Wear of the brakes must be capable of being easily taken up by 

means of a system of automatic adjustment. In addition, the control 

and the components of the transmission and of the brakes must possess a 

reserve of travel ---------------. 

5.2.11.1. Wear adjustment shall be automatic for the service brake. Automatic 

wear adjustment devices shall be such that after heating followed by cooling of 

the brakes, effective braking is still ensured. In particular the vehicle shall remain 

capable of normal running after the tests conducted in accordance with Annex3, 

paragraph 1.5 (Type-I test). 

5.2.11.2. Checking the wear of the service brake friction components 

5.2.11.2.1. It shall be possible to easily assess this wear on service brake linings 

from the outside or underside of the vehicle, without the removal of 

the wheels, by the provision of appropriate inspection holes or by 

some other means. This may be achieved by utilizing 

simple standard workshop tools or common inspection equipment for vehicles. 

Alternatively, a sensing device per wheel (twin wheels are considered as a single 

wheel),which will warn the driver at his driving position when lining replacement is 

necessary,is acceptable.------------- 

. 

55

10. Pad/Lining Wear Requirement 

. 

5.2.11.2.2. Assessment of the wear condition of the friction surfaces of 

brake discs or drums may only be performed by direct measurement 

of the actual component or examination of any brake disc or drum 

wear indicators, which may necessitate some level of disassembly. 

Therefore, at the time of type approval, the vehicle manufacturer shall define the 

following: 

(a) The method by which wear of the friction surfaces of drums and discs may be 

assessed, including the level of disassembly required and the tools and process 

required to achieve this. 

(b) Information defining the maximum acceptable wear limit at the point at which 

replacement becomes necessary. 

This information shall be made freely available, e.g. vehicle handbook or electronic 

data record. 

56

11. Brake Fluid Requirement 

5.2.12. In hydraulic-transmission braking systems, the filling ports of the fluid reservoirs must 

be readily accessible; in addition, the receptacles containing the reserve fluid 

must be so designed and constructed that the level of the reserve fluid 

can be easily checked without the receptacles having to be opened, and 

the minimum total reservoir capacity is equivalent to the fluid 

displacement resulting when all the wheel cylinders or caliper pistons serviced by the 

reservoirs move from a new lining, fully retracted position to a fully worn, fully applied 

position. If these latter conditions are not fulfilled, the red warning signal 

specified in paragraph 5.2.21.1.1 below, shall draw the driver’s attention to any fall 

in the level of reserve fluid liable to cause a failure of the braking system. 

5.2.13.The type of fluid to be used in hydraulic transmission braking systems 

shall be identified by the symbol in accordance with Figure 1 or 2 of ISO Standard 

9128 - 1987 and the appropriate DOT marking (e.g. DOT3). The symbol and the marking 

must be affixed in a visible position in indelible form within 100 mm of the filling ports 

of the fluid reservoirs; additional information may be provided by the manufacturer. 

57

12. ABS Requirement (Anti-Lock Braking System) 

 

① To check Adhesion Utilization and Vehicle Stability when ABS activated 

on *various road condition. 

* Various road condition (next page for details) 

A : High µ road surface 

B : Low µ road surface 

C : µ split (different µ on left / right) 

D : µ jumping (High µ to Low µ, Low µ to High µ) 

② Secondary performance for ABS failure and requirement for warning. 

③ EMC (Electromagnetic Compatibility) 

ABS system must not be affected by Electric / Magnetic field. 

58


Various road condition 


High µ 


Low µ 


High µ 

Low µ 

D : µ jumping (Low µ to High µ) 

High µ Low µ 

D : µ jumping (High µ to Low µ) 

Low µ 

High µ 

59


(1) ABS Efficiency (condition A & B) 

ε=ΖAL/KM≧0.75 

ΖAL: Maximum braking rate under ABS control 

KM: Friction coefficient of road surface 

(2) The Vehicle Stability and Wheel Lock 

(Condition A,B,C,D) 

* Various road condition 




D : µ jumping (High µ to low µ, low µ to High µ) 

60


(3) Secondary brake performance for ABS failure 

Remarks 

-High µ condition 

(Condition A) 



Stopping distance 0.1V+0.075v 2 (85m) 


deceleration 


control 

5.144 m/s2 (80% of Type O) 

65 to 500N 

Vehicle behavior The wheels shall not lock up at 

speeds exceeding 15km/h. 

(4) EMC (R10) (Electromagnetic Compatibility) 

The vehicle shall not deviate 

from a 3.5m-wide lane. 

The yaw angle shall not exceed 

15 degrees. 

The braking system shall not exhibit any malfunction caused 

by Electromagnetic field. 

61

13. Other System Requirement 

62

1. EBS (Electronically Controlled Braking System) 


・Additional requirements for failure within the electric 

control transmission 

*The secondary brake performance under malfunction 

of electric control transmission 

*Static service brake performance 

*Compensation 

*Charge-discharge balance with the use of electric 

energy 

*Warning signal 

63

2. RBS (Regenerative Braking System) 

This provision is mainly applied for Electric Vehicle and 

Hybrid vehicle 

Performance requirement 

① Secondly brake performance at system failure in 

various condition 

② Smooth phase-in between conventional 

brake(Hydraulic) and Regenerative brake. 

64

3. BAS (Brake Assist System) 

①Deceleration 

0.6 


Category A 

Detect Emergency Braking by 

Pedal Effort and Activate BAS 

Deceleration a 

a ABS 

a T * 

W/ BAS 

F T 

ΔF BAS 

ΔF EXT 

Pedal force F 

ABS Activation 

W/O BAS 

F ABS F ABS,extrapolated 

:ΔF EXT X 0.2≦ΔF BAS ≦ΔF EXT X 

②Activation:3.5m/s 2 ≦a T * ≦ 5.0m/s 2 

Deceleration a 

a ABS 

a ABS 

X0.85 

W/ BAS 

Category B 

Detect Emergency Braking by 

Pedal Speed and Activate BAS 

a BAS 

W/O BAS 

F ABS 

0.5xF ABS 0.7xF ABS 

Pedal force F 

ABSActivation 

① Deceleration:a BAS ≧ a ABS X 0.85 

at pedal force range of 0.5x to 0.7x F ABS 

②Activation:Manufacturer's Choice 

65

4. ESC (Electronic Vehicle Stability Control System) 

Performance Requirement (Over Steer Intervention) 

◆ Test Procedure & Judgment Criteria(Road surface μ≧0.9) 

Test Procedure Judgment Criteria 

Dwell Sine Steering at 80km/h 

270°≦ Maximum Steering Angle≦ 300° 

St Angle 

Yaw Rate 

Lateral Accel 

Yr(max) 

500ms 

1 s 

Yr(t1) 

∫∫Lateral Acceleration 

Time 

Time 

Directional Stability 

Yaw Rate Ratio = Yr(t1) 

Yr(max) ≦0.35 

Yaw Rate Ratio = Yr(t1.75) 

Yr(max) ≦0.20 

and 

Responsiveness 

Lateral Displacement of Steering 

Operation 

=∫∫Lateral Accel ≧ 1.83 m / 1.52 m 

(GVW≦3.5t / GVW> 

3.5t ) 

66

4. ESC (Electronic Vehicle Stability Control System) 

Performance Requirement(Under Steer Intervention) 

◆ Technical Documentation 

1.System Diagram 

・System・Hard Wear Layout 

・Each Hard Wear Function 

2.Basic Operational Characteristics 

・Capability of Braking Torque of each Wheel 

・Control of Propulsion Torque 

・Control during Acceleration/Deceleration 

・ ESC Active Vehicle Speed Range 

3.Logic Diagram 

・Explanation of 2. 

・Under Steer Control Algorithm 

[ 

67

5. Special Requirements on Safety Aspects of Complex 

Electronic Vehicle Control System (Annex CEL) 

This regulation is applied to brake system with over-ride 

electronic control system. 

(e.g. Hydraulic brake system with ABS, ACC,ESC, etc…) 


The car manufacture should explain the system control 

strategy and fail safe concept etc. at type approval. 

Secondary Brake performance has to be kept when the over-ride 

system failed. 

68

6. Recent GRRF Topic for Brake 

AEBS (Advanced Emergency Braking System for Heavy Commercial Vehicle) 

・Agreed at September GRRF and will be adopted at November WP29 

・AEBS means a system which can automatically detect a potential forward 

collision and activate the vehicle braking system to decelerate the vehicle with 

the purpose of avoiding or mitigating a collision. 

Step 1 

Step 2 

Representative test condition and Pass/Fail value 

Subject Vehicle Speed: 80km/h 

Forward Vehicle speed 

Moving Stationary 

32±2km/h 0km/h 

Speed Reduction No Impact ≧10km/h 

Warning before 

Emergency braking 

Forward Vehicle speed 

1.4sec 1.4sec 

Moving Stationary 

12±2km/h 0km/h 

Speed Reduction No Impact ≧20km/h 

Warning before 

Emergency braking 

1.4sec 1.4sec 

69

Thank you very much for your attention 

70

Braking Regulation No.1 

for Commercial Vehicle 

Technical Requirement 

Member of JASIC Brake Committee 

Mr. Kenichi MATSUBARA 

Oct.5. 2011 

1

• Introduction Section Number 

Vehicles ・・・・ 1 

Summary ・・・・ 2, 3 

Typical Brake systems for Commercial Vehicle ・・・・ 4, 5, 6 

• Technical Requirement ・・・・ 7 ~ 31 

Performance 

Structure 

2

1. Vehicles of R13 

This Regulation applies to Vehicles of categories M2, M3, N and O. 

M2 Bus GVM ≦5t 

M3 Bus 5t

2. Contents of R13 

Regulation 1 Scope 

2 Definitions 

3 Application for approval 

4 Approval 

5 Specifications 

6 Tests 

7 Modification of vehicle type or braking system and extension of approval 

8 Conformity of production 

9 Penalties for non-conformity of production 

10 Production definitely discontinued 

11 Names and addresses of Technical Services responsible for conducting approval tests, and of Administrative 

12 Transitional provisions 

ANNEXES Annex1 Braking equipment, devices, methods and conditions not covered by this Regulation 

Annex2 

Communication concerning the approval or extension or refusal or withdrawal of approval or production definitely 

discontinued of a vehicle type with regard to braking, pursuant to Regulation No.13 

Annex3 Arrangements of approval marks 

Annex4 Braking tests and performance of braking systems 

Annex5 Additional provisions applicable to certain vehicles as specified in the ADR 

Annex6 Method of measuring the response time on vehicles equipped with compressed-air braking systems 

Annex7 Provisions relating to energy sources and energy storage devices (Energy accumulators) 

Annex8 Provisions relating to specific conditions for spring braking systems 

Annex9 Provisions relating to parking braking systems equipped with mechanical brake-cylinder locking device (Lock 

Annex10 Distribution of braking among the axles of vehicles and requirements for compatibility between towing vehicles 

Annex11 Cases in which Type-Ⅰand/or Type-Ⅱ(or Type-ⅡA) tests do not have to be carried out 

Annex12 Conditions governing the testing of vehicles equipped with inertia (overrun) braking systems 

Annex13 Test requirements for vehicles fitted with anti-lock systems 

Annex14 Test conditions for trailers with electrical braking systems 

Annex15 Inertia dynamometer test method for brake linings 

Annex16 Compatibility between towing vehicles and trailers with respect to ISO11992 data communications 

Annex17 Test procedure to assess the functional compatibility of vehicles equipped with electric control lines 

Annex18 Special requirements to be applied to the safety aspectsof complex electronic vehicle control systems 

Annex19 Performance testing of trailer braking components 

Annex20 Alternative procedure for the type approval of trailers 

Ammex21 Special requirements for vehicles equipped with a vehicle stability function 

R13 is a Monster Regulation 

4

3. Summary of R13 

Uniform provisions concerning the approval of 

vehicles of categories M,N,and O with regard 

to braking. 

① Technical requirement about truck and bus 

② Technical requirement about trailer 

③ Type approval of trailer with axle 

④ Procedure for Type approval 

My presentation 

5

4. Typical service braking system 

(1) For light trucks 

Hydraulic braking system 

・dual-circuit braking system 

・hydraulic transmission 

・vacuum-assisted braking system 

・a pedal is the point where force is applied 

by the driver’s muscular. 

(2) For heavy duty trucks 

Compressed-air braking system 

・dual-circuit braking system 

・pneumatic transmission 

・full-power braking system 

・a pedal is a switch of compressed air 

energy . 


Brake valve 

Booster 

Air tank 

Pedal 

MPV 

Pedal 

Air compressor 

Air dryer 

6

5. Typical parking braking system 

(1) For light trucks 

① Wheel brake 

・mechanical transmission 

・muscular energy braking system 

・a lever is the point where force is applied 


② Transmission brake 

・mechanical transmission 

・muscular energy braking system 

・a lever is the point where force is applied 


Engine 

lever 

Parking cable 

lever 

Transmission 

Parking cable 

Transmission brake 

Wheel brake 

Axle 

7

5. Typical parking braking system 

(2) For heavy duty trucks 

Wheel brake 

・pneumatic transmission 

・full-power braking system 

・a lever is a switch of compressed air energy . 

・spring brakes are generally used for a 

parking braking system. 

【 reference 】 Typical Spring Brake 

Usually a spring shrinks by the 

compression air from the parking brake 

valve. 

Spring Brake Chamber 

Spring 

( Shrink ) 

Rod 

Brake Valve 

Parking Brake Valve 

Brake 

Parking valve 

lever 

Spring brake chamber 

Air tank 

MPV 

Air compressor 

Air dryer 

A spring pushes the push rod when the 

compression air is exhausted from the 

parking brake valve, and it applies the 

brakes. 

Spring Brake Chamber 

Spring 

( Expand ) 

Parking Brake Valve 

Brake 

Wheel brake 

8

6. Typical endurance braking system 

Radiator 

② Engine retarder 

Engine 

Exhaust pipe 

Transmission 

・mechanism in which an increased retarding effect 

is obtained by changing the valve timing to 

increase the internal resistance of the engine. 

③ Hydraulic retarder 

・mechanism in which a retarding effect is obtained by 

using components links, usually to the driving wheels, and 

which pumps a fluid in a restricted circuit. 

Axle 

① Exhaust retarder 

・mechanism in which an increased retarding effect 

is obtained by blocking the flow of the exhaust gas 

to increase the internal resistance of the engine. 

Endurance braking systems are generally used for trucks and buses, 

are not used for passenger vehicles. 

9


5.1.2.1. Service braking system 

• The service braking system shall make it possible to control the movement of the vehicle and to halt it safely, 

speedily and effectively, whatever its speed and load, on any up or down gradient. It shall be possible to 

graduate this braking action. The driver shall be able to achieve this braking action from his driving 

seat without removing his hands from the steering control. 

5.1.2.2. Secondary braking system 

• The secondary braking system shall make it possible to halt the vehicle within a reasonable distance in the 

event of failure of the service braking system. It shall be possible to graduate this braking action. The driver 

shall be able to obtain this braking action from his driving seat while keeping at least one hand on the 

steering control. For the purposes of these provisions it is assumed that not more than one failure of the 

service braking system can occur at one time. 

5.1.2.3. Parking braking system 

• The parking braking system shall make it possible to hold the vehicle stationary on an up or down gradient 

even in the absence of the driver, the working parts being then held in the locked position by a purely 

mechanical device. The driver shall be able to achieve this braking action from his driving seat, subject, in 

the case of a trailer, to the provisions of paragraph 5.2.2.10. of this Regulation. The trailer air brake and the 

parking braking system of the towing vehicle may be operated simultaneously provided that the driver 

is able to check, at any time, that the parking brake performance of the vehicle combination, obtained 

by the purely mechanical action of the parking braking system, is sufficient. 

These are almost the same as R13H. 

There is the requirement of the test position used in parking brake examination. 

10


5.2. Characteristics of braking systems 

5.2.1.1. 

• The set of braking systems with which a vehicle is equipped shall satisfy the requirements laid 

down for service, secondary and parking braking systems. 

5.2.1.2.1. 

• There shall be at least two controls, independent of each other and readily accessible to the driver 

from his normal driving position. For all categories of vehicles, except M2 and M3, every brake control 

(excluding an endurance braking system control) shall be designed such that it returns to the fully off position 

when released. This requirement shall not apply to a parking brake control (or that part of a combined 

control) when it is mechanically locked in an applied position; 

5.2.1.2.2. 

• The control of the service braking system shall be independent of the control of the parking braking 

system; 

5.2.1.2.3. 

• IF the service braking system and the secondary braking system have the same control, the effectiveness of 

the linkage between that control and the different components of the transmission systems shall not be liable 

to diminish after a certain period of use; 

5.2.1.2.4. 

• If the service braking system and the secondary braking system have the same control, the parking braking 

system shall be so designed that it can be actuated when the vehicle is in motion. This requirement 

shall not apply if the vehicle's service braking system can be actuated, even partially, by means of an auxiliary 

control; 

11 

These are almost the same as R13H.


5.1.4.2. 

• For the purpose of determining the in-use braking forces of each axle of the vehicle, with a compressed-air 

braking system, air pressure test connections are required: 

5.2.1.20. 

• In the case of a pneumatic service braking system comprising two or more independent sections, any 

leakage between those sections at or downstream of the control shall be continuously vented to 

atmosphere. 

5.2.1.5.1. 

• In the event of failure in any part of the transmission of a braking system, the feed to the part not 

affected by the failure shall continue to be ensured if required for the purpose of halting the vehicle with the 

degree of effectiveness prescribed for residual and/or secondary braking. This condition shall be met by 

means of devices which can be easily actuated when the vehicle is stationary, or by automatic means. 

5.2.1.14. 

• Without prejudice to the requirements of paragraph 5.1.2.3. of this Regulation, where an auxiliary source of 

energy is essential to the functioning of a braking system, the reserve of energy shall be such as to ensure 

that, if the engine stops or in the event of a failure of the means by which the energy source is driven, 

the braking performance remains adequate to bring the vehicle to a halt in the prescribed conditions. 

Annex8 3.1. 

• A spring braking system shall be so designed that, in the event of a failure in that system, it is still 

possible to release the brakes. This may be achieved by the use of an auxiliary release device (pneumatic, 

mechanical, etc.). 

R13H does not have these. 

These are some requirements of compressed-air braking systems. 

12


5.2.1.17 

• If the trailer is of category O3 or O4, the service braking system shall be of the continuous or semicontinuous 

type. 

5.2.1.18.1. 

• When the towing vehicle's secondary braking system comes into action, there shall also be a 

graduated braking action in the trailer; 

5.1.3.8. 

• Shut-off devices which are not automatically actuated shall not be permitted. In the case of articulated 

vehicle combinations, the flexible hoses and cables shall be a part of the power-driven vehicle. In all other 

cases, the flexible hoses and cables shall be a part of the trailer. 

Annex8 2.3.1. 

• The feed circuit to the spring compression chamber shall either include an own energy reserve or shall be fed 

from at least two independent energy reserves. The trailer supply line may be branched from this feed 

line under the condition that a pressure drop in the trailer supply line shall not be able to apply the 

spring brake actuators. 

Annex8 2.7. 

• If a power-driven vehicle authorized to tow a trailer with a continuous or semi-continuous braking system is 

fitted with a spring braking system, automatic application of the said system shall cause application of 

the trailer's brakes. 

R13H does not have these. 

These are some requirements of compressed-air braking systems for towing vehicles . 

13


(1) Cold condition with Engine Disconnected 


-Stopping distance 

-MFDD (Deceleration) 

-Vehicle stability 

Cold condition : the brake temperature is below 100℃. 


Category M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 Initial braking speed 60km/h 60km/h 80km/h 60km/h 60km/h 


Mean fully 

developed 

5.0m/s 

deceleration 


control 

Vehicle behaviour without wheel lock 

without deviation of the vehicle from its course 

without abnormal vibration 

2 

70daN 

The prescribed value and criteria are different in each vehicle category. 

14


(2) Cold condition with Engine Connected 


-Stopping distance 

-MFDD (Deceleration) 

-Vehicle stability 

Cold condition : the brake temperature is below 100℃. 


Category M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 Initial braking speed 


100km/h 90km/h 120km/h 100km/h 90km/h 

80%Vmax, but not exceeding the above speed 

Mean fully 

developed 

4.0m/s 

deceleration 


control 

Vehicle behaviour without wheel lock 

without deviation of the vehicle from its course 

without abnormal vibration 

2 

70daN 


15


Braking Force Distribution between Front and Rear axle for non-ABS Vehicles 

 

• To assure vehicle stability 

• To assure vehicle steerbility 

 

• Earlier Rear wheel locking than front wheel is not allowed for Stability. 

• Too Early Front wheel locking is not allowed for Steerbility. 

This is almost the same as R13H. 

The requirement apply to vehicle with more than two axles. 

16


(1) Formula 

In order to verify the requirements, the manufacturer shall provide the adhesion 

utilization curves for the front and rear axles calculated by the formula. 

0.15≦Z≦0.8 : f1 > f2 

f 

0.2≦k≦0.8 : Z ≧0.1 + 0.85 ( k - 0.2 ) 

1 

T1 

T1 

= = 

N h 

1 

P1 

+ z. .P.g 

E 

f 

2 

= 

T 

N 

2 

2 

= 

P 

2 

T2 

h 

- z. .P.g 

E 

• i = axle index (i = 1, front axle; i = 2, second axle; etc.) 

• Pi = normal reaction of road surface on axle i under static conditions 

• Ni = normal reaction of road surface on axle i under braking 

• Ti = force exerted by the brakes on axle i under normal braking conditions on the road 

• fi = Ti/Ni, adhesion utilized by axle i 

• J = deceleration of vehicle 

• g = acceleration due to gravity: g = 9.81 m/s 

17 

2 

• z = braking rate of vehicle = J/g 

• P = mass of vehicle 

• h = height above ground of centre of gravity specified by the manufacturer and agreed by the Technical Services conducting the 

approval test 

• 

• 

E = wheelbase 

k = theoretical coefficient of adhesion between tyre and road

(f ) 

i 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 


(2) Adhesion Curves ; 

vehicles of category N1 with a laden / unladen rear axle loading ratio not exceeding 

1.5 or having a maximum mass of less than 2 tonnes 

k = 

( z + 0.07 ) 

0.85 

k = z + 0.05 

k = z 

0.0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.45 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 

z 

0.15≦Z≦0.8 : f1 > f2 

0.2≦k≦0.8 : Z ≧ 0.1 + 0.85 ( k - 0.2 ) 

in the range of z values between 0.3 and 

0.45, an inversion of the adhesion 

utilization curves is permitted provided 

that the adhesion utilization curve of the 

rear axle does not exceed by more than 

0.05 

18

(f ) 

i 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0.0 



other vehicles of category N1 

k = 

( z + 0.07 ) 

0.85 

k = z + 0.08 

k = 

( z - 0.21 ) 

0.50 

k = z - 0.08 

k = z 

0.15 

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 

z 

0.15≦Z≦0.8 : f1 > f2 

or 

0.2≦k≦0.8 : Z ≧ 0.1 + 0.85 ( k - 0.2 ) 

0.15≦Z≦0.3 : Z – 0.08 ≦ k≦ Z + 0.08 

0.3≦Z≦0.5 : Z ≧ k + 0.08 【for f2】 

0.5≦Z≦0.61 : Z ≧ 0.51k + 0.21 【for f2】 

19

(f ) 

i 

0.8 

0.7 

0.6 

0.5 

0.4 

0.3 

0.2 

0.1 

0.0 



vehicles of other than N1 categories 

( N2, N3, M2, M3 ) 

( z + 0.07 ) 

k = 

0.85 

k = z + 0.08 

k = 

( z - 0.02 ) 

0.74 

k = z - 0.08 

k = z 

0.15 

0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 

z 

0.15≦Z≦0.8 : f1 > f2 

or 

0.2≦k≦0.8 : Z ≧ 0.1 + 0.85 ( k - 0.2 ) 

0.15≦Z≦0.3 : Z – 0.08 ≦ k≦ Z + 0.08 

0.3≦Z≦ : Z ≧ 0.3 + 0.74 ( k - 0.38) 

20

10. Compatibility between towing vehicles and trailers 

Requirements for compatibility between towing vehicles and trailers 

without ABS 

 

• To assure combination-vehicle stability 

• To assure combination-vehicle steerbility 

By the wheel lock of the trailer, the trailer swing occurs. 

this is very dangerous. 

Wheel Lock of trailer Wheel Lock of tractor 

Progress direction 

By the wheel lock of the tractor, the jackknife occurs. 

this is very dangerous. 

Progress direction 

21


If the deceleration of the trailer is the same as 

the deceleration of the tractor, the stability of 

the combination-vehicle is good. 

In brakes, braking power is not added to the 

coupler that connects a tractor and a trailer. 

As a result, the combination-vehicle stability is 

good. 

< Requirement ( Calculation ) > 

• Prescribed deceleration of combination-vehicle appear depending on pressure at 

coupling head of control line. 

R13H does not have this. 

tractor trailer 

tractor 

trailer 

22


(1) Definition 

・Kc = correction factor: semi-trailer laden 

・ Kv = correction factor: semi-trailer unladen 

・TM = sum of braking forces at the periphery of all wheels of towing vehicles for trailers 

・ PM = total normal static reaction of road surface on wheels of towing vehicles for trailers 

・pm = pressure at coupling head of control line 

・TR = sum of braking forces at periphery of all wheels of trailer 

・PR = total normal static reaction of road surface on all wheels of trailer 

・ PRmax = value of PR at maximum mass of trailer 

・ER = distance between king-pin and centre of axle or axles of semi-trailer 

・hR = height above ground of centre of gravity of semi-trailer specified by the manufacturer and agreed by 

the technical services conducting the approval test 

23


(2) Braking rate TM/PM and pressure pm ; Towing vehicles other than tractors for 

semi-trailers 

diagram 2 

In the case of a power-driven vehicle 

authorized to tow trailers of category O3 or 

O4 fitted with a compressed air braking 

system, the permissible relationship 

between the braking rate TM/PM and the 

pressure pm shall lie within the areas 

shown on diagram 2 of this annex for all 

pressures between 20 and 750 kPa. 

24


(3) Braking rate TM/PM and pressure pm ; Tractors for semi-trailers 

diagram 3 

In the case of a vehicle fitted with a 

compressed air braking system, the 

permissible relationship between the 

braking rate TM/PM and the pressure pm 

shall be within the areas shown on diagram 

3 of this annex for all pressures between 20 

and 750 kPa. 

25

11. Un-Braked Trailer Requirement 

(1) Requirement 

Deceleration of Laden condition shall be more than 5.0 m/s 2 

(2) Calculation 

dM+R = calculated MFDD with trailer m/s2 dM = MFDD on TypeO test without Trailer 

PM = Mass of vehicle 

PR = Max mass of trailer 


26

12. TypeⅠ Requirement 

(1) With repeated braking 

(2) Hot condition 


Check brake performance after 

certain heating procedure 

(3) Free running test 

Category of 

vehicles 

M 2 

N 1 

M 3, N 2, N 3 

V1 : initial speed 

( km/h ) 

80% Vmax ≦ 100 

80% Vmax ≦ 120 

80% Vmax ≦ 60 

Conditions of heating procedure 

V2 : speed at end 

( km/h ) 

1/2 V1 

1/2 V1 

1/2 V1 

time of braking 

interval ( sec ) 

55 

55 

60 

unmber of brake 

applications 





deceleration 


control 

80% of Type-O requirement of cold condition 

60% of Type-O test result of stopping distance 

80% requirement 5.0m/s 2 

60% of Type-O test result of MFDD 

Pedal force equivalent to that applied in Type-O test 

Verify that the vehicle is capable of free running after brake temperatures become to be cold. 

① wheels are running freely. or 

② the temperatures shall not exceed a drum / disc temperature increase of 80℃ while driving at 60km/h. 


The prescribed value and criteria are different from R13H. 

R13 does not have the recovery performance. but, R13 has the free running test. 

15 

15 

20 

27


(1) Energy Failure Condition 

① In Case of Vacuum-assisted braking system 

・Vacuum failure 

② In Case of Full-power braking system 

・Failure of energy sources ( 5 times of braking after warning without energy supply ) 

・Capacity of energy reservoirs (9 times of braking without energy supply) 

・Capacity of down-circuit energy reservoirs ( 5times of braking in up-circuit failure) 

(2) Brake Air or Fluid Leakage Condition ( One circuit failure) 

・Rear circuit failure 

・Front circuit failure 

(3) Failure Condition Of Braking Distribution System ( L.S.P.V failure) 

28


Remarks 




Mean fully 

developed 

deceleration 


control 

by foot 

by hand 

- Simultaneous double failures shall not be assumed. 

- The regulation defines certain parts which should be deemed to have 

sufficient durability and reliability. 

- Warning requirement is defined. 

0.15v+(2V 2 /130) 

2.5m/s 2 

70daN 

60daN 

0.15v+(2V 2 /115) 

2.2m/s 2 



29


(4) Provision regarding durability of Brake parts 

5.2.1.2.8. 

certain parts, such as the pedal and its bearing, the master cylinder and its 

piston or pistons (hydraulic systems), the control valve (hydraulic and/or 

pneumatic systems), the linkage between the pedal and the master cylinder 

or the control valve, the brake cylinders and their pistons (hydraulic and/or 

pneumatic systems), and the lever-and-cam assemblies of brakes, shall not 

be regarded as liable to breakage if they are amply dimensioned, are readily 

accessible for maintenance, and exhibit safety features at least equal to 

those prescribed for other essential components (such as the steering 

linkage) of the vehicle. Any such part as aforesaid whose failure would make it 

impossible to brake the vehicle with a degree of effectiveness at least equal to 

that prescribed for secondary braking shall be made of metal or of a material with 

equivalent characteristics and shall not undergo notable distortion in normal 

operation of the braking systems. 


30

14. Residual Brake Requirement 

(after transmission Failure mode) 

・ Residual brake requirement is the requirement of a service braking system 

after transmission failure mode. 

・ Residual brake requirement shall be required when secondary brake 

requirement of one circuit failure is met by parking braking system. 

( It is almost a case in a heavy-duty vehicle with multi axles. ) 

Stopping distance Stopping distance 

Laden ( m ) Unladen ( m ) 

M2 60 1.5 0.15v+(100/25)×(v 2 M3 60 1.5 

/130) 

0.15v+(100/30)×(v 

1.3 

2 /130) 1.5 

N1 N2 70 

50 

1.3 

1.3 

1.1 

1.1 

N3 40 1.3 0.15v+(100/30)×(v 2 MFDD 

MFDD 

( m/s2 ) 

( m/s2 ) 

0.15v+(100/25)×(v 

/115) 1.3 

2 0.15v+(100/30)×(v 

/115) 

2 0.15v+(100/30)×(v 

/115) 

2 Prescribed value and other criteria 

Category of V 

vehicles ( km/h ) 

/130) 


31


(1) Summary table of Red warning signal 

Fault Warning Note 

Differential circuit pressure / Low fluid level Red 

PKB application ( not failure ) Red 

Brake power unit failure / Low pressure Red & acoustic 

Low energy level in electrically actuated braking Red or acoustic 

Electric control transmission failure on EBS resulting in 

Red 

only secondary performance 

Low voltage of Electric control transmission resulting 

in only secondary performance on EBS 

Red 

Break in the wiring within electric transmission of 

Red & Yellow 

failure in the control of EPB 

Low pressure in the line feeding energy to the spring 

compression chamber 

Trailer provide corresponding failure information 

Failure within electric control transmission of trailer or 

failure of energy supply available from ISO 7638 

resulting in only secondary performance 

Low energy level in electrically actuated braking 

systems in case of trailer 

Low voltage of electric control transmission on EBS in 

case of trailer connected tractor 

Red or acoustic 

Red & Yellow of trailer, 

or Red of trailer 







32


(2) Summary table of Yellow warning signal 

Fault Warning Note 

ABS electrical or sensor failure Yellow 

Pad wear Yellow 

Braking force distribution failure among axles on RBS Yellow 

EBS excessive compensation on electric control 

Yellow 

transmission ( failure /not failure ) 

Electric control transmission failure on EBS Yellow 

Low voltage of electric control transmission on EBS Yellow 

Coupling force control failure Yellow 

Coupling force control excessive compensation ( not 

failure ) 

Yellow 

ABS electrical failure in case of trailer Yellow of trailer 

EBS excessive compensation on electric control 

transmission in case of trailer ( failure /not failure ) 

Yellow of trailer 

Failure within electric control transmission of trailer or 

failure of energy supply available from ISO 7638 


Electric control transmission failure on EVSC in case 

Yellow of trailer under review 

of trailer 

Low voltage of electric control transmission on EBS in 

case of trailer not connected tractor 


EVSC is in intervention mode Yellow of ESC 

flashing on 

and off 

EVSC failure Yellow of ESC on a light 

EVSC of trailer is in intervention mode Yellow of ESC 

EVSC OFF Yellow of ESC OFF 

flashing on 

and off 

33

16. Stop lamps 

Summary table of Stop lamps 

Service Braking System 

Endurance with EBS 

Braking ( EBS : Electronic Braking System ) 

System 

without EBS 

Engine Braking 

Automatically 

Commanded Braking 

Selective Braking 

( activation of part of the service braking system ) 

Regenerative 

Braking System 

may 

0.7 1.0 1.3 

shall 

R13 prescribes generation of a braking signal to illuminate stop lamps 

may 

may 

shall not 

shall 

shall not 

shall not 

shall 

Decelaration (m/s 2 ) 

34

17. Type-Ⅱtest (downhill behaviour test) 

Category : M3, N3 

Purpose : 

Vehicle can be driven at 30km/h 

on 6% down slope for 6km by 

service braking system and 

endurance braking system. 

Hot performance of service braking 

system after towing test 

Catego 

ry 

V 

(km/h) 

Stopping distance (m) 

MFDD 

(m/s2) 

M3 60 0.15v+(1.33v 2 /130) 3.75 

N3 60 0.15v+(1.33v 2 Prescribed value and other criteria 

/115) 3.3 


Purpose of Type - Ⅱtest 

Vehicle Speed = 30km/h 

Actual Type -Ⅱtest 

① Towing test 

towing vehicle 

6km 

6% down - gradient 

Test vehicle 

( laden ) 

Energy is equivalent 

Test vehicle 

( laden ) 

② Hot performance test of service braking system 

after towing test 

Test of service braking system 

Test vehicle 

35

18. Type-ⅡA test (endurance braking performance) 

Category : 

① Interurban motor coaches and long 

distance motor coaches of M3 

② N3 which are authorized to tow a trailer 

of O4 

③ Certain vehicles subject to ADR 

ADR : European Agreement concerning 

the International Carriage of Dangerous 

Goods by Road 

Purpose : 

Vehicle can be driven at 30km/h on 

7% down slope for 6km by only 

endurance braking system. 

( Not use service braking system ) 


Purpose of Type - ⅡA test 

Vehicle Speed = 30km/h 

Actual Type -ⅡA test 

Towing test 

towing vehicle 

6km 

7% down - gradient 

Test vehicle 

( laden ) 

Energy is equivalent 

Test vehicle 

( laden ) 

36


(1) Static parking brake performance 

(2) Trailer towing capacity 

laden 

laden 

laden 

18% slope 

Hand lever force ≦60daN 

Foot pedal force ≦70daN 

12% slope 

laden 

Hand lever force ≦60daN 

Foot pedal force ≦70daN 

Focusing point : 

Parking braking system of towing vehicle can hold combination of vehicles 

on 12% slope 

laden 

laden 

37


(3) Dynamic parking brake performance 

Application of parking brake when the vehicle is in motion 



deceleration 

Applied force 

Prescribed value 

Test of parking braking system 

1.5m/s 2 

Hand - operated : 60daN or Less 

Foot - operated : 70daN or Less 

laden 

)) ) ) ) 

38


(4) Electric Parking Brake System 

1. The Secondary performance for failure mode within the electric 

control. 

・ The Residual PKB performance 

Static Performance for 8% slope 

2. Warning 

・10seconds red flashing indication etc. 


39

20. Response Time Requirement ( not failure ) 

< Purpose > 

・To assure the response performance of the compressed-air braking system 

in normalcy. 

< Requirement > 

・It prescribes time when the air pressure rises after having pushed a brake 

pedal. 

To check the response time 

for air braking system 

in normalcy 

① push a brake pedal 

② brakes air pressure rises 

③ brake is actuated 

40 

R13H does not have this.

20. Response Time Requirement ( not failure ) 

■ Scope : vehicles equipped with compressed – air braking systems 

■ Initial air pressure : governor cut in 

■ LSPV : Laden condition 

■ Dummy air tank for tractor : 

① a pipe 2.5m long with an internal diameter of 13mm joined to the coupling head of the control line 

② a tank 385cm 2 volume or a pipe 2.5m long with an internal diameter of 13mm joined to the coupling head of 

the supply line 

■ Pedal operation speed : 0.2sec which is a time to reach the full stroke 

■ Requirement of response time : 

Truck & Tractor, 75%Pmax ≦0.6 sec , at the cylinder pressure of the least favourably placed brake 

Tractor, 75%Pmax≦0.4sec, 10%Pmax≦0.2sec, at dummy pipe pressure on the control line 

pedal 

stroke 

pressure 

time 

0.2sec 

full stroke 

pressure 

75% Pmax, 

truck, tractor ≦0.6sec ( brake cylinder ) 

tractor ≦0.4sec ( dummy pipe of the control line ) 

10% Pmax, tractor ≦0.2sec ( dummy pipe of the control line ) 

41 

time 


21. Exhaust Response Time Requirement 

( failure mode ) 

< Purpose > 

・To assure the exhaust response performance of the compressed-air braking 

system when the control line at the coupling head of the combination-vehicle is 

broken. 


・ It prescribes time when the air pressure of the supply line drops after having 

pushed a brake pedal. 

To check the exhaust response time 

for air braking system of the 

combination-vehicle at the time of 

trouble. 

① control line at the coupling head is broken 

② push a brake pedal 

③ air is exhausted 

tractor 

× 

④ air pressure of the supply lines at the coupling head drops 

⑤ relay emergency valve of trailer is actuated 

⑥ brake of trailer is actuated 

trailer 

42 


21. Exhaust Response Time Requirement 

( failure mode ) 

■ Scope : vehicles equipped with compressed – air braking systems, and authorized to tow trailers of O3 

or O4 

■ Dummy air tank for tractor : a pipe 2.5m long with an internal diameter of 13mm joined to the coupling head of 

the supply line 

■ Air pressure : failure of the control line at the coupling head 

■ Pedal operation speed : 0.2sec which is a time to reach the full stroke 

■ Requirement of response time : 

≦2sec, at 150kPa of dummy pipe pressure on the supply line 

pedal 

stroke 

pressure 

0.2sec 

time 

full stroke 

pressure of the trailer supply line 

at 150kPa of dummy 

pipe on the supply line, 

time ≦ 2sec 

150kPa 

43 


22. Air Compressor Actuating Time Requirement 

< Purpose > 

・To assure the filling performance of the air compressor. 


・ It prescribes time till maximizing air tank pressure from zero by actuating 

the air compressor . 

44 


22. Air Compressor Actuating Time Requirement 

■ Scope : vehicles equipped with compressed – air braking systems 

■ Initial air pressure : 0 

■ Dummy air tank for tractor : air tank volume = 20R/P, R=Maximum mass of the axles of the trailer, 

P=Maximum pressure on the supply line 

■ Compressor speed : Maximum engine speed 

■ Requirement of air compressor actuating time : 

① Auxiliary tank capacity < 20% of the total air brake tank, 

Truck t1 ≦180sec, t2 ≦360sec ( accessory line is closed ) 

Tractor t1 ≦360sec, t2 ≦540sec ( accessory line is closed ) 

② Auxiliary tank capacity ≧ 20% of the total air brake tank, 

Additional requirement 

Truck t3 ≦ 480sec ( accessory line is normal ) 

Tractor t3 ≦ 660sec ( accessory line is normal ) 

■ Definition : 

t1 : time from 0 to p1 in air brake tank 

t2 : time from 0 to p2 in air brake tank 

t3 : time from 0 to p2 in the least-favoured tank 

p1 : 0.65 p2 

p2 : governor cut out pressure ( maximum pressure ) 

pressure 

t2 

t1 

governor cut out 

pressure 

p1 

(0.65p2) 

time 

pressure 

p2 

45 


23. Spring Brake Requirement 

Point of Annex8 2.3.2. 

• Spring brakes can be released at least one time after accessory line failure 

• Measurement pressure in the spring brake chambers ≧ Pressure to release the spring brakes 


• During re- changing of the braking system from zero pressure, spring brakes shall work till the 

secondary braking performance is satisfied. 


• Once applied, spring brakes shall not release till the residual braking performance is satisfied. 

Point of Annex8 2.4. 

• Spring brakes can be applied and released at least three times if the initial pressure in the spring 

brake chamber is maximum. 

Point of Annex8 2.5. 

• Pressure in the spring brake chamber when the springs begin to actuate the brakes, shall not be 

greater than 80 % of the governor cut in pressure. 

46 


5.2.1.11.1. 

24. Pad / Lining Wear Requirement 

5.2.1.11. 

• Wear of the brakes shall be capable of being easily taken up by means of a system of manual or 

automatic adjustment. In addition, the control and the components of the transmission and of the brakes 

shall possess a reserve of travel and, if necessary, suitable means of compensation such that, when the 

brakes become heated, or the brake linings have reached a certain degree of wear, effective braking is 

ensured without immediate adjustment being necessary. 

• Wear adjustment shall be automatic for the service brakes. However, the fitting of automatic brake 

adjustment devices is optional for off-road vehicles of categories N2 and N3 and for the rear brakes of 

vehicles of category N1. Brakes equipped with automatic brake adjustment devices shall, after heating 

followed by cooling, be capable of free running as defined in paragraph 1.5.4. of Annex 4 following the Type-I 

test also defined in that annex. 

5.2.1.11.2.1. 

• It shall be possible to easily assess this wear on service brake linings from the outside or underside 

of the vehicle, without the removal of the wheels, by the provision of appropriate inspection holes or 

by some other means. This may be achieved by utilizing simple standard workshop tools or common 

inspection equipment for vehicles. Alternatively, a sensing device per wheel (twin wheels are considered as a 

single wheel), which will warn the driver at his driving position when lining replacement is necessary, is 

acceptable. In the case of an optical warning, the yellow warning signal specified in paragraph 5.2.1.29.1.2. 

below may be used. 


47

25. Disc / Drum Wear Requirement 

5.2.1.11.2.2. 

• Assessment of the wear condition of the friction surfaces of brake discs or drums may only be 

performed by direct measurement of the actual component or examination of any brake disc or drum 

wear indicators, which may necessitate some level of disassembly. Therefore, at the time of type 

approval, the vehicle manufacturer shall define the following: (a) The method by which wear of the friction 

surfaces of drums and discs may be assessed, including the level of disassembly required and the tools and 

process required to achieve this. (b) Information defining the maximum acceptable wear limit at the point at 

which replacement becomes necessary. This information shall be made freely available, e.g. vehicle 

handbook or electronic data record. 


48

5.2.1.12. 

26. Brake Fluid Requirement 

• In hydraulic-transmission braking systems, the filling ports of the fluid reservoirs shall be readily accessible; in 

addition, the receptacles containing the reserve fluid shall be so designed and constructed that the 

level of the reserve fluid can be easily checked without the receptacles having to be opened. If this 

latter condition is not fulfilled, the red warning signal specified in paragraph 5.2.1.29.1.1. shall draw the 

driver's attention to any fall in the level of reserve fluid liable to cause a failure of the braking system. The 

type of fluid to be used in the hydraulic transmission braking systems shall be identified by the 

symbol in accordance with figure 1 or 2 of Standard ISO 9128:1987. The symbol shall be affixed in a visible 

position in indelible form within 100 mm of the filling ports of the fluid reservoirs; additional information may be 

provided by the manufacturer. 

ISO9128 : Graphical symbols to designate brake fluid types 

Petroleum-based brake 

fluid 

Non-petroleum-based 

brake fluid 


Siliocone-based brake 

fluid 

49

27. Other Requirement ( ABS ) 

(1) ABS performance 

Purpose 

① To check Adhesion Utilization and Vehicle Stability when ABS activated on various road condition. 

Various road condition ( next page for details ) 

A : High μ road surface 

B : Low μ road surface 

C : μ split ( different μ on left / right ) 

D : μ jumping ( High μ to Low μ, Low μ to High μ ) 

② To check enough Energy which ABS can activate. 

③ Residual braking performance for ABS failure and warning 

④ EMC ( Electromagnetic Compatibility ) 

ABS system must not be affected by Electric / Magnetic field. 

50




High μ 


Low μ 


High μ 

Low μ 

D : μ jump ( Low μ to High μ ) 

High μ Low μ 

D : μ jump ( High μ to Low μ ) 

High μ 

Low μ 

51


(2) ABS Efficiency ( condition A & B ) 

ε= Z AL / K M ≧ 0.75 

Z AL : Maximum braking rate under ABS control 

K M : Friction coefficient of road surface 

(3) Vehicle Stability and Wheel Lock ( condition A, B, C, D ) 

(4) Energy ( condition B ) 

Secondary braking performance shall be satisfied after Vmax / 7 seconds braking 

controlled by ABS. 





D : μ jumping ( High μ to Low μ, Low μ to High μ ) 

52


(5) Residual braking performance for ABS failure 

Remarks 

- High μ condition 

Stopping distance Stopping distance 

Laden ( m ) Unladen ( m ) 

M2 60 1.5 0.15v+(100/25)×(v 2 M3 60 1.5 

/130) 

0.15v+(100/30)×(v 

1.3 

2 /130) 1.5 

N1 N2 70 

50 

1.3 

1.3 

1.1 

1.1 

N3 40 1.3 0.15v+(100/30)×(v 2 MFDD 

MFDD 

( m/s2 ) 

( m/s2 ) 

0.15v+(100/25)×(v 

/115) 1.3 

2 0.15v+(100/30)×(v 

/115) 

2 0.15v+(100/30)×(v 

/115) 

2 Prescribed value and other criteria 

Category of V 

vehicles ( km/h ) 

/130) 

(6) EMC ( UNECE No.10 ) 

The braking system shall not exhibit any malfunction caused by Electromagnetic field. 

UNECE No.10 : UNIFORM PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE APPROVAL OF VEHICLES WITH REGARD 

TO ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY 

53

28. Other Requirement ( EBS ) 

EBS ( Electronically Controlled Braking System ) 

Additional requirements for failure within electric control 

transmission systems 

( i.e. EBS) 

• Secondary braking performance under malfunction of electric control 

transmission 

• Static service braking performance 

• Compensation 

• Charge – discharge balance with the use of electric energy 

• Warning signal 


54

29. Other Requirement (RBS) 

RBS ( Regenerative Braking System ) 

This provision is mainly applied for Electric Vehicle and Hybrid vehicle. 

① Secondly brake performance at system failure in various 

condition. 

② Smooth phase – in between conventional brake and regenerative 

brake. 


55

30. Other Requirement 

(Special requirement relating safety aspects of complex electronic 

vehicle control system ) 

< Purpose > 

This regulation is applied to brake system with over – ride electronic control 

system. 

( e.g. Hydraulic brake system with ABS, ACC, EVSC, etc....... ) 

• The car manufacture should explain the system control strategy and fail 

safe concept etc. at type approval. 

• Secondary braking performance has to be kept when the over – ride 

system failed. 

This is the same as R13H. 

56

31. Other Requirement ( EVSC ) 

EVSC ( Electronic Vehicle Stability Control ) 

< Purpose > 

• Active Safety 

• In order to reduce a sideslip accident and a rollover accident 


• Show an effect about the vehicle stability 

( the vehicle stability with EVSC is better than that without EVSC ) 

• Warning ( EVSC active, EVSC failure, EVSC off ) 

① without EVSC 

Understeer 

Oversteer 

Rollover 

② with EVSC 

Braking control 

warning 

Engine control 

Braking control 

57

END 

Thank you very much for your kind attention 

58


How to introduce UN 

Regulations into Indonesia? 

Brakes and Running Gear Subcommittee of JASIC 

M. Ishihara 

K. Matsubara 

1

[ 1 ] What’s Step ? 

1st STEP :Translation into Indonesian Language 

2nd STEP : Establishment of Test Procedure 

3rd STEP :Harmonization and Adjustment with National reg. 

Note) 3rd STEP will be partially started from 1st STEP 

in parallel 

2

(1) Translation into Indonesian Language -1 

① Rational Interpretation considering 

the purpose and background of the reg. 

②Technically appropriate translation into Indonesian 

Language 

Note) 

1. Free Translation, instead of Literal one, 

for easier understanding when necessary 

2.Some wordings, words are difficult to understand 

Interpretation based on the purpose and background 

of the provision 

・Consult with the expert 

・ JASIC also can make some help 

3

(1)Translation into Indonesian Language -2 

(Example) 

① Interpretation of and/or 

R13 Annex 4 

1.1.1. The performance prescribed for braking systems is based on 

the stopping distance and/or the mean fully developed deceleration. 

The performance of a braking system shall be determined by measuring 

the stopping distance in relation to the initial speed of the vehicle 

and/or by measuring the mean fully developed deceleration during the test. 

R13H Annex 3 

1.1.1. The performance prescribed for braking systems is based on 

the stopping distance and the mean fully developed deceleration. 

The performance of a braking system shall be determined by measuring 

the stopping distance in relation to the initial speed of the vehicle 

and/or by measuring the mean fully developed deceleration during the test. 

Note) Entry into Force ・R13 1970 ・R13H 1998 

②British English / American English 

・Endurance Braking System ・Tyre / Tire 

4

(2)Establishment of Test Procedure -1 

① Characteristics of Brake Regulation 

Actual Vehicle Running Test at Proving Ground 

for verifying the brake performance 

② Each Technical Service has his own Test Procedure 

as bylaw 

③ ISO Test Procedure for supplement 

5

(2)Establishment of Test Procedure -2 

④ Verification test at Proving Ground 

STEP by STEP 

Ex. R13H Representative Brake Test 

・Test condition: 100km/h→0 

・Technical Requirement 

Stopping distance ≦70m and MFDD ≧ 6.43m/s2 

6

(3)Harmonization and Adjustment with National reg. -1 

①Comparison between UN reg. and National reg. 

②In case National reg. is more stringent than UN reg. 

Reconfirm the inevitability of the National reg. considering 

Indonesian current situation 

Then, there are 2 options 

A: Amend UN reg. to harmonize with National reg. 

Note) Rational Justification will be required to amend Global reg. 

B: Amend National reg. to harmonize with UN reg. 

7


③ Confirmation with regards to the issue of Compliance 

with relevant UN reg. for the Indonesian production vehicles 

and finding the solution 

One solution is 

Temporarily Appropriate National reg. reflecting Indonesian 

current situation as an alternative reg. 

Note) Obligation of 1958 Agreement 

Acceptance of UN Type Approval of the regulation 

adopted by the Contacting Party as an alternative to 

the national regulation 

Possible to remain National reg. as an alternative 

For MRA, Compliance with UN reg. is necessary 

8


④Setting up Appropriate Transitional Period (Lead Time) 

Important to introduce Appropriate Lead time to comply 

with New Regulation for Indonesian production vehicles 

( and Imported vehicles) 

Note) 1958 Agreement 

Contracting Party can introduce the appropriate lead time 

for New Type and First Registration according his territory 

condition when he adopts the regulation 

・Close communication between Government and Industry 

is important. 

・ IASIF is just an adequate Forum to discuss 

9


(Example of Lead Time) 

① R13H into Japan 

1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 

② R10(EMC) into Japan ~ 

2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 ~ 

2011/8/1 2016/8/1 

Entry into Force 

1998/11/24 2004/1/1 

Entry into Force 

Mandate for 

New Type and 

First Registration 

③ FMVSS 135(Passenger Brake)into USA 

~ ~ ~ 

Mandate for 

New type and 

First Registration 

1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 

~ ~ 

year 

1995/5/1 2000/9/1 

~ ~ ~ 

year 

year 

Entry into Force Mandate for 

Production Vehicle 

10

[ 2 ] (Case Study) Introduction of R13 into Japan -1 

Japan is preparing to introduce R13 into Japan within 2012 fiscal year 

JASIC R13WG 

MLIT (Ministry of Land, 

Infrastructure, Transport and 

Tourism) 

NTSEL (National Traffic Safety 

and Environment Laboratory) 

JAMA (Japan Automobile 

Manufactures Association) 

JAPIA (Japan Parts Industries 

Association) 

JABIA (Japan Auto-Body Industries 

Association) 

JAMA 

Expert Committee 

Brake 

Steering Stability 

Electronic Safety 

EMC 

NTA Test Procedure 

NTA Documentation 

submission 

11

Working group for introduction activity 

①Technical Requirement WG (TR WG) 

②Test Procedure WG (TP WG) 

③R13 WG 

Introduction 

schedule 

① TR WG 

② TP WG 

③ R13 WG 

:Public comment 

:Legal publication 

2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 

12

Concerned issues are discussed by relevant members 

① TR WG :Translation into Japanese Language 

② TP WG : Establishment of Test Procedure 

③ R13 WG : Harmonization and Adjustment of National reg. 

13

① Translation into Japanese Language 

and Solution for concerned technical issues -1 

English Japanese Notes Issues, Solution, Decision 

R13 Series 11 

気づき事項 

Part 項目番号英文和訳論議事項・確認事項・合意事項 

本則 5. SPECIFICATIONS 仕様(性能要件) ・旧WG訳は原文に即した訳になっ 

ていない。 

本則 5.1. General 一般規定 - 

本則 5.1.1. Braking system 制動装置 - 

本則 5.1.1.1. The braking system shall be so designed, constructed and 

fitted as to enable the vehicle in normal use, despite the 

vibration to which it may be subjected, to comply with the 

provisions of this Regulation. 

本則 5.1.1.2. In particular, the braking system shall be so designed, 

constructed and fitted as to be able to resist the corroding 

and ageing phenomena to which it is exposed. 

本則 5.1.2.1. Service braking system 

The service braking system shall make it possible to control 

the movement of the vehicle and to halt it safely, speedily 

and effectively, whatever its speed and load, on any up or 

down gradient. It shall be possible to graduate this braking 

action. The driver shall be able to achieve this braking 

action from his driving seat without removing his hands from 

the steering control. 

主制動装置 

本則 5.1.2.2. Secondary braking system 

The secondary braking system shall make it possible to halt 

the vehicle within a reasonable distance in the event of 

failure of the service braking system. It shall be possible to 

graduate this braking action. The driver shall be able to 

obtain this braking action from his driving seat while keeping 

at least one hand on the steering control. For the purposes 

of these provisions it is assumed that not more than one 

failure of the service braking system can occur at one time. 

制動装置は、通常の使用状態において受ける可能性のある 

振動に耐え、かつ、本指定基準規則の要件に適合できるよう 

に設計、製造され、自動車車両に取り付けられていること。 

制動装置は、腐食及び経時劣化に耐えられるように設計、製 

造され、自動車車両に取り付けられていること。 

主制動装置は、いかなる速度、負荷及び勾配であっても、自 

動車車両の走行を制御し、安全、迅速、かつ、有効に自動車 

車両を停止させることができるものであること。この制動力は 

調整可能であり、かつ、運転者が運転席においてかじ取りハ 

ンドルから両手を離さずに行うことができるものであること。 

二次制動装置 

二次制動装置は、主制動装置が故障したときに、自動車車両 

を適当な距離で停止させることができるものであること。この 

制動力は調整可能であり、かつ、運転者が運転席においてか 

じ取りハンドルに少なくとも片手をかけたまま行うことができる 

ものであること。この要件に関しては、主制動装置には2つ以 

上の故障が同時に発生しないことを前提とする。 

・交通研訳の「本指定基準」は、前 

述の1.1.項に合わせ「本規則」とす 

る。 

解: 訳は乗用指基5.1.1.1.のまま。 

・原文の中に「自動車」の言葉は出 

てきていない。入れたほうが分かり 

やすいが、入れるならば「車両」が 

良いのではないか。 

解: 訳は乗用指基5.1.1.2.のまま。 

・” must ” → ” shall ” 

・旧WG訳はうまく訳されていない・。 

・”vehicle”の訳は「自動車」ではな 

く「車両」とするほうが適切ではない 

か。 

解: 乗用指基5.1.2.1.のまま。ただ 

し「勾配」(原文はR13とR13-Hは同 

一)を追加。サービスブレーキコント 

ロールは足操作、つまり通常は「ペ 

ダル」でなければならない。身障者 

用自動車が関係してくる。 

両手をステアリングホイールから離さ 

ずに操作することと規定されているの 

で、主制動装置の操作装置は足によ 

る操作に限定される。 

・” must ” → ” shall ” 

少なくとも片手をステアリングホイー 

・”vehicle”の訳は「自動車」ではなルに置いたまま操作することと規定さ 

く「車両」とするほうが適切ではないれているので、二次制動装置の操作 

か。 

装置は片手による操作を許容される。 

解: 乗用指基5.1.2.2.より「主制動これによりスプリングブレーキ(駐車制 

装置の操作装置」、「両手」削除。動装置)を二次制動装置とすることが 

R13-Hでは二次ブレーキのコント可能になる。 

ロールはサービスブレーキコント 

ロールと規定されていることに注 

意。R13では二次ブレーキは駐車ブ 

レーキの動的使用でも可。 

14

① Translation into Japanese Language 

and Solution for concerned technical issues -2 

(Example) Mandatory EVSC for 4-axle Truck -1 

1.4-axle Truck is exempted from mandate from EVSC 

in R13 

2.4-axle Truck is mainly used as 

・Special purpose heavy vehicle for construction in Europe 

・Highway usage heavy truck for carrying goods in Japan 

Japan wants to mandate EVSC for 4-axle Truck 

15

(Example) Mandatory EVSC for 4-axle Truck -2 

Japan proposed to mandate EVSC for 4-axle Truck at 69 th GRRF 

(Sept./2010) and it was agreed at 70th GRRF( Feb./2011). 

And adopted at 154WP29(June/2011) 

2010 2011 2012 

☆Japan Proposed to 69th GRRF 

☆70th GRRF Agreed with some amendment 

☆154th WP29 Adopted 

16

Transmitted by the expert from Japan Informal document No. GRRF-68-02 

(68th GRRF, 21 - 24 September 2010, 

agenda item3 (c)) 

Proposal for amendment to Regulation No. 13 (Heavy vehicle braking) 

I. PROPOSAL 

Annex 21 

Paragraph 5.2.1.32., amend to read: 

"5.2.1.32. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 12.4. to this Regulation, all vehicles of categories M2, 

M3, N2 and N3 13/ having no more than 3 4 axles shall be equipped with a vehicle stability 

function. This shall include roll-over control and directional control and meet the technical 

requirements of Annex 21 to this Regulation." 

Ⅱ JUSTIFICATION 

Vehicles . of categories N3 having 4 axles, tires with small nominal rim diameter (19.5 inches or less) and 

low floors with a gross vehicle mass (GVM) not more than 25 tonnes are Japanese original vehicles (see 

photograph below). These vehicles are generally used for carriage of goods on highways in Japan, which 

means they have the same usage N3 having no more than 3 axles which requires EVSC. Therefore, the 

application of EVSC installation should not exclude such vehicles. 

In addition, Japan is now planning the adoption of Regulation No. 13. The EVSC installation is going to 

be required on mandatory basis at the same time. 

17

United Nations ECE/TRANS/WP.29/2011/58 

Economic and Social Council Distr.: General 

1 April 2011 

English 

Original: English and French 




154 th session 

Geneva, 21–24 June 2011 

Item 4.8.1 of the provisional agenda 

1958 Agreement – Consideration of draft amendments 

to existing Regulations submitted by GRRF 

Proposal for Supplement 8 to the 11 series of amendments to 

Regulation No. 13 (Heavy vehicles braking) 

Submitted by the Working Party on Brakes and Running Gear * 

The text reproduced below was adopted by the Working Party on Brakes and Running 

Gear (GRRF) at its sixty-ninth session to mandate electronic stability control (ESC) on N3 

vehicles with 4 axles, to align the ESC malfunction tell-tale requirement with those of 

Federal Motor Vehicles Safety Standards (FMVSS) No. 126, and to clarify the periodic 

technical inspection requirements. It is based on ECE/TRANS/WP.29/GRRF/2011/3, on 

ECE/TRANS/GRRF/2011/11, and on ECE/TRANS/WP.29/GRRF/2010/26/Rev.1, all not 

amended (ECE/TRANS/WP.29/GRRF/69, paras. 10, 11 and 16). It is submitted to the World 

Forum for Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations (WP.29) and to the Administrative 

Committee (AC.1) for consideration. 

* In accordance with the programme of work of the Inland Transport Committee for 2010–2014 

(ECE/TRANS/208/, para. 106 and ECE/TRANS/2010/8, programme activity 02.4), the World Forum 

will develop, harmonize and update Regulations in order to enhance the performance of vehicles. The 

present document is submitted in conformity with that mandate. 

18

ECE/TRANS/WP.29/2011/58 


"5.1.4.7. It shall be possible to verify, in a frequent and simple way, the correct… 

available." 

Insert a new paragraph 5.1.4.7.1., to read: 

"5.1.4.7.1. Where the operational status is indicated to the driver by warning signals, as 

specified in this regulation, it shall be possible at a periodic technical 

inspection to confirm the correct operational status by visual observation of 

the warning signals following a power-on." 

Paragraph 5.1.4.7.1. (former), renumber as paragraph 5.1.4.7.2. 


"5.2.1.32. Subject to the provisions of paragraph 12.4. of this Regulation, all vehicles of of 

the the following categories shall shall be be equipped with with a vehicle a vehicle stability function: 

(a) M2, M3, N2 12/ ; 

(b) N3 12/ having no more than 3 axles; 

(c) N 12/ with 4 axles,, with a maximum mass not exceeding 25 t and a 

maximum wheel diameter code not exceeding 19.5. 

The vehicle stability function shall include roll-over control and directional 

control and meet the technical requirements of Annex 21 to this Regulation." 

Annex 21, paragraph 2.1.4., amend to read: 

"2.1.4. Interventions of the vehicle stability function… for this purpose. 

Additionally, interventions by systems related to the vehicle stability function 

(including traction control, trailer stability assist, corner brake control, and 

other similar functions that use throttle and/or individual torque control to 

operate and share common components with vehicle stability function) may 

also be indicated to the driver by this flashing optical warning signal. 

Interventions… leaving the driver's seat." 

19

( Note) 

1958 Agreement 

Contracting party can decide to mandate 

the additional system by himself in his territory 

20

②Establishment of Test procedure and Solution 

for concerned technical issues 

(Example) Fade Test Procedure 

Category of 

vehicles 

M 2 

N1 

M 3, N 2, N 3 

V1 : initial speed 

( km/h ) 

80% Vmax ≦ 100 

80% Vmax ≦ 120 

80% Vmax ≦ 60 

Conditions of heating procedure 

V2 : speed at end 

( km/h ) 

1/2 V1 

1/2 V1 

1/2 V1 

time of braking 

interval ( sec ) 

55 

55 

60 

unmber of brake 

applications 

15 

15 

20 

21

(Example) EVSC Test Procedure 

EVSC demonstration for test procedure 

- Roll-over control test 

ISO closing curve 

- Directional control test 

Single lane change 

22

③ General Meeting every 2 or 3 months 

Purpose :Following up General Progress 

1. Translation into Japanese Language 

2. Establishment of Test Procedure 

3. Harmonization and Adjustment with National reg. 

4. Seeking the solution for concerned technical and regulatory issues 

(Example) 

・Driver/ Passenger weight UN/ECE 75kg/person 

Japan 55kg/person 

・ Definition of Bus Category 

・ADR 

23

For reference 

Recommend to introduce R13H for the first, 

if R13H and R13 has the same priority for Indonesia and 

difficult to introduce them at the same time by man power issue 

The reason 

・The content of R13 is much larger and complicated than R13H. 

About R13 is 3 times pages compared with R13H. 

・it is more efficient to introduce R13 after the experience of R13H 

24


25


- Roll-over control test (ISO closing curve) 

Heavy duty 4x2 tractor 

EVSC OFF


- Roll-over control test (ISO closing curve) 


EVSC ON


- Directional control test (Single lane change) 


EVSC 

OFF


- Directional control test (Single lane change) 


EVSC 

ON


- Roll-over control test for Trailer 

2 axles trailer 

EVSC OFF



EVSC ON



2 axles trailer 

EVSC OFF

#2 SWG2 meeting 

Results of the panel discussion on 

“ The needs for IASIF” 

in the first SWG2 workshop 

September 15, 2011 

Japan Automobile Standards Internationalization Center 

1

• Chair: Mr. Tadaomi Akiba (JASIC) 

• Panelists: Mr. Juliaman P. (VTCC), 

Mr. M. Tafku S.(BTMP), 

Mr. Fanani Hamzah (CFC), 

Mr. Eko Rudianto (GAIKINDO), 

Mr. Heru Susanto (AISI), 

Mr. Shigeo Yoshizawa, (JASIC) 

Mr. Kazuhiko Satsuma (JASIC) 

2

1. Benefits of the accession to the 1958 Agreement 

and adoption of the UN Regulations 

(1) In adopting UN Regulations, it should carefully consider the economic impact. (B4T) 

(2) The past, in the JASIC Government-Industry meetings, many discussions were held on the subject. The 

adoption of UN Regulations improves vehicle safety by reducing the number of car accidents casualties, 

improves emission performance, the explanation was said to decrease air pollution, in these discussions, 

the Marketing people who know the economy has not participated in such discussion. (GAIKINDO) 

(3) To protect the safety, vehicle use, transport infrastructure, it is important to all three elements of driver 

education, the adoption of technical standards is to do with the vehicle safety. Some costs can occur to 

improve vehicle safety and partly absorbed by manufacturers, is going to have some burden to our 

customers. Once you have taken into account when developing a new vehicle from the legal 

requirements, but can also be minimized. Vehicle manufacturers have already been exposed to global 

competition, if a certain level of vehicle safety and environmental performance required by the market, 

the auto industry's role in responding to these requirements. (JASIC) 

(4) From a standpoint of suppliers, it is true that there are disadvantages due to the adoption of UN 

Regulations. Small parts manufacturer in the local technology development, cost becomes a problem of 

production facilities. While cost is largely dependent on production volume. If you can secure significant 

cost of production is lowered in a unified specification, which can be exported overseas because 

international regulations-based specification. If the traffic accident analysis can provide data to estimate 

the cause of the accident, which determines the priority of the tool when you need to adopt the UN 

Regulations. (JASIC) 

(5) The accession to the 1958 Agreement simplifies procedures for trade, there are also benefits MOF and 

MOI. (JASIC) 

3

2. Issues in Indonesian VTA system for the 

adoption of UN Regulations 

(1) The VTA system in Indonesia today is provided in the early 1980, it 

should be improved as quickly as possible to run in order to allow 

ASEAN-MRA. (GAIKINDO) 

(2) The VTA-system should restart firstly 19 subject of the ASEAN-MRA, 

which should strengthen gradually in stages. (GAIKINDO) 

4

3. What shall IASIF do? 

(1) IASIF is an organization composed of 10 members, many who attend to other duties. Not 

even a full-time secretariat. (VTCC) 

(2) Whether the IASIF secretariat to move to GAIKINDO? (GAIKINDO) 

(3) As the JASIC secretariat, a period of time from vehicle-manufactures and parts 

manufacturers (i.e. 2 years or 3 years ), if you see we can get out a full-time workers? 

(JASIC) 

(4) Because of the complexity for all of Indonesia, for organizing this, IASIF has quickly 

established Technical Groups, or need to clarify who should participate in each Technical 

Group. (GAIKINDO) 

(5) The upcoming FAMI meeting in Chiang Mai, the relationship will determine the direction of 

the harmonization of 16 UN regulations. AISI is thought of as a time schedule, the 

government is not ready to discuss the situation yet. We can welcome the opportunity to 

talk with the government in the IASIF meeting. Among ASEAN countries has already begun 

competition, afford to stay in Indonesia is not present. (AISI) 

(6) Compared to participants from other countries in the T / F of ACCSQ-APWG that 

participate from industry , Indonesia is extremely small. We need more. (VTCC) 

(7) Therefore, in IASIF in advance, to be discussed at the government and industry. (GAIKINDO) 

(8) The transparency is important in the discussion in the IASIF meetings, consider to publish 

the results for the following four points. (JASIC) 

(i) To be consistency between UN Regulations and the national law , 

(ii) To propose the adoption items of UN Regulations and its publication , 

(iii) To recruit public comments and its results publication, 

(iv) To provide the appropriate lead time to apply to the new types of vehicles and 

new vehicles 

5

Draft Comprehensive Paper of IASIF as Preparation for the 1958 Agreement Ratification 

Scenario of the report: 

1. UNECE Regulation inclusion in the report submitted to the Minister for the Cabinet 

meeting. 

2. Prepare IASIF report to the Director General of Land Transport (DGLT) and Director General 

of Leading High-Technology Based Industry (DGIUBTT); by creating a direct report from the 

Director General to the Minister. Furthermore, confirmation will be given through a 

Ministerial Letter submitted to the Coordinating Minister for Economic Affairs. 

Proposed (narrative) points for the comprehensive paper (+ 2 pages): 

• Background: 

1. To face the ASEAN FTA, that takes effect in 2015; where the automotive sector will refer 

to the UNECE regulations as a reference/basis of harmonization towards the MRA. 

2. To increase the level of motor vehicle safety, implementation of internationally- 

recognized standards and regulations, i.e. UNECE Regulations, in the National Vehicle 

Type Approval is deemed essential. 

3. To encourage efficiency and to stimulate the Indonesian automotive industry to become 

a production base, as well as promoting export. UNECE Regulation as technical 

regulations of Motor Vehicles for mutual recognition in the global market. 

4. To create products that are environmentally friendly and energy efficient by 

• Benefits: 

implementing UNECE regulations. 




3. Generate foreign exchange through increased exports, as well as gain foreign exchange 

savings through domestic products and services. 

• Infrastructure Needs 

1. Strengthen test laboratory infrastructure (technical services) in accordance with 

standards related to safety, environment and energy; including provision of facilities 

associated with the applicable research. 

2. Increased capability of dedicated experts in the field of regulation drafting and technical 

implementation. 

1

• Necessary Steps 

1. Preparation of the legal aspects through coordination with related Ministries (e.g. 

Ministry of Foreign Affairs, Ministry of Trade, Ministry of Justice and Human Rights) 

2. Strengthen test facilities by preparing a proposal for program budgeting 

3. Develop experts through international collaborations and technical assistance 

• Follow-Up Recommendations 



3. Propose to use the services of an experienced consultant 

2

Skenario laporan: 

Draft Comprehensive Paper dari FISKI untuk Persiapan Ratifikasi Perjanjian 1958 

1. Memasukkan isu regulasi UNECE dalam laporan Menteri untuk disampaikan pada sidang 

kabinet. 

2. Mempersiapkan Laporan FISKI ke Dirjen. Hubdat dan IUBTT. Dengan membuat langsung 

Laporan Dirjen ke Menteri. Selanjutnya konfirmasi agar disampaikan Surat menteri ke 

Menkoperekonomian. 

Usulan pointer (dalam bentuk narasi) comprehensive paper (+ 2 halaman): 

• Latar belakang: 

1. Dalam rangka menghadapi FTA ASEAN yang efektif diberlakukan pada tahun 2015. 

Dimana sektor otomotif mengacu kepada regulasi UNECE sebagai referensi /dasar 

harmonisasi menuju MRA. 

2. Dalam rangka meningkatkan tingkat keselamatan kendaraan bermotor diperlukan 

penerapan standar dan regulasi yang diakui secara global yaitu regulasi UNECE melalui 

Uji Tipe Kendaraan Bermotor. 

3. Dalam rangka mendorong efisiensi industri dan dalam rangka merangsang industri 

otomotif Indonesia menjadi basis produksi serta peningkatan ekspor. Regulasi UNECE 

sebagai regulasi teknis KBM untuk saling pengakuan di pasar global. 

4. Dalam rangka menciptakan produk yang ramah lingkungan dan hemat energi dengan 

menerapkan regulasi UNECE. 

• Benefit 

1. Penurunan tingkat kecelakaan, mengurangi konsumsi bahan bakar dan menurunkan 

emisi gas buang. 

2. Dengan tumbuhnya industri (Indonesia sebagai production base) dalam negeri akan 

menciptakan lapangan kerja, mendorong peningkatan ekspor dan transfer teknologi 

3. Penghasil devisa melalui peningkatan ekspor dan penghematan devisa melalui produk 

dan jasa dalam negeri. 

• Kebutuhan infrastruktur 

1. Memperkuat insfrastruktur lab uji (technical services) yang sesuai dengan standar yang 

terkait dengan safety, environtment dan energy, termasuk penyediaan fasilitas yang 

terkait dengan Penelitian terapannya. 

2. Peningkatan kemampuan tenaga ahli yang didedikasikan dalam bidang penyusunan 

peraturan dan pelaksanaan teknis. 

• Langkah-langkah yang dibutuhkan 

1. Penyusunan aspek legal melalui koordiinasi dengan Kementerian terkait (Kemenlu, 

Kementerian Perdagangan, Kementerian Hukum dan HAM) 

2. Memperkuat fasilitas uji, dengan menyiapkan usulan program pembiayaan

3. Pengembangan tenaga ahli melalui kerjasama internasional, bantuan teknis 

• Saran tindak lanjut 

1. Ratifikasi perjanjian 1958 

2. Mengadopsi regulasi UNECE secara bertahap dan selektif 

3. Mengusulkan untuk menggunakan jasa konsultan yang berpengalaman

2011 I-EPA 2 nd Work shop 

PROCESS FOR THE IMPROVEMENT OF 

INDONESIAN WVTA SYSTEM 

AKIBA T. 


akiba@roy.hi-ho.ne.jp 

05-06/Oct/2011

General Direction of the Activity 

Regulation 

1. Improvement of WVTA Regulation 

2. List of technical requirements as annex to the 

WVTA regulation 

Certification 

Better understanding of related 

person/organization 

Ref. Information : The 1958 Agreement

GENERAL DIRECTION OF ACTIVITY 


UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg RXX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg RXX 

IWVTA 

UN Reg R0 

Indonesian 

Certification 

System 

Indonesian WVTA 

Applying 

Modifying

REGULATION 

Improvement of WVTA Regulation 

Understanding UN Regulations as candidates 

of technical requirements annex to the 

Indonesian WVTA

REGULATION – IMPROVEMENT OF WVTA 

Understanding Key Elements for WVTA 

Comparison Existing WVTA and Model WVTA 

Set up Road map as IASIF activity


1. Scope 

2. Definition 


4. Approval 


6. Tests 







12. Introductory and transitional provisions 

Key Elements














CONTENTS OF WVTA REGULATION - 3 


of vehicles 










of conformity 


Part A: Vehicles of category M1 (M2,M3,,,,,,,,,,)

REGULATION OF WVTA - COMPARISON 

Analysis of existing WVTA 

Finding direction to improve 

Working schedule 

Ref. to working sheet

REGULATION – TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS 

ANNEX TO THE WVTA 

Classification of all UN Regulations as 

Candidates of Technical Requirements 

Classification Policy A 

Applying without any 

modification 

MACRO-Analysis 

(127 UN Regulations) 

Ref. to working sheet 

B 

Applying with some 

amendment in WP29 

C 

Not Applying



Another Classification of all UN Regulations 

classified A or B 

Classification Policy Table 1 

List of mandatory 

requirements 


(A or B classified) 

Table 2 

List of if-fitted 

requirements 

Table 3 

List of alternative requirements for 

WVTA with limited validity



Key elements: 

1. Necessity from safety, environment and security reason, 

2. International circumstance, 

3. Government preparation, 

4. Technical Service preparation, 

5. Industry preparation, 

6. Experts for technical judgment and for communication 

in GRs of Wp29



Make clear Regional Unique requirement for 

the WVTA 

Classification Policy 


(Indonesian Unique) 

D 

New UN Regulation for 

applying 

E 

Remain as unique 

requirement 

Table 4 

List of national requirement 

for WVTA 

F 

Elimination



Final classification 

All technical requirements are classified to 

Category A, B, C, D, E in the table 1~4 and F. 

R.E.3 also should be examined for the WVTA 

http://www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/wp29wgs/wp29gen/wp29classification.html 

Micro Analysis for farther development of 

Technical requirement 

Ref. to working sheet


Government 


proposal 







Voting by AC1 


Publication amendment UN Reg. 


(11 weeks 

before WP29) 



6 months

CERTIFICATION 

Administrative Department 


Applicant 




Services 



TRANS/WP.29/1044 – General Guidelines for UN Reg. 


Regulations 




UN Regulations 


Whole vehicle 



Assembly 

COP 

Assembly 

COP 

Registration 

Application 

documents 

Application 

documents 

COC 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 


Certification 

Tests 

Report 

Certification 

Tests 

Report

BETTER UNDERSTANDING OF RELATED 

PERSON/ORGANIZATION 

Make clear “Problem” 

Regular Information 

Responsible person

REF. INFORMATION : THE 1958 AGREEMENT 



The 1958 agreement



ECOSOC 


ECE 


ITC 


WP29 


ESCAP 


AC1,AC2 

AC3,AC4 


ORGANIZATION OF WP29 

WP29 meeting are organized three times / year in March, June and November. 

Each Gr. meeting is organized two times / year. 

All schedule of meetings are uploaded UNECE Website : 

http://www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/meetings_events.html 

Administrative committee for coordination(AC2) 

6 working parties of experts 

Active safety 






Noise (GRB) 

General safety (GRSG)

AGREEMENTS UNDER WP29 



(UN/ECE/WP29) 

Administrativ 



Activity 

Contents 

1958 

Agreement 


of UN regulations 

• Technical 

requirements 


• COP 

1998 

Agreement 



regulation) 

•Technical 

requirements 

OUTPUT UN regulations Global technical 

regulations (gtr) 

1997 

Agreement 




involvement of third countries at 

the development process of new 

UN regulations and amendments 

to existing UN regulations 

Rule



Article 1 Definitions, establishment and implementation of 
















Appendix 1 


Appendix 2 



1. Application of the UN Regulations under the type approval system (Article 

1 paras.1, 7-8) 

2. Development/Amendment of Regulation for wheeled vehicle, equipment 

or parts (Article 1 paras. 2-4, Article 6 paras. 1-2, Article 12 paras. 1-3, 

Appendix 1) 

3. Technical Requirements and Test Methods (Article 1 para.2) 


including approval markings and (Article 1, paras. 5-6, Article 2, Article 3, 

Article 4, Article 5) 

5. Conditions for ensuring conformity of production (COP) (Appendix 2)












1. Application of the UN Regulations Under Type Approval 

System 



approval 























3. Development/Amendment of Regulation for wheeled vehicle, 

equipment or parts 




Nations. 















An amendment to a Regulation is considered and adopted -unless more than one-third 

of the Contracting Parties applying that Regulation inform the Secretary-General of their 


If the Secretary-General has not received declarations of disagreement of more than 

one-third of the Contracting Parties applying the Regulation, the Secretary-General 

declares the amendment as adopted and binding upon those Contracting Parties 

applying the Regulation who did not declare themselves opposed to it. 



-the un-amended Regulation will be regarded as an alternative to the amended 

Regulation 







Idea of alternatives within the existing regulations 






do not have to accept approvals to preceding amendments or to un-amended Regulations. 





Nations. 







one vote. 





Member States 














Member States 





including approval markings 












(Article 2)



Appendix 2 


ISO 9002 or equivalent accreditation standard 


The existence of adequate arrangements and documented control 

plans 

para 2.3. Requirements for the holder of the approval 

para 2.4. Requirements for the authority

FINAL GOAL >> MRA OF WVTA = IWVTA 

A country 

B country 


UN R 48 UN R 13 UN R 17 

UN R AA UN R BB UN R 14 

A country 

Certificate of Whole Vehicle Approval 

C country 


THANK YOU FOR YOUR ATTENTION! 

Any problem? Contact to 

The 2 nd I-EPA Workshop in 2011 

akiba@roy.hi-ho.ne.jp

Regulation list 

UN Reg. 

No. 

UN Reg. Item 

Approva 

l 

Authorit 

y 

incharge 

Main 

Technicla 

Services 

Indonesia 

n 

Automobil 

e 

Standard 

/Regulatio 

VTA 

Regulatory 

Requiremen 

t (inc:X) 

ASEAN 

MRA Item 

(inc:X) 

Regulatory 

Requirement (inc:X) 

EU Japan IWVTA 

UN R No. 1 HEADLAMPS X 

UN R No. 2 HEADLAMPS 

UN R No. 3 REFLEX REFLECTORS MOT VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 4 REAR REGISTRATION PLATE LAMPS MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 5 SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS X 

UN R No. 6 DIRECTION INDICATORS MOT VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 7 

FRONT AND REAR POSITION (SIDE) LAMPS, STOP LAMPS 

AND END-OUTLINE MARKER LAMPS MOT VTCC 

X X X 

UN R No. 8 

HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (H1,H2,H3,HB3,HB4,H7,H8,H9,HIR1, 

HIR2 and/or H11) 

X 

UN R No. 9 NOISE (THREE-WHEELED VEHICLES) MOE VTCC 

UN R No. 10 

UNIFORM PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE APPROVAL OF 

VEHICLES WITH REGARD TO ELECTROMAGNETIC MOT LIPI 

X X X 

UNRNo UN R No. 11 DOOR LATCHES & HINGES MOT B2TKS X X X 

a) Accept 

(Examples 

by JASIC) 

UN R No. 12 STEERING MECHANISM X X X 

UN R No. 13 BRAKING MOT VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 13- BRAKING (M1) MOT VTCC X X X X 

UN R No. 14 SAFETY BELT ANCHORAGES MOT B2TKS, B4T X X X X 

UN R No. 15 EXHAUST EMISSION 

UN R No. 16 SAFETY BELTS MOI B2TKS, B4T X X X X 

UN R No. 17 SEATS MOT B2TKS X X X X 

UN R No. 18 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE (LOCKING X 

UN R No. 19 FRONT FOG LAMPS MOT VTCC X X 

UN R No. 20 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (H4) X 

UN R No. 21 INTERIOR FITTINGS MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 22 MOTOR CYCLES AND MOPEDS HELMET X 

UN R No. 23 REVERSING LAMPS MOT VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 24 DIESEL SMOKE MOE, MOTBTMP, VTCC X 

UN R No. 25 HEAD RESTRAINTS X X X X 

UN R No. 26 EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS MOT VTCC X X 

UN R No. 27 WARNING TRIANGLES X X 

UN R No. 28 AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES MOE, MOT VTCC X X 

UN R No. 29 CAB OF A COMMERCIAL VEHICLE 

UN R No. 30 PNEUMATIC TYRES (PASSENGER VEHICLE) MOI B4T X X X X 

UN R No. 31 HALOGEN SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS X 

UN R No. 32 REAR-END COLLISION 

UN R No. 33 HEAD-ON HEAD ON COLLISION 

UN R No. 34 PREVENTION OF FIRE RISKS 

MOI 

UN R No. 35 ARRANGEMENT OF FOOT CONTROLS 

UN R No. 36 CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES 

UN R No. 37 FILAMENT LAMPS MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 38 REAR FOG LAMPS MOT VTCC X X 

UN R No. 39 SPEEDOMETER MOT VTCC X X X X 

UN R No. 40 EXHAUST EMISSION (MOTOR CYCLE) MOE, MOTBTMP, VTCC X X 

UN R No. 41 NOISE (MOTOR CYCLE) MOE, MOTCC, Pusarpedal X X 

UN R No. 42 FRONT & REAR PROTECTIVE DEVICES 

UN R No. 43 


SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS MOI CFC 

X X X 

UN R No. 44 CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS MOI B2TKS X X 

UN R No. 45 HEADLAMPS CLEANERS MOI, MOT VTCC X X 

UN R No. 46 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS MOI, MOT VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 47 EXHAUST EMISSION (MOPED) MOE, MOTBTMP, VTCC 

UN R No. 48 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS MOT VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 49 DIESEL EMISSION MOE, MOTBTMP, VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 50 LIGHTS (MOPED, MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 51 NOISE MOE, MOTCC, Pusarpedal X X X 

UN R No. 52 CONSTRUCTION OF SMALL CAPACITY PUBLIC SERVICE 

UN R No. 53 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 54 PNEUMATIC TYRES (COMMERCIAL VEHICLE) MOI B4T X X X X 

UN R No. 55 MECHANICAL COUPLING MOI B4T, B2TKS X 

UN R No. 56 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 57 HEADLAMPS (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 58 REAR UNDERRUN PROTECTION MOI B2TKS X X X 

UN R No. 59 REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM X 

UN R No. 60 DRIVER OPERATED CONTROLS (MOPED, MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 61 EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS (COMMERCIAL VEHICLE) MOT VTCC 

UN R No. 62 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT LIPI X X X 

UN R No. 63 NOISE (MOPED) MOE, MOTCC, Pusarpedal 

UN R No. 64 TEMPORARY-USE SPARE WHEELS/TYRES AND RUN FLAT MOI B4T X 

UN R No. 65 SPECIAL WARNING LIGHTS 

UN R No. 66 STRENGTH OF SUPER STRUCTURE (LARGE PASSENGER MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 67 SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT OF VEHICLE USING LPG X 

UN R No. 68 MEASUREMENT OF THE MAXIMUM SPEED 

UN R No. 69 Rear marking plates for slow-moving vehicles X 

UN R No. 70 REAR MARKING PLATES FOR HEAVY AND LONG VEHICLES MOI B2TKS X X X 

UN R No. 71 Driver's field of vision of agricultural tractors X 

UN R No. 72 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (HS1 FOR MOTOR CYCLE) X 

UN R No. 73 LATERAL PROTECTION (GOODS VEHICLE) MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 74 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS (MOPED) MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 75 PNEUMATIC TYRES (MOPED, MOTOR CYCLE) MOI B4T X X X X 

UN R No. 76 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) 

UN R No. 77 PARKING LAMPS MOT VTCC X X X 

Textile 

Lab., 

X 

b) Amended 

Adoption 

(Examples 

by JASIC) 

Classification of Adoption 

c) Not 

Adopted 

d) New UN 

Reg. 

e) Uneque 

f) 

Eliminatio 

n 

classificatio 

n for Table 

1,2,3 

Adoptio 

n Date 

Schedule of 

Amendment 

Action 

The Reason for the Decision 

(*1The reason or technical back 

ground of i)Accept, ii)amended, 

iii)not adopted) 

Remark

UN R No. 78 BRAKING (CATEGORY L) MOT VTCC X X 

UN R No. 79 STEERING EQUIPMENT MOI B2TKS X X X 

UN R No. 80 SEAT (LARGE PASSENGER VEHICLE) MOI B2TKS, B4T X X X 

UN R No. 81 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT B4T, VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 82 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (HS2 FOR MOPED) X 

UN R No. 83 

THE EMISSION OF POLLUTANTS ACCORDING TO ENGINE 

FUEL REQUIREMENTS 

MOE, MOTBTMP, VTCC 

X X X 

UN R No. 84 MEASUREMENT OF FUEL CONSUMPTION 

UN R No. 85 MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE POWER MOI BTMP, VTCC X 

UN R No. 86 Installation of lights on forestry tractors X 

UN R No. 87 DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS X 

UN R No. 88 RETROREFLECTIVE TYRES (MOTOR CYCLE) 

UN R No. 89 SPEED LIMITATION DEVICES MOI, MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 90 

REPLACEMENT BRAKE LINING ASSEMBLIES AND DRUM 

BRAKE LININGS 

X 

UN R No. 91 SIDE-MARKER LAMPS MOT VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 92 REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM (MOTOR CYCLE) 

UN R No. 93 FRONT UNDERRUN PROTECTION MOI B2TKS X X X 

UN R No. 94 

PROTECTION OF THE OCCUPANTS IN THE EVENT OF A 

FRONTAL COLLISION MOT VTCC 

X X X 

UN R No. 95 


LATERAL COLLISION MOT VTCC 

X X X 

UN R No. 96 

Emissions of Pollutants by Compression Ignition (CI) Engines to be 

installed in Agricultural & Forestry Tractors 

X 

UN R No. 97 VEHICLE ALARM SYSTEMS X 

UN R No. 98 GAS-DISCHARGE HEADLAMPS MOT VTCC X X 

UN R No. 99 GAS-DISCHARGE LIGHT SOURCES MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 100 BATTERY ELECTRIC VEHICLES MOT VTCC X X 

EMISSION OF CARBON DIOXIDE AND FUEL CONSUMPTION 

UN R No. 101 

(PASSENGER CAR) 

MOE, MOTBTMP, VTCC 

X 

UN R No. 102 A CLOSE-COUPLING DEVICE X 

UN R No. 103 REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC CONVERTERS X 

UN R No. 104 RETRO-REFLECTIVE MARKINGS FOR HEAVY AND LONG MOI B2TKS X X X 

THE CARRIAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS WITH REGARD TO 

UN R No. 105 

THEIR SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES 

X 

UN R No. 106 Pneumatic tyres for agricultural vehicles X 

CATEGORY M2 OR M3 VEHICLES WITH REGARD TO THEIR 

UN R No. 107 

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 

X 

UN R No. 108 RETREADED PNEUMATIC TYRES (MOTOR VEHICLE) X 

UN R No. 109 RETREADED PNEUMATIC TYRES (COMMERCIAL VEHICLE) X 

UN R No. 110 VEHICLES USING CNG MOT BTMP, VTCC X 

UN R No. 111 ROLLOVER STABILITY (TANK VEHICLES OF CATEGORIES N X 

UN R No. 112 HEADLAMPS (WITH AN ASYMMETRICAL PASSING BEAM) MOT VTCC X X 

UN R No. 113 HEADLAMPS (WITH A SYMMETRICAL PASSING BEAM) MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 114 REPLACEMENT AIRBAG SYSTEM X 

UN R No. 115 LPG/CNG RETROFIT SYSTEM MOT BTMP, VTCC X 

UN R No. 116 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE MOI LIPI X X X 

THE APPROVAL OF TYRES WITH REGARD TO ROLLING 

UN R No. 117 

SOUND EMISSIONS MOT VTCC 

X 

THE BURNING BEHAVIOUR OF MATERIALS USED IN THE 

UN R No. 118 

INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN CATEGORIES OF 

X 

UN R No. 119 CORNERING LAMPS MOT VTCC X X X 

Internal combustion engines to be installed in agricultural and 

UN R No. 120 

forestry tractors and in non-road mobile machinery 

X 

THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF HAND CONTROLS, 

UN R No. 121 

TELL-TALES AND INDICATORS MOT VTCC 

X 

UN R No. 122 HEATING SYSTEM X 

UN R No. 123 AFS MOT VTCC X X X 

UN R No. 124 WHEELS FOR PASSENGER CARS X 

UN R No. 125 THE FORWARD FIELD OF VISION MOT VTCC X 

UN R No. 126 PARTITIONING SYSTEM X 

UN R RE3 

CONSOLIDATED RESOLUTION ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF 

VEHICLE 

MOT 

X 

39 3 

19 106 42


(第 3 回) 

2011 年 11 月 1 日 MOI 会議室(JAKARTA) 



2011 年 11 月 1 日会合 

2011 年 11 月 2 日~ 3 日ワークショップ


(1) #3 SWG2 meeting @ MOI in Jakarta: Nov. 1, 2011 

(a) Preparation for Indonesia to officially declare to accede to the 1958 Agreement 

PM 1:00-4:00 

AM 9:00-12:00 

PM1:00-2:30 

PM2:30-4:30 

PM4:30-5:00 

PM5:00-5:10 



Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA: Chairman of the IJ EPA SWG2 Japanese Committee 

Mr.Toshiaki KAKEGAWA: Expert of UN Reg. No.49, Member of the JASIC Pollution and Energy Subcommittee 

Mr. Shinichi KATO: Expert of UN Regulation No.83, JASIC 



2. Dispatching period and place: Oct.31, 2011 – Nov.5, 2011, Jakarta, Indonesia 

(b) Follow up the IASIF working sheet for 1)WVTA improvement 

AM 9:00-PM2:00 

(c) Follow up the IASIF working sheet for 2)Adoption schedule of UN Regulations 

(2) #3 SWG2 workshop@ MOI in Jakarta: Nov. 2, 2011 –Nov. 3, 2011 

【Theme】Selection and adoption plan of UN Regulations after their revision 


(d) Confirmation of the schedule for #3 and #4 SWG2 workshops 

1 st day: What's difference between UN Regulations and Indonesian regulations for Exhaust Emissions? 

AM 9:00-12:00 


(b) IASIF working sheet proposed by JASIC (Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA, JASIC) 

(c) IASIF activities and current situation of Indonesia regulations on exhaust emissions (Mr. 

Taufik, BTMP) 

Lunch 

(d) Comparison between UN Regulation No. 49 (diesel emission) and existing Indonesian 

Regulation (Mr. Toshiaki KAKEGAWA, JASIC) 

2 nd day: Further discussion on Exhaust Emission Regulation and Future IASIF activity 

(e) Comparison between UN Regulation No. 83 (exhaust emission) and existing Indonesian 

Regulation (Mr. Shinichi KATO, JASIC) 

Lunch 

(f) Open discussion : How Environmental Regulations will be harmonized with UN Regulations? 


(g) Open discussion : How IASIF activity could be proceeded to improve WVTA included 

adoption schedule of UN Regulations 


(h) Confirmation -The next step of IASIF activity (IASIF representative ) 

(i) Closing by Mr.Toto, VTCC




Especially, members of the IASIF, MOE, ESDM, MOT,VTCC(BPLJSKB) and BPMP

2011 I-EPA 3rd Work shop 

Practical way 

to improve 

Indonesian WVTA system 

02-03/Nov/2011 

AKIBA T. 


akibatad@gmail.com

What is the Final Goal 

for Indonesian WVTA system? 

For Indonesian Government? 

For Indonesian automotive sectors? 

For Indonesian people? 

Our recommendation is

Final Goal >> MRA of WVTA => IWVTA 

Countries A,B,C apply all Technical Requirement for WVTA under 1958 agreement 

A country 

B country 

C country 

UNReg 48 

Set of Technical Requirement for WVTA 

UNReg 13 UNReg 17 

UNReg AA UNReg BB UNReg 14 


A country 

Certificate of Whole Vehicle Type Approval 


Before Final Goal >> 1 st Step 

as a contracting party of 1958 agreement 

Indonesian Regulations 

ASEAN Requirements 

Local Standards etc. 

Certificates 


- General Requirement 

- Technical Requirement 

UN Regulations based 

on IASIF Examination 

Indonesian Whole Vehicle Type Approval 

Market in Indonesia 

Other 

contracting parties 

Certificates of Parts 

and/or Systems 

MRA 

Certificates of Parts and/or Systems

Before Final Goal >> 2 nd Step 





Harmonize with UN Regulations 


ASEAN Requirements 


Certificates 





Other 




MRA 


Final Goal >> 3 rd Step 





Applying a set of 

Technical Regulations 

Certificates of Parts and/or Systems 



MRA 

Other 




Certificate of Whole 

Vehicle Type Approval

Why for Indonesia? 

For Indonesian Government? 

For Indonesian automotive sectors? 

For Indonesian people? 

Background , benefit and 

follow-up recommendations 

(from IASIF draft report)

Background: (from IASIF draft report ) 

1. ASEAN FTA effect in 2015 

The automotive sector will refer 

the UN regulations as a reference basis of harmonization towards the MRA. 

2. To increase the level of motor vehicle safety 

Implementation of the below is deemed essential. 

internationally- recognized standards and regulations 

in the National Vehicle Type Approval 

3. Time and cost efficient for the trade of the vehicle product 

in the global market. 

To encourage efficiency and to stimulate the Indonesian automotive industry to become 

a production base, as well as promoting export. UN Regulation as technical regulations of 

Motor Vehicles for mutual recognition in the global market. 

4. To create environmentally friendly and energy efficient products 

by implementing UN regulations.

Benefit for Indonesian….. 

Automotive 

Sectors 

•Time & Cost efficiency 

by MRA 

•Enhance technology 

transfer 

•Boost business chance 

in global market 

create jobs 

People/Society 

Decrease in 

accident rate 

Government 

•Improve national law, 

regulation & standards 

•Boost export 

•Generate and save 

foreign exchange 

• Business chance as 

technical service

Benefits: (from IASIF draft report ) 

1. 1-1 Decrease in accident rate 

1-2 reduced fuel consumption 

1-3 enhance lower exhaust emission 

2. Growth of the local industry 

2-1 create jobs 

2-2 boost exports 

2-3 enhance technology transfer 

3. Generate and save foreign exchange 

through increased exports 

through domestic products and services 

(as a production base)

Follow-Up Recommendations: 

(from IASIF draft report ) 


2. To gradually and selectively 

adopt UN regulations 

3. Propose to use the services of an 

experienced consultant

Then……. How 

1. General Direction of the Activity 

2. Regulation 


2. List of technical requirements as annex to the 


3. Certification 

4. Better understanding of related 



1. General Direction of Activity 


UNUN Reg R XX 

UNUN Reg R XX 

UNUN Reg R XX 

UNUN Reg R XX 

UNUN Reg RXX 

UNUN Reg R XX 

UNUN Reg R XX 

UNUN Reg R XX 

UNUN Reg R XX 

UN Regulation 

No.XX 

IWVTA 

UN Reg R0 

Indonesian 

Certification 

System 


Applying 

Modifying



2. Regulation 





2. Regulation 


2. Understanding UN Regulations as 

UNUN 

UNUN 

Reg 

UNUN 

Reg 

R UNUN R 

XX Reg 

UNUN R 

XX Reg 

R 

XX Reg 

UNUN 

UNUN RXX 

XX Reg 

UNUN 

Reg 

R UNUN R 

XX Reg 

R 

XX Reg 

R 

XX 

XX 

UN Regulation 

No.XX 

IWVTA 

UN Reg R0 


candidates of technical 

requirements annex to 

the Indonesian WVTA

2. Regulation 

1. Improvement of WVTA 

Understanding Key Elements 

for WVTA 

Indonesian 

Comparison Existing Model WVTA 

WVTA 


Contents of WVTA Regulation -1 

1. 

2. 

Scope 

Definition 

Key Elements 


4. Approval 


6. Tests 








Contents of WVTA Regulation – 2 

Key Elements 











(e.g. old version of UNregulation) 


Contents of WVTA Regulation - 3 


of vehicles 










of conformity 


Part A: Vehicles of category M1 (M2,M3,,,,,,,,,,) 

Key Elements

2. Regulation of WVTA – Comparison 

2. Understanding UN Regulations as candidates of technical 

requirements annex to the Indonesian WVTA 

• Analysis of existing WVTA 

• Finding direction to improve 

• Working schedule 

Refer to the Working Sheet

Model WVTA 

Key Elements 

Proposal Structure of WVTA 

To Excel sheet

Regulation – technical requirements 

annex to the WVTA 

• Classification of all UN Regulations as Candidates 

of Technical Requirements 



modification 


(127 UN Regulations) 

Refer to the Working Sheet 

B 



C 

Not Applying

Regulation– technical requirements 


• Another Classification of all UN Regulations 




requirements 




Table 2 

List of if-fitted requirements 

Table 3 




Key elements: 








in GRs of Wp29 

When IASIF complete 

the table 1,2,3 

of A) or B)? Refer to the Working Sheet



• Make clear Regional Unique requirement for the 

WVTA 





D 

New UN Regulation 

(To develop it at WP29) 

E 


requirement 

Table 4 

List of national requirement for 

WVTA 

F 

Elimination


• Final classification 



Category A, B, C, D, E in the table 1 - 4 and F. 

• R.E.3 also should be examined for the WVTA 


• Micro Analysis for further development of 




Government 


proposal 







Voting by AC1 


Publication amendment ECE 


(11 weeks 

before WP29) 



6 months



2. Regulation 






• Administrative Department 

• Technical Services 

• Applicant 




Services 



TRANS/WP.29/1044 – General Guidelines for UN 


Regulations 




UN regulations 


Whole vehicle 



Assembly 

COP 

Assembly 

COP 

Registration 

Application 

documents 

Application 

documents 

COC 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 


Certification 

Tests 

Report 

Certification 

Tests 

Report



2. Regulation 


4. Better understanding of 

related person/organization 




• Make clear “Problem” 

• Regular Information 

• Responsible person

IASIF 

• WVTA 

1) Article of WVTA regulation as IASIF Proposal 

2) Content of each article 

3) Propose to MOT? 

• Technical Requirement 

1) Classification of UN Regulations 

2) Draft of IASIF Technical Requirement List 

3) Activity of WP29 

• Development Schedule of Certification System 

based on IASIF TRL 

1) Experts 

2) Infrastructure

Proposal structure of 

WVTA 

Regulation (articles) 

Annexes 

Content Remarks 

1 Scope Scope Article 2 

2 Definitions Definitions Article 3 

3 Application for approval Procedures to be followed for the EC type-approval of vehicles Article 6 

4 Approval General provisions approval mark 


6 Test 

7 

Modifications of vehicle type and 

extension of approval 


9 

10 

11 

Penalties for non-conformity of 

production 

Production definitely 

discontinued 

Names and addresses of 

Technical Services conducting 

approval tests, and of 

Administrative Departments 

12 Transitional provisions Need to be decided 

Annex 1 

Communication concerning the 

approval of extension or refusal 

or withdrawal of approval or 

production definitely 

discontinued of a vehicle type 

Specific provisions concerning vehicles 

Certificate of conformity 

UN Regulations required for EC type-approval(reference to Annex 4) 

Likely a completely rewrite which mainly refers to the testing of the 

regulations annexed to WVTA Regulation 

AMENDMENTS TO EC TYPE-APPROVALS: General provisions 


Specific provisions concerning systems, components or separate 

technical units Issue and notification of amendments 

Termination of validity 

Note: Carry over as much as possible from other EVE-regulations 

Ref. 

2007/46/EC 

Article 8 

Article 19 

Article 9 

Article 18 

Article 34 

(Article 11) 

(Article 13) 

(Article 14) 

(Article 15) 

(Article 16) 

Article 17,§1.+2. 

Conformity of production arrangements 

Note: It is a standard paragraph of an ECE-regulation. 

(Article 12) 

Recommend to carry over as much as possible from other ECEregulations 

Penalties 

Note: It is a standard paragraph of an ECE-regulation. Recommend (Article 46) 

to carry over as much as possible from other ECE 

Termination of validity Article 17,§1.+4. 

Designation of technical services 

Assessment of the skills of the technical services 

Procedures for notification 

Note: It is a standard paragraph of an ECE-regulation. Recommend 

to carry over as much as possible from other ECE-regulations 

No full correspondent in 2007/46/EC 

maybe some combination Annex VI(EC Type Approval Certificate) is 

possible 

(Article 41) 

(Article 42) 

(Article 43) 

Annex 2 Arrangements of approval marks Need to be decided Annex VII 

Annex 3 

Annex 4 

Annex 5 

Procedures to be followed 

during WVTA of vehicles 

List of requirements for the 

purpose of WVTA: 

List of regulatory acts 

Information document for the 

purpose of WVTA of vehicles 

Procedures to be followed during type-approval of vehicles Annex V 

List of requirements for the purpose of type-approval of vehicles*List 

of regulatory acts 

Annex IV, Part I 

Information document for the purpose of type-approval of vehicles Annex III 

Annex 6 WVTA CERYIFICATE EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE Annex VI 

Annex 7 

Annex 7 appendix 1 

CERTIFICATION OF 

CONFORMITY 

Model translation sheet for the 

certificate of conformity 

CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY 

Annex IX 

Annex 8 Definition of the vehicle type Criteria for vehicle types, variants and versions Annex II, Part

The 3 rd I-EPA Workshop 

Ref. Information : The 1958 agreement 

• Organization of WP29 

• Agreements under WP29 

• The 1958 agreement



ECOSOC 


ECE 


ITC 


WP29 


ESCAP 


AC1,AC2 

AC3,AC4 





All schedule of meetings are uploaded UNECE Website : 


• Administrative committee for coordination(AC2) 

• 6 working parties of experts 

Active safety 






Noise (GRB) 

General safety (GRSG) 

Return to Ref. Information : 

The 1958 agreement




(UN/ECE/WP29) 

Administrativ 



Activity 

1958 

Agreement 


of UN regulations 

1998 

Agreement 



regulation) 

Contents 

• Technical 

requirement 


• COP 

•Technical 

requirement 

OUTPUT UN regulations Global technical 


Return to Ref. Information : The 1958 agreement 

1997 

Agreement 


involvement of third countries 

at the development process of 

new UN regulations and 

amendments to existing UN 

regulations 



Rule



Article 1 Definitions, establishment and implementation of UN Regulations 















Appendix 1 


Appendix 2 



1. Application of the UN Regulations under the type approval 

system (Article 1 paras.1, 7-8) 

2. Development/Amendment of Regulation for wheeled 

vehicle, equipment or parts (Article 1 paras. 2-4, Article 

6 paras. 1-2, Article 12 paras. 1-3, Appendix 1) 

3. Technical Requirements and Test Methods (Article 1 

para.2) 

4. Conditions for granting type approval and their mutual 

recognition including approval markings and (Article 1, 

paras. 5-6, Article 2, Article 3, Article 4, Article 5) 


(Appendix 2)
















approval 























3. Development/Amendment of Regulation for 

wheeled vehicle, equipment or parts 




Nations. 















An amendment to a Regulation is considered and adopted -unless more than one-third of 

the Contracting Parties applying that Regulation inform the Secretary-General of their 


If the Secretary-General has not received declarations of disagreement of more than onethird 

of the Contracting Parties applying the Regulation, the Secretary-General declares the 

amendment as adopted and binding upon those Contracting Parties applying the Regulation 

who did not declare themselves opposed to it. 



-the un-amended Regulation will be regarded as an alternative to the amended Regulation 







•Idea of alternatives within the existing regulations 






do not have to accept approvals to preceding amendments or to un-lamented Regulations. 




-The Administrative Committee (A.C.1) communicates it to the Secretary-General of the United Nations. 







one vote. 





Member States 














Member States 




4. Conditions for granting type approval and their 

mutual recognition including approval markings 












(Article 2)


5. Conditions for ensuring conformity of production 

(COP) 

Appendix 2 


– ISO 9002 or equivalent accreditation standard 


– The existence of adequate arrangements and documented control 

plans 

– para 2.3. Requirements for the holder of the approval 

– para 2.4. Requirements for the authority 


The 1958 agreement

Regulation list Table 1:List of mandatory requirements 

Table 2:List of if-fitted requirements 

Table 3:List of alternative requirements for WVTA with limited validity 

Classification for applying 

UN 

Regulation 

No. 

UN Regulation Item 

Approval 

Authority 

in charge 

Main 

Technical 

Services 

Indonesian 

Automobile 

Standard 

/Regulation 

name 

VTA ASEAN 

regulatory MRA 

requiremen item 

t (inc:X) (inc:X) 

Regulatory 

B) Applying with 

A) Applying without 

requirement (inc:X) 

some amendment 

any modification 

in WP29 

(Example by JASIC) 

(Example by JASIC) 

EU Japan IWVTA Table1 Table2 Table3 Table1 Table2 Table3 

C) Not 

applying 

D) New 

UN Reg 

for 

applying 

E) Remain 

as unique F) 

requiremen Elimination 

t 

Adoption 

date 

Schedule of 

amendment 

action 

UNR No. 1 HEADLAMPS X 

UNR No. 2 HEADLAMPS 

UNR No. 3 REFLEX REFLECTORS MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 4 REAR REGISTRATION PLATE LAMPS MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 5 SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS X 

UNR No. 6 DIRECTION INDICATORS MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 7 

FRONT AND REAR POSITION (SIDE) LAMPS, STOP LAMPS 

AND END-OUTLINE MARKER LAMPS 

MOT 

VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 8 

HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (H1,H2,H3,HB3,HB4,H7,H8,H9,HIR1, 

HIR2 and/or H11) ) 

X 

UNR No. 9 NOISE (THREE-WHEELED VEHICLES) MOE VTCC 

UNR No. 10 


VEHICLES WITH REGARD TO ELECTROMAGNETIC 

MOT 

LIPI X X X 

UNR No. 11 DOOR LATCHES & HINGES MOT B2TKS X X X 

UNR No. 12 STEERING MECHANISM X X X 

UNR No. 13 BRAKING MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 13-H BRAKING (M1) MOT VTCC X X X X 

UNR No. 14 SAFETY BELT ANCHORAGES 

MOT 

B2TKS, 

B4T 

X X X X (M1) 

X 

(M2,3/ 

N) 

UNR No. 15 EXHAUST EMISSION 

UNR No. 16 SAFETY BELTS MOI B2TKS, X X X X 

UNR No. 17 SEATS MOT B2TKS X X X X 

UNR No. 18 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE (LOCKING X 

UNR No. 19 FRONT FOG LAMPS MOT VTCC X X 

UNR No. 20 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (H4) X 

UNR No. 21 INTERIOR FITTINGS MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 22 MOTOR CYCLES AND MOPEDS HELMET X 

UNR No. 23 REVERSING LAMPS MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 24 DIESEL SMOKE MOE, MOT BTMP, X 

UNR No. 25 HEAD RESTRAINTS X X X X 

UNR No. 26 EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS MOT VTCC X X 

UNR No No. 27 WARNING TRIANGLES X X 

UNR No. 28 AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES MOE, MOT VTCC X X 

UNR No. 29 CAB OF A COMMERCIAL VEHICLE 

UNR No. 30 PNEUMATIC TYRES (PASSENGER VEHICLE) MOI B4T X X X X 

UNR No. 31 HALOGEN SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS X 

UNR No. 32 REAR-END COLLISION 

UNR No. 33 HEAD-ON COLLISION 

UNR No. 34 PREVENTION OF FIRE RISKS 

MOI 

Textile Lab., 

Polymer 

X 

UNR No. 35 ARRANGEMENT OF FOOT CONTROLS 

UNR No. 36 CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES 

UNR No. 37 FILAMENT LAMPS MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 38 REAR FOG LAMPS MOT VTCC X X 

UNR No. 39 SPEEDOMETER MOT VTCC X X X X 

UNR No. 40 EXHAUST EMISSION (MOTOR CYCLE) MOE, MOT BTMP, X X 

UNR No. 41 NOISE (MOTOR CYCLE) 

MOE, MOT 

VTCC, 

Pusarpedal 

X X 

UNR No. 42 FRONT & REAR PROTECTIVE DEVICES 

UNR No. 43 


SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS 

MOI 

CFC X X X 

UNR No. 44 CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS MOI B2TKS X X 

UNR No. 45 HEADLAMPS CLEANERS MOI, MOT VTCC X X 

UNR No. 46 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS MOI, MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No No. 47 EXHAUST EMISSION (MOPED) MOE MOE, MOT BTMP BTMP, 

UNR No. 48 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 49 DIESEL EMISSION MOE, MOT BTMP, X X X 

UNR No. 50 LIGHTS (MOPED, MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 51 NOISE 

VTCC, 

MOE, MOT Pusarpedal 

X X X 

UNR No. 52 CONSTRUCTION OF SMALL CAPACITY PUBLIC SERVICE 

UNR No. 53 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 54 PNEUMATIC TYRES (COMMERCIAL VEHICLE) MOI B4T X X X X 

UNR No. 55 MECHANICAL COUPLING MOI B4T, X 

UNR No. 56 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 57 HEADLAMPS (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 58 REAR UNDERRUN PROTECTION MOI B2TKS X X X 

UNR No. 59 REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM X 

UNR No. 60 DRIVER OPERATED CONTROLS (MOPED, MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 61 EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS (COMMERCIAL VEHICLE) MOT VTCC 

UNR No. 62 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE (MOTOR MOT LIPI X X X 

UNR No. 63 NOISE (MOPED) 

VTCC, 

MOE, MOT Pusarpedal 

UNR No. 64 TEMPORARY-USE SPARE WHEELS/TYRES AND RUN FLAT MOI B4T X 

UNR No. 65 SPECIAL WARNING LIGHTS 

UNR No. 66 

STRENGTH OF SUPER STRUCTURE (LARGE PASSENGER 

VEHICLE) 

MOT 

VTCC X 

The reason for the decision 

(*1The reason or 

technical back ground of 

a )adopted, b) amended, 

c) not adopted) 

Remarks

UNR No. 67 SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT OF VEHICLE USING LPG X 

UNR No. 68 MEASUREMENT OF THE MAXIMUM SPEED 

UNR No. 69 Rear marking plates for slow-moving vehicles X 

UNR No. 70 REAR MARKING PLATES FOR HEAVY AND LONG VEHICLES MOI B2TKS X X X 

UNR No. 71 Driver's field of vision of agricultural tractors X 

UNR No. 72 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (HS1 FOR MOTOR CYCLE) X 

UNR No. 73 LATERAL PROTECTION (GOODS VEHICLE) MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 74 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS (MOPED) MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 75 PNEUMATIC TYRES (MOPED, MOTOR CYCLE) MOI B4T X X X X 

UNR No. 76 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) 

UNR No. 77 PARKING LAMPS MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 78 BRAKING (CATEGORY L) MOT VTCC X X 

UNR No. 79 STEERING EQUIPMENT MOI B2TKS X X X 

UNR No. 80 SEAT (LARGE PASSENGER VEHICLE) MOI B2TKS, X X X 

UNR No. 81 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT B4T, VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 82 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (HS2 FOR MOPED) X 

UNR No. 83 



MOE, MOT 

BTMP, 

VTCC 

X X X 

UNR No. 84 MEASUREMENT OF FUEL CONSUMPTION 

UNR No. 85 MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE POWER MOI BTMP, X 

UNR No. 86 Installation of lights on forestry tractors X 

UNR No No. 87 DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS X 

UNR No. 88 RETROREFLECTIVE TYRES (MOTOR CYCLE) 

UNR No. 89 SPEED LIMITATION DEVICES MOI, MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 90 


BRAKE LININGS 

X 

UNR No. 91 SIDE-MARKER LAMPS MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 92 REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM (MOTOR CYCLE) 

UNR No. 93 FRONT UNDERRUN PROTECTION MOI B2TKS X X X 

UNR No. 94 


FRONTAL COLLISION 

MOT 

VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 95 


LATERAL COLLISION 

MOT 

VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 96 

Emissions of Pollutants by Compression Ignition (CI) Engines to 

be installed in Agricultural & Forestry Tractors 

X 

UNR No. 97 VEHICLE ALARM SYSTEMS X 

UNR No. 98 GAS-DISCHARGE HEADLAMPS MOT VTCC X X 

UNR No. 99 GAS-DISCHARGE LIGHT SOURCES MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 100 BATTERY ELECTRIC VEHICLES MOT VTCC X X 

UNR No. 101 



MOE, MOT 

BTMP, 

VTCC 

X 

UNR No. 102 A CLOSE-COUPLING DEVICE X 

UNR No. 103 REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC CONVERTERS X 

UNR No No. 104 RETRO RETRO-REFLECTIVE REFLECTIVE MARKINGS FOR HEAVY AND LONG MOI B2TKS X X X 

UNR No. 105 

THE CARRIAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS WITH REGARD TO 

THEIR SPECIFIC CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES 

X 

UNR No. 106 Pneumatic tyres for agricultural vehicles X 

UNR No. 107 

CATEGORY M2 OR M3 VEHICLES WITH REGARD TO THEIR 

GENERAL CONSTRUCTION 

X 

UNR No. 108 RETREADED PNEUMATIC TYRES (MOTOR VEHICLE) X 

UNR No. 109 RETREADED PNEUMATIC TYRES (COMMERCIAL VEHICLE) X 

UNR No. 110 VEHICLES USING CNG MOT BTMP, X 

UNR No. 111 

ROLLOVER STABILITY (TANK VEHICLES OF CATEGORIES N 

AND O) 

X 

UNR No. 112 HEADLAMPS (WITH AN ASYMMETRICAL PASSING BEAM) MOT VTCC X X 

UNR No. 113 HEADLAMPS (WITH A SYMMETRICAL PASSING BEAM) MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 114 REPLACEMENT AIRBAG SYSTEM X 

UNR No. 115 LPG/CNG RETROFIT SYSTEM MOT BTMP, X 

X X 

UNR No. 116 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE 

LIPI X X (M1/N1 (M2,3/ 

MOI 

) N2,3) 

UNR No. 117 

THE APPROVAL OF TYRES WITH REGARD TO ROLLING 

SOUND EMISSIONS 

THE BURNING BEHAVIOUR OF MATERIALS USED IN THE 

MOT 

VTCC X 

UNR No. 118 INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN CATEGORIES OF 

MOTOR VEHICLES 

X 

UNR No. 119 CORNERING LAMPS MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 120 

Internal combustion engines to be installed in agricultural and 

forestry tractors and in non-road mobile machinery 

X 

UNR No. 121 

THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF HAND CONTROLS, 

TELL-TALES AND INDICATORS 

MOT 

VTCC X 

UNR No. 122 HEATING SYSTEM X 

UNR No. 123 AFS MOT VTCC X X X 

UNR No. 124 WHEELS FOR PASSENGER CARS X 

UNR No. 125 THE FORWARD FIELD OF VISION MOT VTCC X 

UNR No. 126 PARTITIONING SYSTEM X 

UNR RE3 

CONSOLIDATED RESOLUTION ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF 

VEHICLE 

MOT 

X 

19 106 42 34 3

BTMP TEST FACILITIES 

RECENT STATUS 

Jakarta, Nov 2, 2011 

CENTRE FOR THERMODYNAMIC ENGINES AND PROPULSION 

AGENCY FOR THE ASSESSMENT AND 

APPLICATION OF TECHNOLOGY

BTMP‐BPPT 2

AUTOMOTIVE LAB. BUILDING 

BTMP‐BPPT 3

Since 2005 

BTMP‐BPPT 4

Current Regulation for Emission in 

Indonesia 

Based on MOE reg. No 4, 2009 about “ Ambang Batas 

emisi Kendaraan Bermotor Type Baru” 

L Categories : R40, R47 EURO 2 Level 

M & N CCaterogies: i R8 R83 f for gasoline li (T (Type 1 & &2), ) Di Diesel l 

& gas engine . Euro 2 level 

M M, N, N O categories for diesel: R24 

M, N, O categories for diesel & gas (Cng/LPG) : R49 

Euro II Level 

BTMP‐BPPT 5

REFERENCE STANDARD 

TEST LABORATORY 

UN-ECE 

R 15 Exhaust Emission 

R 24 Diesel Smoke 

R 49 Diesel Emission 

R 83 Gaseous Pollutants 

R 84 Measurement of Fuel Consumption 

R 85 Measurement of Engine Power 

R 101 Emission of Carbon Dioxide and Fuel Consumption (Passenger 

C Car) ) 

SNI 

SNI 05-0119-2000 : Unjuk j Kerja j Motor Bakar Kerja j Bolak Balik 

SNI 09-4405-1997 : Pemakaian Bahan Bakar Uji Jalan 

SNI 09-1400-1995 : Percepatan 

JIS 

JIS D-1034: Breaking 

JIS JC-08 : Emission & Fuel Consumption 

BTMP‐BPPT 6

Vehicle Test Capabilities 

Emissions Test based on International 

RRegulations. l i 

(UN-ECE, EEC, JIS, Jakarta mode,etc) 

Diesel Particulate Measurement. 

Fuel Consumption Measurements. 

Measurements. 

Vehicle Performance Testing. 

Component Testing and/or Systems Systems 

Testing based on Vehicle Testing 

(Catalytic conv., conv Fuel Fuel, Lubricant Lubricant, etc) 

BTMP‐BPPT 7

VTF Sampling p g System y Diagram g 

Light g Duty y Gasoline 

Short Modal 

Typical System Schematic 

Fan 

Dyno 

Control 

Driver Aid 

Ambient 

Air Filters 

CVS Sampler 

Tailpipe Sample 

Autotest Environmental & 

Auxiliary Input 

Dilute 

Sample 

Raw Bench 

Ambient & Sample 

Gas Collection Bags 

CVS Control Unit 

Turbine 

Exhauster Unit 

BTMP‐BPPT 8

Vehicle Emissions Emissions Test Facilities 

BTMP‐BPPT 9

Speed (km / h) 

BS 

UN-ECE Drive Cycle 

TYPE 1 

Operating Cycle For The Type I Test 

Part One Part Two 

120 

100 80 

Elementary 

Urban 

Cycle 

y 

EUDC 

LP 

60 

60 

40 

20 

0 4 195 195 195 195 195 

195 40 

Time (s) 

BS : Beginning 

0 1220 

of sampling p g ES : End of sampling p g 

vehicles 

ES 

ES 

LP : Low-powered 

BTMP‐BPPT 10

JC08 Drive Cycle y 

BTMP‐BPPT 11

0-10 0 10 km/hr 

10-20 km/hr 

20-30 km/hr 

Jakarta ModeCycle y 

30-40 km/hr 

40-50 km/hr 

BTMP‐BPPT 12

UN ECE R83 TYPE 2 

CO Idle emissions 

• Only for Gasoline vehicle 

• CO emission for Idle, take direct from tail pipe 

BTMP‐BPPT 13

UN ECE R83 Type 3 

Crankcase emissions 

Emisi legislation for light duty passeger car 

Crankcase emissions should be zero 

There h iis no gas leakage l k from f engine, i except ffrom tail il pipe i 

Use 3 mode test with chassyy dyno y 

Idle 

50 km/hr, road loads simulation 

50 km/hr, road loads simulation multiple by 1.7 

Crankcase Pressure not allowed higger than atmospheric pressure 

BTMP‐BPPT 14

THE DETERMINATION OF EVAPORATIVE EMISSION FROM 

VEHICLES 

WITH SPARK IGNITION ENGINE 

BTMP‐BPPT 15

400 

ºC 

200 

ºC 

0ºC 0 ºC 

Evaporation Test only for Gasoline Vehicle 

Temperature 

Potential for Evaporation 

Gasoline 

Diesel 

Fuel Contentt 

(% ) 

30 

25 

20 

15 

10 

5 

0 

Diesel has heavier HC 

Molecular Makeup of Gasoline & Diesel Fuels 

Gasoline 

Diesel 

1 3 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 

Carbon Number 

BTMP‐BPPT 16

TTest t FFacility ilit 

Chassis Dynamometer 

Evaporative emission enclosure 

Variable 

TTemperature t 

Sealed 

Housing for 

Evaporative 

Determination 

BTMP‐BPPT 17

Word Regulation 

BTMP‐BPPT 18

Recent project 

In year 2011 BTMP has project to complete for emission 

facility especially for EURO 4 testing 4 WD Chassydyno 

N Now during d i installations 

i ll i 

In mid of January 2012 the facility ready for running 

F For public bli services i around d mid id of f february fb 2012 

BTMP‐BPPT 19

Engine g Test Facilityy 

Engine Test Capacity Range 

1 Single Cylinder Research Engine Test Cell 

2 Small Engine Test Cell (up to 30 kW) 

2 Light g Duty y Engine g Test Cell (up ( p to 150 kW) ) 

1 Medium Duty Engine Test Cell (up to 200 kW) 

1 Heavy Duty Engine Test Cell (up to 440 kW) 

(temp (temp. And humidity control) control) 

1 Multi Purpose Test Cell 

Environmental 

Test Cell Temperature Control 

BTMP‐BPPT 20

Engine Test Capability 

Performance Engine Testing 

Durability Engine Testing 

Emission Engine g Testingg 

Engine Component Testing 

Fuel and Lubricant Engine Testing 

Metrology & Rating Engine Component 

Motorcycle Road Test 

BTMP‐BPPT 21

Heavy Duty Emission Facility 

BTMP have 2 Test cell for Emissions Test 

11. Up to 200 kW , 1000 Nm 

2. Up to 440 kW, 2000 Nm 

Until now both facility yj just until EURO II level. 

Plant in 2012 BTMP have programme to upgrade the facility 

up to EURO IV 

BTMP‐BPPT 22

Engine g Test Facilities 

BTMP‐BPPT 23

ISSUES 

Fuel 

There have deverences about fuel test and & refference 

ffuel. l 

and also fuel use in field. The emission from vehicle 

could different between laboratory and reality 

When euro 3 or 4 will be implemented in Indonesia? 

Conformity Of production (COP)? At the moment 

handle by MOE 

BTMP‐BPPT 24

BTMP‐BPPT 25

Heavy-duty Exhaust Emission 

Regulation 

UN-R49 and R24 

Nov. 2, 2011 

Japan Automobile Standards 

Internationalization Center. 

1

Contents 

1. Diesel Combustion and Exhaust Emission 

Reduction Technologies 

2. UN Regulation R49 

3. Market Fuel Quality Recommendation 

4. Proposal on EURO Ⅵ 

5. UN Regulation R24 – Diesel Smoke 

2

Contents 







3

High Speed Photograph of 

Diesel Combustion Process 

Bottom View 

Glass Piston 

4

Soot 

Formation 

NOx 

Formation 

Diesel Combustion and 

NOx Soot Formation 

5

Characteristics of Diesel Emissions 

Gasoline Diesel 

CO Extremely low 

HC 

NOx 

PM 

CO2 

 

× 

Substantially 

reduced by threeway 

catalysts 

Extremely low due to 

premixed combustion 

due to low combustion 

efficiency 

 

 

× 

× 

 

Extremely low 

High; due to high combustion 

temperature 

High; due to air shortage during 

diffusive combustion 

Better due to 

high combustion efficiency 

6

NOx Reduction technologies for Diesel 

NOx 

Reduction 

Combustion 

temperature 

suppression 

Fuel properties 

improvement 

Exhaust 

after-treatment 

Injection timing retard 

In-cylinder Air swirl reduction 

Pilot injection 

EGR 

Cooling inlet air temp. 

Emulsion fuel 

Water injection 

Sulfur content reduction 

Aromatics content reduction 

NOx selective-reduction 

catalyst 

NOx storage-reduction 

catalyst 

7

Structure and Composition of Diesel 

Particulate 

SOF (Soluble Organic Fractions) : 

Remnants of half-burned fuel & lubricant 

Soot: Product of 

incomplete combustion 

of fuel & lubricant 

Sulfate: Generated by 

oxidation of fuel sulfur 

8

PM Reduction Technologies for Diesel 

Smoke 

Reduction 

SOF 

Reduction 

Sulfate 

Reduction 

Accelerate air-fuel 

mixing 

Increase air/fuel ratio 

Reduce fuel born HC 

Reduce lubricant 

consumption 

Exhaust 

after-treatment 

Reduce fuel sulfur 

Combustion chamber shape 

High-pressure injection 

Inertia charging 

Super charging 

Injection nozzle config. 

Fuel Cetane No. and 

Aroma content 

Lubricant properties 

improvement 

Piston-ring-cyl. liner design 

improvement 

Oxidation catalyst 

DPF 

9

Emission Limits of Japan, U.S. and 

Europe 

10

HD Diesel Exhaust Emission Control in Japan 

Technologies 

Engine 

modification 

Injection 

system 

Intake & 

exhaust 

systems 

After- 

treatment 

Emission regulations 

Combustion chamber etc. 

EGR 

Cooled EGR 

Mechanical in-line pump 

Electric in-line pump 

(Governor and timer) 

Variable pre-stroke in-line pomp 

Common rail and elec. Unit Injector 

Port & manifold arrangement 

Supercharging &inertia charging 

variable geometry turbo (VGT) 

Linearly controlled VGT 

Oxidation catalyst 

DPF 

NOx catalyst (NSR, urea SCR) 

Year '74 '77 '79 '83 '89 '94 '98 

Regulation 

Short-Long 

Term Term 

EUROⅡ 

EUROⅢ 

‘03 

New 

Short- 

Term 

EUROⅣ 

‘05 

New 

long- 

Term 

EUROⅤ 

11

Contents 







12

Regulatory Framework 

• European emission regulations for new heavyduty 

diesel engines are commonly referred to as 

Euro I ... VI.. 

• For light-duty vehicle standards, Arabic 

numerals (Euro 1 ... 6) are commonly used 

• The R49 emission standards apply to all motor 

vehicles with a “technically permissible 

maximum laden mass” over 3,500 kg, equipped 

with compression ignition engines or positive 

ignition natural gas (NG) or LPG engines. . 

13

Regulatory Framework 

• The regulations were originally introduced by the 

Directive88/77/EEC, followed by a number of 

amendments. 

• In 2005, the regulations were re-cast and 

consolidated by the Directive 05/55/EC. 

• Beginning with the Euro VI stage, the legislation 

will be simplified, as “directives”—which need to 

be transposed into all of the national 

legislations—will be replaced by “regulations” 

which are directly applicable. 

14

R49 vs. R83 

R83 R49 

Chassis Dynamo Engine Dynamo 

Unit;g/km Unit;g/kwh 

Vehicle speed Engine speed & load 

Light-duty Vehicle Heavy-duty Engine 

15

Why Engine Base emission regulation? 

Heavy-duty vehicle have a variety in body and axle 

configurations 

Consume too many man-hour for chassis dynamo 

vehicle exhaust emission testing 

Flat body 

Construction 

Van 

Tractor 

16

Axel Configurations 

17

The major rulemaking steps in the heavyduty 

exhaust emission regulations 

• Euro I standards were introduced in 1992, the 

introduction of Euro II regulations followed in 1996.. 

• In 1999, the EU introduced Euro III standards (2000), 

Euro IV(2005) and EuroV standards (2008). 

• In 2001, the European Commission prohibits the use of 

emission “defeat devices”. 

• In 2005 Directive 2005/55/EC was adopted by the EU 

Parliament which introduced durability and OBD 

requirements, as well as re-stated the emission limits for 

Euro IV and Euro V. 

• In December 2008, the EU Parliament agreed the 

Commission proposal for Euro VI emission standards. 

The new emission limits would become effective from 

2013/2014. The proposal represents the political part of 

the regulation. 

18

EU Emission Standards for HD Diesel Engines 

(Unit; g/kWh (smoke in m-1)) 

Tier Date Test CO HC NOx PM Smoke 

EuroⅠ 1992, 85KW 4.5 1.1 8.0 0.36 

EuroⅡ 1996.10 4.0 1.1 7.0 0.25 

1998.10 4.0 1.1 7.0 0.15 

EuroⅢ 2000.10 ESC&ELR 2.1 0.66 5.0 0.10 0.8 

&ETC 5.45 0.78 5.0 0.16 

EuroⅣ 2005.10 1.5 0.46 3.5 0.02 0.5 

4.0 0.55 3.5 0.03 

EuroⅤ 2008.10 1.5 0.46 2.0 0.02 0.5 

4.0 0.55 2.0 0.03 

EuroⅥ 2013.01 WHSC& 1.5 0.13 0.4 0.01 

WHTC 4 0.16 0.46 0.01 

19

Exhaust Emission Test Cycle-1 

UN-R49 Cycle 

• The R49 is a 13-mode steady-state diesel engine test 

cycle introduced by UN Regulation No.49 and then 

adopted by the EEC [EEC Directive 88/77]. It had been 

used for type approval emission testing of heavy-duty 

highway engines through the Euro II emission standard. 

• The R49 test is performed on an engine dynamometer 

operated through a sequence of 13 speed and load 

conditions. Exhaust emissions measured at each mode 

are expressed in g/kWh. 

• The final test result is a weighted average of the 13 

modes. 

20

Numbers show the test 

sequences. 

The areas of circles in 

the graph are 

proportional to the 

weighting factors for the 

respective modes. 

UN-R49 Cycle 

21


ESC (European Steady-state Cycle) 

• The ESC is a 13-mode, steady-state test cycle which 

replaces the R-49 test cycle. 

• The engine is tested on an engine dynamometer over a 

sequence of steady-state modes. The engine must be 

operated for the prescribed time in each mode, engine 

speed and load changes should be within 20 seconds. 

• The specified speed shall be held to within ±50 rpm 

and the specified torque shall be held to within ±2% of 

the maximum torque at the test speed. 

• Emissions are measured during each mode and 

averaged over the cycle using a set of weighting factors. 

• Particulate matter emissions are sampled on one filter 

over the 13 modes. The final emission results are 

expressed in g/kWh. 

22

European Steady-state (Stationary) Cycle 

(ESC) 

During emission 

certification testing, the 

certification personnel 

may request additional 

random testing modes 

within the cycle control 

area 

Maximum emission at 

these extra modes are 

determined by 

interpolation between 

results from the 

neighboring regular test 

modes. 

23

ESC Engine Speed Definition 

• The engine speeds are defined as follows: 

• The high speed nhi is determined by calculating 70% of 

the declared maximum net power. The highest engine 

speed where this power value occurs (i.e. above the 

rated speed) on the power curve is defined as nhi. 

• The low speed nlo is determined by calculating 50% of 

the declared maximum net power. The lowest engine 

speed where this power value occurs (i.e. below the 

rated speed) on the power curve is defined as nlo. 

• The engine speeds A, B, and C to be used during the 

test are then calculated from the following formulas: 

• A = nlo + 0.25(nhi - nlo) 

B = nlo + 0.50(nhi - nlo) 

C = nlo + 0.75(nhi - nlo) 

24


European Load Response (ELR) 

• The ELR engine test has been introduced by the 

Euro III emission regulation, effective year 2000, 

for the purpose of smoke opacity measurement 

from heavy-duty diesel engines 

• The test consists of a sequence of three load 

steps at each of the three engine speeds A 

(cycle 1), B (cycle 2) and C (cycle 3), followed by 

cycle 4 at a speed between speed A and speed 

C and a load between 10% and 100%, selected 

by the type approval authorities. 

25

ELR Test Cycle 

26

ELR Smoke 

• Smoke measurement values are continuously sampled 

during the ELR test with a frequency of at least 20 Hz. 

The smoke traces are then analyzed to determine the 

final smoke values by calculation. 

• First, smoke values are averaged over 1 second time 

intervals using a special averaging algorithm. 

• Second, load step smoke values are determined as the 

highest 1s average value at each of the three load steps 

for each of the test speeds. 

• Third, mean smoke values for each cycle (test speed) 

are calculated as arithmetic averages from the cycle's 

three load step smoke values. 

• The final smoke value is determined as a weighted 

average from the mean values at speeds A (weighting 

factor 0.43) , B (0.56), and C (0.01). 

27


European Transient Cycle (ETC) 

• The ETC test cycle has been introduced, together with 

the ESC, for emission certification of heavy-duty diesel 

engines in Europe. The ESC and ETC cycles replace the 

earlier R-49 test cycle. 

• The ETC cycle has been developed based on real road 

cycle measurements of heavy duty vehicles. 

• The ETC cycle include three different driving conditions, 

urban, rural and motorway driving. The duration of each 

part is 600s, and the total duration is 1800s. 

• The first part represents urban city driving. The 

maximum speed of this is 50 km/h, and includes frequent 

starts, stops, and idling. 

• The second part is rural driving. The average speed is 

about 72 km/h 

• The last part is motorway driving with average speed of 

about 88 km/h. 

28

ETC Transient Cycle 

Vehicle speed is transformed 

to engine speed and load 

pattern 

Vehicle Speed 

Engine Speed 

Engine Torque 

29

Power(%) 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

ETC Test Cycle 

Engine Mapping Procedure 

Idle speed Mapping Speed Range 

Nhi*1.02 

Pmax 

Idle speed Max. power 

speed 

Nhi 

70%Pmax 

30

Power(%) 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

“reference speed (nref)” means the 100 per cent speed value to be 

used for denormalizing the relative speed values of the ETC test 

nref = nlo + 95 per cent x (nhi − nlo) 

Idle speed 

50%Pmax 

Nlo 

Idle speed=0% 

Pmax 

Engine operating area for ETC cycle 

Max. power 

speed 

Nref Nhi 

Reference 

speed=100% 

70%Pmax 

31

World Harmonized Heavy-Duty 

Certification (WHDC) 

• Regulations governing the exhaust emissions from 

heavy-duty engines have been in existence for many 

years but the test cycles and methods of emissions 

measurement vary significantly. To be able to correctly 

determine the impact of a heavy-duty vehicle on the 

environment in terms of its exhaust pollutant emissions, 

a laboratory test procedure, and consequently the gtr, 

needs to be adequately representative of real-world 

vehicle operation. 

• The proposed regulation is based on new research into 

the world-wide pattern of real heavy commercial vehicle 

use. From the collected data, two representative test 

cycles, a transient test cycle (WHTC) and a start steady 

state test cycle (WHSC), have been created covering 

typical driving conditions in the European Union (EU), 

the United States of America, Japan and Australia.. 

32

World Harmonized Steady-state Cycle 

(WHSC) 

The WHSC is a ramped 

steady-state test cycle, 

with a sequence of 

steady-state engine test 

modes with defined 

speed and torque criteria 

at each mode and 

defined ramps between 

these modes. 

33

World Harmonized Transient Cycle 

(WHTC) 

• The WHTC and WHSC test procedures reflect worldwide 

on-road heavy-duty engine operation, as closely as 

possible, and provide a marked improvement in the 

realism of the test procedure for measuring the emission 

performance of existing and future heavy-duty engines. 

• In summary, the test procedure was developed so that it 

would be: 

(a) representative of world-wide on-road vehicle 

operations, 

(b) able to provide the highest possible level of 

efficiency in controlling on-road emissions, 

(c) corresponding to state-of-the-art testing, sampling 

and measurement technology, 

34

World Harmonized Transient Cycle (WHTC) 

WHTC includes 

urban, rural and 

motorway driving. 

Average vehicle 

speed is 

40km/hour. 

Both cold start and 

hot start testing 

are included. 

35

Contents 







36

Fuel quality 

• The quality of automotive fuels in the European 

Union is specified by standards developed by 

the European Standards Organization (CEN). 

The first set of standards for automotive fuels, 

ratified by CEN on 16 March 1993, became 

mandatory in all Member States by September 

1993. Three standards cover automotive fuels 

quality: the EN 590 for diesel fuel, the EN 228 

for gasoline, and EN 589 for automotive LPG. 

The standards are periodically updated to reflect 

changes in specifications, such as the 

mandatory reductions in sulfur content. 

37

Steps in the evolution of EU diesel fuel 

specifications 

• 1994.10 (EURO Ⅰ); A maximum sulfur limit of 

0.2% (wt.) was introduced for gas oils and diesel 

fuel. The minimum cetane number was 49. 

• 1996.10 (EURO Ⅱ) : A maximum sulfur limit of 

0.05% (wt.) = 500 ppm for diesel fuel. 

• 2000.01 (EURO Ⅲ): A maximum sulfur limit of 

350 ppm and cetane number of 51 for diesel fuel. 

• 2005.01 (EURO Ⅳ): A maximum sulfur limit of 

50 ppm for diesel fuel. “Sulfur-free” 10 ppm 

sulfur diesel fuel must be available for highway 

vehicles. 

38

UN Market fuel quality recommendations 

In order to ensure proper functioning of in-use vehicles, link the 

vehicle technology levels associated with the various emission levels 

with the corresponding market fuel quality is very important,. 

Based on preliminary discussions in a Stakeholder Round-Table event 

with all concerned parties, WP29 decided to create an Informal Working 

Group on Fuel Quality (FQ) within GRPE. 

it was agreed at the FQ Group and GRPE meetings in June 2010 to 

proceed towards creating a “Guidance Document on Fuel Quality” as 

output from the FQ Group, 

Purpose is to inform governments about appropriate market fuel 

quality that is protective of vehicle emission control technologies. The 

regulated vehicle emissions limits and associated market fuel qualities 

should be consistent with local air quality expectations. 

39

UN Market fuel quality recommendations 

After subsequent discussions, the final draft text was issued in 

August 2011: ECE/Trans/WP29/2011/127 

At its 155th session in Geneva on 15-18 November 2011, WP29 

will ratify this document which will be a new Annex 4 to the 

Consolidated Resolution on the Construction of Vehicles (R.E.3). 

For diesel fuels, three parameters are covered : 

40

Contents 







41

• Simplification: 

Features 

– Replacing EU Directives by UN Regulations 

– Repealing of current Directives 

• Support of international harmonization 

– World Harmonized Duty Cycle 

– World Harmonized On Board Diagnostics 

– World Harmonized Off Cycle Emissions 

– Transposed into UN R49 

• Regulation 49-06 Series of Amendments (Euro VI 

specific) will be proposed in 63rd GRPE January 

2012 

42

Article 1 

• Technical requirements for the type-approval of 

vehicles, engines and replacement parts with regard 

to their emissions. It lays rules for: 

– in-service conformity of vehicles and engines 

– durability of pollution control devices 

– on-board diagnostic (OBD) systems 

– measurement of fuel consumption and carbon 

dioxide (CO2) emissions and diesel smoke 

– accessibility of vehicle OBD and vehicle repair and 

maintenance information. 

43

Scope (Art. 2) 

The scope is according to Euro IV and V as 

modified by Regulation (EC) 715/2007 (Euro 

5&6): 

In general, applicable to all engines intended 

to be placed in vehicles of categories M1, M2, 

M3, N1, N2 and N3 with a reference mass 

higher than 2610 kg 

Exception for engines intended to be placed 

in vehicles of categories M1, M2, N1 and N2 

with a reference mass lower than 2840 kg, if 

approved according to Regulation (EC) 

715/2007 

44

Scope (Art. 2) 

• Regulation No. 49 

– …”compression-ignition engines for use in vehicles, and the 

emission of gaseous pollutants from positive-ignition engines 

fuelled with natural gas or liquefied petroleum gas for use in 

vehicles” 

• Euro VI Reg (EC) No 595/2009 

– … ”on type-approval of motor vehicles and engines with 

respect to emissions from heavy duty vehicles (Euro VI) ” 

– Euro VI covers all C.I. and all P.I. engines (petrol and E85) 

• Proposal to transpose complete Euro VI scope into 

R49-06 series 

45

Durability obligations (Art. 4) 

All new vehicles, engines and replacement pollution 

control devices will have to be type approved 

according to this Regulation and the emissions 

limited throughout their useful life: 

– 160 000 km or five years 

– 300 000 km or six years 

– 700 000 km or seven years 

depending on the category and class of the vehicle 

46

Requirement and test (Art.5) 

• Tailpipe emissions (e.g. regulated pollutants and 

particle number, test cycles, off-cycle emissions) 

• Crankcase emissions 

• On board diagnostic (OBD) systems 

• Durability, in-service conformity and conformity of 

production 

• Carbon dioxide emissions and fuel consumption 

• Test equipment and reference fuels 

• Measurement of engine power 

• Correct operation of NOx control measures 

47

Access to information (Art.6) 

• Manufacturers shall provide 

unrestricted and standardized access 

to on-board diagnostic (OBD) 

information and vehicle repair and 

maintenance information to 

independent operators. 

• Articles 6 and 7 of Regulation (EC) No 

715/2007 (Euro 5&6) shall apply. 

48

Consumable reagent (Art. 7) 

• Manufacturers, repairers and operators 

of the vehicles shall not tamper with 

systems which use a consumable 

reagent. 

• Operators of the vehicles shall ensure 

that the vehicle is not being driven 

without consumable reagent. 

49

Summary of EURO Ⅵ provisions 

• Introduction of WHDC (Cycles, testing and 

measurement procedure); 

• Introduction of WWH-OBD requirements; 

• Introduction of requirements on “Off-cycle” 

emissions (WWH-OCE) 

• Particle number measurement with continued 

particulate mass measurement; 

• Monitoring of CO2 emissions; 

• Inclusion of portable emission measurement 

systems (PEMS) for in-service conformity. 

• Provisions for repair and maintenance information. 

50

Euro VI Emission Limits 

Latest Proposal 

Note: 

PI = Positive Ignition, 

CI = Compression Ignition 

(1) The admissible level of NO2 component in the NOx limit value may be defined at a later 

stage 

(2) A new measurement procedure shall be introduced before 31 December 2012. 

(3) A particle number limit shall be introduced before 31 December 2012’ 

51

Contents 







52

UN – R24 Diesel smoke 

This Regulation applies to the emission of visible exhaust 

pollutants from C.I. engines fitted to road vehicles and/or 

on engine dynamometer . Two tests are required: 

1. Test at steady speeds over the full-load curve 

2. Free Acceleration Test 

53

1. Steady Speed Smoke Test 

over the Full-Load Curve 

1) Test Conditions 

Load: Full Load 

Speed: Between Min Rated Speed and Max Rated Speed 

Max Rated Speed: 

Max speed permitted by governor at full load 

Min Rated Speed: 

1) 45% of maximum net power speed; or 

2) 1000 rpm ; or 

3) Minimum speed permitted by the idling control 

Test Points: 

A sufficient number of measurements between the maximum 

and the minimum rated speed. 

(In EU Directive, 6 points uniformly spaced between Min & Max speed) 

1) Maximum Rated Speed 

2) Minimum Rated Speed 

3) Speed at Maximum Power 

4) Speed at Maximum Torque 

54 

5) Other Points

1.Steady Speed Smoke Test 

over the Full-Load Curve 

2) Limit Value – Absorption Coefficient 

For each measuring point, the smoke measured should not 

exceed the absorption coefficient corresponding to the nominal 

gas flow G of the each test point. 

- Nominal Gas Flow G (for 4 stroke engine) 

G = 

V・n 

120 

- Absorption Coefficient 

55

2. Free Acceleration Smoke Test 

1) Test Conditions (to be conducted right after steady state smoke test) 

Load: No Load 

Power: Max Power 

Speed: Max Rated Speed 

= Max speed permitted by governor at full load 

2) Test Procedure: 

With warm engine from idle to maximum speed, the accelerator 

control shall be operated quickly. The average of 4 consecutive 

measurements will be recorded (XM). 

3) Determination of Corrected Absorption Value (XL) 

XL = (SL/SM)*XM 

where SL = Absorption Coefficient Limit at Steady State Test 

SM = Absorption Coefficient Measured at Steady State Test 

XL = XM + 0.5 

whichever is lower shall be marked on the engine or vehicle. 

56

3. Example of Marking 

- Corrected Absorption Coefficient - 

Conformity of Production 

If the free acceleration test results does not exceed the corrected 

absorption coefficient + 0.5m -1 which is marked on the engine, the 

engine is deemed to comply with this regulation. 

57

Light-duty Exhaust Emission 

Regulations 

< UN Regulation R83 > 

JASIC Workshop for I-J EPA SWG2

Environmental Regulation

Japan Regulation 

US Regulation 

Based on US Regulation 

EU, UN Regulation 

Based on EU and UN Regulation 

Other 

Environmental Regulation in the world

Idle 

Emission 

Tailpipe 

Emission 

Low Temp. 

Emission 

Crankcase 

Emission 

Evaporative 

Emission 

Durability 

OBD 

Environmental Regulation in the world 

EU / UN 

USA 

Japan 

Australia 

Indonesia 

● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

● ● ● 

● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

● ● ● ● ● ● ● 

Thailand 

● ● ● ● ○ 

Singapore 

Malaysia 

EURO-2 ⇒ EURO4 

Philippines 

Vietnam

WLTP 

Worldwide Light Duty Test procedure

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

Test cycle 

0 

1 91 181 271 361 451 541 631 721 811 901 991 1081 1171 Test 

Law 

NMHC 

IW 

Worldwide Light Duty Test Procedure 

Facilities 

Driving cycle 

Law 

NMHC 

IW 

The world making of 

General Standard 

Law 

Facilities 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

cycle 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 

Facilities 

Fuel 

Law 

NMOG 

IW 

Facilities 

km/h 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

US-FTP 

Test cycle 

0 

0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200 1400

Road map 

C/Y 

2007 

2008 

☆Declare activity 

NOV. 

WP29 

JUN. 

56 th 

GRPE 

1 st 

IG 

Worldwide Light Duty Test Procedure 

JAN. 

57 th 

GRPE 

2 nd 

IG 

2009 

58th JUN. 

GRPE 

3 rd 

IG 

ROADMAP 

Roadmap approval 

Sponsor country decision 

Phase 1 

Test cycle・test procedure 

Test cycle completion deadline 

… 2013 … 2018 … 2021 

GTR approval 

JUN. 

66 th 

GRPE 

161 st 

WP29 

NOV. NOV. 

GTR 

suggestion 

JUN. 

Phase 2 

Durability, In-service conformity, etc 

70 th 

GRPE 

167 th 

WP29 

GTR approval 

GTR suggestion 

Phase 3 

Emission Limit, Reference fuel, etc 

183rd NOV. 

WP29 

81st GTR approval 

JUN. 

GRPE 

GTR suggestion

UN Regulation R83 S5

History of UN Regulation R83

History of Emission Standards 

History of Emission Standards 

Emission Standards ( g/km ) 

2.72 

0.97 

2.20 

0.50 

2.30 

0.20 

0.15 

1.00 

1000(mg/km) 

0.10 100(mg/km) 

0.08 

60(mg/km) 

Euro1 Euro2 Euro3 Euro4 Euro5 

Indonesia 

Malaysia 

Philippines 

Vietnam 

Abolish Idling of 40 seconds after start 

Thailand 

UN 

Australia 

(Thailand) 

EU 

Taiwan 

CO 

HC+NOx 

HC 

NOx 

NMHC 

68(mg/km)

Emission Regulation and Fuel Improvement 

Emission regulation has been enforced under fuel improvement.

Emission Regulation and Fuel Improvement

Gasoline Quality for Low Emissions

Contents of UN Regulation R83-S5

Contents of UN Regulation R83-5

Scope

Table B 

Scope

Type approval test

Contents 

Type approval test 

TypeⅠ Tailpipe emission 

TypeⅡ Idling emission 

TypeⅢ Crankcase gases emission 

TypeⅣ Evaporative emission 

TypeⅤ Durability of anti-pollution devices 

TypeⅥ Low ambient temperature emission 

OBD On-board-diagnostic system 

Current Indonesia Regulation

Definitions 

Type approval test 

◇Gaseous pollutants 

The exhaust gas emissions of carbon monoxide, oxides of nitrogen. 

◇Tailpipe emissions 

The emission of gaseous pollutants.(for positive-ignition engines) 

◇Evaporative emissions 

The hydrocarbon vapor lost from the fuel system of a motor vehicle 

other than those from tailpipe emissions. 

◇Engine crankcase 

The spaces in, or external to, an engine which are connected to the oil 

sump by internal or external ducts through which gases and vapor 

can escape. 

◇OBD (On-Board Diagnostic) 

An on-board diagnostic system for emission control which has a capability 

of identifying the likely area of malfunction by means of fault codes stored 

in computer memory.

TypeⅠ test 

Verifying the average tailpipe emissions after s cold start. 

Type1 10.909 km 1180 sec 

AIR CONDITIONER 

Type approval test (Type-I) 

DILUTION 希釈空気 AIR 

MASS 

Bag Sample 

希釈排出ガス 

EXHAUST EMISSION 

DENSITY 

COOLING FAN ①DYNAMOMETER 

CVS ANALYZER

TypeⅠ test 

~ R83 S3 

Current Indonesia Regulation 

Speed 

R83 S4 ~ 

Speed 

IG. ON 

IG. ON 

40se 

c 


×4 

Image of 

exhausted gas 

volume 

Sampling area 

Driving cycle 

×4 

Image of 

exhausted gas 

volume 

Sampling area 

UDC EUDC 

Driving cycle 

Exhausted gas volume in this area 

account for about 80% of total 

emitted gas in the test cycle. 

Time schedule 

NEDC (New European 

driving cycle) 

Time schedule

TypeⅠ test 

Day1 

Day2 

Test procedure 

Vehicle inspection 

Dynamometer setting 

Pre-conditioning 

Soak 

Pre-check 

Dynamometer check 

Type Ⅰ test 


For EURO5 & EURO6, 

CH4 Analyzer, PN measurement system are needed. 

Vehicle weight 

Tire pressure 

Vehicle specification 

Road load setting 

Type Ⅰ ( part1+part2 ) 

Soak condition 

・Temperature : 20~30℃ 

・Period : 6~30hours 

Condition 

・soak temperature 

・Oil temperature 

・Coolant temperature 

・Tire pressure 

・Odometer 

Inertia weight 

Road load power

TypeⅡ test 

Type approval test (Type-II) 

Carbon monoxide emission test at idling speed. 

The carbon monoxide content by volume of the exhaust gases 

emitted with the engine idling must not exceed 3.5%. 

CO

TypeⅡ test 


Connecting sample probe 

Warming up 

Analysis of 

Lambda : CO/CO2/THC/O2 

EM : CO 

Engine oil temperature 

Engine speed : 2500rpm 

Analysis of 

Lambda : CO/CO2/THC/O2 

EM : CO 

Engine oil temperature 

Engine speed : Normal Idle 

Engine stop 

End 

Type approval test (Type-II) 

After Type-Ⅰtest 

1Part One driving cycle 

2500rpm Up to 3minutes 

Condition 

・Radiator fan ON (One time) 

Condition 

・Transmission : Neutral 

・Engine speed : 2500rpm±250rpm 

・Measurement : 1minutes 

Condition 

・Radiator fan : OFF 


・Engine speed : Standard±50rpm 

・Measurement : 1minutes

TypeⅢ test 

Verifying emissions of crankcase gases. 

The engine’s crankcase ventilation system must not permit 

the emission of any of the crankcase gases into the atmosphere. 

The vehicle is deemed satisfactory the pressure measured in 

the crankcase dose not 

exceed the atmospheric 

pressure prevailing at the 

time of measurement. 

Type approval test (Type-III) 

gas 

gas

TypeⅢ test 


Connecting inclination manometer 

Warming up 

Idling 

Measurement of crankcase pressure 

Constant speed at 50km/h 

Measurement of Crankcase pressure 

Adjustment of 

Dynamometer Road Load 

Constant speed at 50km/h 

Measurement of Crankcase pressure 

Engine stop 

End 

Type approval test (Type-III) 

After Type-Ⅱtest 

1Part One driving cycle 

Condition 

・Radiator fan : OFF 


Road Load : Type-Ⅰload 

Road Load : Type-Ⅰload × 1.7

TypeⅣ test 

The evaporative emission test is designed to determine 

hydrocarbon evaporative emissions as a consequence of diurnal 

temperatures fluctuation, Hot soaks during parking, and urban 

driving .The test consists of these phases: 

・Test preparation including an urban (Part One) and extra- 

urban (Part Two) driving cycle. 

・Hot Soak Loss determination 

・Diurnal Breathing Loss determination 

Mass emissions of hydrocarbons from the hot soak and the 

diurnal loss phases are added up to provide an overall result for 

the test. 

Limit : 2g > HSL+DBL. 

Type approval test (Type-IV)

TypeⅣ test 

Type approval test (Type-IV) 

Analyzer 

Test Equipments 

Normal SHED(91/441/EC) VT-SHED(EU2000) 

Pressure absorber 

Temperature controller 

Analyzer

TypeⅣ test 

VT SHED 


Canister 

Preconditioning System

TypeⅣ test 

Day1 

Day2 

Day3,4 


Canister load to breakthrough 

Fuel drain and refill 


Soak 

TypeⅠ test drive 

Evapo system conditioning drive 

Hot soak test 

Soak 

Diurnal test 

End 


Repeated diurnal heat builds to 2-grams breakthrough 

Fuel T:291±8 K (18±8℃) 

40%±2% of nominal tank capacity 

Type I : one Part1 + two Part2 

ambient T = 293 to 303 K (20-30℃) 

Condition 

・engine oil and coolant temperatures (Within ±3℃) 

T min : 296K (23℃) 

Tstart : 308 K (35℃) ΔT : 15 K 

Type I : one Part1 + one Part2 

Engine shut off 

Ambient T = 293 ± 2 K (20±2℃) 

6 to 36 hours 

T start : 293K (20℃) 

24hours 

T max : 304K (31℃) 

60±0.5min 

Engine restart 

Type I : one Part1

Type approval test (Type-V) 

TypeⅤ test 

5.3.6. Type V test (Durability of anti-pollution devices) 

5.3.6.1. This test shall be carried out on all vehicles referred to in paragraph 1 to which 

the test specified in paragraph 5.3.1. applies. The test represents an ageing test of 80,000 

km driven in accordance with the programme described in Annex 9 on a test track, on the 

road or on a chassis dynamometer. 

5.3.6.2. Notwithstanding the requirement of paragraph 5.3.6.1., a manufacturer may 

choose to have the deterioration factors from the following table used as an alternative to 

testing to paragraph 5.3.6.1. 

At the request of the manufacturer, the technical service may carry out the Type I test 

before the Type V test has been completed using the deterioration factors in the table 

above. On completion of the Type V test, the technical service may then amend the type 

approval results recorded in Annex 2 by replacing the deterioration factors in the above 

table with those measured in the Type V test.

TypeⅤ test 

Emission [g/km] 

V km/h 

1.2 

1.0 

0.8 

0.6 

0.4 

0.2 

0.0 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

CO 

0K 20K 40K 60K 80K 100K 

Distance [k km] 



0.12 

0.10 

0.08 

0.06 

0.04 

0.02 

0.00 

EC11 

THC 

0K 20K 40K 60K 80K 100K 

Distance [k km] 

EC11 


0.12 

0.10 

0.08 

0.06 

0.04 

0.02 

0.00 

NOx 

0K 20K 40K 60K 80K 100K 

Distance [k km]

TypeⅤ test 

1000 

900 

800 

700 

600 

500 

400 

300 

200 

100 

0 


SRC (Standard Road Cycle) 

Catalyst Temperature 

Vehicle Speed 

 

Standard Road Cycle 

Distance:42km (6km/Lap × 7Lap) 

Time:2022 sec (33 min. 42 sec) 

Maximum speed:129 km/h 

Average speed:74.8 km/h 

Acceleration:-2.23 m/s2 ~ 1.79 m/s2 


UN Regulation R83 S6 (Euro 5,6) 

200 

180 

160 

140 

120 

100 

80 

60 

40 

20 

0 

Time (sec) 

300 

250 

200 

150 

100 

50 

Catalyst Temperature distribution (SRC 1 Cycle) 

0 

400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 

CAT Temp. (degC) 

SRC


TypeⅤ test UN Regulation R83 S6 (Euro 5,6) 

SRC 1 cycle Full useful Life 

Temperature Tv Heat Load Histogram Histogram Histogram Equivalent 

Interval (℃) exp((R/Tr)-(R/Tv)) (Sec) (hrs) (hrs) hrs at Tr 

400 ~ 425 412.5 0.000064 0 0.000 0.00 0.00 

425 ~ 450 437.5 0.000156 0 0.000 0.00 0.00 

450 ~ 475 462.5 0.000361 0 0.000 0.00 0.00 

475 ~ 500 487.5 0.000789 0 0.000 0.00 0.00 

500 ~ 525 512.5 0.001640 0 0.000 0.00 0.00 

525 ~ 550 537.5 0.003261 60 0.017 31.97 0.10 

550 ~ 575 562.5 0.006222 2 0.001 1.07 0.01 

575 ~ 600 587.5 0.011434 6 0.002 3.20 0.04 

600 ~ 625 612.5 0.020302 134 0.037 71.41 1.45 

625 ~ 650 637.5 0.034931 162 0.045 86.33 3.02 

650 ~ 675 662.5 0.058382 183 0.051 97.52 5.69 

675 ~ 700 687.5 0.095002 224 0.062 119.37 11.34 

700 ~ 725 712.5 0.150821 148 0.041 78.87 11.90 

725 ~ 750 737.5 0.234022 264 0.073 140.69 32.92 

750 ~ 775 762.5 0.355501 270 0.075 143.88 51.15 

775 ~ 800 787.5 0.529496 231 0.064 123.10 65.18 

800 ~ 825 812.5 0.774310 146 0.041 77.80 60.24 

825 ~ 850 837.5 1.113105 93 0.026 49.56 55.17 

850 ~ 875 862.5 1.574767 74 0.021 39.44 62.10 

875 ~ 900 887.5 2.194849 45 0.013 23.98 52.63 

900 ~ 925 912.5 3.016558 29 0.008 15.45 46.62 

925 ~ 950 937.5 4.091798 16 0.004 8.53 34.89 

950 ~ 975 962.5 5.482244 0 0.000 0.00 0.00 

975 ~ 1000 987.5 7.260443 0 0.000 0.00 0.00 

Air/Fuel Ratio 

Stoichiometric 

A/F 

Secondary Air 

Standard Bench Cycle 

0 20 40 60 

TOTAL 2087 0.58 1112.2 494 O2 sensors#1 

SBC (Standard Bench Cycle) 

O2 sensors#2 

Rich 

Time(sec) 

Catalyst#2 

Catalyst#1 

3 

2 

1 

0 

Air Injection(%)

TypeⅥ test 

Verifying the average low ambient temperature carbon monoxide 

and hydrocarbon tailpipe emissions after a cold start. 

Ambient temperature levels encountered by the test vehicle 

Must average : 266 degrees K ± 3 degrees K. 

Limit, monoxide carbon:15g/km, hydrocarbon:1.8g/km 

CO 

HC 

Type approval test (Type-VI)

TypeⅥ test 

Day1 

Day2 



Dynamometer road load 

Pre conditioning 

Cold soak 

Pre check 


TypeⅥ test 

End 

Type approval test (Type-VI) 

If the exchange of fuel is required for TypeⅥ test, 

the supplied fuel temperature must be below 16℃ 

Road load check 

Part1(UDC) and Part2(EUDC) of TypeⅠ 

(The test cell temperature must not be higher than 30℃) 

The engine must be switched off within 10 minutes 

of completion of the preconditioning 

Soak temperature : 266K(-7℃)±3K 

The ambient temp must meet the for following conditions 

Soak temperature 

Oil temperature 

Dynamometer warming 

The emission test must begin no longer than 20 minutes 

after dynamometer warming. 

Part1(UDC) 4 cycle 

The test cell temperature must be 266K(-7oC)±2K 

Analyze the emissions of CO,THC,CO2

O2 sensors#1 

O2 sensors#2 

Manifold Pressure 

sensor 

EGR-lift sensor 

To maintain the emission level, since early ’80, 

various sensors have been mounted as 

“emission control system”. 

In another word, 

Without such the system, “clean emission” 

level becomes blowing up(over the limit) 

easily. 

Required “diagnosis system” for those 

Type approval test (OBD) 

This is ; On-Board Diagnostics (OBD) 

On-board computer 

Camshaft sensor 

Air flow sensor 

Air temp. sensor 

Coolant Temp. sensor 

Oil Temp. sensor 

Throttle sensors 

Crank-angle sensors#1 

Crank Position 

sensors#2 

38

Malfunction 

Indication Lamp 

(MIL) 

How does OBD work? 

Emission-related 

Power- 

component train Tool 

Computer 

connector 

•OBD Monitoring 

•Information Storing 

General Scan Tool 

If malfunction and/or deterioration of the emission control system would be occurred, 

not only “Malfunction Illuminate Lamp (MIL)” must be lighted on, 

“Service information(Fault Code)” must be stored for repairing! 

GST 

•ISO(SAE) standard 

P0XXX 

P0X0X 

39

Emission amount 

Full-useful 

Life 

OBD is a shift to pollution prevention. OBD can identify problem(s) with the emissions control system 

before the vehicle becomes an excessive polluter, allowing time to repair the vehicle before emissions 

increase. 

Car Inspection OK! 

Repairing 

Emission amount 


Without OBD system, excessive emission level was NOT found until “Car 

Inspection”. Because a driver could NOT find the “Malfunction” was 

occurred. 

? 

Malfunction 

Malfunction & MIL on 

Car Inspection 

NG! 

OBD limit 

Full-useful Life 

OBD limit 

40

w/o OBD system 

What’s wrong ? 

Wasting time by “guess-and-replace repairs” 

Repairing 

Trouble ! Complete ! 

w/ OBD system 

What is benefit in Car Repairing? 

Repairing 

What’s wrong ? 

Determination with “Generic Scan Tool” 

Just check fault code ! 

Low Cost 

Low risk of miss-repairing 

Short period repairing 

Which one do you want to do ? 

41

Start inspection 

w/o OBD system 

w/ OBD system 

What is benefit in Car Inspection? 

Visual check Emission Measurement 

(including equipments) 

•MIL-off 

•Stored code 

Low Cost 

not required the emission meas. 

Which one do you want to do ? 

Complete ! 

42

Good Help for Environment ! 

Because ; OBD can notify a driver of a problem before the vehicle’s emission have increased ! 


•Certification 

•COP 

How does OBD help the environment? 

OBD criteria 

・Malfunction 

・Tampering modification 

High Emitter region 

OBD MIL-on region 

OBD Limit 

Normal region 

Mass Production Full-useful life 

Distance[km], period[year] 

・Unexpected deterioration 

・Poor maintenance 

Design Problems 

Product Problems 

Normal Level 

43


OBD demonstration Tests and Tools


OBD Demonstration test (Catalyst Monitor)


OBD Demonstration test (O2 Sensor Monitor)


OBD Demonstration test (Misfiring)

OBD 

Test procedure (typeⅠ test) 


Dynamometer setting 


Cold soak 

Pre-check 


Type Ⅰ test 


Installation of the malfunction threshold item 

Vehicle weight 

Tire pressure 

Vehicle specification 

Road load setting 

Type Ⅰ ( part1+part2 ) 

Soak condition 

・Temperature : 20~30℃ 

・Period : 630hours 

Condition 

・soak temperature 

・Oil temperature 

・Coolant temperature 

・Tire pressure 

・Odometer 

Inertia weight 

Road load power

OBD Family 

Type approval test (OBD)

Thank you for your attention.

COP 

As a general rule, conformity of production with regard to limitation of 

emissions from the vehicle ( test TypesⅠ,Ⅱ,Ⅲ, and Ⅳ ) is checked 

based on the description given in the communication from and its annexes. 

◆In case of TypeⅠ 

COP (Conformity of Production) 

・Three vehicles are selected at random in the series and are tested as 

described in Paragraph5.3.1. The deterioration factors are used in the 

same way. The limit values are given in paragraph5.3.1.4. 

・The production of a series is deemed to conform or not to conform on 

the basis of a sampling test of the vehicle once a pass decision is reached 

for all the pollutants or a fail decision is reached for one pollutant, 

according to the test criteria applied in the appropriate Appendix. 

・When a pass decision has been reached for one pollutant, that decision 

will not be changed by any additional tests carried out to reach a decision 

for the other pollutants. (figure 1 below)

COP 

NO 

COP (Conformity of Production) 

Figure 1 

Test of three vehicles 

Computation of the test statistic 

According to the appropriate Appendix dose the test statistic agree 

with the criteria for failing the series for at least one pollutant? 

According to the appropriate Appendix dose the test statistic agree 

with the criteria for passing the series for at least one pollutant? 

NO 

YES 

A pass decision reached for one or more pollutants? 

Is a pass decision reached for all the pollutants? 

NO 

Test of an additional vehicle 

YES 

YES 

Series 

rejected 

Series 

accepted


(第4回) 




2011 年 12 月 13 日会合 

2011 年 12 月 14 日~15 ワークショップ


Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA: Chairman of IJ EPA SWG2 Japanese Committee, JASIC 

Mr.Hideo OHNO: Chairman of the Noise Sub-Committee, Expert of UN Regulation No.51, JASIC 

Mr. Yoshihiro SHIRAHASHI: Member of the Noise Sub-Committee, Expert of UN Regulation No.51, JASIC 



2. Dispatching period and place: Dec.12, 2011 – Dec.17, 2011, Jakarta, Indonesia 


(1) #4 SWG2 meeting @ MOI in Jakarta: Dec.13, 2011 

AM 9:00-14:00 

AM 9:00-10:00 

AM10:00-11:00 

(a)Current status of improving automobile regulations and new VTA system 

(b)Policy to attend WP29/GRs 

(2) #4 SWG2 workshop@ MOI in Jakarta: Dec.14, 2011 –Dec.15, 2011 

【Theme】Notification to UN for the selected UN Regulations adoption 


AM 9:00-12:00 


(c)Confirmation of when Indonesia will notify to the UN secretary general 

(d) Confirmation of the schedule for #4 & #5 SWG2 workshops 

(e) In-use vehicle inspection on noise 

1 st day: What's the difference between UN Regulation and Indonesia national regulation for noise? 

PM 1:00-4:00 


(b) Current situation of Indonesia regulations for noise (rule making process, responsibility, 

etc.) (IASIF expert) 

(c) Follow up of the IASIF working sheet proposed by JASIC (Mr. AKIBA, JASIC) 

Lunch 

(d) Outline of UN Regulation for noise (R51)(Mr. SHIRAHASHI, JASIC) 

(e) Comparison between R51 and Indonesian noise regulation (Mr. SHIRAHASHI and Mr. 

OHNO,JASIC, MOE or IASIF expert) 

2 nd day: What shall Indonesia does to harmonize with UN Regulation and Indonesia national regulation 

and standard to notify to the UN secretary general? 

(f) How to introduce R51 into Japan, harmonizing with Japanese regulations as a sample 

(Mr. OHNO, JASIC) 

(g) How will IASIF introduce R51, harmonizing with Indonesian Regulations? (IASIF expert 

and JASIC) 

Lunch

(h) Open discussion : 1) How UN regulations will be adopted and implemented? 2) What 

shall Indonesia as contracting party notify to UN secretary general? 3) How WVTA 

AM11:00-PM2:00 

regulation will be improved? 


PM3:00-4:00 (i) Confirmation -The next step of IASIF activity (IASIF representative ) 

(j) Closing (Mr.Toto, IASIF representative) 

PM4:00-4:10 





Especially, members of the IASIF, MOE, MOT,VTCC(BPLJSKB)

2011 I-EPA 4th Work shop 

Practical way 

to improve 


14-15/Dec/2011 

AKIBA T. 


akibatad@gmail.com

Benefit for Indonesian as a contracting party….. 

under the 1958 Agreement 

Automotive 

•Time & Cost 

Sectors efficiency by MRA 

•Enhance 

technology transfer 

•Boost business 

chance in global 

market 

create jobs 

People/Society 

Better society 

Government 

•Improve national law, 

regulation & standards 

•Boost export 

•Generate and save 

foreign exchange 

• Business chance as 

technical service

Final Goal >> MRA of WVTA => IWVTA 

Countries A,B,C apply all Technical Requirements for WVTA 

under the 1958 agreement 

A country 

B country 

C country 

UNReg 48 

Set of Technical Requirements for WVTA 

UNReg 13 UNReg 17 

UNReg AA UNReg BB UNReg 14 


A country 



Before Final Goal >> 

Follow-Up Recommendations: (from IASIF draft report ) 

1. Accession to the 1958 agreement 


implement UN regulations 

3. Propose to use the services of an 

experienced consultant


Deep understanding 

The Rights and Duties of a contracting 

party to the 1958 Agreement 

No Risk 

for the accession to the 1958 

agreement

The Rights and Duties 

of the Contracting Parties to the 1958 Agreement - 1 

Regulation making 

Rights Duties 

The 1958 Agreement 

Type approval 

Rights 

Duties

Rule making: Rights 



Participating in the development of UN regulations 

* Proposing new UN regulations 

* Proposing amendments to the existing UN regulations 

* Voting 

Choosing the UN regulations to be applied 

Ceasing applying regulations 

Applying the UN regulations anytime

Rule making: Duties 



-First, 

Declaration of the UN regulations to be applied 

-Second, 

 

Applying the adopted amendments to the UN 

regulation(s) if the CP does not oppose to the 

amendment at voting 

 

Applying the adopted new regulation if the CP does not 

notify its disagreement at voting

Type approval : Rights 



 

Grant type approvals and approval markings 

Advising the competent authorities of non-conformity 

to the approved types 

Prohibit the sale and use in case of non-conformity

Type approval : Duties 



 

Accept the type approval issued by the other 

Contracting Party 

Confirmation of the COP in granting type approvals 

Taking measures against the non-conformity to the 

approved type in receiving information

Before Final Goal >> 1 st Step 

as a contracting party to the 1958 agreement 


Asian Requirements 


Certificates 








Other 




MRA 


Before Final Goal >> 2 nd Step 





Certificates 








Other 




MRA 


Final Goal >> 3 rd Step 





Applying a set of 

Technical Regulations 

Certificates of Parts and/or Systems 



MRA 

Other 




Certificate of Whole 

Vehicle Type Approval

Practical way to improve Indonesian WVTA system 

Follow-Up Recommendations: (from IASIF draft report) 



implement UN regulations 

3. Propose to use the services of an experienced 

consultant



2. Regulation 

・Improvement of WVTA Regulation 

・List of technical requirements as annex to the 



4. Better understanding of related person/organization 



1. General Direction of Activity 


UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg RXX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Reg R XX 

UN Regulation 

No.XX 

IWVTA 

UN Reg. R0 

Indonesian 

Certification 

System 


Applying 

Modifying



2. Regulation 


・List of technical requirements as 

annex to the WVTA regulation 






2. Regulation 


・Understanding UN Regulations as 

UN 

UN 

Reg R 

UN 

Reg R 

XX Reg R 

UN XX 

UN XX RXX Reg R 

UN 

Reg R 

UN XX Reg R 

XX Reg R 

XX 

XX 

UN Regulation 

No.XX 

IWVTA 

UN Reg. R0 


candidates of technical 

requirements annex to 

the Indonesian WVTA


2. Regulation 

・Improvement of WVTA regulation 

Understanding Key Elements for WVTA 

Indonesian 

Drafting a structure of for the future 

WVTA 




1. 

2. 

Scope 

Definition 

Key Elements 


4. Approval 


6. Tests 










Key Elements 
















of vehicles 










of conformity 



Key Elements

Sample 

UN Reg. No. 1 HEADLAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 3 REFLEX REFLECTORS 

UN Reg. No. 4 REAR REGISTRATION PLATE LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 6 DIRECTION INDICATORS 

UN Reg. No. 7 

UN Reg. No. 8 

UN Reg. No. 10 

FRONT AND REAR POSITION (SIDE) LAMPS, STOP 

LAMPS AND END-OUTLINE MARKER LAMPS 

HALOGEN HEADLAMPS 

(H1,H2,H3,HB3,HB4,H7,H8,H9,HIR1, HIR2 and/or H11) 

WVTA regulation for M1 

UNIFORM PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE APPROVAL 

OF VEHICLES WITH REGARD TO ELECTROMAGNETIC 

COMPATIBILITY 

UN Reg. No. 11 DOOR LATCHES & HINGES 

UN Reg. No. 12 STEERING MECHANISM 

UN Reg. No. 13-H BRAKING (M1) 

UN Reg. No. 14 SAFETY BELT ANCHORAGES 

UN Reg. No. 16 SAFETY BELTS 

UN Reg. No. 17 SEATS 


PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE 

(LOCKING SYSTEM) 

UN Reg. No. 19 FRONT FOG LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 20 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (H4) 

UN Reg. No. 21 INTERIOR FITTINGS 

UN Reg. No. 23 REVERSING LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 24 DIESEL SMOKE 

UN Reg. No. 25 HEAD RESTRAINTS 

UN Reg. No. 26 EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS 

UN Reg. No. 28 AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES 

UN Reg. No. 30 PNEUMATIC TYRES (PASSENGER VEHICLE) 

UN Reg. No. 31 HALOGEN SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 34 PREVENTION OF FIRE RISKS 

UN Reg. No. 37 FILAMENT LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 38 REAR FOG LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 39 SPEEDOMETER 



OF SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS 

UN Reg. No. 44 CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS 

UN Reg. No. 46 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS 

UN Reg. No. 48 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS 

UN Reg. No. 49 DIESEL EMISSION 

UN Reg. No. 51 NOISE 

UN Reg. No. 55 MECHANICAL COUPLING 

UN Reg. No. 59 REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM 

UN Reg. No. 67 SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT OF VEHICLE USING LPG 

UN Reg. No. 77 PARKING LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 79 STEERING EQUIPMENT 




UN Reg. No. 85 MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE POWER 

UN Reg. No. 87 DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 89 SPEED LIMITATION DEVICES 



BRAKE LININGS 

UN Reg. No. 91 SIDE-MARKER LAMPS 







UN Reg. No. 97 VEHICLE ALARM SYSTEMS 

UN Reg. No. 98 GAS-DISCHARGE HEADLAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 99 GAS-DISCHARGE LIGHT SOURCES 




UN Reg. No. 103 REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC CONVERTERS 

UN Reg. No. 110 VEHICLES USING CNG 

UN Reg. No. 112 HEADLAMPS (WITH AN ASYMMETRICAL PASSING BEAM) 

UN Reg. No. 116 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE 


THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF HAND 

CONTROLS, TELL-TALES AND INDICATORS 

UN Reg. No. 122 HEATING SYSTEM 

UN Reg. No. 123 AFS 

UN Reg. No. 125 THE FORWARD FIELD OF VISION

Sample 

Definition-1 

For the purpose of this Regulation and of the Regulations listed in 

Annex 4, save as otherwise provided therein: 

2.1 “Manufacturer” means the person or body who is 

responsible to the approval authority for all aspects of the 

type approval process and for ensuring conformity of 

production. It is not essential that the person or body is 

directly involved in all stages of the construction of the 

vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit 

which is the subject of the approval process. 

2.2. “Vehicle type” means motor vehicles, which do not differ in 

at least the essential respects specified in Annex 8. A type 

of vehicle may contain variants and versions as defined in 

Annex 8. 

2.3 ‘Whole vehicle type approval’ or ‘WVTA’ means the 

procedure whereby Ministry of Transport certifies that a 

type of vehicle satisfies the relevant administrative 

provisions and technical requirements of this Regulation 

and of the regulations listed in Annex 4.

Sample 

Definition-2 

2.4 ‘System’ means an assembly of devices combined to 

perform one or more specific functions in a vehicle and 

which is subject to the requirements of any of the annexed 

regulations. 

2.5 ‘Component’ means a device subject to the requirements of 

a regulation and intended to be part of a vehicle, which may 

be type-approved independently of a vehicle where the 

regulation makes express provisions for so doing.. 

2.6 ‘Separate technical unit’ means a device subject to the 

requirements of a regulation and intended to be part of a 

vehicle, which may be type-approved separately, but only in 

relation to one or more specified types of vehicle where the 

regulation makes express provisions for so doing. 

2.7 ‘certificate of conformity’ means the document set out in 

Annex 7, issued by the manufacturer and certifying that a 

vehicle belonging to the series of the type approved in 

accordance with this Regulation complied with all annexed 

regulations at the time of its production.

Sample 

Definition-3 

2.8 ‘information document’ means the document set out in Annex 5, or in 

the corresponding Annex to an annexed regulation, that prescribes 

the information to be supplied by an applicant, it being permissible to 

supply the information document in the form of an electronic file. 

2.9 ‘information document’ means the complete folder, including the 

information document, file, data, drawings, photographs, and so on, 

supplied by the applicant, it being permissible to supply the 

information document in the form of an electronic file. 

2.10 ‘information package’ means the information document 

accompanied by the test reports and all other documents added by 

the technical service or by the approval authority to the information 

document in the course of carrying out their functions, it being 

permissible to supply the information package in the form of an 

electronic file. 

2.11 ‘index to the information package’ means the document listing the 

contents of the information package, suitably numbered or otherwise 

marked so as to identify clearly all the pages, the format of that 

document being such as to present a record of the successive steps 

in the management of the type-approval, in particular the dates of 

the revisions and updating.

Sample 

Application for approval-1 

3.1 The application for approval of a vehicle type with regard to 

WVTA shall be submitted by the manufacturer or his duly 

accredited representative. 

3.2 It shall be accompanied by the following documents and 

particulars: 

3..2.1 the information document containing the information 

required under Annex 5 

3.2.2 the list regulations to which the type of vehicle complies 

according to Annex 6, appendix 1 

3.2.3 the complete set of type-approval certificates required 

pursuant to each of the applicable regulations listed in 

Annex 4, Part A, Table 1. 

3.2.4 in accordance with 3.2.2: type-approval certificates 

according to the regulations listed in Annex 4, Part A, 

Table 2 for all respective vehicle systems covered by 

those regulations, which are fitted to the vehicle.

Sample 


3.3 The manufacturer shall submit the application to 

the approval authority. Only one application may 

be submitted in respect of a particular type of 

vehicle. 

A separate application shall be submitted for each 

type to be approved.

Sample 

Specification-1 

5.1 Required certificates 

5.1.1 A vehicle shall meet the prescribed 

requirements of this Regulation as well as 

those specified in the regulations required in 

Annex 4. This shall be demonstrated by typeapproval 

certificates according to those 

regulations.

Sample 


5.2 Certificate of conformity 

5.2.1 The manufacturer, in his capacity as the holder of a WVTA, 

shall deliver a certificate of conformity (CoC) to accompany 

each vehicle that is manufactured in conformity with the 

approved vehicle type. 

The contents of the CoC are defined in Annex 7. 

5.2.2 The certificate of conformity shall be drawn up in English 

language. 

5.2.3 The certificate of conformity shall be designed to prevent 

forgery. To that end, the paper used shall be protected either 

by coloured graphics or by a watermark in the form of the 

manufacturer’s identification mark. 

5.2.4 The certificate of conformity shall be completed in its entirety 

and shall not contain restrictions as regards the use of the 

vehicle other than those provided for in a regulatory act. 

5.2.5 A duplicate of the certificate of conformity may be issued only 

by the manufacturer. The word ‘duplicate’ must be clearly 

visible on the face of any duplicate certificate.

Sample Tests 

6.1 In case compliance to the requirements of section 

5 is demonstrated by providing all required 

certificates covering all versions and variants of the 

vehicle type no further testing is foreseen for 

WVTA.

Sample 


The conformity of production procedures shall comply 

with those set out in the Agreement, appendix 2 

(E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2) with the following 

requirements: 

8.1 A vehicle approved to this Regulation shall be so 

manufactured as to conform to the type approved 

by meeting the requirements set forth in paragraph 

5. above. 

8.2. The authority which has granted type approval may 

at any time verify the conformity control methods 

applied in each production facility. The normal 

frequency of these verifications shall be once every 

two years.

Sample 

Annex 3: Procedures to be followed 

during WVTA of vehicles-1 

0. Objectives and scope 

0.1 This Annex establishes the procedures for the 

proper operation of the vehicle type-approval in 

accordance with the provisions of Article 5.1

Sample 



1. Type-approval process 

When receiving an application for whole vehicle typeapproval, 

the approval authority shall: 

(a) verify that all type-approval certificates issued 

pursuant to the regulations which are applicable for 

vehicle type-approval cover the vehicle type and 

correspond to the prescribed requirements; 

(b) by reference to the documentation make sure that the 

vehicle specifications and data contained in Part I of the 

vehicle information document are included in the data in 

the information packages and in the type-approval 

certificates in respect of the relevant regulations;

Sample 



(c) when an item number in Part I of the information 

document is not included in the information package of 

any of the regulations, confirm that the relevant part or 

characteristic conforms to the particulars in the 

information folder; 

(d) on a selected sample of vehicles from the type to be 

approved carry out or arrange to be carried out 

inspections of vehicle parts and systems to verify that the 

vehicle(s) is/are built in accordance with the relevant data 

contained in the authenticated information package in 

respect of the relevant type-approval certificates; 

(e) carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant 

installation checks in respect of separate technical units 

where applicable;

Sample 



2. Combination of technical specifications 

The number of vehicles to be submitted shall be 

sufficient to permit the 

proper check of the various combinations to be 

type-approved according to 

the following criteria:

Sample 



Technical 

Vehicle category 

specification M1 M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 O1 O2 O3 O4 

Engine X X X X X X - - - - 

Gear box X X X X X X - - - - 

Number of axles - X X X X X X X X X 

Powered axles 

(number, position 

and interconnection) 

X X X X X X - - - - 

Steered axles 

(number and 

position) 

X X X X X X X X X X 

Body styles X X X X X X X X X X 

Number of doors X X X X X X X X X X 

Hand of drive X X X X X X - - - - 

Number of seats X X X X X X - - - - 

Level of equipment X X X X X X - - - -

Sample 

Annex 4: List of requirements for 

the purpose of WVTA: 

List of regulatory acts -1 

Part A: Requirements for vehicles of category M1 

The list of requirements to obtain a WVTA is structured in 

the following tables 

•Table 1: List of mandatory requirements 

Approvals to the regulations listed in this table are 

obligatory in order to obtain a WVTA. 

•Table 2: List of if-fitted requirements 

If a system covered by the regulations listed in this table 

is fitted on a vehicle, then the respective approval is 

required to obtain a WVTA. Whether these systems are 

mandated is up to separated regulation/law.

Sample 





Number Topic UN- Series of 

Regulation amendments [1] 

1.1 Radio interference 10 04 

1.2 Door latches + hinges 11 03 

1.3 Steering impact 12 04 

1.4 

… 

… 

Braking system 13-H 00 

1.?? Installation of Lighting equipment 48 05 

… … 

1.?? Exhaust emissions 83 06 

[1] The entry is understood as the required minimum, i.e. any later series 

of amendments is equally acceptable.

Sample 







2.1 Electronic stability control 13-H 00, suppl. 11 

2.2 Brake assist system 13-H 00, suppl. 11 

2.3 

… 

… 

Tyre pressure monitoring system 64 02 



Sample 

Annex 5: Information document for 

the purpose of WVTA of vehicles-1 


The following information shall be supplied in triplicate and 

include a list of contents. Any drawings shall be supplied in 

appropriate scale and in sufficient detail on size A4, or on a 

folder of A4 format. Photographs, if any, shall show sufficient 

detail. 


Provide a suitable identification of all the variants and 

versions (as defined in Annex 8) within the vehicle type for 

which approval is sought. The identification scheme has to 

be used in Part II to transparently denote which data entries 

in the information document apply to which variant(s) and 

version(s) within the vehicle type.

Sample 


A. Vehicles of category M1 



0. GENERAL 

0.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer): 

0.2. Type: 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

1. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS OF 

THE VEHICLE 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

2. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS 

(in kg and mm) (Refer to drawing where 

applicable)

Sample 

3. POWER PLANT 

4. TRANSMISSION 

5. AXLES 

6. SUSPENSION 

7. STEERING 

8. BRAKES 

9. BODYWORK 



................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. ..............

Sample 

Regulation Typeapproval 

number 




Supply the information required by the following table in respect of the 

applicable subjects for this vehicle in Annex 4. (All relevant approvals 

for each subject shall be included. However, information in respect of 

components need not be given here so long as such information is 

included in the approval certificate relating to the installation 

prescriptions). 

Contracting Party issuing 

the type-approval 

Extension 

date 

Signed: ................................................................................ .... 

Position in company: ................................................................ 

Date: ......................................... 

Variant(s)/ 

version(s)

Sample 

Part A: Vehicles of category M1 

Annex 8: 

Definition of the vehicle type-1 

1. Definition of vehicle type, variant, and version 

1.1 Vehicle type 

1.1.1 A “vehicle type” shall consist of vehicles which have 

all of the following features in common: 

(a) the manufacturer’s company name. 

A change in the legal form of ownership of the 

company does not require that a new approval 

has to be granted; 

(b) the design and assembly of the essential parts 

of the body structure in the case of a selfsupporting 

body. 

The same shall apply mutatis mutandis to 

vehicles the bodywork of which is bolted on or 

welded to a separate frame;

Sample 

Annex 8: 


1.1.2 By way of derogation from the requirements of point 

1.1.1(b), when the manufacturer uses the floor 

portion of the body structure as well as the essential 

constituent elements forming the front part of the 

body structure located directly in front of the 

windscreen bay, in the construction of different kinds 

of bodywork (for example a saloon and a coupe), 

those vehicles may be considered as belonging to 

the same type. Evidence thereof shall be provided by 

the manufacturer. 

1.1.3 A type shall consist of at least one variant and one 

version.

Sample 

Annex 8: 


1.2 Variant 

1.2.1 A “variant” within a vehicle type shall group the vehicles which 

have all of the following construction features in common: 

(a) the number of lateral doors or the type of bodywork as 

defined in Section 1 of Part C when the manufacturer uses 

the criterion of point 1.1.2; 

(b) the power plant with regard to the following construction 

features: 

(i) the type of energy supply (internal combustion 

engine, electric motor or other); 

(ii) the working principle (positive ignition, compression 

ignition or other); 

(iii) the number and arrangement of cylinders in the 

case of internal combustion engine (L4, V6 or other); 

(c) the number of axles; 

(d) the number, and interconnection of powered axles; 

(e) the number of steered axles;

Sample 

Annex 8: 


1.3 Version 

1.3.1 A “version” within a variant shall group the vehicles which have 

all the following features in common: 

(a) the technically permissible maximum laden mass; 

(b) the engine capacity in the case of internal combustion 

engine; 

(c) the maximum engine power output or the maximum 

continuous rated power (electric motor); 

(d) the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi-fuel or 

other); 

(e) the maximum number of seating positions; 

(f) drive-by sound level; 

(g) exhaust emission level; 

(h) combined or weighted, combined CO 2 emissions; 

(i) electric energy consumption (weighted, combined); 

(j) combined or weighted, combined fuel consumption;

Sample 

Annex 8: 


2. Types of bodywork 

The following codes shall be used 

Code Name Definition 

AA Saloon a vehicle defined in term 3.1.1.1 of Standard ISO 3833:1977, 

fitted with at least four side windows. 

AB Hatchback a saloon as defined in 1.1 with a hatch at the rear end of the 

vehicle. 

AC Station wagon a vehicle defined in term 3.1.1.4 of Standard ISO 3833:1977. 

AD Coupe a vehicle defined in term 3.1.1.5 of Standard ISO 3833:1977. 

AE Convertible a vehicle defined in terms No 3.1.1.6 of Standard ISO 

3833:1977. 

However a convertible may have no door. 

AF Multi-purpose vehicle a vehicle other than AG and those mentioned in AA to AE 

intended for carrying persons and their luggage or occasionally 

goods, in a single compartment. 

AG Truck station wagon a vehicle defined in terms No 3.1.1.4.1 of Standard ISO 

3833:1977. 

However, the luggage compartment must be completely 

separated from the passenger compartment. 

In addition, the reference point of the driver’s seating position 

needs not to be at least at 750 mm above the surface supporting 

the vehicle.


2. Regulation 

・Improvement of WVTA regulation 


• Analysis of Draft structure of WVTA 

• Drafting new WVTA regulation 


Approval Authority & Enhancing Technical Services 

GR’S 

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

9 

10 

11 

12 

13 

14 

15 

16 

17 

18 

19 

Braking System 

Noise emission 

UN Reg. REG. 

Braking System (Pass. Car) 

Seat belt anchorage 

Seat belt 

Seats 

Head Restraints 

Pneumatic tyre – passenger 

Speedometer 

Exhaust Emission (L ) 

Noise (L category) 

Safety glass 

Rear View Mirror 

Diesel Emission 

Pneumatic tyre – commercial 

Driver Operated Control 

Tyre (L category) 

Steering Equipment 

Exhaust Emission 

UN Reg. 

No.13 

No.13H 

No.14 

No.16 

No.17 

No.25 

No.30 

No.39 

No.40 

No.41 

No.43 

No.46 

No.49 

No.51 

No.54 

No.60 

No.75 

No.79 

No.83 

AUTH T/S 

MOT VTCC 

MOT VTCC 

MOI 

MOI 

MOI 

MOI 

MOI 

MOT 

MOT 

MOT 

MOI 

MOT 

MOT 

MOT 

MOT 

MOT 

MOI 

MOT 

MOT 

B2TKS 

B2TKS 

B2TKS 

B4T 

B4T 

VTCC 

BTMP 

VTCC 

CERAMIC 

VTCC 

BTMP 

VTCC 

B4T 

VTCC 

B4T 

VTCC 

BTMP 

LOCAL INDUSTRY 

ASSOCIATION 

GAIKINDO, GIAMM, BRAKE ASSC. 

GAIKINDO, GIAMM, BRAKE ASSC. 

GIAMM, SAFETY BELT ASSC. 




GIAMM, TIRE ASSC. 

GKD, GIAMM 

AISI 

AISI 

GKD, GIAMM, ASAKA 

GKD, GIAMM, ASAKA 

GAIKINDO 

GAIKINDO 


AISI 


GKD, GIAMM, ST. ASSC. 

GAIKINDO 

SNI 

ALREADY 

ALREADY 

ALREADY 

ALREADY 

MANDATORY 

ALREADY ALREADY 

ALREADY 

ALREADY 

ALREADY 

ALREADY 

ALREADY 

ALREADY


Proposal Structure of WVTA 

To Excel sheet


Structure of the amended 1958 Agreement 

for IWVTA


2. Regulation List of Technical Requirements 





modification 


(127 UNE Regulations) 


B 



C 

Not Applying







requirements 




Table 2 


Table 3 





Key elements: 














WVTA 





D 



E 


requirement 

Table 4 


WVTA 

F 

Elimination











The process of developing New UN regulations 

Government 

Organization 

Submit 

proposal 







Voting by AC1 


Publication amendment UN 


(11 weeks 

before WP29) 



6 months


Government 


proposal 







Voting by AC1 




(11 weeks 

before WP29) 



6 months



2. Regulation 









• Applicant 




Services 



TRANS/WP.29/1044 – General Guidelines for UN 


Regulations 






Whole vehicle 



Assembly 

COP 

Assembly 

COP 

Registration 

Application 

documents 

Application 

documents 

COC 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 


Certification 

Tests 

Report 

Certification 

Tests 

Report



2. Regulation 


4. Better understanding of 

related person/organization 








IASIF 

• WVTA 


2) Drafting WVTA Regulation 








1) Experts 

2) Infrastructure

Sorting of UN 

Regs for adoption 

& 

implementation 

Development of 

Technical Service 

for each UN Reg. 

Development 

Testing Facility 

Elements for this Project 

Make clear how 

to implement of 

each UN Reg. 

Complete Table 

Technical 

Requirements 

Train Engineers 

Accession to the 


MRA under the 


Program to 

contribute 

Geneva’s Activity 

Propose new 

WVTA Reg. 



for WVTA 

MRA of WVTA 

(IWVTA)

Thank you for your attention! 


14-15 / Dec / 2011 

I-EPA 4 th Workshop 

akibatad@gmail.com

CCurrent state of fthe h Review i of f Vehicle hi l 

Noise Regulation g in Japan p 

Dec.15,2011 


Hid Oh 

Hideo Ohno 

Chairman of the JASIC Noise subcommittee

Events History on R41/R51 workshop 

2007 2008 2009 2010 

Indonesia Today’s Main Topics: 

Other Asians 

Country 

Current state of the Review of 

IASIC/JASIC 

Workshop 

1st Expert Meeting 

2 Days Vehicle Noise Regulation g (In Tokyo) in Japan p 

With Demo Test 

Supported by Pusarpedal 

to harmonize New UN/ECE/R51 

2nd Expert 

Meeting 

(Thailand) 

1Day 

3rd Expert 

Meeting 

(Philippine) 

1Day 

1 Day 1 Day 

Workshop 

(at VTCC) 

Outline of 

WP29/GRB

Noise test methods for motor vehicles in Japan 

Accelerated running noise 

道路運送車両の保安基準の細目を定める告示別添 

40 

Steady running noise 


39 

Exhaust proximity noise 


38 

(Issued in 1971) (Issued in 1951) Original issued in 1951) 

B 

P 

7.5m 

ﾏｲｸ 

(地上高1.2m) 

加速終了ﾗｲﾝ 

(ｽﾛｯﾄﾙ全閉) 

10m 

10m 

B' 

P' 

B 

7.5m 

10m 

Preliminary P knowledge's 

P' 

ﾏｲｸ 

10m 

(地上高1.2m) 

A 

加速ﾗｲﾝ 

(ｽﾛｯﾄﾙ全開) 

A' 

A 

A' 

(一定速) 

 

MT車 

4段以下 

5段以上 

2nd 

3rd 

AT車 Dレンジ 

 

「50km/h」または「最高出力回転数の 

75%時の車速」の低い方 

ISO規格の路面 

(一定速) 

B' 

MT車 50km/hで通常使用するギア位 

置 

AT車 

 

「50km/h」または「最高出力回転数 

の60%時の車速」の低い方 

ISO規格の路面 

0.5m 

45° 45 

ﾏｲｸ高さ:吐出口高さ又は,0.2mの 

いずれか高い方 

 

ニュートラルトラル 

 

車両停止,最高出力回転数の 

75% 

絶対値での規制は日本独自 

TTest t method th d :ISO ISO 5130 

common 

Absolute limit :Japan unique

Contents 

1. Legal system for Environmental Noise in Japan 

2. Environmental Quality Standards for Noise 

( revised June, 1998) 

33.Trend Trend of the Road Traffic Noise improvement 

4. Schematic diagram to review the Vehicle Noise 

Regulation g (Central ( Environmental Committee) ) 

5. JASIC activity to Harmonize the Vehicle Noise Regulation 

1) Proposal for the test method 

2) Proposal for the sub-category

Contents 










“Basic Environmental Law” (1967, revised in 1993) 

“E “Environmental i l QQuality li SStandards” d d ” 

“Noise Regulation Law” Chapter 4 Article 16 

For General Noise (road traffic noise) (1971, revised in 1998) 

For Aircraft f Noise (1973, ( revised in 2007) 

11. MoE shall set the permissible noise levels for the 

For Shinkansen 

vehicles 

Super-express 

which drive 

Train 

on certain 

Noise 

conditions. 

(1975) 

“Noise Regulation Law” (1968, revised in 1999) 

2. MoT shall consider to keep the permissible sound 

Specified levels Factory by Noise the regulation on Road Traffic Vehicle. 

Specified Construction Noise 

Vehicle noise emission limits 

Request Limits for road traffic noise (revised in 2000) 

Guideline for Conventional Railway Noise (1995) 

“Environmental Impact p Assessment Law” (1997) 

Legal system for Environmental Noise in Japan

Environmental Policy Making Process in Japan 

"Future Measures for the Vehicle Noise Reduction" 

Ministry of 

Environment 

29 June 2005 

Inquire 

(MoE) ( ) 

Central 

Set the 

permissible 

Environmental 

sound level and 

test method 

Council 

( CEC ) 

Report 

18 December 2008 

+Air 

+Water 

Subcommittees' 

+Noise and Vibration 

+Soil and Agricultural chemicals 

Total : 18 subcommittees 

Subcommittee member 

Representatives from 

+Japan’s +Japan s academic research community 

+Industrial groups, 

+Citizens organizations 

+Retired government officials. 

Public hearing, 

CEC explains policy 


proposals to the public and 

receives public comment on 

them.

Contents 










Environmental Quality Standards for Noise (June, 1998) 

I. Standard values for general areas in L Aeq 

Type of area Daytime (06:00 - 22:00) Nighttime (22:00 - 06:00) 

AA 50 dB or less 40 dB or less 

A and B 55dB or less 45 dB or less 

C 60dB or less 50 dB or less 

Notes: 

AA: areas where quietness is specially required, such as those where convalescent 

facilities and welfare institutions are concentrated. 

A: areas used exclusively for residences. 

B: areas used mainly for residences. 

C: areas used for commerce and industry as well as for a significant number of 

residences.

II. Standard values for areas facing to roads in L Aeq 

Area category Daytime (06:00 - 22:00) Nighttime (22:00 - 06:00) 

Area A facing roads with 

two or more lanes 

Area B facing roads with 

two or more lanes, 

and area C facing a road 

with one or more lanes 

60 dB or less 55 dB or less 


For the space adjacent to a road carrying arterial traffic: 

Daytime (06:00 - 22:00) Nighttime (22:00 - 06:00) 


Note: 

Standards for indoor noise transmitted from the outside (45 dB or 

less for daytime, y , and 40 dB or less for nighttime) g ) can be applied pp for 

the respective residences whose windows are judged as usually 

closed on the sides most affected by noise.

General View of the Road Traffic Noise 

Automobile Road Propagation 

Power-unit 

Tire 

MMuffler ffl 

etc. 

Road 

Structure 

Distance 

Ground 

Reception 

Pavement 

Noise 

barrier 

Obstacles 

Meteoro- Meteoro 

logical 

Outdoor Building Indoor 

etc. 

etc. 

Noise Impact Assessment 

Noise Regulation Law (Emission regulation) 

Road Transport and Motor Vehicle Law 

Environmental Impact Assessment Law 

Traffic control 

Legislation (Laws/standards) 

Legal/administrative measures 

Composition of road traffic noise problem 

Environmental Quality Standards 

Land-use planning p g 

Building codes

Contents 










dB(A) 

Noise N Limit 

3.Transition of Vehicle Noise limit in Japan 

95 

90 

85 

80 

75 

 

86 

92 

84 

89 

83 

82 

81 

71 

78 

86 

M Motor t cycle l 

(>250cc) 

Noise limit reduction: 

84% % ~ 95% % 

(Passenger car) (Motor cycle) 

Heavy duty truck 

83 

Passenger car 

car dB 

78 

70 

1971 1976 1981 1986 1991 1996 2001 2006 

Year 

(S46年) (S51年) (S56年) (S61年) (H3年) (H8年) (H13年) (H18年) 

Transition of accelerated running noise limit 

8d 8ddB 

75 

13d dB 

11dB 1 

82 

81 

76 

73

Expansion of the number of motor vehicle 

For 30 years(1970 

years(1970-2000), 2000), 

expansion ratio of the number of trucks is 2 times, 

passenger passenger-cars cars is 6 times. 

Number of motor 

vehicle reggistration 

(x10, 000) 

S45 

S50 

S55 

S60 

Others 

Truck 

H2 

passenger 

car 

Transition of the number of motor vehicle registration 

H7 

H12 

出展:自動車検査 

登録協力会 HP

3. Trend of the Road Traffic Noise improvement 

Y : 環境境基準達成成率 % 

100 

90 

80 

70 

60 

50 

40 

30 

20 

10 

0 

’75 75 

’80 80 

’85 85 

’90 90 

’95 95 

Favored by a contribution from measures for reducing the noise 

of the vehicle, for smoothing the traffic flow and for improving 

the road structure, 

the overall level of road traffic noise has slowly but steadily 

declined over the recent years. 

Y : 

The percentage of the noise measurement sites 

reaching the environmental noise standards 

(both day and night) in the total number of measurement sites 

イメージを表示できません。メモリ不足のためにイメージを開くことができないか、イメージが破損している可能性があります。コンピュータを再起動して再度ファイルを開いてください。それでも赤い x が表示される場合は、イメージを削除して挿入してください。 

Evaluation value : L50 

L 

L50 

’00 00 

’04 04 

Steadily improved 

イメージを表示できません。メモリ不足のためにイメージを開くことができないか、イメージが破損している可能性があります。コンピュータを再起動して再度ファイルを開いてください。それでも赤い x が表示される場合は、イメージを削除して挿入してください。 

Area evaluation 

Change the 

evaluation method 

Point evaluation 

L Aeqq 

1973 1978 1983 1988 1993 1998 2003 

Year 

L 

LAeq 

出展:環境省「昭和50年~平成16年版環境白書」より作成

Vehicle Speed vs. Sound Power Level 

in actual roads (Passenger g Cars) 

Illegal (modified) muffler problem 

Lmax 

Leq 

Lmin 

★:Silencer modified

Contents 










Schematic diagram to review the Future Vehicle Noise 

Regulation 

Ministry of 

Environment 

(MoE) 

Set the permissible 

sound level and test 

method 

29 June 2005 

Inquire 

Interim Report 


Central 

Environmental 

Council 

( CEC ) 

Necessity of the overall review of the vehicle noise regulation 

with the greatest possible international harmonization. 

Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport (MLIT) 

Consider to keep the permissible sound level by the 

regulation on Road Traffic Vehicle Law 

JASIC/JGRB 

+Air 

+Water 















them.

ATTACHMENT 

Future Measures for the Vehicle 

Future Measures for the Vehicle Noise 

Interim Reduction Report 

Future Policy Policy for 

for 

Motor Vehicle Interim Noise Report Reduction 

(Interim Report) 

December 18,2008 

Central Environmental Council 

dl 

ATTACHMENT

Future Policy for Motor Vehicle Noise Reduction 



Central Environmental Council

Future Policy for Motor Vehicle Noise Reduction 



Central Environmental Council

Schedule of the CEC on Vehicle Noise 

CEC 

Report 

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 

Interim Report 

The 2nd Report 

Vehicle Noise 

Expert 

Committee 

◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ ◇ 

The final Report 

Working g 

Committee Total review of the Vehicle Noise Regulations 

Main Task in the 3 Years 

(Use the knowledge of the UN/ECE/WP29) 

1)R41 

1)R41 1)R41 

1)R41 

2)R51 

2)R51 

3)R117 

3)R117 

Tire Noise Study 

Meeting 

(Include Industry 

Members) 

Study on Tire/Road Noise Reduction 

Study on Tire/Road Noise Reduction 

GRB needs more 

Discussion 

1) Sub categories 

2) Limit Values

Relationship between WP29/GRB and CEC 

WP29 

/GRB 

JASIC 

/JGRB 

CEC 

Vehicle 

Noise 

subcomm 

ittee 

2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 

R41/04 

R51/03 

Interim Report

The United Nation Nation’s s Organization 

• ECE noise regulations are taken care by the group of 

UN/WP29/GRB. 

UN 

ECE 

IInland l d TRANS CCommittee i 

WP29 



GRB GRE GRPE GRRF GRSG GRSP 

Noise 

informal groups 

Light Prolusion& 

Energy 

Brake & 

Running Gear 

General 

Safety 

Passive 

Safety

Working Party on Noise (GRB) 

The Working Party on Noise (GRB) is the subsidiary body of the World Forum for 

Harmonization of Vehicle Regulations (WP.29) that prepares regulatory proposals on 

noise to WP.29. 

This group of experts conducts research and analysis to develop noise requirements for 

vehicles. 

GRB convenes officially ytwice a yyear and entrusts informal f ggroups p with specific p 

problems that need to be solved urgently or that require special expertise. 

More than 70 experts participate at the sessions of GRB. 

The h Working ki Party is i open to the h governmental lexperts from f any member b country of f 

the United Nations, and to any regional economic integration organization set up by 

member countries of the United Nations, and to experts of governmental organizations. 

Experts p of non-governmental g organizations g (NGOs) ( ) may ypparticipate p in a consultative 

capacity. 

Final decisions are taken by Government representatives by vote at the World Forum 

WP.29 level. 

Th The work k of f GRB experts t iis ttransparent: t 

All agendas, working documents and reports are openly accessible on 

this Internet website. (http://www.unece.org/trans/main/welcwp29.htm)

GRB : Working Party on Noise 

Object ECE regulations of GRB 

ECE R 9 Noise (Three-Wheeled Vehicles) in 1974 

ECE R 28 Audible Warning Devices in 1973 

ECE R 41 Noise (Motor Cycle) in 1980 

ECE R 51 Noise (Motor Vehicles having at least four wheels) in 1982 

ECE R 59 Replacement Silencing System in 1999 

ECE R 63 Noise (Moped) 

ECE R 92 Replacement Silencing System (Motor Cycle) in 2002 

ECE R117 Tyres T with ith regard d to t rolling lli sound d emissions i i in i 2005 

New Stage 

First Stage 

(Vehicle Noise) 

Second 

Stage 

(Parts ( Noise) ) 

(To realize the Quiet City) 

 

+New Test Methods(R41/R51) are being drafted considering the Urban driving 

conditions. ii 

+Quiet Car’s issue are discussed in the QRTV informal meeting.

Modified 

Normal 

Illegal (modified) muffler problem 

Modified 

Modified

7. CEC Report on 

“Future Measures for the Vehicle Noise Reduction 

Ministry of 

Environment 

(MoE) 

Set the 

permissible sound 

level and test 

method 

29 June 2005 

Inquire 

Report 


Central 

Environmental 

Council 

( CEC ) 

1) No tightening of the limit values for exhaust proximity noise 

2) Support the muffler prior certification scheme( conducted by MLIT) 

3) ) Necessity y of the overall review of the vehicle noise regulation g 

with the greatest possible international harmonization. 

MLIT : Ministry of Land, Infrastructure and Transport 

Muffler prior certification scheme is Japanese R59/R92 

+Air 

+Water 















them.

Contents 







5. JASIC Activity to Harmonize the Vehicle Noise Regulation 



Schematic diagram to review the Future Vehicle Noise 

Regulation 

Ministry of 

Environment 

(MoE) 

Set the permissible 

sound level based 

on the test method 

29 June 2005 

Inquired 

Reported 


Central 

Environmental 

Council 

( CEC ) 

Necessity of the overall review of the vehicle noise 

regulation with the greatest possible international 

harmonization. 

Ministry of Land Infrastructure Transportation: 

Take the permissible sound level to keep by the Test 

procedure Road Vehicle Inspection Law 

JASIC/JGRB 

WP29/GRB 

+Air 

+Water 











GRB needs more 

Discussion for new R51 

1) Sub categories 

2) Limit Values

5. JASIC AActivity 

to Harmonize the Vehicle Noise Regulation 

1) Subcategories for the Kei-truck of N1(#54 GRB) 

2) Subcategories for N2 N2,N3,M2,M3 N3 M2 M3 (#54 GRB )

Informal document GRB-54-15 

(54th GRB, 19-21 September 2011, 

agenda item 3(b)) 

Kei Kei-truck truck of N1 

19-21 September 2011 

JASIC

Background 

Summery 

• Kei trucks are unique vehicles in Japan. They are used 

mainly on agriculture or transportation of goods etc.. 

• There are not data in European database database. 

Key Point of Proposal 

The vehicle structure and the vehicle sound level of Kei N1 

are different from those of light N1. Therefore the sub 

category for Kei N1 should be defined within light N1. The 

proposed border is “PMR(GVM)

Specification for Kei car 

Limited specification 

・Vehicle Vehicle length: < 340m 3.40 m 

・Vehicle width: < 1.48 m 

・Vehicle V hi l hheight: i ht < 200 2.00 m 

・Engine displacement: < 660 cc 

37

The number of vehicles owned for 

commercial vehicles in Japan 

Heavy duty trucks 

(4 million) 

Light commercial vehicles 

without Kei (4 million) 

Light commercial vehicles 

Kei (9 million) 

38

Usage of Kei truck 

39

Difference between van and truck 

Light N1 (GVM ≤ 2.0t) Heavy N1 (GVM > 2.0t) 

Kei N1 

different 

Similar 

Van type yp 

Same group 

Truck type 

40

PMR (Rateed 

engine power/GVM 

p )x1000 

Power to Mass(GVM) Ratio 

60 

50 

40 

35 

30 

20 

10 

0 

Kei N1 should be separated from Light N1 by “PMR(GVM) ≤ 35”. 

Van type 

Truck type 

Light N1 Kei N1 〈Ref.〉 Heavy N1 

41

N1 exemption from ASEP 

PMR(GVM) ≤ 35 is used in the text in ASEP for R51 

“6 “6.2.3. 2 3 Additional sound emission provisions 

… intended especially for non-lockable transmissions with variable 

gear ratios (CVT). 

Vehicle of category N1 are exempted from ASEP if one of the following 

conditions is fulfilled: 

− The driver driver's s R point is either forward of the front axle or 

longitudinally rearwards of the front axle transverse centre 

line by a maximum of 1100 mm. 

− The engine capacity is not exceeding 660 cc and the power-tomass 

ratio PMR calculated by using the maximum 

authorized vehicle mass is not exceeding 35. 

− The payload is at least 850 kg and the power-to-mass ratio 

PMR calculated l l t d by b using i the th maximum i authorized th i d vehicle hi l 

mass is not exceeding 40. 

42

Sub categories for N1 

category vehicles 

GVM ≤ 20t 2.0t PMR ≤ 35 Kei N1 

or 

GVM ≤ 2.5t 

( ≤ 660cc) 

PMR > 35 Light N1 

GVM > 2.0t 2 0t 

or 

GVM > 2.5t 

- Heavy N1 

43

Sound level for Method B from the TNO report 

10% 

M1 N1 

44

Frequuency 

Distribution of Kei N1sound level on Method B 

5 

4 

3 

2 

1 

0 

10% cut off level is 74dB(A). 

66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 

L urban, dB(A) 

10% 

100% 

80% 

60% 

40% 

20% 

0% 

Percentagge 

non-coompliant 

veehicles, 

% 

45

Sound level for Kei N1 on Method B 

SSound d level l l for f Kei K i N1 on Method M th d B is i different diff t from f that th t of f Light Li ht N1. N1 

L.urban L inn 

dB(A) 

78 

76 

74 

72 

70 

68 

66 

64 

0 

74dB 

Kei N1 

500 

1000 

>2.000kg GVM 

TNO 

1500 

test mass in kg 

OICA >2.500kg GVM 

2000 

Kei N1 

Heavy N1 

Light N1 

2500 

3000 

46

Conclusion 

The vehicle structure and the vehicle sound level of Kei N1 

are different from those of light N1. 

Therefore, 

• the sub category for Kei N1 should be defined within light 

N1. The proposed border is “PMR(GVM)

Informal document GRB GRB-54-14 54 14 

(54th GRB, 19-21 September 2011, 

agenda item 3(b)) 

Proposal for subcategories of 

CVs (N2 (N2, N3 N3, M2 M2, M3) 

JASIC 

48 

48

Subcategories for ECE R51 

 

30 years have passed since ECE R51 R51-00 00 was established established, and the test method has 

been modified. It is time to consider the new subcategories for the new test method. 

 

1) Main classification is based on weight as same as current classification. 

2) ) Noted the change of f power (KW) ( ) according to the changes of f the times. 

Japan proposes the simple and globally applicable classification 

based on the current technology and reflecting the applicable 

future technology 

technology. 

Concept 1) 

Two classification 

(No Bus: GVW≦2t) 

Concept 2) 

In 1982 

R51-00 In 1988 

R51 R51-01 01 

In 1995 R51-02 In 2011 

Up Up-to-date to date Threshold 

by 125kW &250kW 

New Generation of Vehicles 

Ex. HV, EV etc. 

49

In this proposal, Japan revises the current subcategories in R51.02 

reflecting the current technology as well as considering subcategories 

proposed p p by y TNO report p 

and ACEA. 

50

The outside view of each category concerning M 

51

The outside view of each category concerning N 

52

(unit) 

volume per year 

Average A 

of sales 

1. Proposal for subcategory for M2 GVW ≤5t (passengers of 10 or more) 

1980 

4000 

3500 

3000 

2500 

2000 

1500 

1000 

500 

0 

2010 

Mainly passengers of 27 

Engine power [kW] 

Change of sales volume of M2 

1981-1983 

2007-2009 

Current Subcategory 

ECE R51 R51.02 02 JAPAN RRegulation l ti 

GVW≤2t 

2t

Avverage 

of sales voolume 

per year(unnit) 

2. Proposal for subcategory for M3 5t < GVW 

1980 

2000 

1800 

1600 

1400 

1200 

1000 

800 

600 

400 

200 

0 

2010 

2010 

150kW Proposal:250kW 

現行規制 150kW 250kW提案 

Increase 

80kW 80kW UP UP 

Engine power [kW] 

Change of sales volume of M3 

1981-1983 1981 1983 

2007-2009 

Driving 

urban area 

Mainly driving 

on motorway 

and/or in 

sightseeing 

areas 

Current Subcategory 

ECE R51.02 

JAPAN Regulation 

P

M3 Driving urban area Bus pictures 

瀬谷市神奈川中央 

(177kW) 

荻窪市関東バス 

(177kW) 

M3 Bus with over 180kW engine drives urban areas in Japan. 

These M3 Buses should be the same subcategory as M3 

Buses with up to 180 kW engine. 

長江通りにて離合(おのみちバス・中 

国バス) 

出展:http://ja.wikipedia.org/wiki/狭 

隘路線 Onomichi bus and 

Chugoku Bus.JPG 

(191kW) 

江戸川区都営バス 

(191kW) 

55

Averagge 

of sales volume 

per yearr 

(unit) 

3. Proposal for subcategory for N2 (3.5t < GVW ≤ 12t) 

1980 

70000 

60000 

50000 

40000 

30000 

20000 

10000 

0 

2010 

2010 

75kW Proposal: 

現行規制 

125kW 

Increase 

by 50kWUP 50kW 

2007年以降年降 

75kW以下に No vehicles 

車両無し below 75kW 

after 2007 

50 

60 

70 

80 

90 

125kW提案 

150kW 

GVW less than 7.5t 

For urban driving 

(P

(unit) 

volume per year 

Average A of sales 

4. Proposal for subcategory for N3 (12t

Japan proposes the simple and globally 

applicable classification for the time being. 

Thank you 

58 

58


We We wish wish IASIF IASIF Activity Activity to to contribute 

contribute 

for the Safety and Environment 

i in Indonesia 

I d i

Establishment of an overall framework for action 

1.Noise Souce 

①Introduction of R41,R51,R59,R92,R117 Realize a quiet vehicle 

Not only Vehicle regulation, 

The Replacement Muffler regulation 

The Tire-Road Noise regulation 

In actual use 

②Enforcement and police check of 

the Noisy drive behaviors To Realize the quiet 

(over speed speed, rough acceleration) 

society it in i actual t luse 

2.Road and Traffic Flow 

Reasonable measures 

①Low-noise ①Low noise pavement 

CCorrespondent d tt to the th traffic t ffi 

②Road infrastructure measures 

volume 

③Traffic control (Vehicle Speed is essential)

Regulation list (all) change from rev.1 

UNECE 

No. 

UNECE Item 

Indonesia 

Approva 

n VTA 

compete l Main 

Automobi Regulatory 

nt GR in Authorit Technical 

le Requiremen 

WP29 y in Services 

Standard t (inc:X) 

charge 

/Regulatio 

ASEAN 

MRA Item 

(inc:X) 

Regulatory Requirement 

(inc:X) 

EU Japan IWVTA 

a) Accept 

(Examples 

by JASIC) 

b) 

Amended 

Adoption 

(Examples 

M1 N1 L 

UN Reg. No. 1 HEADLAMPS GRE X X X 

UN Reg. No. 2 HEADLAMPS GRE 

UN Reg. No. 3 REFLEX REFLECTORS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 4 REAR REGISTRATION PLATE LAMPS GRE MOT VTCC X X X 

UN Reg. No. 5 SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS GRE X 

UN Reg. No. 6 DIRECTION INDICATORS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X X 

FRONT AND REAR POSITION (SIDE) 

X X 

UN Reg. No. 7 LAMPS, STOP LAMPS AND END-OUTLINE 

X X 

X 

MARKER LAMPS GRE MOT VTCC 


X X 

UN Reg. No. 8 (H1,H2,H3,HB3,HB4,H7,H8,H9,HIR1, HIR2 

X 

and/or H11) 

GRE 

UN Reg. No. 9 NOISE (THREE-WHEELED VEHICLES) GRB MOE VTCC 

UNIFORM PROVISIONS CONCERNING 

X X 

UN Reg. No. 10 THE APPROVAL OF VEHICLES WITH 

X X 

X 

REGARD TO ELECTROMAGNETIC GRE MOT LIPI 

UN Reg. No. 11 DOOR LATCHES & HINGES GRSP MOT B2TKS X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 12 STEERING MECHANISM GRSP X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 13 BRAKING GRRF MOT VTCC X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 13- BRAKING (M1) GRRF MOT VTCC X X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 14 SAFETY BELT ANCHORAGES GRSP MOI B2TKS X X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 15 EXHAUST EMISSION GRPE 

UN Reg. No. 16 SAFETY BELTS GRSP MOI B2TKS SNI X X X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 17 SEATS GRSP MOI B2TKS X X X X X X 


PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED 

USE (LOCKING SYSTEM) 

GRSG 

X 

X X 

UN Reg. No. 19 FRONT FOG LAMPS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 20 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (H4) GRE X X X 

UN Reg. No. 21 INTERIOR FITTINGS GRSP MOT VTCC X X 

UN Reg. No. 22 MOTOR CYCLES AND MOPEDS HELMET GRSP X 

UN Reg. No. 23 REVERSING LAMPS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 24 DIESEL SMOKE GRPE MOE, MOTBTMP, VTCC X X X 

UN Reg. No. 25 HEAD RESTRAINTS GRSP MOI B41 X X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 26 EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS GRSG MOT VTCC X X X 

UN Reg. No. 27 WARNING TRIANGLES GRE X X 

UN Reg. No. 28 AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES GRB MOE, MOT VTCC X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 29 CAB OF A COMMERCIAL VEHICLE GRSP 

UN Reg. No. 30 PNEUMATIC TYRES (PASSENGER GRRF MOI B4T SNI X X X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 31 HALOGEN SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS GRE X X X 

UN Reg. No. 32 REAR-END COLLISION GRSP 



HEAD-ON COLLISION 

PREVENTION OF FIRE RISKS 

GRSP 

GRSG MOI 

Textile 

Lab., 

X 

X X 

UN Reg. No. 35 ARRANGEMENT OF FOOT CONTROLS GRSG 


CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC SERVICE 

VEHICLES 

GRSG 

UN Reg. No. 37 FILAMENT LAMPS GRE MOT VTCC X X X 

UN Reg. No. 38 REAR FOG LAMPS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 39 SPEEDOMETER GRSG MOT VTCC X X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 40 EXHAUST EMISSION (MOTOR CYCLE) GRPE MOT BTMP X X 

UN Reg. No. 41 NOISE (MOTOR CYCLE) GRB MOT VTCC X X 

UN Reg. No. 42 FRONT & REAR PROTECTIVE DEVICES GRSP 


UNIFORM PROVISIONS CONCERNING 

THE APPROVAL OF SAFETY GLAZING 

GRSG MOI CFC SNI X X X 

X X 

X 

UN Reg. No. 44 CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS GRSP MOI B2TKS X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 45 HEADLAMPS CLEANERS GRE MOI, MOT VTCC X X 

UN Reg. No. 46 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS GRSG MOT VTCC X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 47 EXHAUST EMISSION (MOPED) GRPE MOE, MOTBTMP, VTCC 

UN Reg. No. 48 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 49 DIESEL EMISSION GRPE MOT BTMP X X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 50 LIGHTS (MOPED, MOTOR CYCLE) GRE MOT VTCC X 

UN Reg. No. 51 NOISE GRB MOT VTCC X X X X X 


CONSTRUCTION OF SMALL CAPACITY 

PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES 

GRSG 

UN Reg. No. 53 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS (MOTOR GRE MOT VTCC X 

UN Reg. No. 54 PNEUMATIC TYRES (COMMERCIAL GRRF MOT? B4T SNI X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 55 MECHANICAL COUPLING GRRF MOI B4T, B2TKS X X X 

UN Reg. No. 56 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) GRE MOT VTCC X 

UN Reg. No. 57 HEADLAMPS (MOTOR CYCLE) GRE MOT VTCC X 

UN Reg. No. 58 REAR UNDERRUN PROTECTION GRSG MOI B2TKS X X X 

UN Reg. No. 59 REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM GRB X X X 


DRIVER OPERATED CONTROLS (MOPED, 

MOTOR CYCLE) GRSG MOT VTCC 

X X X 


EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS (COMMERCIAL 

VEHICLE) GRSG MOT VTCC 


PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED 

USE (MOTOR CYCLE) GRSG MOT LIPI 

X X X 

UN Reg. No. 63 NOISE (MOPED) GRB MOE, MOTCC, Pusarpedal 


TEMPORARY-USE SPARE 

WHEELS/TYRES AND RUN FLAT TYRES GRRF MOI B4T 

X 

UN Reg. No. 65 SPECIAL WARNING LIGHTS GRE 


STRENGTH OF SUPER STRUCTURE 

(LARGE PASSENGER VEHICLE) GRSG MOT VTCC 

X 

UN Reg. No. 67 SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT OF VEHICLE GRSG X X X 

UN Reg. No. 68 MEASUREMENT OF THE MAXIMUM GRPE 

UN Reg. No. 69 Rear marking plates for slow-moving vehicles GRE X 

Classification of Adoption 

c) Not 

Adopted 

d) New UN 

Regulation 

e) Unique 

f) 

Eliminatio 

n 

Classificatio 

n for Table 

1,2,3 

Adoptio 

n Date 

Schedule of 

Amendment 

Action 

The Reason for the Decision 

(*1The reason or technical back 

ground of i)Accept, ii)Amended, 

iii)Not adopted) 

Remark


REAR MARKING PLATES FOR HEAVY AND 

LONG VEHICLES GRE MOI B2TKS 

X X X 

UN Reg. No. 71 Driver's field of vision of agricultural tractors GRSG X 


HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (HS1 FOR MOTOR 

CYCLE) 

GRE 

X 

UN Reg. No. 73 LATERAL PROTECTION (GOODS GRSG MOT VTCC X 

UN Reg. No. 74 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS (MOPED) GRE MOT VTCC X 

UN Reg. No. 75 PNEUMATIC TYRES (MOPED, MOTOR GRRF MOI B4T SNI X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 76 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) GRE 

UN Reg. No. 77 PARKING LAMPS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 78 BRAKING (CATEGORY L) GRRF MOT VTCC X X 

UN Reg. No. 79 STEERING EQUIPMENT GRRF MOT VTCC X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 80 SEAT (LARGE PASSENGER VEHICLE) GRSP MOI B2TKS, B4T X X X 

UN Reg. No. 81 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS (MOTOR CYCLE) GRSG MOT B4T, VTCC X X X 

UN Reg. No. 82 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (HS2 FOR GRE X 


THE EMISSION OF POLLUTANTS 

ACCORDING TO ENGINE FUEL GRPE MOT BTMP 

X X X 

X X 

X 

UN Reg. No. 84 MEASUREMENT OF FUEL CONSUMPTION GRPE 

UN Reg. No. 85 MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE POWER GRPE MOI BTMP, VTCC X X X 

UN Reg. No. 86 Installation of lights on forestry tractors GRE X 

UN Reg. No. 87 DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS GRE X X X 

UN Reg. No. 88 RETROREFLECTIVE TYRES (MOTOR GRE 

UN Reg. No. 89 SPEED LIMITATION DEVICES GRRF MOI, MOT VTCC X X X 


REPLACEMENT BRAKE LINING 

ASSEMBLIES AND DRUM BRAKE LININGS GRRF 

X 

X X 

UN Reg. No. 91 SIDE-MARKER LAMPS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X X 


REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM 

(MOTOR CYCLE) 

GRB 

UN Reg. No. 93 FRONT UNDERRUN PROTECTION GRSG MOI B2TKS X X X 


PROTECTION OF THE OCCUPANTS IN 

THE EVENT OF A FRONTAL COLLISION GRSP MOT VTCC 

X X 

X 

X 


PROTECTION OF THE OCCUPANTS IN 

THE EVENT OF A LATERAL COLLISION 

Emissions of Pollutants by Compression 

GRSP MOT VTCC 

X X 

X X 

X 

UN Reg. No. 96 Ignition (CI) Engines to be installed in 

X 

Agricultural & Forestry Tractors 

GRPE 

UN Reg. No. 97 VEHICLE ALARM SYSTEMS GRSG X X X 

UN Reg. No. 98 GAS-DISCHARGE HEADLAMPS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 99 GAS-DISCHARGE LIGHT SOURCES GRE MOT VTCC X X X 

UN Reg. No. 100 BATTERY ELECTRIC VEHICLES GRSP MOT VTCC X X 

EMISSION OF CARBON DIOXIDE AND 


FUEL CONSUMPTION (PASSENGER CAR) GRPE MOE, MOTBTMP, VTCC 

X 

X X 

UN Reg. No. 102 A CLOSE-COUPLING DEVICE X 

UN Reg. No. 103 REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC GRPE X X X 

RETRO-REFLECTIVE MARKINGS FOR 


HEAVY AND LONG VEHICLES GRE MOI B2TKS 

X X X 

THE CARRIAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS 

X 

UN Reg. No. 105 WITH REGARD TO THEIR SPECIFIC 

X 

CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES 

GRSG 

UN Reg. No. 106 Pneumatic tyres for agricultural vehicles 

CATEGORY M2 OR M3 VEHICLES WITH 

GRRF X 

UN Reg. No. 107 REGARD TO THEIR GENERAL 

X 

CONSTRUCTION 

GRSG 

RETREADED PNEUMATIC TYRES (MOTOR 


VEHICLE) 

GRRF 

X 

RETREADED PNEUMATIC TYRES 


(COMMERCIAL VEHICLE) 

GRRF 

X 

UN Reg. No. 110 VEHICLES USING CNG GRSG MOT BTMP, VTCC X X X 

ROLLOVER STABILITY (TANK VEHICLES 


OF CATEGORIES N AND O) 

GRRF 

X 

HEADLAMPS (WITH AN ASYMMETRICAL 


PASSING BEAM) GRE MOT VTCC 

X X 

X X 

HEADLAMPS (WITH A SYMMETRICAL 


PASSING BEAM) GRE MOT VTCC 

X 

UN Reg. No. 114 REPLACEMENT AIRBAG SYSTEM GRSP X 

UN Reg. No. 115 LPG/CNG RETROFIT SYSTEM GRPE MOT BTMP, VTCC X 

UN Reg. No. 116 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED GRSG MOI LIPI X X X X X 

THE APPROVAL OF TYRES WITH REGARD 


TO ROLLING SOUND EMISSIONS 

THE BURNING BEHAVIOUR OF 

GRB MOT VTCC 

X 

UN Reg. No. 118 MATERIALS USED IN THE INTERIOR 

X 

CONSTRUCTION OF CERTAIN 

GRSG 

UN Reg. No. 119 CORNERING LAMPS 

Internal combustion engines to be installed in 

GRE MOT VTCC X X X 

UN Reg. No. 120 agricultural and forestry tractors and in non- 

X 

road mobile machinery GRPE 

THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF 


HAND CONTROLS, TELL-TALES AND GRSG MOT VTCC 

X 

X X 

UN Reg. No. 122 HEATING SYSTEM GRSG X X X 

UN Reg. No. 123 AFS GRE MOT VTCC X X X X X 

UN Reg. No. 124 WHEELS FOR PASSENGER CARS GRRF X 

UN Reg. No. 125 THE FORWARD FIELD OF VISION GRSG MOT VTCC X X 

UN Reg. No. 126 PARTITIONING SYSTEM GRSP X 

UN Reg. RE3 

CONSOLIDATED RESOLUTION ON THE 

CONSTRUCTION OF VEHICLE GRSG MOT 

19 106 42 59 57 

X


Outline of UN Regulation for noise 

(R51) 


Y. Shirahashi 

Noise-sub committee 

JASIC

Contents 

Current Satus in Indonesian Noise Regulation 

1) Comparison between UN reg. and Indonesia’s 

regulation 

General information for R51 

1) History of noise regulation 

2) ECE R.E.3 

3) Overview of the certification process 

R51 Test Procedure 

1) Acceleration test 

2) Revised stationary noise test

Comparison between UN Reg. and Indonesia’s 

Noirse Regulation 

UN Reg. 

Indonesia 

New vehicle type approval In-use vehicle 

Acceleration test UN R51; with noise limits NA 

Stationary test 

Acceleration test 

Stationary test NA 

UN R51; only measurement 

without noise limit. 

Test method has been reviced 

in Supplement 6. 

Basical concept of test 

method is R51/02 method. 

But there are some different 

points in MOE decree. 

ECE R.E.3; 

The reference value for checking 

noise level is used recorded noise 

level during new type approval test. 

NA 

MOE made the draft which has 

noise limit values on stationary 

noise. That does not follow ECE 

R.E.3. 

The test method is based on R51 

Supplement 3.

The issued noise regulation for new type vehicles 

The noise regulation based on acceleration test has been issued 

in 2009.

The draft regulation for in-use vehicles 

Below is the revised draft for the stationary noise rule for in-use 

vehicles in 2010. 

Test method and sound limit according the draft regulation are as 

follows; 

Test method: engine speed 3/4S where S means rated engine speed. 

Sound limit: M1(≤9 passengers)- 83dB, Bus- 94dB、Truck- 94dB 

a

Contents 


1) Comparison between UN Reg. and Indonesia’s 

regulation 



2) ECE R.E.3 





1) History of Noise Regulation 

1970 1980 1990 

2000 

R9 

R9 & R51 

Acceleration 

test 

Stationary 

test 

R9/01 

R51/00 

R41/00 

R51/01 R51/02 

R41/01 R41/02 R41/03 

At least 

four wheels 

Motorcycles 

Every version keeps original philosophy below. 

Developing test method to 

apply new vehicle technology. 

For new type vehicle 

with sound limit 

For in-use vehicle 

without sound limit

History of R51 

Series R51-00 R51-01 R51-02 

Date of entry 

into force 

Limit value 

M1 

N3 (>150kW) 

Updated 

contents 

• ; Modified 

+ ; Added 

July 15. 1982 Apr 27. 1988 April.18. 1996 

[dB(A)] 

80 

88 

[dB(A)] 

77 

84 

+ Durability requirement 

for silencer using 

fibrous materials 

･ Extra value for the 

limit of off-road vehicles 

･ Excluding an external 

downshift for 

automatic transmission 

[dB(A)] 

74 

80 

+ ISO road surface 

･Test method 

-Over-run provision 

-in case of the category other than 

M1and having >225kW engine 

･Difference between 

calibrations on before and after 

measurements; +/-0.5dB 

+ Torelance of approach speed; +/-1km/h 

+ Environmental condition; 

Air temp; 0~40℃ 

Wind speed < 5m/s

The documents of R51 

The documents of R51/02 can be downloaded on the UN/WP29 web site. 

You have to download a set of documents. In the case of R51/02, 

revision1, amendment-1, and amendment-2 shall be gotten. 

Entry into force R51/00 R51/01 R51/02 

R51 15. 7.1982 

Amend 1 21.10.1984 

Amend 2 26. 4.1988 

Amend 3 12. 9.1991 

Revusion 1 S1 5. 5.1996 

Amend 1 S3 17. 11.1999 Acceleration test is completed 

Amend 2 S4 2. 2. 2007 Change the discription of scope 

Amend 3 S5 18. 6.2007 Add Annex10 for 2 years for investigation 

Amend 4 S6 3. 2.2008 Revise stationary noise test procedure 

Amend 5 S7 30. 1.2011 

Revice the requirement of fiberous material 

in exhaust muffler 

http://www.unece.org/trans/main/wp29/wp29regs41-60.html

2) R.E.3 

Annex 7 CLASSIFICATION AND DEFINITION OF 

POWER-DRIVEN VEHICLES AND TRAILERS. 

2. CATEGORY M - POWER-DRIVEN VEHICLES HAVING AT 

LEAST FOUR WHEELS AND USED FOR THE CARRIAGE OF 

PASSENGERS 

3. CATEGORY N - POWER-DRIVEN VEHICLES HAVING AT 

LEAST FOUR WHEELSAND USED FOR THE CARRIAGE OF 

GOODS 

6. CATEGORY G - OFF-ROAD VEHICLES 

1.5 Noise emission 


CONSTRUCTION OF VEHICLES (R.E.3) 

1.5.1.2. Methods of measuring the sound level. 

1.5.2. Control of noise emitted by vehicles in use. 

ECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.1

R.E.3 - Vehicle categories 

Category Description Example 

L 

M 

N 

O 

T 

Motor vehicles with less than 4 wheels 

Power-driven vehicles having at least 4 

wheels and used for the carriage of passebers 

Power-driven vehicles having at least 4 

wheels and used for the carriage of goods 

Trailers 

(Including semitrailers) 

Agricultural and Forestry tractors


Passenger cars: 

CATEGORY M - POWER-DRIVEN VEHICLES HAVING AT 

LEAST FOUR WHEELS AND 

USED FOR THE CARRIAGE OF PASSENGERS 

M1 M2 M3 

No. of wheels 4≤ 

Seating capacity ≤9 9< 9< 

Vehicle mass N.A. GVM (*) ≤ 5 tons 5 tons < GVM 

Applied noise 

regulation 

R51-02 

(*)GVM : Gross Vehicle Mass


Trucks: 

CATEGORY N: 

POWER-DRIVEN VEHICLES HAVING AT LEAST FOUR 

WHEELS AND USED FOR THE CARRIAGE OF GOODS 

N1 N2 N3 

No. of wheels 4≤ 

Seating capacity N.A. 

Vehicle mass GVM≤ 3.5 ton 3.5


Off-road vehicle: 

All requirements below must be satisfied. 

at least one front axle and at least one rear axle designed to be driven 

simultaneously including vehicles where the drive to one axle can be 

disengaged; 

at least one differential locking mechanism or at least one mechanism 

having a similar effect 

they can climb a 30 per cent gradient calculated for a solo vehicle. 

In addition, they must satisfy at least five of the following six requirements: 

(1) the front incidence angle must be at least 25 ; 

(2) the rear incidence angle must be at least 20 ; 

(3) the ramp angle must be at least 20 ; 

(4) the ground clearance under the front axle must be at least 180 mm; 

(5) the ground clearance under the rear axle must be at least 180 mm; 

(6) the ground clearance between the axles must be at least 200 mm.


Off-road vehicle: 

(1) (2) (3) 

(4),(5) 

(1) the front incidence angle must be at least 25 ; 

(2) the rear incidence angle must be at least 20 ; 

(3) the ramp angle must be at least 20 ; 

(4) the ground clearance under the front axle must be at least 180 mm; 

(5) the ground clearance under the rear axle must be at least 180 mm; 

(6) the ground clearance between the axles must be at least 200 mm. 

(6)

R.E.3 - Noise emission for in-use vehicles 

Aim of stationary noise test is mentioned in UN/ECE /WP29 RE3. 

1.5.1.2. Methods of measuring the sound level. 

The noise produced by the vehicle type shall be measured in accordance with 

the two methods described in annex 8 for moving vehicles and for stationary 

vehicles (see paragraph 1.5.2. in this document). The two values measured 

shall be recorded in a test report. The test on the vehicle when stationary 

may usefully be taken as a reference value by technical services wishing to 

use this method to check vehicles in service. 

1.5.2.2. In view of the tolerances of measuring instruments, the 

disturbances that may occur at the time of measurement and the scatter of 

measurements for vehicles of the same type, it will be necessary to allow 

for a margin of 5 dB(A) in comparison with the corresponding value 

recorded at the time of the type approval.

3) Overview of the Certification Process 

Administrative 

Department 

(Approval authority) 


Manufacture 

Documents 

Approval 

Sample 

Application 

Marking 

Withdrawal 

COP 

COP 

(Verification) 

MODIFICATION 

Necessity of 

further 

certification 

Modification 

Manufacturing 

Contracting 

party 

Informing 

Notification 

Discontinued

Approval Authority & Technical Service 

ECE/TRANS/WP.29/10 

• "Approval Authority" means the authority of a Contracting 

Party with competence for all aspects of the approval of wheeled vehicles, 

equipment and parts, for issuing and, if appropriate, withdrawing approval 

certificates, for acting as the contact point for the Approval Authorities of 

other Contracting Parties, for designating the Technical Services and for 

ensuring that the manufacturer meets the obligations regarding the 

conformity of production. 

• "Technical Service" means an organization or body designated 

by the Approval Authority of a Contracting Party as a testing laboratory to 

carry out tests, or as a conformity assessment body to carry out the initial 

assessment and other tests or inspections on behalf of the Approval 

Authority, it being possible for the Approval Authority itself to carry out 

those functions.

*UN R51 adopted in contracting party 

(ECE/TRANS/WP.29/343/Rev.18) 

• UN R51 is adopted by 48 countries in 58 agreement contracting parties

*UN R51 adopted in contracting party 

(ECE/TRANS/WP.29/343/Rev.18) 

• UN R51 is adopted by 48 countries in 58 agreement contracting parties

Contents 


1) Comparison between UN Reg. and Indonesia’s 

regulation 



2) ECE R.E.3 





Overview of R51 Test Procedure for acceleration test 

Application 

Facilities 

(Test track, Road surface, Instruments) 

Preparation of Vehicle 

(Fuel, Temperature, Weight, 

Tire air pressure, Pulsation) 

Calibration before measurement 

Measurement of background noise 

Test (Purpose, method) 

Calibration after measurement 

(R51:0.5dB) 

Approval 

Common 

Different 

Selection of vehicle 

(Definition, Experience) 

Setting of instruments 

Correction (R41) 

Measurement condition 

(Entry speed, Choice of gear ratio) 

Evaluation 

(Calculation, Deviation) 

Penalties 

Marking, Label COP 

Annex3,5,6,8 

Paragraph 2.

Test facilities & instruments 

R51 requires same specification as R41 for test site and instruments except 

for an accuracy of the engine speed and the vehicle speed. They shall be 

measured with instruments with an accuracy of +/- 2% or better. 

1m 1m 

H=1.2+/-0.1m 

C' C 

ISO10844 road surface 

B' 

L 

From line C-C' 

7.5+/-0.2m 

Requirement of sound meter. 

- According to IEC standards. 

- "FAST" response 

- "A" weighting 

Maximum sound level during acceleration shall be 

Measured. (e.g. Using peak hold or using a level recorder) 

B 

A' 

2m 

1m 1m 

A 

From A-A' or B-B' 10m 

Accuracy of vehicle 

speed measurement : 

+/- 2% 

(Note: +/-3% in R41)

Selection of vehicle (main body in paragraph 2.) 

Item Contents Selected test vehicle 

Engine Type of engine (See next slide) 

Transmission Type and number of gears 

Noise reduction 

system 

Gear ratio 

Exhaust/ intake system etc. 

(See next slide) 

Transmission Gear ratio, 

reduction gear ratio, and tire 

diameter 

Vehicle mass Unladen mass, curb mass 

Other parts 

Not related with noise (i.e. Brakes, 

Lamps, Name of tire etc.) 

Each type 

Lowest 

(Worst case) 

No need to be 

considered for 

vehicle selection 

Refer to 2.2, 2.3, 2.4.


1. Type of engine 

– positive or compression ignition 

– two-stroke or four-stroke 

– piston engine or rotary-piston engine 

– number and capacity of cylinders 

– number and type of carburetors or injection systems 

– arrangement of valves 

– rated maximum power and corresponding engine speed 

– type of electric motor 

Refer to 2.2.3


2. Noise reduction system(s) 

–trade names or marks 

–the characteristics of the materials constituting a component, 

shape or size 

–Operating principles 

–the number of the intake and/or exhaust silencers 

3. Noise reduction system (s) component 

–the exhaust pipings, the expansion chamber(s), the silencer(s) 

–The air filter is considered as a component only if its 

presence is essential to ensure observance of the prescribed 

sound-level limits 

–Manifolds are not considered components of the noise 

reduction system. 

Refer to 2.4, 2.5,

Preparation of test vehicles 

Vehicle mass 

Measurements shall be made on unladen vehicles and, except in 

the case of nonseparable vehicles, without trailer or semi-trailer. 

Unladen + 75kg without trailer( or curb mass + 75kg) 

Tire 

The tyres used for the test are selected by the vehicle manufacturer; they 

shall correspond to one of the tyre sizes designated for the vehicle by the 

vehicle manufacturer. 

The tyres must be inflated to the pressure(s) appropriate to the test mass of 

the vehicle. 

Exhaust system 

If the vehicle is equipped with an exhaust system containing fibrous 

materials, the exhaust system is to be conditioned before the test according to 

annex 5. 

Refer to 2.2.1, 2.2.2, 2.2.6

Differences between Indonesian Regulation ans R51 

Indonesian Regulation ECE/R51 Comments 

M1 = Kendaraan penumpang dengan kapasitas ≤ 

8 orang. 

M2 = Kendaraan penumpang dengan kapasitas > 

8 orang. Bobot kendaraan ≤ 5 ton 

M3 = Kendaraan penumpang dengan kapasitas > 

8 orang. Bobot kendaraan >5 ton 

M1=8人或いはそれ以下が乗れる乗用車 

M2=8人を超える人達が乗れる乗用車。車体重量 

5トン以下 

M3=8人を超える人達が乗れる乗用車。車体重量 

が5トンを超える。 

5.3.1. Kendaraan 

a. Kendaraan harus dalam kondisi (unladen mass) 

dimana unladen ditambah 100 kg. 

5.3.1. 車両 

a. 車両は、積載物なし(Unladen mass)で走る準 

備ができた状況でなければならない。即ち、 

Unladen mass (空車重量)とは、積み荷のない車 

体重量に100Kgを加えた重量である。 

2.1. Category M : 1 

Vehicles used for the carriage of 

passengers and comprising not more than 

eight seats in addition to the driver's seat. 



passengers, comprising more than eight 

seats in addition to the driver's seat, and 

having a maximum mass not exceeding 5 

tonnes. 



passengers, comprising more than eight 

seats in addition to the driver's seat, and 

having a maximum mass exceeding 5 

tonnes. 

8 seats + driver's seat = 9 

seats 

(See R.E.3- CONSOLIDATED 

RESOLUTION ON THE 

CONSTRUCTION OF 

VEHICLES) 

Unladen mass +75kg What is the background of 

100kg?

Test Methods in R51 

MT AT 

High performance 

Method 1 Method 2 

(1) M1 

Method 1' 

N1 Method 1 Method 2 

M2,M3 

N2,N3 

Categories 

Acceleration (in motion) 

Method 3 

Method 2 

Proximity 

exhaust noise 

Method 4 

Stationary 

Compressed 

air noise 

Method 5 (2) 

(From R51/02) 

(1) The vehicles fitted with a gear box having more than four forward gears and 

equipped with an engine developing a maximum power greater than 140 

kW and having a maximum-power/maximum mass ratio greater than 75 

kW/t, and the speed at which the rear of the vehicle passes the line BB' in 

third gear is greater than 61 km. 

(2) For the vehicles having a maximum permissible mass exceeding 2,800 kg 

and having compressed air brake. This method was introduced in R51/02.

Test Method for Acceleration Noise 

(UN R51) 

Common procedures 

:Microphone 

End of Acceleration 

at BB’ 

B 

B' 

10m 

P 

P' 

7.5m 

7.5m 

10m 

A 

A' 

Approach Speed : The lower 

of 50km/h or 3/4S (or 1/2S) 

Gear Position : 

・ M/T : depending on category 

・ A/T : D range 

Start of Acceleration 

at AA’ 

Direction 

of travel 

The vehicle shall approach the line 

AA' at a steady speed with a tolerance 

+/- 1km/h; except where the 

controlling factor is engine speed the 

tolerance shall be the larger of +/- 

2%or +/- 50min -1

Test procedure for M1 and N1 

Manual transmissions 

Approach speed 

V A = 50 km/h or N A = 3/4 S 

whichever is the lower vehicle speed 

Categories 

MT AT 

H.P. 

1 

1' 

2 

Acceleration 

M1 

N1 1 2 

M2,M3 

N2,N3 

Gear position 

• Vehicles fitted with a gearbox having four or less forward gears shall be 

tested in second gear. 

• Vehicles fitted with a gearbox having more than four forward gears shall 

be tested successively in second and third gear. 

• If during the test in second gear, the engine speed exceeds the rated 

engine speed, S, at which the engine develops its rated maximum power, 

the test must be repeated with an approach speed and/or approach engine 

speed reduced by steps of 5%S, until the engine speed attained no longer 

exceeds S. 

• If the engine speed S is still attained with an approach speed corresponding 

to the idle speed, then the test will be performed only in third gear. 

3 2 

Refer to 3.1.2.3.1, 3.1.2.3.2.1., 3.1.2.3.2.2.


High performance vehicles with 

manual transmission 

Categories 

MT AT 

H.P. 

1 

1' 

2 

N1 1 2 

M2,M3 

N2,N3 

Acceleration 

M1 

3 2 

The vehicles of category M1 having more than four forward 

gears and equipped with an engine developing a maximumpower 

greater than 140 kW and a permissible maximumpower/maximum-weight 

ratio greater than 75 kW/t shall be 

tested only in third gear, provided that the speed at which the 

rear of the vehicle passes the line BB' in third gear is greater 

than 61 km/h. 

Refer to 3.1.2.3.2.2.



6.7.2. Kendaraan transmisi manual 

a. Pemilihan kecepatan yang digunakan 

kendaraan tanpa gigi transmisi 

6.7.2. マニュアルトランスミッションの車両 

a. 速度の選択は、トランスミッションギアがない車 

両の場合と同じである。 

6.7.2. Kendaraan transmisi manual 

X/N = Selain kategori M1 dan N1 dengan jumlah 

total 

rasio gigi maju X 

N = 2 ; daya mesin ≤ 225 kW (ECE) 

N = 3 ; daya mesin > 225 kW (ECE) 

Bila X/N bukan bilangan bulat, gunakan nilai 

terdekat 

yang lebih tinggi 

6.7.2. マニュアルトランスミッションの車両 

X/N=M1とN1のカテゴリー以外では、前進ギア 

の合計数をXとする。 

N=2;エンジンの容量≦225kW(ECE) 

N=3;エンジン容量>225kW(ECE) 

X/Nが整数でない場合には、より大きい近似値を 

使う。 

3.1.2.3. Vehicle with a manually-operated 

gearbox 

3.1.2.3.1. Approach speed 

The vehicle shall approach the line AA' at a 

steady speed with a tolerance +/- 1km/h; 

except where the controlling factor is 

engine speed the tolerance shall be the 

larger of +/- 2% or +/- 50min-1, such that: 

3.1.2.3.2.3 

Vehicles of categories other than M1 and 

N1, in which the total number of forward 

gear 

ratios is x (including those obtained by way 

of an auxiliary transmission or a multi-gear 

axle) will be tested sequentially, using the 

ratio equal to or higher than x/n. 

Initial testing will be carried out using the 

ratio which is gear (x/n) or the next higher 

gear ratio if (x/n) is not an integer. The 

testing shall continue from the gear (x/n) to 

the 

next higher gear. 

Shifting up gear ratios from (x/n) shall be 

terminating when in the gear X in which 

the 

rated engine speed is reached just before 

the rear of the vehicle has passed the line 

BB'. 

The tolerances of vehicle speed 

and engine speed are important. 

The test gear is not only x/N. 

The gear ratios which are equal 

to higher than x/N shall be 

used.


Automatic transmissions 

with manual selector 


V A = 50 km/h or N A = 3/4 S 


Gear position 

• Position of the manual selector 

The test shall be conducted with the selector in the position recommended by 

the manufacturer for 'normal' driving (= D range). 

• Auxiliary gears 

Categories 

MT AT 

H.P. 

1 

1' 

2 

Acceleration 

M1 

N1 1 2 

M2,M3 

N2,N3 

If the vehicle is fitted with an auxiliary manual transmission or a multi-gear 

axle, the position used for normal urban driving shall be used. 

• External downshifting (for example kick down) shall be excluded. 

3 2 

Refer to 3.1.2.4.2.1. 3.1.2.4.2.2., 3.1.2.4.2.3., 3.1.2.4.2.4.,

AT with manual selector



with manual selector 


V A = 50 km/h or N A = 3/4 S 


Gear position 

• Position of the manual selector 

The test shall be conducted with the selector in the position recommended by 

the manufacturer for 'normal' driving (= D range). 

• Auxiliary gears 

If the vehicle is fitted with an auxiliary manual transmission or a multi-gear 

axle, the position used for normal urban driving shall be used. 

• External downshifting (for example kick down switch) shall be 

excluded. 

Categories 

MT AT 

H.P. 

1 

1' 

2 

Acceleration 

M1 

N1 1 2 

M2,M3 

N2,N3 

3 2 

Refer to 3.1.2.4.2.1. 3.1.2.4.2.2., 3.1.2.4.2.3., 3.1.2.4.2.4.,

External downshifting 

The example of the kick down switch for external downshifting. 

Kick down 

switch


Prevention of downshift 

If during the test, in the case of vehicles having more 

than two separate gears, there is an automatic downshift 

to first gear, this down-shift may be avoided, at 

the manufacturer's choice. In these cases the operator 

may select any of the following modifications: 

Categories 

MT AT 

H.P. 

1 

1' 

2 

N1 1 2 

M2,M3 

N2,N3 

Acceleration 

M1 

3 2 

a) increase the vehicle speed v to a maximum of 60km/h; 

b) maintain the vehicle speed v at 50km/h and limit the fuel supply to the engine 

to 95% of the supply necessary for full load; this condition is considered to be 

satisfied; 

(i) in the case of a spark-ignition engine, when the angle of the throttle 

opening is 90% of the full angle, 

(ii) in the case of a compression-ignition engine, when the fuel supply 

to the injection pump is limited to 90% of its maximum supply; 

c) establish and use an electronic control that will prevent a downshift to gears 

lower than those used in normal urban driving as defined by the manufacturer. 

Refer to 3.1.2.4.2.4.,

Test procedure for all categories 


without manual selector 


• The vehicle shall approach the line AA' at 

various uniform speeds of 30, 40, 50 km/h or at 

3/4 of the maximum on-road speed if this 

value is lower. 

• The condition giving the highest noise level 

shall be retained. 

Categories 

MT AT 

H.P. 

1 

1' 

2 

N1 1 2 

M2,M3 

N2,N3 

Acceleration 

M1 

3 2 

Refer to 3.1.2.4.1

Test procedure for All categories 

Electrical motor vehicles 

(with no gearbox) 

In the case of vehicles powered by an electric motor 

whichever is the lower. 

Vmax: maximum speed declared by the vehicle manufacturer. 

Refer to 3.1.2.2., 3.1.2.3.2.1. 3.1.2.4.2.1.


None 

None 


Bila terjadi downshift, maka pabrik pembuat 

diberi 

pilihan sebagai berikut: 

ダウンシフトが発生した場合には、製造元には次 

のような選択が与えられる。 

3.1.2.4.2.2. Position of the manual selector 

The test shall be conducted with the 

selector in the position recommended by 

the manufacturer for 'normal' driving. 

External downshifting (for example 

kickdown) shall be excluded. 

3.1.2.4.2.3. Auxiliary gears 

If the vehicle is fitted with an auxiliary 

manual transmission or a multi-gear axle, 

the position used for normal urban driving 

shall be used. In all cases, the special 

selector's positions for slow movements, 

parking, or brak 

3.1.2.4.2.4. Prevention of downshift 

Some vehicles equipped with an automatic 

transmission (two or more discrete ratios) 

may downshift to a gear ratio not normally 

used in urban driving, as defined by the 

manufacturer. A gear ratio not used for 

urban driving includes a gear ratio intended 

for slow movement, parking or braking. In 

these cases the operator may select any of 

the following modifications: 

The selector position shall be 

defined. 

Auxilary gears's position shall 

be defined. 

Automatic transmissions always 

downshift to some gear. Only 

the case of using not normal 

gear in urban driving. (e.g. kickdown 

to 1st gear) is allowed 

special modifications.



6.7.1. Kendaraan tanpa gigi transmisi 

a. VA = 50 km/jam atau VA dimana NA = ¾ S 

b. VA ≤ 50 km/jam 

Kendaraan kategori M1 / tipe lain yang 

memiliki daya ≤ 

225 kW(ECE) 

VA dimana NA = ½ S 

c. VA ≤ 50 km/jam 

Kendaraan bukan kategori M1 dengan daya ≥ 

225kW 

(ECE). 

d. Kendaraan menggunakan motor elektrik 

VA = ¾ Vmax atau VA = 50 km/jam (digunakan 

kecepatan terendah) 

6.7.1. ギアのトランスミッションがない車両 

a. VA =時速50Km或いは NA=3/4SであるVA 

b. VA ≦時速50Km 

M1/その他の型のカテゴリーの車両で、出力≦ 

225kW(ECE)のもの 

c. VA ≦時速50Km 

M1/その他の型のカテゴリーでない車両で、出力 

≧225kW(ECE)のもの 

d. 電気モーターを使用する車両 

VA=3/4 Vmax 或いはVA=時速50Km(最も 

低い速度を使用する) 

3.1.2.2. Vehicle with no gearbox 

eitherVA = 50 km/h; 

or VA corresponding to NA = 3/4 S and 

VA < 50 km/h 

in the case of vehicles of category M1 and 

in the case of vehicles of categories other 

than 

M1, having an engine power not greater 

than 225 kW (ECE); 

or VA corresponding to NA = 1/2 S and 

VA < 50 km/h 

in the case of vehicles not belonging to 

category M1 having an engine power 

greater than 

225 kW(ECE); 

or, in the case of vehicles powered by an 

electric motor 

whichever is the lower. 

The meaning of R51 is as 

follows; 

a. in the case of vehicles of 

category M1 and in the case of 

vehicles of categories other 

than M1, having an engine 

power not greater than 225 kW 

(EKE); 

VA = 50 km/h or VA 

corresponding to NA = 3/4 S 

and VA < 50 km/h 

b. in the case of vehicles not 

belonging to category M1 

having an engine power greater 

than 225 wee); 

VA = 50 km/h or VA 

corresponding to NA = 1/2 S 

and VA < 50 km/h 

c. in the case of vehicles 

powered by an electric motor 

whichever is the lower.

Interpretation of test results 

• The measurement of noise emitted by the vehicle in motion 

shall be considered valid if the difference between the two 

consecutive measurements on the same side of the vehicle is 

not more than 2dB(A). 

• The figure recorded shall be that corresponding to the highest 

sound level. 

• Should that figure exceed by more than 1 dB(A) the maximum 

sound level authorized for the category of vehicle tested, a 

second series of two measurements at the corresponding 

microphone position shall be made. Three out of the four results 

obtained in this positions must fall within the prescribed limits. 

• To allow for lack of precision in the measuring instrument the 

figures read from it during measurement shall each be reduced 

by 1dB. 

Refer to 3.1.3,



6.8. Nilai yang diukur adalah tingkat tekanan 

suara maksimum yang 

dinyatakan dalam dB(A) saat kendaraan melintas 

dari titik AA’ dan garis BB’ kecuali untuk 

kendaraan kategori M1 dan N1 yang memiliki 

daya >140 kW dan Power to Mass Ratio >75kW 

nilai yang diambil adalah nilai rata-rata dari dua 

pengukuran. 

6.9. Pembacaan Sound Level Meter dibulatkan 

ke nilai yang terdekat, pengukuran dilakukan 

selama tiga kali secara berturut-turut, dengan 

pembacaan yang tidak berbeda lebih dari 2 

dB(A). Nilai tertinggi dari ketiga pengukuran inilah 

yang dianggap sebagai hasil pengukuran. 

6.8. 測定値は、車両がAA‘地点とBB’線を通り 

過ぎる時点での、dB(A)で表示される最高の音の 

圧力レベルである。但し、容量が>140kWで、 

PMRが>75kWの場合は例外で、この場合には2 

回の測定の平均値を使用する。 

6.9. サウンドレベルメーターは、近似の整数を 

読み取る。測定は続けて3回行い、測定値は2d 

B(A) 以上、異なってはならない。3回の測定の 

最高値を、測定値と見なす。 

3.1.3. INTERPRETATION OF RESULTS 

The measurement of noise emitted by the 

vehicle in motion shall be considered valid if 

the difference between the two 

consecutive measurements on the same 

side of the vehicle is not more than 2dB(A). 

The figure recorded shall be that 

corresponding to the highest sound level. 

Should that figure exceed by more than 

1dB(A) the maximum sound level authorized 

for the category of vehicle tested, a second 

series of two measurements at the 

corresponding microphone position shall be 

made. Three out of the four results so 

obtained in this second position must fall 

within the prescribed limits. 

To allow for lack of precision in the 

measuring instrument the figures read from 

it during measurement shall each be 

reduced by 1dB(a). 

Basically, vehicle runs are two. 

"Measured values shall be 

reduced by 1dB." is not in 

Indonesian regulation. 

The sentences below are not in 

R51. 

6.8 

.......kecuali untuk kendaraan 

kategori M1 dan N1 yang 

memiliki daya >140 kW dan 

Power to Mass Ratio >75kW 

nilai yang diambil adalah nilai 

rata-rata dari dua pengukuran. 

6.9. ....... pengukuran dilakukan 

selama tiga kali secara 

berturut-turut, dengan 

pembacaan yang tidak berbeda 

lebih dari 2 dB(A). Nilai tertinggi 

dari ketiga pengukuran inilah 

yang dianggap sebagai hasil 

pengukuran.

Comparison between ECE and Indonesia’s regulation 

UN Reg. 

Indonesia 














ECE R.E.3; 

The reference is recorded noise 


NA 




R.E.3. Type approved vehicle 

should be followed ECE. 


Supplement 3.

2) Revised Stationary Noise Test 

Background 

The test procedure for stationary noise has been revised in UN 

R51/02 Supplement 6. 

Please see R51/02 revision 1 supplement 6 Annex3 and Annex10. 

Purpose of revision 

To apply to recent engine control system 

To harmonize with R41(motor cycle) test method 

To clarify microphone position 

Movement 

ECE already has been adopted by WP29. 

China and Thailand will adopt the test method.

Test procedure in the original 

Operating condition 

#1. The engine is operated at a constant speed of 3/4 S(*). 

(* S= Engine speed(RPM) / Maxima engine power (KW)) 

#2. When constant engine speed is reached, 

the throttle shall be returned swiftly to the idle position. 

#3. The sound level shall be measured during a period of constant 

engine speed and throughout the entire deceleration period. 

Method 3 

#4. The maximum sound level (dB(A)) meter reading being taken as 

the test value. 

S.P.L. 

dB(A) 

Time(s) 

94.3 dB(A) 94 dB(A)

Revised Test Procedure 

3.2.5.3.2. Operating conditions of the engine 

3.2.5.3.2.1. Target engine speed 

The target engine speed is defined as: 

(a) 75 per cent of the engine speed S for vehicles with a rated engine 

speed ≤ 5,000 min -1 

(b) 3,750 min -1 for vehicles with a rated engine speed above 5,000 min -1 and 

below 7,500 min -1 

(c) 50 per cent of the engine speed S for vehicles with a rated engine 

speed ≥ 7,500 min -1 . 

If the vehicle cannot reach the engine speed as stated above, the target 

shall be 5 per cent below the maximum possible engine engine speed speed 

for that stationary test. 

3.2.5.3.2.2. Test procedure 

The engine speed shall be gradually increased from idle to the target engine 

speed, not exceeding the tolerance band of ± 5 per cent of the target 

engine speed, and held constant. Then the throttle control shall be rapidly 

released and the engine speed shall be returned to idle. The sound pressure 

level shall be measured during a period consisting of constant engine 

speed of at least one second and throughout the entire deceleration period. 

The maximum sound level meter reading shall be taken as the test value.

Target engine speed 

Test engine speed [rpm] 

Original method 

3750 rpm 

5000 7500 

-To apply to recent engine 

control system 

-To harmonize with R41(motor 

cycle) test method 

New method 

Rated engine speed [rpm]

Interpretation for final result 

3.2.6. Results 

3.2.6.1. Measurements shall be made according to the microphone location(s) 

described in paragraph 3.2.5.3.1. 

3.2.6.2. The maximum A-weighted sound pressure level indicated during the 

test shall be noted, mathematically rounded to the first significant figure 

before the decimal place. 

3.2.6.3. The test shall be repeated until three consecutive measurements at 

each outlet are obtained, which are within 2 dB of each other, allowing for 

deletion of non valid results. 

3.2.6.4. The result for a given outlet is the arithmetic average of the three 

valid measurements, mathematically rounded as given above and shall be 

reported as the A-weighted sound pressure level L Arep. 

3.2.6.5. For vehicles equipped with multiple gas outlets, the sound pressure 

level reported L Arep shall be for the outlet having the highest average 

sound pressure level.

Microphone position 

3.2.5.3.1. Microphone orientation 

3.2.5.3.1.1. The microphone shall be located at a distance of 0.5 m ± 0.01 

m from the reference point of the exhaust pipe defined in figure 2 and at 

an angle of 45 º (± 5 º) to the vertical plane containing the flow axis of 

the pipe termination. The microphone shall be at the height of the 

reference point, but not less than 0.2 m from the ground surface. The 

reference axis of the microphone shall lie in a plane parallel to the 

ground surface and shall be directed towards the reference point on the 

exhaust outlet. 

If two microphone positions are possible, the location farthest laterally 

from the vehicle longitudinal centreline shall be used. 

If the flow axis of the exhaust outlet pipe is at 90 º to the vehicle 

longitudinal centreline, the microphone shall be located at the 

point, which is furthest from the engine.

Microphone position

Microphone position

Microphone position

Comparison between ECE and Indonesia’s regulation 

UN Reg. 

Indonesia 














ECE R.E.3; 

The reference is recorded noise 


NA 




R.E.3. Type approved vehicle 

should be followed ECE. 


Supplement 3.

Thank you very much 

for your attention

Proposal structure of 

WVTA 

Regulation (articles) 

Annexes 

Content Remarks 

1 Scope Scope Article 2 

2 Definitions Definitions Article 3 

3 Application for approval Procedures to be followed for the EC type-approval of vehicles Article 6 

4 Approval General provisions approval mark 


6 Test 

7 

Modifications of vehicle type and 

extension of approval 


9 

10 

11 

Penalties for non-conformity of 

production 

Production definitely 

discontinued 

Names and addresses of 

Technical Services conducting 

approval tests, and of 

Administrative Departments 

12 Transitional provisions Need to be decided 

Annex 1 

Communication concerning the 

approval of extension or refusal 

or withdrawal of approval or 

production definitely 

discontinued of a vehicle type 


Certificate of conformity 

UN Regulations required for EC type-approval(reference to Annex 4) 

Likely a completely rewrite which mainly refers to the testing of the 

regulations annexed to WVTA Regulation 

AMENDMENTS TO EC TYPE-APPROVALS: General provisions 


Specific provisions concerning systems, components or separate 

technical units Issue and notification of amendments 

Termination of validity 

Note: Carry over as much as possible from other EVE-regulations 

Ref. 

2007/46/EC 

Article 8 

Article 19 

Article 9 

Article 18 

Article 34 

(Article 11) 

(Article 13) 

(Article 14) 

(Article 15) 

(Article 16) 

Article 17,§1.+2. 

Conformity of production arrangements 

Note: It is a standard paragraph of an ECE-regulation. 

(Article 12) 

Recommend to carry over as much as possible from other ECEregulations 

Penalties 


to carry over as much as possible from other ECE 

Termination of validity Article 17,§1.+4. 

Designation of technical services 

Assessment of the skills of the technical services 

(Article 41) 

Procedures for notification 

(Article 42) 


to carry over as much as possible from other ECE-regulations 

No full correspondent in 2007/46/EC 

maybe some combination Annex VI(EC Type Approval Certificate) is 

possible 

Annex 2 Arrangements of approval marks Need to be decided Annex VII 

Annex 3 

Annex 4 

Procedures to be followed 

during WVTA of vehicles 

List of requirements for the 

purpose of WVTA: 


Procedures to be followed during type-approval of vehicles Annex V 

List of requirements for the purpose of type-approval of vehicles*List 

of regulatory acts 

Annex IV, Part I 

Annex 5 

Information document for the 

purpose of WVTA of vehicles 

Information document for the purpose of type-approval of vehicles Annex III 

Annex 6 WVTA CERYIFICATE EC TYPE-APPROVAL CERTIFICATE Annex VI 

Annex 7 

CERTIFICATION OF 

CONFORMITY 

Annex IX 

Annex 7 appendix 1 

Model translation sheet for the 

certificate of conformity 

CERTIFICATE OF CONFORMITY 

Annex 8 Definition of the vehicle type Criteria for vehicle types, variants and versions Annex II, Part

The 4th I‐EPA Workshop 

The h 1958 Agreement 

• Organization of WP29 

• The 1958 Agreements under WP29 

• The 1958 Agreement



ECOSOC 


ECE 

ESCAP 


ITC 


WP29 



AC1 AC1,AC2 AC2 

AC3,AC4 

GRB GRPE GRE 

GRRF GRSG GRSP




All schedule of meetings g are uploaded p UNECE Website : 


• Administrative committee for coordination(AC2) 

• 6 working ki parties i of f experts 

Active safety 

Lighting and light‐signaling light signaling devices (GRE) 





Noise (GRB) 

General safety (GRSG) 


The 1958 agreement

The 1958Agreements under WP29 



(UN/ECE/WP29) 

( ) 

1958 

Agreement 

1998 1997 

Agreement Agreement 

Administrativ 


Vote 

Activity 

Contents 

Two-thirds majority 


of ECE regulation 

• Technical ec ca 

requirement 


• COP 

unanimous agreement Two-thirds majority 



involvement Establish of third and countries develop 



regulation) at the development process of 

new UN regulations and 

amendments d to existing i i UN 

•Technical 

regulations 

requirement 

OUTPUT ECE regulation Global technical 


Return to Ref. Information : The 1958 agreement 

Rule



Article 1 Definitions, establishment and implementation of ECE Regulations 



Article 4 The case where non‐conformity was communicated 










AArticle i l 14 Wh What the h UN/S UN/Secretary‐General G lh have to notify if to the h CPs CP 

Article 15 The treatment for the case under the un‐amended Agreement 

Appendix 1 


Appendix 2 


Elements of the 1958 Agreement 

1. Application pp of the UN Regulations g under the type yp 

approval system (Article 1 paras.1, 7-8) 

2. Development/Amendment of Regulation for wheeled 

vehicle vehicle, equipment or parts (Article 1 paras paras. 2-4 2-4, 

Article 6 paras. 1-2, Article 12 paras. 1-3, Appendix 1) 

3. Technical Requirements and Test Methods (Article 1 

para.2) 2) 

4. Conditions for granting type approval and their mutual 

recognition g including g approval pp markings g and ( (Article 1, 

paras. 5-6, Article 2, Article 3, Article 4, Article 5) 


(Appendix 2)

Elements of the 1958 Agreement ‐1 



yp pp y 


-An administrative procedure by the authorities of Contracting 

Party 


manufacturer meets the requirements of the given Regulation 

after ft carrying i out t the th required i d ttest t 


market k t were produced d d tto be b id identical ti l with ith th the approved d product 

d t

Elements of the 1958 Agreement ‐1(cont’d) 





approval 




The manufacturer certifies, without any preliminary administrative 

control control, that each product put on the market conforms to the given 

Regulation; the competent administrative authorities may verify by 

random sampling on the market that the self-certified products comply 

with the requirements of the given Regulation.











reciprocal i lrecognition iti iincluding l di any approval l markings ki 




33. Development/Amendment of Regulation 

for wheeled vehicle, equipment or parts 



-The Administrative Committee (A.C.1) communicates it to the Secretary-General of the 

United Nations Nations. 



-unless more than one-third of the Contracting Parties inform the Secretary-General of 

their disagreement within six months after the notification. 


-The The Secretary-General Secretary General notify all the Contracting Parties 



The adopted Regulation shall enter into force (Article 1 para 4) 


-On the date(s) specified as a Regulation for all Contracting Parties for all Contracting 

Parties which did not oppose to the Regulation.

Elements of the 1958 Agreement ‐3 (Cont’d) 


(Article ( 12, p para.2) ) 

An amendment to a Regulation is considered and adopted ‐unless more than one‐third of 

the Contracting Parties applying that Regulation inform the Secretary‐General of their 


If the Secretary Secretary‐General General has has not received declarations of disagreement of more than one one‐ 

third of the Contracting Parties applying the Regulation, the Secretary‐General declares the 

amendment as adopted and binding upon those Contracting Parties applying the Regulation 

who did not declare themselves opposed to it. 

When at least one‐fifth of the Contracting Parties applying the un‐amended Regulation 

declare that they wish to continue to apply the un‐amended Regulation, 

‐the un‐amended Regulation will be regarded as an alternative to the amended Regulation 

‐it will be incorporated formally as such into the Regulation with effect from the date of 






•Idea Idea of alternatives within the existing regulations 

‐Where necessary, an amendment may include the existing requirements as an alternative 

‐Contracting Parties specify which alternatives within the Regulation they apply. 

‐Contracting Contracting Parties applying alternative(s) 


‐Contracting Parties applying only the latest version of the regulation 

do not have to accept approvals to preceding amendments or to unamended Regulations. 

‐Contracting Parties applying an earlier series of amendments or the unamended Regulation shall accept 

approvals granted to a later amendment series. 


‐The Administrative Committee (A.C.1) communicates it to the Secretary‐General of the United Nations. 

‐Then the Secretary‐General notify the Regulation to the Contracting Parties applying the Regulation



TTo establish tbliha new regulation lti (A (Appendix di 1, 1 Article5) Atil5) ‐Proposed new Regulations shall be put to the vote. 

‐Each Each country country, Contracting Party to the Agreement shall have 

one vote. 

‐A quorum consisting of not less than half of the Contracting 




Member b States 

‐New Draft Regulation is established by a two‐thirds majority 






‐Proposed Proposed amendments to Regulations shall be put to the vote. 

‐Each country, Contracting Party to the Agreement applying 


‐A quorum of f not lless than h half hlfof f the h Contracting Parties applying l 




Member States 

‐Draft Amendments to Regulations shall be established 

by a two‐thirds majority of those present and voting.


4. Conditions for granting type approval and 

their mutual recognition including approval 

markings 



ddescribed ib diin any RRegulation l ti ffor th the types t of f wheeled h l d 




with ith th the approved d type t as set t out t in i Appendix A di 2. 2 



covered by the Regulation if the above‐mentioned conditions 

are not t complied li d with. ith 

(Article 2)


5. Conditions for ensuring conformity of 

production 

(COP) 

Appendix 2 


– ISO 9002 or equivalent accreditation standard 


– The existence of adequate arrangements and documented control 

plans 

– para 2.3. Requirements for the holder of the approval 

– para 24 2.4. RRequirements i ffor the h authority h i 


The 1958 agreement


(第5回) 

2012 年 1 月 24 日 VTCC 会議室(BEKASI) 



中国正月の飾り 2012 年 1 月 24 日会合 VTCC 会議室 

2012年1月25日~26 日ワークショップ


Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA: Chairman of JASIC IJ EPA SWG2 Japanese Committee 

Mr. Shigeru SASAKI: Member of JASIC International Cooperation Committee (from JAMA) 

Mr. Akira TOGASHI: Member of JASIC IJ EPA SWG2 Japanese Committee (from JAPIA) 

Mr. Hiroshi MORIMOTO: Observer of JASIC IJ EPA SWG2 Japanese Committee (from MLIT) 



2. Dispatching period and place: Jan.23, 2012 – Jan.28, 2012, Bekasi, Indonesia 


(1) #5 SWG2 meeting @ VTCC in Bekasi: Jan.24, 2012 

(a)Review of the FY2011 SWG2 action program results (including confirmation of the IASIF 

comprehensive report, and the modified IASIF roadmap for the accession to the 1958 

Agreement and the Indnesian WVTA system improvement) 

AM 9:00-12:00 (b)Confirmation of near future IASIF activities (including the IASIF nine-months action 

program to officially declare to accede to the 1958 Agreement in September 2012 and its 

activities in the near future) 

(c)Confirmation of the schedule for #5 SWG2 workshop 

(2) #5 SWG2 workshop@ VTCC in Bekasi: Jan.25, 2012 –Jan.26, 2012 

【Theme】The IASIF future activities 


1 st day: How is the current IASIF management and operation? 

AM 9:00-12:00 

PM1:00-3:50 

PM3:50-4:00 



(b) Draft review of the FY2011 SWG2 action program results 

(c) Discussion: How is the current IASIF management and operation, especially about 

preparation to accede to the 1958 Agreement and improve Indonesian WVTA system? 

Lunch 

(d) Discussion: How Indonesia will contribute WP29 and GRs activities for further 

PM 1:00-4:00 

improvement of UN regulations for its adoption into the national regulations in the near 

f ? 

2 

AM 9:00-12:00 

Lunch 

nd day: What testing institutes should be enhanced and what UN Regulations should exam in next fiscal 

year? 

(e) Discussion : 1) What testing institutes should be enhanced to be the technical services 

based on UN Regulations in next fiscal year? 2) What UN Regulations should be 

examined in the next fiscal year? 

(f) Discussion on the future plan for SWG2 activities in FY2012 

(g) Closing 






Proposal for IASIF management 

January 24-26, 2012 

Jiro DOI, JASIC

Objects of results 

The accession to the 1958 

Agreement 

Improving VTA regulations 

Increasing number of the UN 

Regulations referred or to be 

adopted 

Objects of competitiveness 

Establishment of G/I 

coordinating organization 

Capacity building of test 

institutes 

Outline of Road Map 

Hop Step Jump 

IASIG settled in 

May 2010 

4 Technical 

seminars by JASIC 

in FY2008-2009 

Notification of the 

accession to the 

1958 Agreement in 

2012 

19 items to be 

referred or to be 

adopted until 2015 

IASIF settled in 

June, 2011 

10 Workshops 

organized by 

JASIC in FY2010- 

2011 



New VTA system 

based on UN 

Regulations 

XX items to be 

adopted for WVTA 

in the future 

Strengthen the 

function of IASIF 

4 Workshops 

organized by JASIC 

in FY2012 

Extra seminars 

organized by IASIF 

WG 

2

Outer 

circum 

stance 

Opport 

unity 

SWOT analysis of IASIF 

Internal circumstance 

Strength Weakness 

MIDEC projects will continue 

IJ EPA project will continue 

Strong support by JAPAN 

Big interests of the autoindustry 

Threat MIDEC projects will finish 

IJ EPA project will finish 

Lack of consensus among 

the stakeholders 

No decision on the accession 

to the 1958 Agreement 

Lack of Human resources 

Lack of budget for IASIF 

Lack of budget for test 

facilities in testing institutes 

3

Challenge of the IASIF activities 

Regulations 

Lack of 

understanding 

of UN Regulations 

Budget for 

IASIF 

Lack of budget for 

test facilities 

Lack of Planning 

ability 

Lack of PDCA 

process 

Lack of understanding 

of WVTA regulations 

IASIF secretariat 

Human 

resources 

Lack of budget for 

IASIF activities 

Lack of Experts 

of Industry 

Lack of Participation from 

Government other than 

MOI and MOT 

Lack of Participation from 

Industry other than 

GAIKINDO and AISI 

Consensus among 

the stakeholders 

Lack of 

IASIF staff 

Countermeasure other than the IASIF comprehensive paper 

should be considered!! 

Insufficient 

IASIF 

activities to 

prepare to 

accede to 

the 1958 

Agreement 

Lack of Understanding for 

WP29 and GRs activities 

4

Example of the countermeasures 

• PR activities 

a. What is IASIF? 

b. Own seminars of the 1958 

Agreement and WP29 

activities organized by IASIF 

• Staff from Industry 

a. Only few staff are enough at 

beginning 

b. IASIF staff should prepare for 

each Working group activities 

• IASIF website 

a. Explanation of the 1958 

Agreement and WP29 

activities 

b. Annual plan for IASIF regular 

meeting 

• IASIF database 

a. Reports & presentation 

materials of SWG2 workshops 

b. UN Regulations interpreted 

into Indonesian language 

5

Rolling Planning for annual action program 

1 st year 

action 

program 

2 nd year 

action 

program 

1 st 

planning 

Adminis 

tration 

2 nd 

planning 

Adminis 

tration 

1 st year 

program 

Result of 

1 st year 

program 

2 nd year 

program 

3 rd year 

program 

Review of the 1 st year plan 

Revised 

initial 2 nd year 

program 

Result of 

Revised 

2 nd year 

program 

Revised 

initial 3 rd year 

program 

New 3 rd 

year 

program 

6

2011 I-EPA 5th Work shop 

Practical way 

to improve 


25-26/Jan/2012 

AKIBA T. 


akibatad@gmail.com

Concept of IWVTA 

Countries Indonesia,B,and C apply all Technical Requirements for WVTA 

under the 1958 agreement 

Indonesia 

B country 

C country 

Set of Technical Requirements for WVTA 

UNReg 48 48 

UNReg 13 13 

UNReg 17 

UNReg AA 48 

UNReg BB BB 

UNReg 14 


Indonesia 


Market in Indonesia Market in the B country Market in the C country

Final Status of this Project in Indonesia 


Indonesian WVTA Regulation 


- Technical Requirements 

-Certification Procedures 

-Conformity of Production 

-Etc. 

Certificate of 

Whole Vehicle Type Approval 


Applying 

a set of 


MRA 

among 

other 

contracting 

parties 

Certificates of 

Parts and/or Systems 

Local 

Use for 

Asean 

MRA

1 st Step 





Certificates 








Other 




MRA 


2 nd Step 


Replaced by UN Regulations 




Certificates 








Other 




MRA 


Sorting of UN 

Regs for adoption 

& 




for each UN Reg. 

Development 

Testing Facility 

Elements for this Project 

Make clear how 

to implement of 

each UN Reg. 

Complete Table 

Technical 

Requirements 

Train Engineers 



MRA under the 


Program to 

contribute 

Geneva’s Activity 

Propose new 

WVTA Reg. 



for WVTA 

MRA of WVTA 

(IWVTA)

To achieve Indonesian final status>> 

Follow-Up Recommendations: (from IASIF draft report ) 


2. To develop WVTA regulation including 

a set of UN regulations with implementation 

schedule 

3. Propose to use the services 

of an experienced consultant UNECE 

UNECE 

Reg 

Reg 

UNECE R 

R 

XX Reg 

UNECE R 

XX 

UNECE 

RXX XX Reg 

UNECE 

Reg 

UNECE R 

R 

XX Reg 

R 

XX Reg 

R 

XX 

XX 

UN Regulation 

No.XX 

IWVTA 

UN Reg. R0

Practical way to improve 


・Drafting Indonesian WVTA regulation 

・IASIF activities towards the accession to 

the 1958 agreement on Sept 2012


Drafting Indonesian WVTA regulation 


• Analysis of Draft structure of WVTA 

• Drafting new WVTA regulation


• Target date of Drafting 

• Essential articles for WVTA Regulation 

• How to formulate them into each existing 

Regulation/Decree/etc. 

• Adjustment/Negotiation with related 

organization


Essential articles for WVTA 

Set of Technical Regulations (UN Regulations) 

Draft proposal of new WVTA Regulation 

Accession to the 1958 Agreement 

Improving Certification System 

Infrastructure of certification Facilities 

Development of Human Resources 

Registration System of Vehicle

Sample 

UN Reg. No. 1 HEADLAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 3 REFLEX REFLECTORS 

UN Reg. No. 4 REAR REGISTRATION PLATE LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 6 DIRECTION INDICATORS 

UN Reg. No. 7 

UN Reg. No. 8 


FRONT AND REAR POSITION (SIDE) LAMPS, STOP 

LAMPS AND END-OUTLINE MARKER LAMPS 


(H1,H2,H3,HB3,HB4,H7,H8,H9,HIR1, HIR2 and/or H11) 

WVTA regulation for M1 


OF VEHICLES WITH REGARD TO ELECTROMAGNETIC 

COMPATIBILITY 

UN Reg. No. 11 DOOR LATCHES & HINGES 

UN Reg. No. 12 STEERING MECHANISM 

UN Reg. No. 13-H BRAKING (M1) 

UN Reg. No. 14 SAFETY BELT ANCHORAGES 

UN Reg. No. 16 SAFETY BELTS 

UN Reg. No. 17 SEATS 




UN Reg. No. 19 FRONT FOG LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 20 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (H4) 

UN Reg. No. 21 INTERIOR FITTINGS 

UN Reg. No. 23 REVERSING LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 24 DIESEL SMOKE 

UN Reg. No. 25 HEAD RESTRAINTS 

UN Reg. No. 26 EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS 

UN Reg. No. 28 AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES 

UN Reg. No. 30 PNEUMATIC TYRES (PASSENGER VEHICLE) 

UN Reg. No. 31 HALOGEN SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 34 PREVENTION OF FIRE RISKS 

UN Reg. No. 37 FILAMENT LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 38 REAR FOG LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 39 SPEEDOMETER 



OF SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS 

UN Reg. No. 44 CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS 

UN Reg. No. 46 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS 

UN Reg. No. 48 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS 

UN Reg. No. 49 DIESEL EMISSION 

UN Reg. No. 51 NOISE 

UN Reg. No. 55 MECHANICAL COUPLING 

UN Reg. No. 59 REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM 

UN Reg. No. 67 SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT OF VEHICLE USING LPG 

UN Reg. No. 77 PARKING LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 79 STEERING EQUIPMENT 




UN Reg. No. 85 MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE POWER 

UN Reg. No. 87 DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 89 SPEED LIMITATION DEVICES 



BRAKE LININGS 

UN Reg. No. 91 SIDE-MARKER LAMPS 







UN Reg. No. 97 VEHICLE ALARM SYSTEMS 

UN Reg. No. 98 GAS-DISCHARGE HEADLAMPS 

UN Reg. No. 99 GAS-DISCHARGE LIGHT SOURCES 




UN Reg. No. 103 REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC CONVERTERS 

UN Reg. No. 110 VEHICLES USING CNG 

UN Reg. No. 112 HEADLAMPS (WITH AN ASYMMETRICAL PASSING BEAM) 

UN Reg. No. 116 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE 


THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF HAND 

CONTROLS, TELL-TALES AND INDICATORS 

UN Reg. No. 122 HEATING SYSTEM 

UN Reg. No. 123 AFS 

UN Reg. No. 125 THE FORWARD FIELD OF VISION



1. Scope 

2. Definition 


4. Approval 


6. Tests 








Key Elements



Key Elements 
















of vehicles 









Appendix 1: Model translation sheet for the certificate of conformity 



Key Elements

Sample Definition-1 

For the purpose of this Regulation and of the Regulations listed in 

Annex 4, save as otherwise provided therein: 

2.1 “Manufacturer” means the person or body who is 

responsible to the approval authority for all aspects of the 

type approval process and for ensuring conformity of 

production. It is not essential that the person or body is 

directly involved in all stages of the construction of the 

vehicle, system, component or separate technical unit 


2.2. “Vehicle type” means motor vehicles, which do not differ in 

at least the essential respects specified in Annex 8. A type 

of vehicle may contain variants and versions as defined in 

Annex 8. 

2.3 ‘Whole vehicle type approval’ or ‘WVTA’ means the 

procedure whereby Ministry of Transport certifies that a 

type of vehicle satisfies the relevant administrative 

provisions and technical requirements of this Regulation 

and of the regulations listed in Annex 4.

Sample 

Definition-2 

2.4 ‘System’ means an assembly of devices combined to 

perform one or more specific functions in a vehicle and 

which is subject to the requirements of any of the annexed 

regulations. 

2.5 ‘Component’ means a device subject to the requirements of 

a regulation and intended to be part of a vehicle, which may 

be type-approved independently of a vehicle where the 

regulation makes express provisions for so doing.. 

2.6 ‘Separate technical unit’ means a device subject to the 

requirements of a regulation and intended to be part of a 

vehicle, which may be type-approved separately, but only in 

relation to one or more specified types of vehicle where the 

regulation makes express provisions for so doing. 

2.7 ‘certificate of conformity’ means the document set out in 

Annex 7, issued by the manufacturer and certifying that a 

vehicle belonging to the series of the type approved in 

accordance with this Regulation complied with all annexed 

regulations at the time of its production.

Sample 

Definition-3 

2.8 ‘information document’ means the document set out in Annex 5, or in 

the corresponding Annex to an annexed regulation, that prescribes 

the information to be supplied by an applicant, it being permissible to 

supply the information document in the form of an electronic file. 

2.9 ‘information document’ means the complete folder, including the 

information document, file, data, drawings, photographs, and so on, 

supplied by the applicant, it being permissible to supply the 

information document in the form of an electronic file. 

2.10 ‘information package’ means the information document 

accompanied by the test reports and all other documents added by 

the technical service or by the approval authority to the information 

document in the course of carrying out their functions, it being 

permissible to supply the information package in the form of an 

electronic file. 

2.11 ‘index to the information package’ means the document listing the 

contents of the information package, suitably numbered or otherwise 

marked so as to identify clearly all the pages, the format of that 

document being such as to present a record of the successive steps 

in the management of the type-approval, in particular the dates of 

the revisions and updating.

Sample 


3.1 The application for approval of a vehicle type with regard to 

WVTA shall be submitted by the manufacturer or his duly 

accredited representative. 

3.2 It shall be accompanied by the following documents and 

particulars: 

3..2.1 the information document containing the information 

required under Annex 5 

3.2.2 the list regulations to which the type of vehicle complies 

according to Annex 6, appendix 1 

3.2.3 the complete set of type-approval certificates required 

pursuant to each of the applicable regulations listed in 

Annex 4, Part A, Table 1. 

3.2.4 in accordance with 3.2.2: type-approval certificates 

according to the regulations listed in Annex 4, Part A, 

Table 2 for all respective vehicle systems covered by 

those regulations, which are fitted to the vehicle.

Sample 


3.3 The manufacturer shall submit the application to 

the approval authority. Only one application may 

be submitted in respect of a particular type of 

vehicle. 

A separate application shall be submitted for each 

type to be approved.

Sample 



5.1.1 A vehicle shall meet the prescribed 

requirements of this Regulation as well as 

those specified in the regulations required in 

Annex 4. This shall be demonstrated by typeapproval 

certificates according to those 

regulations.

Sample 



5.2.1 The manufacturer, in his capacity as the holder of a WVTA, 

shall deliver a certificate of conformity (CoC) to accompany 

each vehicle that is manufactured in conformity with the 

approved vehicle type. 


5.2.2 The certificate of conformity shall be drawn up in English 

language. 

5.2.3 The certificate of conformity shall be designed to prevent 

forgery. To that end, the paper used shall be protected either 

by coloured graphics or by a watermark in the form of the 

manufacturer’s identification mark. 

5.2.4 The certificate of conformity shall be completed in its entirety 

and shall not contain restrictions as regards the use of the 

vehicle other than those provided for in a regulatory act. 

5.2.5 A duplicate of the certificate of conformity may be issued only 

by the manufacturer. The word ‘duplicate’ must be clearly 

visible on the face of any duplicate certificate.

Sample Tests 

6.1 In case compliance to the requirements of section 

5 is demonstrated by providing all required 

certificates covering all versions and variants of the 

vehicle type no further testing is foreseen for 

WVTA.

Sample 


The conformity of production procedures shall comply 

with those set out in the Agreement, appendix 2 

(E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2) with the following 

requirements: 

8.1 A vehicle approved to this Regulation shall be so 

manufactured as to conform to the type approved 

by meeting the requirements set forth in paragraph 

5. above. 

8.2. The authority which has granted type approval may 

at any time verify the conformity control methods 

applied in each production facility. The normal 

frequency of these verifications shall be once every 

two years.

Sample 




0.1 This Annex establishes the procedures for the 

proper operation of the vehicle type-approval in 

accordance with the provisions of Article 5.1

Sample 




When receiving an application for whole vehicle typeapproval, 

the approval authority shall: 

(a) verify that all type-approval certificates issued 

pursuant to the regulations which are applicable for 

vehicle type-approval cover the vehicle type and 

correspond to the prescribed requirements; 

(b) by reference to the documentation make sure that the 

vehicle specifications and data contained in Part I of the 

vehicle information document are included in the data in 

the information packages and in the type-approval 

certificates in respect of the relevant regulations;

Sample 



(c) when an item number in Part I of the information 

document is not included in the information package of 

any of the regulations, confirm that the relevant part or 

characteristic conforms to the particulars in the 

information folder; 

(d) on a selected sample of vehicles from the type to be 

approved carry out or arrange to be carried out 

inspections of vehicle parts and systems to verify that the 

vehicle(s) is/are built in accordance with the relevant data 

contained in the authenticated information package in 

respect of the relevant type-approval certificates; 

(e) carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant 

installation checks in respect of separate technical units 

where applicable;

Sample 




The number of vehicles to be submitted shall be 

sufficient to permit the 

proper check of the various combinations to be 

type-approved according to 

the following criteria:

Sample 



Technical 






Powered axles 

(number, position 

and interconnection) 

X X X X X X - - - - 

Steered axles 

(number and 

position) 






Level of equipment X X X X X X - - - -

Sample 





The list of requirements to obtain a WVTA is structured in 

the following tables 

•Table 1: List of mandatory requirements 

Approvals to the regulations listed in this table are 

obligatory in order to obtain a WVTA. 

•Table 2: List of if-fitted requirements 

If a system covered by the regulations listed in this table 

is fitted on a vehicle, then the respective approval is 

required to obtain a WVTA. Whether these systems are 

mandated is up to separated regulation/law.

Sample 










1.4 

… 

… 

Braking system 13-H 00 


… … 




Sample 







2.1 Electronic stability control 13-H 00, suppl. 11 


2.3 

… 

… 

Tyre pressure monitoring system 64 02 



Sample 




The following information shall be supplied in triplicate and 

include a list of contents. Any drawings shall be supplied in 

appropriate scale and in sufficient detail on size A4, or on a 

folder of A4 format. Photographs, if any, shall show sufficient 

detail. 


Provide a suitable identification of all the variants and 

versions (as defined in Annex 8) within the vehicle type for 

which approval is sought. The identification scheme has to 

be used in Part II to transparently denote which data entries 

in the information document apply to which variant(s) and 

version(s) within the vehicle type.

Sample 





0. GENERAL 


0.2. Type: 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

1. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS OF 

THE VEHICLE 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

2. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS 

(in kg and mm) (Refer to drawing where 

applicable)

Sample 


4. TRANSMISSION 

5. AXLES 

6. SUSPENSION 

7. STEERING 

8. BRAKES 

9. BODYWORK 



................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. .............. 

................................................. ..............

Sample 

Regulation Typeapproval 

number 




Supply the information required by the following table in respect of the 

applicable subjects for this vehicle in Annex 4. (All relevant approvals 

for each subject shall be included. However, information in respect of 

components need not be given here so long as such information is 

included in the approval certificate relating to the installation 

prescriptions). 

Contracting Party issuing 

the type-approval 

Extension 

date 

Signed: ................................................................................ .... 

Position in company: ................................................................ 

Date: ......................................... 

Variant(s)/ 

version(s)

Sample 

Annex 8: 





1.1.1 A “vehicle type” shall consist of vehicles which have 

all of the following features in common: 


A change in the legal form of ownership of the 

company does not require that a new approval 

has to be granted; 

(b) the design and assembly of the essential 

parts of the body structure in the case of a selfsupporting 

body. 

The same shall apply mutatis mutandis to 

vehicles the bodywork of which is bolted on or 

welded to a separate frame;

Sample 

Annex 8: 


1.1.2 By way of derogation from the requirements of point 

1.1.1(b), when the manufacturer uses the floor 

portion of the body structure as well as the essential 

constituent elements forming the front part of the 

body structure located directly in front of the 

windscreen bay, in the construction of different kinds 

of bodywork (for example a saloon and a coupe), 

those vehicles may be considered as belonging to 

the same type. Evidence thereof shall be provided by 

the manufacturer. 

1.1.3 A type shall consist of at least one variant and one 

version.

Sample Annex 8: 


1.2 Variant 

1.2.1 A “variant” within a vehicle type shall group the vehicles which 

have all of the following construction features in common: 

(a) the number of lateral doors or the type of bodywork as 

defined in Section 1 of Part C when the manufacturer uses 

the criterion of point 1.1.2; 


features: 

(i) the type of energy supply (internal combustion 

engine, electric motor or other); 



(iii) the number and arrangement of cylinders in the 

case of internal combustion engine (L4, V6 or other); 



(e) the number of steered axles;

Sample Annex 8: 


1.3 Version 

1.3.1 A “version” within a variant shall group the vehicles which have 

all the following features in common: 


(b) the engine capacity in the case of internal combustion 

engine; 

(c) the maximum engine power output or the maximum 

continuous rated power (electric motor); 

(d) the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi-fuel or 

other); 






(j) combined or weighted, combined fuel consumption;

Sample 

Annex 8: 



The following codes shall be used 

Code Name Definition 

AA Saloon a vehicle defined in term 3.1.1.1 of Standard ISO 3833:1977, 

fitted with at least four side windows. 

AB Hatchback a saloon as defined in 1.1 with a hatch at the rear end of the 

vehicle. 

AC Station wagon a vehicle defined in term 3.1.1.4 of Standard ISO 3833:1977. 

AD Coupe a vehicle defined in term 3.1.1.5 of Standard ISO 3833:1977. 

AE Convertible a vehicle defined in terms No 3.1.1.6 of Standard ISO 

3833:1977. 

However a convertible may have no door. 

AF Multi-purpose vehicle a vehicle other than AG and those mentioned in AA to AE 

intended for carrying persons and their luggage or occasionally 

goods, in a single compartment. 

AG Truck station wagon a vehicle defined in terms No 3.1.1.4.1 of Standard ISO 

3833:1977. 

However, the luggage compartment must be completely 

separated from the passenger compartment. 

In addition, the reference point of the driver’s seating position 

needs not to be at least at 750 mm above the surface supporting 

the vehicle.

Practical way to improve 


・Drafting Indonesian WVTA regulation 

・IASIF activities towards the accession to 

the 1958 agreement on Sept 2012

IASIF activities towards the accession to 

the 1958 agreement on Sept 2012 

1. Future operational plan of UN Reg in Indonesia: 

Precondition: operation of a set of UN Regulations (incl. R0) 

2. Indonesia-WVTA revised proposal 

3. IASIF-WG (2Group) for conducting a investigation of 

the above 1&2

IASIF activities towards the accession to 

the 1958 agreement 

1. Future 


plan of UN Reg. 

in Indonesia 

3. IASIF-WG 

(2Groups) 

for conducting a 

investigation of 

the 1&2 

on Sept 2012 

2. Indonesia- 

WVTA 

revised 

proposal

1. Future operational plan of UN Reg. in Indonesia 

Precondition: operation of a set of UN Regulations (incl. R0) 

1)Implementation 

a)To develop test facilities for certification 

b) To secure locations 

c) To introduce equipment budget 

d) To develop test conducted technicians 

e) To develop engineers (in charge of certification and regulations ) 

f) To develop staff (Engineers?) who can communicate with the Technical 

Service and WP29/GR etc 

2) Grouping Regulations by test items (exhaust, interior 

safety, collision, etc.) 

3) Weighting of the Regulation in each group 

4) Consistency with existing SNI etc 

5) Integrate into the Indonesia WVTA as technical 

requirements 

Examination 

Elements

2. Indonesia-WVTA revised proposal 

Refer to the previous presentation 

“Drafting Indonesian WVTA regulation” 

1) To confirm the Indonesia-WVTA system 

2) To investigate a revised method of the 

existing regulations – How to implement a 

single Regulation for WVTA 

3)Under which law will UN regulations be 

applied? (include R0) 

4)Consistency of regulations, especially SNI 

and the regulations of government offices 

concerned other than MOT

3. IASIF-WG (2Groups) 

for conducting a investigation of the 1&2 

★GAIKINDO,AISI,GIAMM,・・・ 

Take man-hours of Staff or 

Engineers out of Industry 

How to realize Industry contribution

Thank you for your attention! 


Marseilles 

akibatad@gmail.com

Supplements for the activity


Deep understanding 

The Rights and Duties of a contracting 

party to the 1958 Agreement 

No Risk 

for the accession to the 1958 

agreement



Regulation making 

Rights Duties 

The 1958 Agreement 

Type approval 

Rights 

Duties

Rule making: Rights 



Participating in the development of UN regulations 

* Proposing new UN regulations 

* Proposing amendments to the existing UN regulations 

* Voting 

Choosing the UN regulations to be applied 

Ceasing applying regulations 

Applying the UN regulations anytime

Rule making: Duties 



-First, 

Declaration of the UN regulations to be applied 

-Second, 

 

Applying the adopted amendments to the UN 

regulation(s) if the CP does not oppose to the 

amendment at voting 

 

Applying the adopted new regulation if the CP does not 

notify its disagreement at voting

Type approval : Rights 



 

Grant type approvals and approval markings 

Advising the competent authorities of non-conformity 

to the approved types 

Prohibit the sale and use in case of non-conformity

Type approval : Duties 



 

Accept the type approval issued by the other 


Confirmation of the COP in granting type approvals 

Taking measures against the non-conformity to the 

approved type in receiving information


Proposal Structure of WVTA


Structure of the amended 1958 Agreement 

for IWVTA


Regulation List of Technical Requirements 





modification 


(127 UNE Regulations) 


B 



C 

Not Applying







requirements 




Table 2 


Table 3 





Key elements: 














WVTA 





D 



E 


requirement 

Table 4 


WVTA 

F 

Elimination











The process of developing New UN regulations 

Government 

Organization 

Submit 

proposal 





Proposal for draft regulation 


Voting by AC1 


Publication UN regulation 


(11 weeks 

before WP29) 



6 months

The process of modifying UN regulations 

Government 


proposal 







Voting by AC1 (adoption by 2/3 majority of presented Contracting 

Parties applying the UN regulation) 



(11 weeks 

before WP29) 



6 months


Certification 



• Applicant 




Services 



TRANS/WP.29/1044 – General Guidelines for UNECE 


Regulations 






Whole vehicle 



Assembly 

COP 

Assembly 

COP 

Registration 

Application 

documents 

Application 

documents 

COC 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 

Initial 

Assessment 

for applicant 

Certificate 


Certification 

Tests 

Report 

Certification 

Tests 

Report


Better understanding of related 





IASIF 

• WVTA 


2) Drafting WVTA Regulation 








1) Experts 

2) Infrastructure

UN 

Regulatio 

n 

Regulation list 

Description 

Approval 

Authority 

incharge 

Main 

Technical 

Services 

Related 

Associations 

R 1 HEADLAMPS 

R 2 HEADLAMPS 

R 3 REFLEX REFLECTORS MOT VTCC 

R 4 REAR REGISTRATION PLATE LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 5 SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS 

R 6 DIRECTION INDICATORS MOT VTCC 

R 7 

FRONT AND REAR POSITION (SIDE) LAMPS, 

STOP LAMPS AND END-OUTLINE MARKER 


MOT VTCC 

R 8 (H1,H2,H3,HB3,HB4,H7,H8,H9,HIR1, HIR2 

and/or H11) 

R 9 NOISE (THREE-WHEELED VEHICLES) 

UNIFORM PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE 

MOE VTCC 

R 10 APPROVAL OF VEHICLES WITH REGARD TO 

ELECTROMAGNETIC COMPATIBILITY 

MOT LIPI 

R 11 DOOR LATCHES & HINGES MOT B2TKS 

R 12 STEERING MECHANISM 

R 13 BRAKING MOT VTCC 

R 13-H BRAKING (M1) MOT VTCC 

R 14 SAFETY BELT ANCHORAGES MOT B2TKS, 

R 15 EXHAUST EMISSION 

R 16 SAFETY BELTS MOI B2TKS, 

R 17 SEATS MOT B2TKS 

R 18 



R 19 FRONT FOG LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 20 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (H4) 

R 21 INTERIOR FITTINGS MOT VTCC 

R 22 MOTOR CYCLES AND MOPEDS HELMET B2TKS AISI 

R 23 REVERSING LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 24 DIESEL SMOKE MOE, MOT BTMP, 

R 25 HEAD RESTRAINTS 

R 26 EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS MOT VTCC 

R 27 WARNING TRIANGLES 

R 28 AUDIBLE WARNING DEVICES MOE, MOT VTCC 

R 29 CAB OF A COMMERCIAL VEHICLE 

R 30 PNEUMATIC TYRES (PASSENGER VEHICLE) MOI B4T 

R 31 HALOGEN SEALED BEAM HEADLAMPS 

R 32 REAR-END COLLISION 

R 33 HEAD-ON COLLISION 

R 34 PREVENTION OF FIRE RISKS MOI 

Textile Lab., 

Polymer 

R 35 ARRANGEMENT OF FOOT CONTROLS 

R 36 CONSTRUCTION OF PUBLIC SERVICE 

R 37 FILAMENT LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 38 REAR FOG LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 39 SPEEDOMETER MOT VTCC 

R 40 EXHAUST EMISSION (MOTOR CYCLE) MOE, MOT BTMP, AISI 

R 41 NOISE (MOTOR CYCLE) MOE, MOT 

VTCC, 

Pusarpedal 

R 42 FRONT & REAR PROTECTIVE DEVICES 

R 43 


APPROVAL OF SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS 

MOI CFC 

R 44 CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMS MOI B2TKS 

R 45 HEADLAMPS CLEANERS MOI, MOT VTCC 

R 46 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS MOI, MOT VTCC 

R 47 EXHAUST EMISSION (MOPED) MOE, MOT BTMP, 

R 48 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS MOT VTCC 

R 49 DIESEL EMISSION MOE, MOT BTMP, 

R 50 LIGHTS (MOPED, MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC AISI 

UN Regulations Technical 

Requirement (Appendix) 

Available SNI & 

Mandatory 

Regulation 

Current Status 

Experts* 

* 

Potential Problems Improvement 

Technicians Facilities Experts* 

* 

Technicians Facilities* 

Proposed 

Budget 

(Rough 

Estimate)

R 51 NOISE MOE, MOT 

R 52 

CONSTRUCTION OF SMALL CAPACITY 

PUBLIC SERVICE VEHICLES 

VTCC, 

Pusarpedal 

R 53 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC AISI 

R 54 PNEUMATIC TYRES (COMMERCIAL VEHICLE) MOI B4T 

R 55 MECHANICAL COUPLING MOI B4T, 

R 56 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) MOT VTCC AISI 

R 57 HEADLAMPS (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT VTCC AISI 

R 58 REAR UNDERRUN PROTECTION MOI B2TKS 

R 59 REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM 

R 60 

DRIVER OPERATED CONTROLS (MOPED, 

MOTOR CYCLE) 

MOT VTCC AISI 

R 61 

EXTERNAL PROJECTIONS (COMMERCIAL 

VEHICLE) 

MOT VTCC 

R 62 


(MOTOR CYCLE) 

MOT LIPI 

R 63 NOISE (MOPED) MOE, MOT 

VTCC, 

Pusarpedal 

R 64 

TEMPORARY-USE SPARE WHEELS/TYRES 

AND RUN FLAT TYRES 

MOI B4T 

R 65 SPECIAL WARNING LIGHTS 

R 66 

STRENGTH OF SUPER STRUCTURE (LARGE 

PASSENGER VEHICLE) 

MOT VTCC 

R 67 SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT OF VEHICLE USING 

R 68 MEASUREMENT OF THE MAXIMUM SPEED 

R 69 Rear marking plates for slow-moving vehicles 

R 70 

REAR MARKING PLATES FOR HEAVY AND 

LONG VEHICLES 

MOI B2TKS 

R 71 Driver's field of vision of agricultural tractors 

R 72 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (HS1 FOR MOTOR 

R 73 LATERAL PROTECTION (GOODS VEHICLE) MOT VTCC 

R 74 INSTALLATION OF LIGHTS (MOPED) MOT VTCC 

R 75 PNEUMATIC TYRES (MOPED, MOTOR CYCLE) MOI B4T 

R 76 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) 

R 77 PARKING LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 78 BRAKING (CATEGORY L) MOT VTCC 

R 79 STEERING EQUIPMENT MOI B2TKS 

R 80 SEAT (LARGE PASSENGER VEHICLE) MOI B2TKS, 

R 81 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS (MOTOR CYCLE) MOT B4T, VTCC 

R 82 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS (HS2 FOR MOPED) 

R 83 

THE EMISSION OF POLLUTANTS ACCORDING 

TO ENGINE FUEL REQUIREMENTS 

MOE, MOT 

BTMP, 

VTCC 

R 84 MEASUREMENT OF FUEL CONSUMPTION 

R 85 MEASUREMENT OF ENGINE POWER MOI BTMP, 

R 86 Installation of lights on forestry tractors 

R 87 DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS 

R 88 RETROREFLECTIVE TYRES (MOTOR CYCLE) 

R 89 SPEED LIMITATION DEVICES MOI, MOT VTCC 

R 90 

REPLACEMENT BRAKE LINING ASSEMBLIES 

AND DRUM BRAKE LININGS 

R 91 SIDE-MARKER LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 92 

REPLACEMENT SILENCING SYSTEM (MOTOR 

CYCLE) 

R 93 FRONT UNDERRUN PROTECTION MOI B2TKS 

R 94 

PROTECTION OF THE OCCUPANTS IN THE 

EVENT OF A FRONTAL COLLISION 

MOT VTCC 

R 95 

PROTECTION OF THE OCCUPANTS IN THE 

EVENT OF A LATERAL COLLISION 

Emissions of Pollutants by Compression Ignition 

MOT VTCC 

R 96 (CI) Engines to be installed in Agricultural & 

Forestry Tractors 

R 97 VEHICLE ALARM SYSTEMS 

R 98 GAS-DISCHARGE HEADLAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 99 GAS-DISCHARGE LIGHT SOURCES MOT VTCC 

R 100 BATTERY ELECTRIC VEHICLES MOT VTCC 

R 101 

EMISSION OF CARBON DIOXIDE AND FUEL 

CONSUMPTION (PASSENGER CAR) 

MOE, MOT 

BTMP, 

VTCC 

R 102 A CLOSE-COUPLING DEVICE 

R 103 REPLACEMENT CATALYTIC CONVERTERS

R 104 

RETRO-REFLECTIVE MARKINGS FOR HEAVY 

AND LONG VEHICLES 

THE CARRIAGE OF DANGEROUS GOODS 

MOI B2TKS 

R 105 WITH REGARD TO THEIR SPECIFIC 

CONSTRUCTIONAL FEATURES 

R 106 Pneumatic tyres for agricultural vehicles 

R 107 

CATEGORY M2 OR M3 VEHICLES WITH 

REGARD TO THEIR GENERAL 

R 108 

RETREADED PNEUMATIC TYRES (MOTOR 

VEHICLE) 

R 109 

RETREADED PNEUMATIC TYRES 

(COMMERCIAL VEHICLE) 

R 110 VEHICLES USING CNG MOT BTMP, 

R 111 

ROLLOVER STABILITY (TANK VEHICLES OF 

CATEGORIES N AND O) 

R 112 

HEADLAMPS (WITH AN ASYMMETRICAL 

PASSING BEAM) 

MOT VTCC 

R 113 

HEADLAMPS (WITH A SYMMETRICAL 

PASSING BEAM) 

MOT VTCC 

R 114 REPLACEMENT AIRBAG SYSTEM 

R 115 LPG/CNG RETROFIT SYSTEM MOT BTMP, 

R 116 PROTECTION AGAINST UNAUTHORIZED USE MOI LIPI 

R 117 

THE APPROVAL OF TYRES WITH REGARD TO 

ROLLING SOUND EMISSIONS 

THE BURNING BEHAVIOUR OF MATERIALS 

MOT VTCC 

R 118 USED IN THE INTERIOR CONSTRUCTION OF 

CERTAIN CATEGORIES OF MOTOR VEHICLES 

R 119 CORNERING LAMPS 

Internal combustion engines to be installed in 

MOT VTCC 

R 120 agricultural and forestry tractors and in non-road 

mobile machinery 

R 121 

THE LOCATION AND IDENTIFICATION OF 

HAND CONTROLS, TELL-TALES AND 

MOT VTCC 

R 122 HEATING SYSTEM 

R 123 AFS MOT VTCC 

R 124 WHEELS FOR PASSENGER CARS 

R 125 THE FORWARD FIELD OF VISION MOT VTCC 

R 126 PARTITIONING SYSTEM 

RE3 


CONSTRUCTION OF VEHICLE 

MOT 

Notes: 

* = still being questioned on the neccessity to include this item 

** = the need for skilled experts/engineers and also general/common engineers

Persiapan Ratifikasi Perjanjian 1958 

LATAR BELAKANG 

Berbagai issu terkait sektor otomotif dari hari ke hari menuntut perhtian dan penanganan 

yang lebih serius dengan melibatkan institusi pemerintah terkait, asosiasi yang berhubungan 

dengan otomotif, pengusaha, dan masyarakat luas. 

Hal tersebut sudah dirasakan sangat mendesak mengingat beberapa hal antara lain: 

1. Perlunya mempersiapkan Indonesia dalam rangka menghadapi Free Trade 

Agreement (FTA) ASEAN yang efektif diberlakukan pada tahun 2015. Dimana sektor 

otomotif mengacu kepada regulasi UNECE sebagai referensi /dasar harmonisasi 

menuju MRA. 

2. Perlunya upaya untuk meningkatkan tingkat keselamatan kendaraan bermotor 

melalui penerapan standar dan regulasi yang diakui secara global yaitu regulasi UN 

melalui Uji Tipe Kendaraan Bermotor. Hal ini sejalan dengan Rencana Umum 

Nasional Keselamatan (RUNK) Jalan, dimana kendaraan yang berkeselamatan 

merupakan salah satu pilarnya. 

3. Perlunya upaya untuk mendorong efisiensi industri dan dalam rangka merangsang 

industri otomotif Indonesia menjadi basis produksi serta peningkatan ekspor. 

Regulasi UNECE sebagai regulasi teknis KBM untuk saling pengakuan di pasar global. 

4. Perlunya upaya untuk menciptakan produk otomotif yang ramah lingkungan dan 

hemat energi dengan menerapkan regulasi UNECE. 

MANFAAT 

Berdasarkan latar belakang itulah, dirasakan sudah sangat mendesak bagi Indonesia untuk 

segera masuk kedalam wadah yang disebut WP29 (Working Party 29) sebagai Forum 

Harmonisasi Regulasi Otomotif Dunia yang berada dalam Struktur PBB (Perserikatan Bangsa- 

Bangsa) sekaligus meratifikasi Perjanjian 1958 (Regulasi PBB di bidang otomotif). 

Dengan masuknya Indonesia kedalam WP29 tersebut, maka diperoleh berbagai manfaat 

yaitu: 

1. Penurunan tingkat kecelakaan karena faktor kendaraan bermotor, mengurangi 

konsumsi bahan bakar, dan menurunkan tingkat emisi gas buang. 

2. Dengan tumbuhnya industri (Indonesia sebagai production base) dalam negeri akan 

dapat menciptakan lapangan kerja, mendorong peningkatan ekspor dan transfer 

teknologi.

3. Peluang penghasil devisa baru melalui peningkatan ekspor dan penghematan devisa 

melalui produk dan jasa dalam negeri. 

KEBUTUHAN INFRASTRUKTUR 

Untuk memperoleh manfaat tersebut perlu disediakan sarana dan prasarana yang 

dibutuhkan, sehingga perlu dilakukan hal-hal utama sebagai berikut: 

1. Membangun dan meningkatkan insfrastruktur lab uji (technical services) yang sesuai 

dengan standar internasioal yang terkait dengan keselamatan, lingkungan dan energi, 

termasuk penyediaan fasilitas yang terkait dengan penelitian terapannya. 

2. Penyediaan dan peningkatan kemampuan tenaga ahli yang didedikasikan dalam 

bidang penyusunan peraturan dan pelaksanaan teknis. 

LANGKAH-LANGKAH AKSI 

Dalam rangka mewujudkan tercapainya manfaat secara optimal, maka perlu dilakukan 

langkah-langkah strategis, yaitu: 

1. Penyusunan dan penyempurnaan aspek legal melalui koordiinasi dengan 

Kementerian terkait (Kementerian Koordinasi Perekonomian, Kementerian Keuangan, 

Kementerian Luar Negeri, Kementerian Perdagangan, Kementerian Hukum dan HAM, 

Kementerian Perhubungan, Kementerian Perindustrian). 

2. Membangun dan mengembangkan fasilitas uji komponen, sistem dan kendaraan 

bermotor, dengan menyiapkan usulan program pembiayaannya. 

3. Pengembangan tenaga ahli dan tenaga terampil penguji melalui kerjasama 

internasional dan bantuan teknis. 

SARAN TINDAK LANJUT 

1. Ratifikasi perjanjian 1958 

2. Mengadopsi regulasi UNECE secara bertahap dan selektif 

3. Mengusulkan untuk menggunakan jasa konsultan yang berpengalaman

Preparation for the Ratification to the 


BACKGROUND 

The many issues related to the automotive sector that are emerging on a daily basis has 

called for more serious attention and management by engaging related institutions, 

associations in the automotive sector, industries, and the wide community. 

This has become an extremely urgent issue given the following conditions present: 

1. The need to prepare Indonesia to face the Free Trade Agreement (FTA) of ASEAN 

that will come into effect by 2015; where the automotive sector will refer to the UN 

Regulation as a main reference or basis of harmonization towards the ASEAN MRA. 

2. There needs to be an effort in enhancing the safety level of motor vehicles through 

the implementation of standards and regulation that is globally recognized, i.e. the 

UN Regulations, in the Vehicle Type Approval. This is inline with the National Plan of 

Road Safety (RUNK), where safer vehicle is one of the pillars of this plan. 

3. There needs to be an effort to encourage efficiency and stimulate the Indonesian 

automotive industry to become a production base, as well as promoting export. UN 

Regulations are the technical regulations of motor vehicles that can facilitate mutual 

recognition in the global market. 

4. There needs to be an effort to create automotive products that are environmentallyfriendly 

and energy efficient by implementing UNECE regulations. 

BENEFITS 

Based on the aforementioned background, it is deemed urgent for Indonesia to immediately 

join the WP29 (Working Party 29) as a Global Automotive Regulation Harmonization Forum 

under the UN (United Nations) Structure as well as ratify the 1958 Agreement (UN 

Regulation in the automotive sector). 

With the accession of Indonesia into WP29, the following benefits can be gained: 




3. Generate foreign exchange through increased exports, as well as gain foreign 

exchange savings through domestic products and services.

INFRASTRUCTURE REQUIREMENTS 

To achieve the above benefits, we need to provide the necessary infrastructure and facilities, 

thus the following has to be carried out: 

1. Establish and enhance test laboratory infrastructure (technical services) in 

accordance with international standards related to safety, environment and energy; 

including provision of facilities associated with the applicable research. 

2. Provision and enhancement of capability of dedicated experts in the field of 

regulation drafting and technical implementation. 

ACTION STEPS 

To achieve optimum benefits, the following strategic steps need to be carried out: 

1. Composing and improving the legal aspects through coordination with related 

Ministries (e.g. Coordinating Ministry of Economic Affairs, Ministry of Foreign Affairs, 

Ministry of Trade, Ministry of Justice and Human Rights, Ministry of Transportation, 

and Ministry of Industry) 

2. Establish and develop test facilities of components, systems, and whole vehicles by 

preparing a proposal for program budgeting. 

3. Develop experts and skilled testing staff through international collaborations and 

technical assistance. 

FOLLOW-UP RECOMMENDATIONS 



3. Propose to use the services of an experienced consultant

IV-1. SWG2/SWG3 現地合同会合&ワークショップ資料 

(第 6 回) 


2012 年 3 月 20 日 MOI 会議室(JAKARTA)

Schedule of SWG2 and SWG2/3 joint meeting in Indonesia 

Mar 18-22, 2012 (Revised 15 Mar 2012) 

Date Schedule Accommodation/Office 

18 Sun 11:20 Tokyo/Narita(T2) JL 725 (8H) 

17:20 Jakarta/Soekarno Hotel Maharadia 

19 Man Final SWG-2 meeting (MOI Turbin Room, 11th floor) Jl. Kapten Piere Tendean 

9:00 

1) Confirmation of the IASIF study on UN Regulation adoption 

plan work sheet 

2) Confirmation of the detailed schedule and preparing items 

for the accession of the 1958 Agreement on September 2012 

3) Main focus of the FY2012 SWG2 activities 

12:00 Lunch MOI 

No. 1, Jakarta South, 

Jakarta, 12790 

Tel : +62 (0)21-79180044 

Fax:: +62 (0)21-7995290 

13:00 (SWG-3 meeting) Gedung Kementerian 

20 Tue SWG-2/SWG-3 joint meeting (MOI Turbin Room, 11th floor) Perindustrian 

21 Wed 

9:00 FY2012 SWG2 activities JI.Jenderal Gatoto Subroto 

FY2012 SWG3 activities Kav.52-53 Jakarta12950 

12:00 Lunch +62 (0)21-5251901 

13:00 Tentative schedule for FY 2012 SWG2/SWG3 activities 

22:05 Jakarta /Soekarno (T2) JL726 (7H10) Flying Overnight 

22 Thu 7:15 Tokyo/Narita(T2) 

Dispatched From Japan: (Total:2) 

Mr. Tadaomi AKIBA:Chairman of IJ EPA SWG2 Japanese Committee (+81(0)80-3451-8765) 

Mr. Jiro DOI:JASIC secretariat (+81-(0)90-8726-5260)

Draft agenda of the next SWG2 mtg on March 19 and the 

SWG2/SWG3 joint mtg on March 20, 2012 

1) Confirmation of the IASIF study on UN Regulation adoption plan 

work sheet 

• When will IASIF complete to fill up the worksheet? 

WE HAVE ALREADY DONE BUT THERE ARE SEVERAL 

ISSUES NEED TO BE CONFIRMED AMONG STAKEHOLDERS 

• Which UN Regulations are difficult to adopt in Indonesia? 

MOST OF UN REGULATIONS ARE DIFFICULT TO BE 

ADOPTED, SEVERAL (TWO OR THREE) ITEMS COULD BE 

REALISTICALLY ADOPTED 

• Why those UN Regulations are difficult to adopt in 

Indonesia ? 

INDUSTRY FACILITIES ,COMMON TECHNOLOGY 

INFRASTRUCTURES, SKILLED HUMAN RESOURCES ARE 

NOT READY YET 

2) Confirmation of the detailed schedule and preparing items for the 

accession of the 1958 Agreement on September 2012 

1

2) Confirmation of the detailed schedule and preparing items for the 

accession of the 1958 Agreement on September 2012 

4 


TH WEEK OF MARCH, FINAL CONFIRMATION MEETING 

BETWEEN TWO DG’S & INDUSTRIES. 

BEGINNING 2ND WEEK OF APRIL TO MAY, MEETINGS WITH 

MINISTRY OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS (MOFA). 

BEGINNING OF JUNE TO JULY, SOCIALIZATION TO ALL 

STAKEHOLDERS 

AUGUST TO SEPTEMBER, PREPARATION AND DRAFT OF 

NOTIFICATION DOCUMENT. 

• Which UN Regulations will be adopted in Indonesia? 

• Why those UN Regulations will be adopted? 

•How should improve the Indonesian regulatory system for 

WVTA using UN Regulations? 

2


• Which UN Regulations will be adopted in Indonesia? 

PRIORITY AMONG 19 UN REGULATIONS 

FOR 2W : EXHAUST EMISSION R40 (EURO 3) & NOISE 

EMISSION R41.01 

FOR 4W : TYRE (R30),SAFETY BELT ANCHORAGE 

(R14),SAFETY BELT (R16), SAFETY GLASS (R43) 

•Why those UN Regulations will be adopted? 

URGENT AND AVAILABILITY OF TECHNICAL SERVICES 

•How should improve the Indonesian regulatory system for 

WVTA using UN Regulations? 

WE SHOULD STUDY IN DEPTH AND COMPREHENSIVE 

TOWARD THE NECESSARY OF REGULATORY IMPROVEMENT 

3

Detailed schedule and preparing items for the accession of 

the 1958 Agreement on September 2012 

Tentative IASIF long schedule for the accession of the 1958 

Agreement and implementation of the new VTA (to be confirmed) 

No 4 to be replaced to 2012 

Detailed schedule and preparatory works for the accession of the 

1958 Agreement (to be confirmed) 

4

FY2012 SWG2 action plan (Tentative) 

1) Initial conditions and action items 

To realize of the Indonesian accession to the 1958 Agreement on 

September 2012 

The detailed plan will be discussed on the above in the next SWG2 

meeting and the SWG2/SWG3 joint meetings 

2) Action items 

To hold SWG2 meetings (4 times) for consulting for IASIF activities 

To hold SWG2 workshops (4 times) for enhancing of the capability of 

the certain testing institutes (including discussion and proposal on the 

improvement of Indonesian WVTA system and regulations) 

3) Tentative schedule for the four workshops 

•#1 WS: Review of the IASIF proposal of the UN Regulation adoption 

plan( on the beginning of Sep. 2012) 

•#2 WS: Proposal for enhancing of a certain testing institute to be Tec. 

Services(on the beginning of Oct. 2012) 

•#3 WS: Proposal for enhancing of a certain testing institute to be Tec. 

Services(on the beginning of Nov. 2012) 

•#4 WS: Improvement of the Indonesia WVTA system and regulations 

( on the end of Jan. 2013) 

5

Tentative schedule for FY 2012 SWG2 activities 

Action items 

(1) SWG2 workshops in 

Indonesia 

(2) SWG2 meetings 

July- Sep. 

Review of the 

IASIF proposal of 

the UN Regulation 

adoption plan 

Beginning 

of Sep. 

#1SWG2 

Beginning 

of Oct. 

Oct.-Dec. 

Proposal 

for 

enhancing 

of a certain 

testing 

institute to 

be Tec. 

Services 

Beginning 

of Nov. 

Jan. - March 

#4SWG2 

☆ ☆ 

☆ 

☆ 

Beginning 

of Sep. 

Proposal 

for 

enhancing 

of a certain 

testing 

institute to 

be Tec. 

Services 

#2SWG2 

Beginning 

of Oct. 

#3SWG2 

Beginning 

of Nov. 

End of Jan. 

Improvement 

of the 

Indonesia 

WVTA system 

and 

regulations 

End of Jan. 

Plenary 

mtg 

☆ 

End of 

March 

6

FISKI STUDY ON UN ECE REGULATION, REGULATION FOR TYPE APPROVAL FOR COMPONENT AND VEHICLES IN INDONESIA 

No 

R 1 

Main Description 

HEADLAMPS 

Detail Description 

Approval of motor vehicle with 

Body & 

A 

Body 

UN Regulation 

Technical Requirement 

Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Marking, Approval, 

Last Status from UN Web Site 

Remarks 

01 Series to original version fo the regulation, date 1. New Updated for Body 

Application Category : 4 or More Wheeled Vehicle 2-3 Wheeled Vehicles Approval 

Authority 

M1 M2 M3 N1 N2 N3 O1 O2 O3 O4 L1 L2 L3 L4 

Incharge 

v v v v v v v v v v v v v v MOI 

Technical 

Services 

B4T 

Related 

Associations 

GIAMM 

Current Status 

1. Related regulation is not 

When to Adopt Why to Adopt 

Regulation 

Indiceted Potential Problems 

Standard Experts Technicians Facilities 

Improvement Plan 

Proposed Rough 

Estimate Budget 

filament lamp category R2 for 

headlamp emitting, asymetrical 

passing and or driving beams which 

incorporate lenses of glass or plastic 

Annex 1 

material, 

General Specification, Iluminations, Gauging of discomfort, entry into force :18/03/1986. 

and all Annex 

Standard headlamp, COP, Penalty for NC production, 

Amenmend Supplement 01, date entry into force : 2. Prescription UN R2 were 

Modification & extetion TA, Production definetly continue, and 

14 May 1990 

replaced by UN R37 

Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority. 

Communication : Approval, Extention for Refusal, Withdraw and Amenmend Supplement 02, date entry into force : 

Production Definitely Discontinue. 

27 Oct 1992 

mandatory for SNI 7402-2008 

2. Current Status of SNI is 

SNI: 7402-2008 available for 

filament lamp for O3 and O4 

3. Number of Industry is 

Annex 2 Special head lamp for Agicaluture, Foresty and other slow Amenmend Supplement 03, date entry into force : 

4. No. of Technical Services 

Annex 3 

moving vehicle. 

Verification of COP for Headlamp assemtrical passing or 

2 Dec 1992 

Amenmend Supplement 04, date entry into force : 

is 

5. Future plan is 

driving or both beams . 

14 Feb 1994 

Annex 4 Stability photometry perforemance. Amenmend Supplement 05, date entry into force : 

16 Jun 1995 

Annex 5 Example arrangement for approval mark. Amenmend Supplement 06, date entry into force : 

8 Sept 2001 

Annex 6 Measuring screen. Revision‐02, date entry into force : 30 Dec 1997 

Annex 7 Requirement incorparated lens with plastic material : test 

lamp, material sample and complete lamp. 

R 2 HEADLAMPS Approval motor vehicle incandecent Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Marking, Approval, 01 Series to original version fo the regulation, date 

v v v v v v v v v v v v v v MOI B4T GIAMM 1. Related regulation is 

electric lamp for headlamp emitting 

and asymetrical passing or driving 

beams or both incorporate lenses of 

glass or plastic material, 

Annex 1 

General Specification, Iluminations, Gauging of discomfort, entry into force :18/03/1986. 

Standard headlamp, COP, Penalty for NC production, 

Modification & extetion TA, Production definetly continue, and 


Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority. 

14 May 1990 

Communication : Approval, Extention for Refusal, Withdraw and Amenmend Supplement 02, date entry into force : 

2. Current Status of SNI is not established yet 


Annex 2 

Production Definitely Discontinue. 

Special head lamp for Agicaluture, Foresty and other slow 

27 Oct 1992 


4. No. of Technical Services is 

Annex 3 

moving vehicle. 

Verification of COP for Headlamp assemtrical passing or 

2 Dec 1992 



Annex 4 

driving or both beams . 

Stability photometry perforemance. 

14 Feb 1994 


16 Jun 1995 

Annex 5 Example arrangement for approval mark. Amenmend Supplement 06, date entry into force : 

8 Sept 2001 

Annex 6 Measuring screen. Revision‐02, date entry into force : 30 Dec 1997 

Annex 7 Requirement incorparated lens with plastic material : test 

lamp, material sample and complete lamp. 

R 3 REFLEX REFLECTORS Uniform provision concerning the Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Marking, Approval, Supplement 4 to the 02 series of 

**/ For Ukraine, the date 

MOT VTCC 

approval of Retro-Refleting 

Devices for power driven vehicles 

and their trailler 

General Specification, Special Specifications (Test), COP, amendments - Date of entry into force: 18 

Penalty for NC production, Production definetly continue, and Supplement 5 to the 02 series of 

Name & Address TS resposible to conduct Approval Test and 

amendments - Date of entry into force: 5 

Administrative Departements. Trasisional Provision 

June 1998 

of entry into force is 11 

October 2002. 

Annex 1 Retro Reflective devices, symbol and units Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 5 to the 02 

series of amendments, subject of Depositary 

Notification C.N.127.2001.TREATIES-1 

dated 13 March 2001 

Annex 2 Communication for Approval (Approval, Extention for Refusal, Supplement 6 to the 02 series of 

Annex 3 

Withdraw and Production Definitely Discontinue) of a type of 

retro-reflecting device pursuant to R.3 

Arrangements of approval marks 


August 2002 **/ 

Supplement 7 to the 02 series of 


Annex 4 Test procedure - Class IA and Class IIIA Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 6 to the 02 


Notification C.N.153.2004.TREATIES-2 

dated 4 March 2004 

Annex 5 Specifications of shape and dimensions Supplement 8 to the 02 series of 


Appendix Retro-reflectors for trailers - Classes IIIA and IIIB Supplement 9 to the 02 series of 


Annex 6 Colorimetric specifications 

Annex 7 Photometric specifications 

Annex 8 Resistance to external agents 

Annex 9 Stability in time of optical properties of retro-reflecting 

Annex 10 Resistance to heat 

Annex 11 Colour-fastness 

Annex 12 Chronological order of tests 

Annex 13 Resistance to impact - Class IVA 

Annex 14 Test procedure - Class IVA 

Annex 15 Chronological order of tests for Class IVA 

Annex 16 Test procedure for Classes IB and IIIB devices 

Annex 17 Minimum requirements for conformity of production control 

procedures 

Annex 18 Minimum requirements for sampling by an inspector 

R 4 REAR REGISTRATION 

PLATE LAMPS 

MOT VTCC 

R 5 SEALED BEAM 

HEADLAMPS 

R 6 DIRECTION MOT VTCC 

R 7 FRONT AND REAR 

POSITION (SIDE) 

LAMPS, STOP LAMPS 

AND END-OUTLINE 

MARKER LAMPS 

MOT VTCC 

R 8 HALOGEN HEADLAMPS 

(H1,H2,H3,HB3,HB4,H7, 

H8,H9,HIR1, HIR2 

and/or H11) 

R 9 NOISE (THREE- 

WHEELED VEHICLES) 

MOE VTCC 

R 10 UNIFORM PROVISIONS 

CONCERNING THE 

APPROVAL OF 

VEHICLES WITH 

REGARD TO 

ELECTROMAGNETIC 

MOT LIPI 

R 11 DOOR LATCHES & 

HINGES 

MOT B2TKS 

R 12 STEERING MECHANISM 

R 13 BRAKING Uniform provisions concerning the Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Approval, 

11 series of amendments - Date of entry into 

MOT VTCC 

approval of vehicles of categories 

Specifications, Test, Modification of vehicle type or braking force: 11 July 2008 

M, N and O with regard to braking 

system and extention of approval, COP, Penalty for NC 

production, Production definitely discontinue, and Name TS to Supplement 5 to the 10 series of amendments - 

conduct TA and Approval Authority, transitiononal provisions. Date of entry into force: 15 October 2008 

Annex 1 Braking equipment, devices, methods and conditions not Corrigendum 1 to the Supplement 1 to Revision 

covered by this Regulation 

6 - Erratum 

Annex 2 Communication concerning the approval or extension or Corrigendum 2 to the Supplement 1 to Revision 

refusal or withdrawal of approval or production definitely 6 - Erratum 

Supplement 1 to the 11 series of amendments - 

Date of entry into force: 22 July 2009 

Appendix 1 List of vehicle data for the purpose of Regulation No. 90 Corrigendum 1 to Revision 6 subject of 

approvals 

Depositary Notification C.N.248.2009.TREATIES- 

3 dated 30 April 2009 

Appendix 2 Type approval certificate concerning the vehicle braking Corrigendum 4 to Revision 6 - Erratum (Russian 

equipment 

only) 

Annex 3 Arrangements of approval marks Supplement 2 to the 11 series of amendments - 

Date of entry into force: 24 October 2009 

Annex 4 Braking tests and performance of braking systems Corrigendum 2 to Revision 6 subject of 


5 dated 17 September 2009 

Appendix 1 Procedure for monitoring the state of battery charge Corrigendum 2 to the 11 series of amendments 

subject of Depositary Notification 

C.N.564.2009.TREATIES-5 dated 17 September 

2009 

Annex 5 Additional provisions applicable to certain vehicles as specified Supplement 3 to the 11 series of amendments - 

in the ADR 

Date of entry into force: 17 March 2010 

Annex 6 Method of measuring the response time on vehicles equipped Corrigendum 3 to Revision 6 subject of 

with compressed-air braking systems 


1 dated 11 November 2009 

Appendix 1 Examples of simulator Supplement 4 to the 11 series of amendments – 

Date of entry into force: 9 December 2010 

Annex 7 Provisions relating to energy sources and energy storage Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 4 to the 11 series 

devices (energy accumulators) 

of amendments subject of Depositary 

Notification C.N. 792.2010.TREATIES-5 dated 23 

Annex 8 Provisions relating to specific conditions for spring braking Supplement 5 to the 11 series of amendments - 

systems 

Date of entry into force: 30 January 2011 

Annex 9 Provisions relating to parking braking systems equipped with a 

mechanical brake-cylinder locking device (Lock actuators) 

Annex 10 Distribution of braking among the axles of vehicles and 

requirements for compatibility between towing vehicles and

R 13-H BRAKING (M1) Uniform provisions concerning the 

approval of passenger cars with 

regard to braking 

Annex 11 Cases in which Type-I and/or Type-II (or Type-II A) or Type- 

III tests do not have to be carried out 

Appendix 1 Tables I, II and III 

Appendix 2 Alternative procedures for Type-I and Type-III tests for trailer 

brakes 

Appendix 3 Model test report form as prescribed in paragraph 3.9. of 

Appendix 2 to this annex 

Appendix 4 Model test report form for an alternative automatic brake 

adjustment device as prescribed in paragraph 3.7.3. of 

Appendix 2 to this annex 

Appendix 5 Trailer axle and brake information document with respect to 

the alternative Type I and Type III procedure 

Annex 12 Conditions governing the testing of vehicles equipped with 

inertia (overrun) braking systems 

Appendix 1 Figures 1-8 

Appendix 2 Test report on inertia-braking system control device 

Appendix 3 Test report on the brake 

Appendix 4 Test report on the compatibility of the inertia brake control 

device, the transmission and the brakes on the trailer 

Annex 13 Test requirements for vehicles fitted with anti-lock systems 

Appendix 1 Symbols and definitions 

Appendix 2 Utilization of adhesion 

Appendix 3 Performance on differing adhesion surfaces 

Appendix 4 Method of selection of the low-adhesion surfaces 

Annex 14 Test conditions for trailers with electrical braking systems 

Appendix 1 Compatibility of the braking rate of the trailer and the mean 

fully developed deceleration of the tractor/trailer combination 

(trailer laden and unladen) 

Annex 15 Inertia dynamometer test method for brake linings 

Annex 16 Compatibility between towing vehicles and trailers with 

respect to ISO 11992 data communications 

Annex 17 Test procedure to assess the functional compatibility of 

vehicles equipped with electric control lines 

Annex 18 Special requirements to be applied to the safety aspects of 

complex electronic vehicle control systems 

Annex 19 Performance testing of trailer braking components 

Appendix 1 Model verification report form for diaphragm brake chambers 

Appendix 2 Model reference record of test results for diaphragm brake 

chambers 

Appendix 3 Model verification report form for spring brakes 

Appendix 4 Model reference record of test results for spring brakes 

Appendix 5 Trailer anti-lock braking system information document 

Appendix 6 Trailer anti-lock braking system test report 

Appendix 7 Vehicle stability function information document 

Appendix 8 Vehicle stability function test report 


Appendix 10 Field test documentation form as prescribed in paragraph 

4.4.2.9. to this annex 

Annex 20 Alternative procedure for the type approval of trailers 

Appendix 1 Method of calculating the centre of gravity height 

Appendix 2 Verification graph for paragraph 3.2.1.5. - Semi-trailers 

Appendix 3 Verification graph for paragraph 3.2.1.6. - Centre axle trailers 

Appendix 4 Verification graph for paragraph 3.2.1.7. - Full trailers 


Annex 21 Special requirements for vehicles equipped with a vehicle 

stability function 

Appendix 1 Use of the dynamic stability simulation 

Appendix 2 Dynamic stability simulation tool and its validation 

Appendix 3 Vehicle stability function simulation tool test report 

Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Approval, 

Supplement 6 to the original version of the 

MOT VTCC 

Specifications, Test, Modification of vehicle type or braking Regulation - Date of entry into force: 15 

system and extention of approval, COP, Penalty for NC 

production, Production definitely discontinue, and Name TS to 

conduct TA and Approval Authority, transitiononal provisions. 

October 2008 

Corrigendum 1 to Revision 1 of the Regulation - 

Date of entry into force: 24 June 2009 

Annex 1 Communication concerning the approval or extension or Supplement 7 to the original version of the 

refusal or withdrawal of approval or production definitely Regulation - Date of entry into force: 22 July 

discontinued of a vehicle type with regard to braking pursuant 2009 

Appendix List of vehicle data for the purpose of regulation No. 90 Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 7 to the original 

approvals 

version of the Regulation - Date of entry into 

force: 22 July 2009 

Annex 2 Arrangements of approval marks Supplement 8 to the original version of the 

Regulation - Date of entry into force: 24 

October 2009 

Annex 3 Braking tests and performance of braking systems Supplement 9 to the original version of the 

Regulation - Date of entry into force: 17 March 

2010 

Appendix Procedure for monitoring the state of battery change Supplement 10 to the original version of the 


Annex 4 Provisions relating to energy sources and energy storage 

December 2010 


devices (energy accumulators) 

Regulation - Date of entry into force: 30 January 

2011 

Annex 5 Distribution of braking among the axles of vehicles Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 9 to the original 

version of the Regulation - Date of entry into 

force: 22 June 2011 

Appendix 1 Wheel-lock sequence test procedure 

Appendix 2 Torque wheel test procedure 

Annex 6 Test requirements for vehicles fitted with anti-lock systems 


Appendix 2 Utilisation of adhesion 

Appendix 3 Performance on differing adhesion surfaces 

Appendix 4 Method of selection of the low adhesion surface 

Annex 7 Inertia dynamometer test method for brake linings 



Annex 9 Electronic stability control systems and brake assist systems 

Apepnedix 1 Use of the dynamic stability simulation 

Apepnedix 2 Dynamic stability simulation tool and its validation 

Apepnedix 3 Vehicle stability function simulation tool test report 

Apepnedix 4 Method for determination of FABS and aABS 

Apepnedix 5 Data processing for the BAS 

R 14 SAFETY BELT Uniform provisions concerning the Body Scope, Definisi, Application for Approval, Approval, 


MOT B2TKS, B4T 

ANCHORAGES approval of vehicles with regard to 

Specifications, Test, Inspection during and after static tests Date of entry into force: 16 July 2003 

safety-belt anchorages, ISOFIX 

for saftey bely anchorage, Modification and extension of 

anchorages systems and ISOFIX 

top tether anchorages 

approval of the vehicle type, COP, Penalty for NC production, 


Operation Instructions, Production definitely discontinue, and 

force: 26 February 2004 

Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority, transitiononal 

provisions. 

Annex 1 Communication concerning the approval (or extension, or Supplement 5 to the 05 series of amendments - 

refusal, or withdrawal, or production definitely discontinued) of 

a vehicle type with regard to safety-belt anchorages and 

ISOFIX anchorages systems and ISOFIX top tether anchorage 

if any pursuant to Regulation No. 14 

Date of entry into force: 12 August 2004 

Annex 2 Arrangements of the approval mark Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 4 to the 05 series 

of amendments, subject of Depositary 

Notification C.N.1278.2004.TREATIES-1, dated 


Annex 3 Location of effective belt anchorages Corrigendum 1 to the 06 series of amendments, 


C.N.1277.2004.TREATIES-1, dated 17 December 

2004 

Annex 4 Procedure for determining the "H" point and the actual torso Supplement 1 to the 06 series of amendments - 

angle for seating positions in motor vehicles 


Appendix 1 Description of the three-dimensional "H" point machine Corrigendum 2 to the 06 series of amendments, 


C.N.551.2005.TREATIES-1, dated 15 July 2005 

Appendix 2 Three-dimensional reference system Supplement 2 to the 06 series of amendments - 


Appendix 3 Reference data concerning seating positions Corrigendum 1 to Revision 3 of the Regulation, 



2005 

Annex 5 Traction device Corrigendum 3 to the 06 series of amendments, 



2005 

Annex 6 Minimum number of anchorage points and location of lower 

anchorages 

Appendix 1 Location of lower anchorages – angle requirements only 

Annex 7 Dynamic test as an alternative to the safety-belt anchorages 

static strength test 

Annex 8 Dummy specifications 

Annex 9 ISOFIX anchorages systems and ISOFIX top tether anchorages 


R 16 SAFETY BELTS Uniform provisions concerning the Body Scope, Definisi, Application for Approval, marking, Approval, Erratum to Revision 5 of the Regulation MOI B2TKS, B4T 

approval OF: 

Specifications, Test, Requirement concerning the installation 

in the vehicle,COP, Penalty for NC production, Modification

I. Safety-belts, restraint systems, 

child restraint systems and ISOFIX 

child restraint systems for 

II. Vehicles equipped with safetybelts, 

safety-belt reminder, 

restraint systems, child restraint 

systems and ISOFIX child restraint 

and extension of approval of the vehicle type or safety belt or Corrigendum 3 to Supplement 15 to the 04 

restraint system type, Operation Instructions, Production series of amendments – Date of entry into force: 

definitely discontinue, Instruction, Name TS to conduct TA and 22 June 2005 

Approval Authority, and transitiononal provisions. 

Annex 1A Communication concerning the approval or extension or 

refusal or withdrawal of approval or production definitely 

discontinued of a vehicle type with regard to safety belt 

pursuant to Regulation No. 16 

Annex 1B Communication concerning the approval or extension or 


discontinued of a type of safety belt or restraint system for 

adult occupants of power-driven vehicles pursuant to 

Corrigendum 4 to Supplement 15 to the 04 

series of amendments – Date of entry into force: 

16 November 2005 

Corrigendum 5 to Supplement 15 to the 04 


21 June 2006 

Annex 2 

Regulation No. 16 

Arrangements of the approval marks Corrigendum 2 to Supplement 16 to the 04 


21 June 2006 

Annex 3 Diagram of an apparatus to test durability of retractor Supplement 17 to the 04 series of amendments – 

mechanism 


Annex 4 Diagram of an apparatus to test locking of emergency locking Supplement 18 to the 04 series of amendments – 

retractors 


Annex 5 Diagram of an apparatus for dust resistance test Supplement 19 to the 04 series of amendments – 

Date of entry into force: 3 February 2008 

Annex 6 Description of trolley, seat, anchorages and stopping device Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 19 to the 04 


25 June 2008 

Annex 7 Description of manikin 05 series of amendments – Date of entry into 

force: 3 February 2008 

Annex 8 Description of curve of trolley's deceleration or acceleration Corrigendum 1 to the 05 series of amendments – 

as a function of time 


Annex 9 Instructions Corrigendum 2 to the 05 series of amendments – 


Annex 10 Dual buckle test Corrigendum 1 to Revision 5 of the Regulation – 

Date of entry into force: 12 November 2008 

Annex 11 Abrasion and microslip test Supplement 1 to the 05 series of amendments – 


Annex 12 Corrosion test 

Annex 13 Order of tests 

Annex 14 Control of conformity of production 

Annex 15 Procedure for determining the "H" point and the actual torso 


Appendix 1 Description of the three dimensional "H" point machine 

Appendix 2 Three-dimensional reference system 

Appendix 3 Reference data concerning seating positions 

Annex 16 Safety-belt installation showing the belt types and retractor 

Annex 17 Requirements for the installation of safety-belts and restraint 

systems for adult occupants of power-driven vehicles on 

forward facing seats and for the installation of ISOFIX child 

restraint systems 

Appendix 1 Provisions concerning the installation of "universal" category 

child restraint systems installed with the safety-belt 

equipment of the vehicle 

Appendix 2 Table of vehicle handbook information on child restraint 

suitability for various seating positions 

Appendix 3 Table 1 - Table of vehicle handbook information on child 

restraint systems installation suitability for various seating 

Table 2 - Table of vehicle handbook information on ISOFIX 

child restraint systems installation suitability for various 

Appendix 4 Installation of 10-year manikin 

Annex 18 Safety-belt reminder tests 

R 17 SEATS Uniform provisions concerning the Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Approval, 


MOT B2TKS 

approval of Vebicles with regard 

Specifications, Test, COP, Penalty for NC production, force: 6 August 1998 

to the seats, their anchorages and 

Modification of the vehicle type and extension of approval 

any head restrains 

with respect to the seats, their anchorages and/or their head 

restraints, Production definitely discontinue, Instruction for 

use , Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority, 

Transitiononal provisions. 



Annex 1 Communication concerning the approval or refusal or Supplement 2 to the 07 series of amendments - 

extension or withdrawal of approval or production definitely 

discontinued of a vehicle type with regard to the strength of 


the seats and their anchorages, in the case either of seats 

fitted or capable of being fitted with head restraints or of seats 

Corrigendum 1 to the 06 series of amendments 

not capable of being fitted with such devices and the 


characteristics of head restraints pursuant to Regulation No. 

C.N.655.1999.TREATIES-1 dated 19 July 1999 

17 

Annex 2 Arrangements of approval marks Corrigendum 1 to the 07 series of amendments 


C.N.425.2000.TREATIES-1 dated 27 June 2000 

Annex 3 Procedure for determining the "H" point and the actual torso Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 1 to the 07 series 


of amendments subject of Depositary 

Notification C.N.814.2001.TREATIES-1 dated 23 

Annex 4 Determination of the height and width of head restraints 

Annex 5 Details of lines and measurements taken during tests 

Annex 6 Test procedure for checking energy dissipation 

Annex 7 Method for testing the strength of seat anchorages and their 

adjustment, locking and displacement systems 

Annex 8 Determination of dimension "a" of head restraint gaps 

Annex 9 Test procedure for devices intended to protect the occupants 

against displacement of luggage 

R 18 PROTECTION AGAINST 

UNAUTHORIZED USE 


R 19 FRONT FOG LAMPS MOT VTCC 


(H4) 

R 21 INTERIOR FITTINGS MOT VTCC 

R 22 MOTOR CYCLES AND 

MOPEDS HELMET 

B2TKS AISI 

R 23 REVERSING LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 24 DIESEL SMOKE MOE, MOT BTMP, 

R 25 HEAD RESTRAINTS Uniform provisions concerning the Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Marking, Approval, Incorporating the 03 series of amendmentsapproval 

of Head Restarints 

General Specifications, Test, COP, Penalty for NC production, Date of entry into force: 20 November 1989 

(Headrests), whether or not 

Modification and extension of approval of type head restraints, 

incorporated in vehicle seats 

Instruction , Transitiononal provisions, Name TS to conduct 

TA and Approval Authority, 

Annex 1 Communication concerning the approval or refusal or 


discontinued of a type of head restraint, whether or not 

incorporated in a seat pursuant to Regulation No. 25 

Annex 2 Arrangements of approval marks 



Annex 4 Determination of height and width of head restraint 

Annex 5 Details of lines drawn and measurements taken during tests 

Annex 6 Test procedure for checking energy dissipation 

Annex 7 Determination of dimension "A" of head restraint gaps 

R 26 EXTERNAL 

PROJECTIONS 

MOT VTCC 

R 27 WARNING TRIANGLES 

R 28 AUDIBLE WARNING 

DEVICES 

MOE, MOT VTCC 

R 29 CAB OF A 

COMMERCIAL VEHICLE 

R 30 PNEUMATIC TYRES Uniform Provisions Concerning The Body Scope, Definisi, Marking, Application of Approval, Approval, Supplement 10 to the 02 series of amendments - 

V V V - - - - - - - - - - - MOI B4T 

(PASSENGER VEHICLE) Approval of Pneumatic tyres for 

Requirements, Modification of the type of pneumatic tyre and Date of entry into force: 13 January 2000 

Motor Vehicles and their trailers 

extension of approval, COP, Penalty for NC production, Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 10 to the 02 

Transitiononal provisions, Name TS to conduct TA and series of amendments, subject of Depositary 

Approval Authority, 


May 2004 

Annex 1 Communication concerning the approval or extension or Supplement 11 to the 02 series of amendments - 


discontinued of a type of pneumatic tyre for motor vehicles 


Date of entry into force: 28 December 2000 

Annex 2 Example of the arrangement of the approval mark Supplement 12 to the 02 series of amendments - 

Date of entry into force: 20 February 2002 ・・/ 

Annex 3 Arrangement of tyre markings Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 12 to the 02 



August 2002 (English and Russian only) 

Annex 4 Load-capacity indices Supplement 13 to the 02 series of amendments - 


Annex 5 Tyre size designation and dimensions Supplement 14 to the 02 series of amendments - 


Annex 6 Method of measuring pneumatic tyres 

Annex 7 Procedure for load/speed performance tests 

R 31 HALOGEN SEALED 

BEAM HEADLAMPS 

R 32 REAR-END COLLISION

R 33 HEAD-ON COLLISION 

R 34 PREVENTION OF FIRE 

RISKS 

MOI Textile Lab., 

Polymer Lab. 

R 35 ARRANGEMENT OF 

FOOT CONTROLS 

R 36 CONSTRUCTION OF 

PUBLIC SERVICE 

VEHICLES 

R 37 FILAMENT LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 38 REAR FOG LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 39 SPEEDOMETER Uniform Provisions Concerning The Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Approval, 


MOT VTCC 


(MOTOR CYCLE) 

Approval of Vehicles with regard to 

the Speedometer Equipment 

including Its Installation 

R 41 NOISE (MOTOR CYCLE) Concerning The Adoption of 

Uniform Condition of Approval and 

Reciprocal Recognation of Approval 

Specifications, Modification ofvehicle type, COP, Penalty for 

NC production, Production definitely continue, and Name TS 

Table 1 Limits in terms of reference weight R for motor cycles with 

two-stroke engines 

Table 2 Limits in terms of reference weight R for motor cycles with 

four-stroke engines 

Annex 1 Essential characteristics of the engine and information 

concerning the conduct of tests 

Annex 2 Communication concerning the approval (or refusal or 

withdrawal of approval) of a vehicle type (motor cycle) with 

regard to the emission of gaseous pollutants by the engine, 


Annex 3 Type-I test (Verifying the average emission of gaseous 

pollutants in a congested urban area) 

Annex 4 Type-I test (Verifying the average emission of gaseous 

pollutants in a congested urban area) 

Annex 5 Type-II test (Verifying the emission of carbon monoxide at 

idling speed) 

Annex 6 Specifications of reference fuels 

Annex 7 Method of determining the power absorbed on the road by the 

dynamometric brake for motor cycles 

Body Scope, Definisi, Application for Approval, Marks, Approval, 

Specifications and Test, Modification of the motor cycle type 

or The Type of Silencing System, COP, Penalty for NC 


December 2002 

Annex 1 

to conduct TA and Approval Authority, 

Communication concerning the approval or extension or 


discontinued of a vehicle type with regard to the speedometer 

equipment including its installation pursuant to Regulation No. 

39 


Annex 3 Test of speedometer accuracy for conformity of production 

Uniform Provisions Concerning The Body Scope, Definisi, Application for Approval, Approval, 

Date of entry into force as an annex to the 

Approval Of Motor Cycles Equipped 

Specifications and Test, Modification of the vehicle type, Agreement 1 September 1979 

with A Positive -Igniton Engine with 

Extension of the Approval, COP, Penalty for NC production, 

regards to the Emission of Gaseous 

Pollutants by the Engine 

Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority, 

Corrigendum 1 to the original text of the 

Regulation (English only) referred to in the 


MOE, MOT BTMP, 

VTCC 

MOE, MOT VTCC, 

Pusarpedal 

for Motor Vehicle Equipment 

production, Production Definitely Continued, Name TS to 18 of 15 September 1980 

Uniform Provisions Concerning The Annex 1 Communication concerning the approval or extension or 01 series of amendments - Date of entry into 

Approval of Motor Cycles with 

refusal or withdrawal of approval of production definitely force: 24 July 1984 

regarding to Noise 

discontinued of a motor cycle type with regard to noise 

emitted by motor cycles pursuant to Regulation No. 41 

Annex 2 Methods and instruments for measuring the noise made by 02 series of amendments - Date of entry into 

motor 

force: 1 April 1994 

Annex 3 Methods and instruments for measuring the noise made by 

motor cycles 

Annex 4 Maximum limits of sound level (new motor cycles) 

Annex 5 Exhaust system (silencer) 

R 42 FRONT & REAR 

PROTECTIVE DEVICES 

R 43 SAFETY GLAZING Uniform provisions concerning the Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Marking, Approval, 02 Series to original version fo the regulation, date 

v v v v v v v v v v MOI CFC 

MATERIALS 

approval of Safety Glazing Materials 

General Requirements, Particular Requirements, Test, COP, entry into force : 


Regulation, Date of entry into force: 13 January 

2000 

Annex 1 Communication concerning approval (or extension or refusal or Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 4 to the original 

withdrawal of approval or production definitely discontinued) of version of the Regulation subject of Depositary 

a type of safety glazing material pursuant to Regulation No. 43 Notification C.N.450.2000.TREATIES-1 dated 29 

June 2000 

Annex 1A Communication concerning approval (or extension or refusal or Corrigendum 2 to Supplement 4 to the original 

withdrawal of approval or production definitely discontinued) of version of the Regulation subject of Depositary 

a vehicle type with regard to its safety glazing 


June 2002 

Annex 2 Arrangements of approval marks for components Supplement 5 to the original version of the 

Regulation - Date of entry into force: 6 July 

Annex 2A Arrangements of approval marks for vehicles Supplement 6 to the original version of the 



Annex 3 General test conditions Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 6 to the original 

version of the Regulation subject of Depositary 


February 2002 

Annex 4 Toughened-glass windscreens Corrigendum 1 to Revision 1 of the Regulation 



(Russian only) 

Annex 5 Uniformly-toughened glass panes Supplement 7 to the original version of the 

Regulation - Date of entry into force: 16 July 

Annex 6 Ordinary laminated-glass windscreens 

Annex 7 Laminated-glass panes other than windscreens 

Annex 8 Resistance to external agents 

Annex 9 Safety-glass panes faced with plastics material (on the inside) 

Annex 10 Glass-plastics windscreens 

Annex 11 Glass-plastics panes other than windscreens 

Annex 12 Double-glazed units 

Annex 13 Grouping of windscreens for approval testing 

Annex 14 Rigid plastic glazings other than windscreens 

Annex 15 Flexible plastic glazings other than windscreens 

Annex 16 Rigid plastic double-glazed unit 

Annex 17 Measurement of the heights of segment and position of the 

points of impact 

Annex 18 Procedures for determining test areas on windscreens of M 1 

category vehicles in relation to the "V" points 



Annex 20 Checks on conformity of production 

Annex 21 Provisions regarding the installation of safety glazing on 

R 44 CHILD RESTRAINT 

SYSTEMS 

MOI B2TKS 

R 45 HEADLAMPS MOI, MOT VTCC 

R 46 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS Uniform Provisions Concerning The Body Scope, Device for Indirect Vision, Definisi, Application for Corrigendum 1 to the 02 series of amendments 

MOI, MOT VTCC 

Approval of Devices for Indirect I. Regulation : Approval, Approval, Requirements, Modification of the type of (Russian only) - Date of entry into force: 15 

Vision and of Motor Vehicles with 

device for indirect vision and extension of approval, COP, November 2006 

regards to the Installaltion of these 

Penalty for NC production, Production Definitely Continued, Corrigendum 2 to the 02 series of amendments - 

Devices 

Transition provisions, Name TS to conduct TA and Approval 

Authority, 


II. Installation : Definition, Application for Approval, Approval, Requirements, Supplement 1 to the 02 series of amendments - 

Modifications of the vehicle type and extension of approval , Date of entry into force: 10 November 2007 

COP, Penalty for NC production, Production Definitely 

Continued, Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority, Supplement 2 to the 02 series of amendments - 

Transition provisions. 


Annex 1 Model of information document for type approval of a device Supplement 3 to the 02 series of amendments - 

for indirect vision 


Annex 2 Model of information document for type approval of vehicle Supplement 4 to the 02 series of amendments - 

with respect to the installation of devices for indirect vision Date of entry into force: 22 July 2009 



discontinued of a type of device for indirect vision, pursuant 

to Regulation No. 46 



discontinued of a vehicle type with regard to the installation of 

devices for indirect vision, pursuant to Regulation No. 46 

Annex 5 Arrangement of approval mark for a device for indirect vision 

Annex 6 Test method for determining reflectivity 

Annex 7 Procedure for determining the radius of curvature "r" of the 

reflecting surface of a mirror 



Appendix 1 Description of the Three-Dimensional "H" Point Machine 

Appendix 2 Three-dimensional Reference System 

Appendix 3 Reference Data Concerning Seating Positions 

Annex 9 Reserve 

Annex 10 Calculation of the detection distance MOE, MOT BTMP, 


(MOPED) 

AISI

R 48 INSTALLATION OF 

LIGHTS 

MOT VTCC 

R 49 DIESEL EMISSION Uniform provisions concerning the Body Scope, Definisi, Application for Approval, Approval, The 05 series of amendments – Date of entry 

- - - V V V V V V V - - - - MOE, MOT BTMP, 

measures to be taken against the 

Specifications and Test,Installation in the vehicle, Engine into force: 3 February 2008 

VTCC 

emission of gaseous and particulate 

pollutants from compression- 

Family, COP, Conformity of in-service vehicle/engine, 

Penalty for NC production, Modification and Extension of 

Erratum to revision 4 (English and French only) 

ignition engines for use in vehicles, 

Approval of the approved type, Production Definitely 

and the emission of gaseous Appendix 1 Procedure for production conformity testing when standard Supplement 1 to the 05 series of amendments – 

pollutants from positive-ignition 

deviation is satisfactory 


engines fuelled with natural gas or 

liquefied petroleum gas for use in 

vehicles 

Uniform provisions concerning the 

Appendix 2 

Appendix 3 

Procedure for production conformity testing when standard Supplement 2 to the 05 series of amendments – 

deviation is unsatisfactory or unavailable 

Date of entry into force: 19 August 2011 

Procedure for production conformity testing at manufacturer's Corrigendum to Supplement 2 to the 05 series of 

measures to be taken against the 

request 

amendments – Date of entry into force: 19 

emission of gaseous and particulate 

August 2011 

pollutants from compression- Appendix 4 Determination of system equivalence Supplement 3 to the 05 series of amendments 

ignition engines for use in vehicles, 

– Date of entry into force: 9 December 2010] 

and the emission of gaseous 

pollutants from positive-ignition 

Annex 1 Information document 

engines fuelled with natural gas or 

liquefied petroleum gas for use in 

hi l 

Appendix 1 

Appendix 2 

Essential characteristics of the (parent) engine and 

information concerning the conduct of tests 

Essential characteristics of the engine family 

Appendix 3 Essential characteristics of the engine type within the family 

Appendix 4 Characteristics of the engine-related vehicle parts 

Appendix 5 OBD-related information 

Annex 2A Communication concerning the approval or extension or 

refusal or withdrawal of 

approval or production definitively discontinued of a 

compression-ignition (C.I.) engine 

type or family (Diesel or Ethanol), or a positive-ignition (P.I.) 

engine type or family (NG or LPG), as a separate technical unit 

with regard to the emission of pollutants pursuant to 

Regulation No. 49, 05 series of amendments 

Appendix OBD related information 

Annex 2B Communication concerning the approval or extension or 

refusal or withdrawal of 

approval or production definitively discontinued of a vehicle 

type with regard to the emission of gaseous and particulate 

pollutants pursuant to Regulation No. 49 


Annex 4A Test procedure 

Appendix 1 ESC and ELR test cycles 

Appendix 2 ETC test cycle 

Appendix 3 ETC engine dynamometer schedule 

Appendix 4 Measurement and sampling procedures 

Appendix 5 Calibration procedure 

Appendix 6 Carbon flow check 

Appendix 7 Analytical and sampling systems 

Annex 4B Test procedure for compression-ignition (C.I.) engines and 

positive-ignition (P.I.) engines fuelled with natural gas (NG) or 

liquefied petroleum gas (LPG) incorporating the world-wide 

harmonized heavy-duty certification (WHDC, global technical 

regulation (gtr) No. 4) 

Appendix 1 WHTC engine dynamometer schedule 

Appendix 2 Diesel reference fuel 

Appendix 3 Measurement equipment 

Appendix 4 Statistics 

Appendix 5 Carbon flow check 

Appendix 6 Example of calculation procedure 

Appendix 7 Intallation of auxiliaries and equipment for emissions test 

Annex 5 Technical characteristics of reference fuel prescribed for 

approval tests and to verify the conformity of production 

Annex 6 Example of calculation procedure 

Annex 7 Procedures for conducting the test for durability of emission 

control systems 

Annex 8 Conformity of in-service vehicles/engines 

Annex 9A On-board diagnostic systems (OBD) 

Appendix On-board diagnostic (OBD) system approval tests 

Annex 9B Technical requirements for on-board diagnostic systems 

Appendix 1 Approval of installation of OBD systems 

Appendix 2 Malfunctions - Illustration of the DTC status – Illustration of 

the MI and counters activation schemes 

Appendix 3 Monitoring requirements 

Appendix 4 Technical compliance report 

Appendix 5 Freeze frame and data stream information 

Appendix 6 Reference standard documents 

Appendix 7 Documentation regarding OBD related information 

Annex 9C Technical requirements for assessing the in-use performance 

of on-board diagnostic systems (OBD) 

Appendix Groups of monitors 

Annex 10 Technical requirements on Off-Cycle Emissions (OCE) 

R 50 LIGHTS (MOPED, 

MOTOR CYCLE) 

MOT VTCC AISI 

R 51 NOISE Concerning the adoption of uniform Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Marking, Approval, 02 series to the original version of the Regulation, 

MOE, MOT VTCC, 

technical prescriptions for wheeled 

vehicles, equipment and parts which 

can be fitted and/or be used on 

Annex 1 

Specification, Modification & extetion TA, COP, Penalty for NC Date of entry into force: 18 April 1995 

production, Production definetly continue, Transistion Periode 

and Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority. 

Communication Supplement 1 to the 02 series of amendments, 

Pusarpedal 

Date of entry into force: 05 May 1996 

Annex 2 Arrangements of the approval mark Corrigendum 1 to the 02 series of amendments, 


Annex 3 Methods and instruments for measuring the noise made by Corrigendum 2 to the 02 series of amendments, 

motor vehicles (measurement method A) 

Date of entry into force: 11 Mars 1998 

Appendix Measuring positions for vehicles in motion Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 3 to 02 series of 

amendments Date of entry into force: 07 March 

Annex 4 Classification of vehicles Supplement 4 to 02 series of amendments, Date of 

entry into force: 02 February 2007 

Annex 5 Silencing systems containing acoustically absorbing fibrous mateSupplement 5 to 02 series of amendments, Date of 

entry into force: 18 June 2007 

Appendix Figure 3 Supplement 6 to 02 series of amendments ‐ Date of 

entry into force: 03 February 2008 

Annex 6 Compressed air noise Supplement 7 to 02 series of amendments, Date of 

entry into force: 30 January 2011 

Annex 7 Checks on conformity of production Corrigendum 3 to 02 series of amendments, Date 

of entry into force: 09 March 2011 

Appendix Figure 1 

Annex 8 Specifications for the test site 

Annex 9 Vehicle test data pursuant to measurement method B 

Annex 10 Methods and instruments for measuring the noise made by 

motor vehicles, (measurement method B) 

R 52 CONSTRUCTION OF 

SMALL CAPACITY 

PUBLIC SERVICE 

VEHICLES 


LIGHTS (MOTOR 

MOT VTCC AISI 

R 54 PNEUMATIC TYRES Concerning The Adoption of Body Scope, Definisi, Marking, Application of Approval, Approval, Corrigendum 1 to Revision 1 of the Regulation 

MOI B4T 

(COMMERCIAL Uniform Technical Prescription for 

Specification, Modification & extetionof tyre Type, COP, subject of Depositary Notification 

VEHICLE) 

Wheeled Vehicles, Equipment and 

Penalty for NC production, Production definetly continue, C.N.438.1997.TREATIES-107 dated 14 November 

Parts which can be Fitted and/or 

and Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority. 1997 

be used on wheeled vehicles and Annex 1 Communication concerning the approval or extension or Supplement 10 to the original version of the 

the conditions for reciproca; 

refusal or withdrawal of approval or production definitely Regulation - Date of entry into force: 24 May 

Approval Granted on The Bassis of 

discontinued of a type of pneumatic tyre for motor vehicles 1998 

These Prescriptions. 


Uniform provisions concerning the Annex 2 Arrangements of the approval mark Supplement 11 to the original version of the 

approval of pneumatic tyres for 


commercial vehicles and their 

trailers 

February 1999 

Annex 3 Arrangement of tyre markings Supplement 12 to the original version of the 


December 2000 

Annex 4 List of symbols of load-capacity indices Supplement 13 to the original version of the 

Regulation - Date of entry into force: 29 March 

2001 

Annex 5 Tyre-size designation and dimensions: Part I - European tyres; Supplement 14 to the original version of the 

Part II - United States tyres 


February 2002 **/ 

Annex 6 Method of measuring pneumatic tyres Supplement 15 to the original version of the 


October 2003 

Annex 7 Procedure for load/speed endurance tests 

Appendix 1 Endurance-test programme 

Appendix 2 Relation between the pressure index and the units of pressure 

Annex 8 Variation of load capacity with speed commercial vehicle tyres, 

radial and diagonal 

R 55 MECHANICAL MOI B4T, B2TKS 

R 56 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) MOT VTCC AISI

R 57 HEADLAMPS (MOTOR 

CYCLE) 

MOT VTCC AISI 

R 58 REAR UNDERRUN 

PROTECTION 

MOI B2TKS 

R 59 REPLACEMENT 

SILENCING SYSTEM 

R 60 DRIVER OPERATED Uniform Provision Concerning The Body Scope, Definisi, Marking, Application of Approval, Approval, Date of entry into force as an annex to the 

MOT VTCC AISI 

CONTROLS (MOPED, Approval Two-Wheeled Motor 

General requirements, Special Requirements, Specification, Agreement 1July 1984 

MOTOR CYCLE) Cycleand Mopeds with regards to 

Modificationof Vehicle Type, COP, Penalty for NC production, 

Driver-Operate Controls including 

Production definetly continue, and Name TS to conduct TA 

The Identification of Controls, Tell- 

Tales, and Idicators 

and Approval Authority, Transitional provisions 

Annex 1 Communication concerning the approval (or extension or 


discontinued) of Vehicle type wth regards to driver-operate 

persuant to Regulation No.60 

Annex 2 Arrangements of the approval mark 

Annex 3 Special provisons relating to lever 

Annex 4 Controls, Tell-Tales, and Idicators for which, when fitted 

identification is mandatory, and symbol to be used for this 

R 61 EXTERNAL 

PROJECTIONS 

(COMMERCIAL 

MOT VTCC 



(MOTOR CYCLE) 

MOT LIPI 

R 63 NOISE (MOPED) MOE, MOT VTCC, 

Pusarpedal 

R 64 TEMPORARY-USE 

SPARE 

WHEELS/TYRES AND 

MOI B4T 

R 65 SPECIAL WARNING 

LIGHTS 

R 66 STRENGTH OF SUPER 

STRUCTURE (LARGE 


MOT VTCC 

R 67 SPECIFIC EQUIPMENT 

OF VEHICLE USING 

R 68 MEASUREMENT OF 

THE MAXIMUM SPEED 

R 69 Rear marking plates for slow-moving vehicles 

R 70 REAR MARKING Concerning The Adoption of Body Scope, Definisi, Marking, Application of Approval, Approval, The 01 series of amendments - Date of entry 

MOI B2TKS 

PLATES FOR HEAVY Uniform Technical Prescription for 

General Specification, Special Specification (test), 

into force: 27 September 1997 

AND LONG VEHICLES Wheeled Vehicles, Equipment and 

Modifications and extension of approval or rear marking plates 


for heavy and long vehicles , COP, Penalty for NC production, 

be used on wheeled vehicles and 

Production definetly continue, Remark Concerning Dimension, Corrigendum 1 to the 01 series of amendments, 

the conditions for reciprocal; 

Transitional Provision and Name TS to conduct TA and subject of Depositary notification 

Approval Authority. 


Annex 1 The CIE co‑ordinate system Corrigendum 2 to the 01 series of amendments, 

subject of Depositary notification 

C.N.1281.2004.TREATIES-1 dated 17 December 

2004 

Annex 2 Communication concerning the approval or refusal or Supplement 1 to the 01 series of amendments - 

extension or withdrawal of approval or production definitely Date of entry into force: 3 January 1998 

discontinued of a type of rear marking plate, pursuant to 

Annex 3 Arrangement of the approval mark Supplement 2 to the 01 series of amendments - 


Annex 4 Test procedure Supplement 3 to the 01 series of amendments - 

Date of entry into force: 12 September 2001 

Annex 5 Specifications of shape and dimensions ‑ Shape and Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 3 to the 01 series 

dimensions of retro-reflective/fluorescent rear marking of amendments, subject of Depositary 

plate(s) 

notification C.N.554.2005.TREATIES-1 dated 15 

Annex 6 Colorimetric specifications Supplement 4 to the 01 series of amendments - 


Annex 7 Photometric specifications Supplement 5 to the 01 series of amendments - 


Annex 8 Resistance to external agents Supplement 6 to the 01 series of amendments - 


Annex 9 Resistance to heat 

Annex 10 Rigidity of the plates 

Annex 11 Stability in time of the optical properties of rear marking plates 

Annex 12 Rear marking plates for trucks and tractors 

Annex 13 Minimum requirements for conformity of production control 

procedures 

Annex 14 Minimum requirements for sampling by an inspector 

Annex 15 Guidelines for installation of rear marking plates on heavy and 

long vehicles 

R 71 Driver's field of vision of 

agricultural tractors 


(HS1 FOR MOTOR 

CYCLE) 

R 73 LATERAL PROTECTION 

(GOODS VEHICLE) 

MOT VTCC 


LIGHTS (MOPED) 

MOT VTCC 

R 75 PNEUMATIC TYRES 

(MOPED, MOTOR 

MOI B4T 

R 76 HEADLAMPS (MOPED) 

R 77 PARKING LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 78 BRAKING (CATEGORY MOT VTCC 

R 79 STEERING EQUIPMENT Uniform provisions concerning the Body Introduction, Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Approval, 02 Series to original version fo the regulation, date 

MOI B2TKS 

approval of Vehicles, with regrads 

steering equipment 

Construction provisions, Test provisions, COP, Penalty for NC entry into force : 

production, Transition provision, Production definetly continue, 

and Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority. Supplement 2 to the original version of the 


Annex 1 Communication concerning the approval or refusal or 01 series of amendments - Date of entry into 

extension or withdrawal of approval or production definitely force: 14 August 1995 

Corrigendum 2 to the original version of the 

Regulation, subject of Depositary Notification 


Annex 3 Braking performance for vehicles using the same energy Supplement 1 to the 01 series of amendments - 

source to supply steering equipment and braking device Date of entry into force: 7 February 1999 

Annex 4 Additional provisions for vehicles equipped with ASE Supplement 2 to the 01 series of amendments - 


Annex 5 Provision for trailers having hydraulic steering transmission Supplement 3 to the 01 series of amendments - 

Date of entry into force: 4 April 2005 



R 80 SEAT (LARGE 


MOI B2TKS, B4T 

R 81 REAR-VIEW MIRRORS 

(MOTOR CYCLE) 

MOT B4T, VTCC 


(HS2 FOR MOPED) 

R 83 THE EMISSION OF Concerning the Adoption of Body Introduction, Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Approval, Corrigendum 1 to Revision 3 - Erratum (English 


POLLUTANTS Uniform Technical Prescriptions for 

Construction provisions, Test provisions, COP, Penalty for NC and Russian only) 

VTCC 

ACCORDING TO 

ENGINE FUEL 

REQUIREMENTS 

Wheeled Vehicles, Equipment and 


be Used on Wheeled Vehicles and 

production, Transition provision, Production definetly continue, 

and Name TS to conduct TA and Approval Authority. Corrigendum 2 to Revision 3 - Erratum (French 

only) 

Uniform provisions concerning the Appendix 1 Procedure for verifying the conformity of production 


approval of vehicles with regard to 

requirements if the production standard deviation given by the Date of entry into force: 2 February 2007 

the emission of pollutants 

manufacturer is satisfactory 

according to engine fuel 

Appendix 2 Procedure for verifying the conformity of production 

Corrigendum 1 to Revision 3 - Date of entry into 

requirements 

requirements if the production standard deviation given by the force: 14 November 2007 

manufacturer is either not satisfactory or not available 

Appendix 3 In-service conformity check Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 6 to the 05 series 

of amendments - Date of entry into force: 25 

June 2008 

Appendix 4 Statistical procedure for in-service conformity testing Supplement 7 to the 05 series of amendments - 


Appendix 5 Responsibilities for in-service conformity Supplement 8 to the 05 series of amendments - 


Appendix 6 Responsibilities for in-service conformity Supplement 9 to the 05 series of amendments - 


Annex 1 Engine and vehicle characteristics and information concerning 06 series of amendments - Date of entry into 

the conduct of tests 

force: 9 December 2010 

Appendix 1 Information on test condition Corrigendum 1 to Supplement 7 to the 05 series 

of amendments - Date of entry into force: 23 

December 2010 

Annex 2 Communication 

Appendix 1: OBD related information 

Appendix 2 Manufacturer’s certificate of compliance with the OBD inuse 

performance requirements 

Annex 3 Arrangements of the approval mark 

Annex 4A Type I Test (Verifying exhaust emissions after a cold start)


FUEL CONSUMPTION 


ENGINE POWER 

R 86 Installation of lights on 

forestry tractors 

R 87 DAYTIME RUNNING 

LAMPS 

R 88 RETROREFLECTIVE 

TYRES (MOTOR 

R 89 SPEED LIMITATION 

DEVICES 

1. Applicability 

2. Introduction 

3. Test conditions 

4. Test equipment 

5. Determination of vehicle road load 

6. Emissions test procedure 

Appendix 1: Chassis dynamometer system 


2. Dynamometer calibration procedure 

3. Verification of the load curve 

Appendix 2: Exhaust dilution system 

1. System specification 

2. CVS Calibration procedure 

3. System verification procedure 

Appendix 3: Gaseous emissions measurement equipment 


2. Calibration procedures 

3. Reference gases 

Appendix 4: Particulate mass emissions measurement equipment 


2. Calibration and verification procedures 

Appendix 5: Particle number emissions measurement equipment 

Specification 

Calibration/validation of the particle sampling system 

Appendix 6: Verification of simulated inertia 

1. Object 

2. Principle 


4. Verification procedure 

Appendix 7: Measurement of vehicle road load 

1. Object of the methods 

2. Definition of the road 

3. Atmospheric conditions 

4. Vehicle preparation 

5. Methods 

Annex 5 Type II Test (Carbon monoxide emission test at idling speed) 

Annex 6 Type III Test (Verifying emissions of crankcase gases) 

Annex 7 Type IV Test (Determination of evaporative emissions from 

vehicles with positive-ignition engines) 

Appendix 1 Calibration of equipment for evaporative emission testing 

Appendix 2 

Annex 8 Type VI Test (Verifying the average exhaust emissions of 

carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons after a cold start at low 

ambient temperature) 

Annex 9 Type V Test (Description of the endurance test for verifying 

the durability of pollution control devices) 

Appendix 1 Standard Bench Cycle (SBC) 

Appendix 2 Standard Diesel Bench Cycle (SDBC) 

Appendix 3 Standard Road Cycle (SRC) 

Annex 10 Specifications of reference fuels 

1. Specifications of reference fuels for testing vehicles to the 

emission limits 

1.1. Technical data on the reference fuel to be used for testing 

vehicles equipped with positive-ignition engines 

1.2. Technical data on the reference fuel to be used for testing 

vehicles equipped with diesel engine 

2. Specifications of reference fuels to be used for testing 

vehicles equipped with positive-ignition engines at low ambient 

temperature - Type VI Test 

Annex 10 A Specifications of gaseous reference fuels 

1. Specifications of gaseous reference fuels 

1.1. Technical data of the LPG reference fuels used for testing 

vehicles to the emission limits given in Table 1 in paragraph 

5.3.1.4. – Type I Test 

Annex 11 On-Board diagnostics (OBD) for motor vehicles 

Appendix 1 Functional aspects of on-board diagnostic (OBD) systems 

Appendix 2 Essential characteristics of the vehicle family 

Annex 12 Granting of an ECE type approval for a vehicle fuelled by LPG 

or NG/biomethane 

Annex 13 Emissions test procedure for a vehicle equipped with a 

periodically regenerating system 

Annex 14 Emissions test procedure for hybrid electric vehicles (HEV) 

Appendix 1: Electrical energy/power storage device State Of Charge 

(SOC) profile for OVC HEV Type I Test 

MOI BTMP, 

VTCC 

MOI, MOT VTCC 

R 90 REPLACEMENT BRAKE 

LINING ASSEMBLIES 

AND DRUM BRAKE 

LININGS 

R 91 SIDE-MARKER LAMPS MOT VTCC 


SILENCING SYSTEM 

(MOTOR CYCLE) 

R 93 FRONT UNDERRUN 

PROTECTION 

MOI B2TKS 

R 94 PROTECTION OF THE 

OCCUPANTS IN THE 

EVENT OF A FRONTAL 

COLLISION 

MOT VTCC 

R 95 PROTECTION OF THE 

OCCUPANTS IN THE 

EVENT OF A LATERAL 

COLLISION 

MOT VTCC 

R 96 Emissions of Pollutants 

by Compression Ignition 

(CI) Engines to be 

installed in Agricultural 

& Forestry Tractors 

R 97 VEHICLE ALARM 

SYSTEMS 

R 98 GAS-DISCHARGE 

HEADLAMPS 

MOT VTCC 

R 99 GAS-DISCHARGE 

LIGHT SOURCES 

MOT VTCC 

R 100 BATTERY ELECTRIC 

VEHICLES 

MOT VTCC 

R 101 EMISSION OF CARBON 

DIOXIDE AND FUEL 

CONSUMPTION 


R 102 A CLOSE-COUPLING 

DEVICE 


CATALYTIC 

CONVERTERS 

R 104 RETRO-REFLECTIVE 

MARKINGS FOR HEAVY 

AND LONG VEHICLES 


VTCC 

MOI B2TKS 

R 105 THE CARRIAGE OF 

DANGEROUS GOODS 

WITH REGARD TO 

THEIR SPECIFIC 

CONSTRUCTIONAL 

FEATURES 

R 106 Pneumatic tyres for agricultural vehicles 

R 107 CATEGORY M2 OR M3 

VEHICLES WITH 

REGARD TO THEIR 

GENERAL 

R 108 RETREADED 

PNEUMATIC TYRES 

(MOTOR VEHICLE) 

R 109 RETREADED 

PNEUMATIC TYRES 

(COMMERCIAL 

R 110 VEHICLES USING CNG Uniform Provisions Concerning The Body Scope, Definisi of Classification Corrigendum 2 to the original version of the 

MOT BTMP, 1. Related regulation is not

Approval of : PART I 

Regulation, subject of Depositary Notification 

I. Specic Components of Motor 

Application for approval, Markings, Approval, Specifications C.N.818.2001.TREATIES-2 dated 23 August 2001 

Vehicles Using Compressed Natural 

regarding CNG components, Modifications of a type of CNG Supplement 1 to the original version of the 

Gas (CNG) in Their Propulsion 

component and extension of approval, COP, Penalties for Regulation - Date of entry into force: 31 

System; 

non-conformity of production, Production definitely 


II. Vehicles with regard to the 

discontinued, Names and addresses of technical services Regulation - Date of entry into force: 31 

Installation of to the Installation of 

responsible for conducting approval tests, and of 

January 2003 

Specific Component of an approved 

PART II 


type for the use Compressed 

Regulation - Date of entry into force: 12 August 

Natural Gas (CNG) of an Approved 

Definitions, Application for approval, Approval, Requirements 2004 

type for the use of compressed 

for the installation of specific components for the use of 

Natural Gas (CNG) in Their 

compressed natural gas in the propulsion system of a vehicle, 

Propulsion System 

COP, Penalties for non-conformity of production, Modification 

and extension of approval of a vehicle type, Names and 

addresses of technical services responsible for conducing 

approval tests, and of administrative departments 

Annex 1A- Essential characteristics of the CNG component 


Annex 1B- Essential characteristics of the vehicle, engine and CNG- Regulation - Date of entry into force: 4 July 

related system 

2006 

Annex 2A- Arrangement of the CNG component type-approval mark Supplement 5 to the original version of the 

Annex 2B- Communication concerning the approval or extension or Regulation - Date of entry into force: 2 


discontinued of a type of CNG component pursuant to 

February 2007 

Addendum- Additional information concerning the type- Supplement 6 to the original version of the 

approval of a type of CNG components pursuant to Regulation Regulation - Date of entry into force: 18 June 2007 

Annex 2C- Arrangement of approval marks 


Annex 2D- Communication concerning the approval or extension or Regulation - Date of entry into force: 3 


discontinued of a vehicle type with regard to the installation 

of CNG system pursuant to Regulation No. 110 

February 2008 

Annex 3- Gas cylinders - High pressure cylinder for the on-board 

storage of natural gas as a fuel for automotive vehicles 

Annex 3- Appendix A - Test methods 

Annex 3- Appendix B - (Not allocate 

Annex 3- Appendix C - (Not allocated) 

Annex 3- Appendix D - Report Forms 

Annex 3- Appendix E - Verification of stress ratios using strain gauges 

Annex 3- Appendix F - Fracture performance methods 

Annex 3- Appendix G - Instructions by the container manufacturer 

regarding handling, use and inspection of cylinders 

Annex 3- Appendix H - Environmental test 

Annex 4A- Provisions regarding the approval of the automatic valve, 

check valve, the pressure relief valve, pressure relief device 

and the excess flow valve 

Annex 4B- Provisions regarding the approval of flexible fuel lines or hoses 

Annex 4C- Provisions regarding the approval of the CNG filter 

Annex 4D- Provisions regarding the approval of the pressure regulator 

Annex 4E- Provisions regarding the approval of the pressure and 

temperature sensors 

Annex 4F- Provisions regarding the approval of the filling unit 

Annex 4G- Provisions regarding the approval of gas flow adjuster and 

gas/air mixer or injector 

Annex 4H- Provisions regarding the approval of the electronic control unit 

Annex 5- Test procedures 

Annex 5A- Overpressure test (Strength test) 

Annex 5B- External leakage test 

Annex 5C- Internal leakage test 

Annex 5D- CNG compatibility test 

Annex 5E- Corrosion resistance test 

Annex 5F- Resistance to dry heat 

Annex 5G- Ozone ageing 

Annex 5H- Temperature cycle test 

Annex 5I- Pressure cycle test applicable only to cylinders (see annex 3) 

Annex 5J- (Not allocated) 

Annex 5K- (Not allocated) 

Annex 5L- Durability test (Continued operation) 

Annex 5M- Burst/destructive test applicable only to cylinders (see annex 

Annex 5N- Vibration resistance test 

Annex 5O- Operating temperatures 

Annex 6- Provisions regarding CNG identification mark for public service 

vehicles 

R 111 ROLLOVER STABILITY 

(TANK VEHICLES OF 

CATEGORIES N AND O) 

22 

R 112 HEADLAMPS (WITH AN 

ASYMMETRICAL 

PASSING BEAM) 

MOT VTCC 

R 113 HEADLAMPS (WITH A 

SYMMETRICAL 

PASSING BEAM) 

MOT VTCC 


AIRBAG SYSTEM 

R 115 LPG/CNG RETROFIT Uniform provisions concerning the Body Scope, Definisi, Application of Approval, Marking, Approval, Revision‐01, date entry into force :30/10/2003. v v v v v v v v v v MOT VTCC, 

SYSTEM 

approval of: 

I. Specific LPG (Liquefied 

Petroleum Gases) Retrofit Systems 

to be installed in motor vehicles for 

Specifications Regarding the Retrofit System , Instruction 

LEMIGAS 

II. Specific CNG (Compress Natural 

1A Communication concerning the approval or extension or 


Gas) Retrofit Systems to be 

1A Addendum Addendum to the communication concerning a type of LPG 

retrofit equipment pursuant to Regulation No. 115 

1B Communication concerning the approval or extension or 


mandatory for SNI 7402-2008 

2. Current Status of SNI is 

SNI: 7402-2008 available for 

filament lamp for O3 and O4. 


4. No. of Technical Services 

is 


GAIKINDO 1. Related regulation is 

2. Current Status of SNI is not established yet 


4. No. of Technical Services is 

1B Addendum Addendum to the communication concerning a type of CNG 

retrofit equipment pursuant to Regulation No. 115 

2A Arrangement of the LPG retrofit system type approval mark 

2B Arrangement of the CNG retrofit system type approval mark 

3A Complete list of information for the purpose of the LPG 

3B Complete list of information for the purpose of the CNG 

retrofit system installed on vehicle type approval 

4 Description of the leakage test procedures for CNG/LPG 

systems installed on vehicles 

5 Prescriptions concerning the fixation of LPG and CNG 



MOI LIPI 

R 117 THE APPROVAL OF 

TYRES WITH REGARD 

TO ROLLING SOUND 

EMISSIONS 

MOT VTCC 

R 118 THE BURNING 

BEHAVIOUR OF 

MATERIALS USED IN 

THE INTERIOR 


CERTAIN CATEGORIES 

OF MOTOR VEHICLES 

R 119 CORNERING LAMPS MOT VTCC 

R 120 Internal combustion 

engines to be installed 

in agricultural and 

forestry tractors and in 

non-road mobile 

R 121 THE LOCATION AND 

IDENTIFICATION OF 

HAND CONTROLS, 

TELL-TALES AND 

MOT VTCC 

R 122 HEATING SYSTEM 

R 123 AFS MOT VTCC 

R 124 WHEELS FOR 

PASSENGER CARS 

R 125 THE FORWARD FIELD 

OF VISION 

MOT VTCC 

R 126 PARTITIONING 

RE3 CONSOLIDATED Consolidated Resolution on the Body Preamble, Introduction, Definition of Vehicles, Classification of 02 series to the original version of the 

v v v v v v v v v v v v v v MOT ALL GAIKINDO 1. Current related regulation 

RESOLUTION ON THE Construction of Vehicles (R.E.3) 

power driven vehicle and trailler,, scope regulation annex to Regulation, 

is 


1958 t A ti f t i t P i f t 

This revised consolidated version of the 

2. Current regulation is 

Resolution on the Construction of Vehicles 

stipulated and mandatory of 

(R.E.3) replaces TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.1, and 

Catagerization base on : 

its amendments 1 to 4 and contains all the 

Category I II III IV and V 

3. Number of Industry are 11 

compnies, they produce 

pasanger car and commercial 

5. Future plan is

Annex 1 Standard Annex on the procedure for determining the "H" 

point and the actual torso angle for seating positions in motor 

It has been completed by references to 

Regulations annexed to the 1958 Agreement, a 

standard annex on the "H" point and the actual 

Appendix 1 

vehicles 

Description of the three-dimensional "H" point machine (3-D 

H machine) 

Appendix 2 Three-dimensional reference system 

Appendix 3 Reference data concerning seating positions This document was adopted by the World Forum 

Annex 2 Proposal for guidelines on measures ensuring the audibility of 

hybrid and electric vehicles 

Annex 3 Arrangement of the LPG retrofit system type approval mark 

4. Number of Technical Services 

5. Future plan program 

Notes: 

* = still being questioned on the neccessity to include this item 

** = the need for skilled experts/engineers and also general/common engineers

Transmitted by OICA Document IWVTA-09-08 

IWVTA-09-08e 

Regulation No. 0 


INTERNATIONAL APPROVAL OF 

WHOLE VEHICLES 

Preamble 

[add description of motivation and overall concept] 

Contents 

Regulation No. 0........................................................................................................... 1 

UNIFORM PROVISIONS CONCERNING THE INTERNATIONAL APPROVAL OF 

WHOLE VEHICLES...................................................................................................... 1 

Draft History............................................................................................................. 

Preamble ............................................................................................................... 1 

Contents.................................................................................................................... 1 

1. Scope................................................................................................................. 2 

2. Definitions .......................................................................................................... 2 

3. Application for approval ..................................................................................... 3 

4. Approval............................................................................................................. 3 

5. Specifications..................................................................................................... 4 

6. Tests .................................................................................................................. 5 

7. Modification of vehicle type and extension of approval..................................... 5 

8. Conformity of production.................................................................................... 6 

9. Penalties for non-conformity of production........................................................ 6 

10. Production definitely discontinued ................................................................. 7 

11. Names and addresses of Technical Services responsible for conducting 

approval tests and of Administrative Departments................................................... 7 

12. Introductory and transitional provisions ......................................................... 7 

Annex 1: Communication ............................................................................................. 8 

Part A: Vehicles of category M1 ............................................................................... 8 

SECTION I............................................................................................................. 8 

SECTION II............................................................................................................ 8 

Annex 2: Arrangement of the approval mark ............................................................. 10 

Annex 3: Procedures to be followed during I-WVTA of vehicles................................ 11 

Annex 4: List of requirements for the purpose of I-WVTA: List of regulatory acts.... 13 

Part A: Requirements for vehicles of category M1 ................................................. 13 

Table 1: List of mandatory requirements ............................................................ 13 

Table 2: List of if-fitted requirements................................................................... 14 

Table 3: List of alternative requirements for a I-WVTA with limited validity........ 14 

Table 4: List of national or regional requirements for I-WVTA............................ 14 

Annex 5: Information document for the purpose of I-WVTA of vehicles .................... 15 

General prescriptions .......................................................................................... 15 

Part I: Identification of the variants and versions.................................................... 15 

Part II: Information document.................................................................................. 15 

A. Vehicles of category M1.................................................................................. 15 

Part III: Type approval numbers ............................................................................. 21 

Annex 6: Certificate of conformity .............................................................................. 22 

2012-03-01 page 1


Model A: UN-Certificate of conformity for complete vehicles of category M1 ....... 23 

SIDE 1 ................................................................................................................. 23 

SIDE 2 ................................................................................................................. 23 

Appendix 1: Model translation sheet for the certificate of conformity..................... 26 

Annex 7: Definition of the vehicle type ....................................................................... 29 

Part A: Vehicles of category M1 ............................................................................. 29 

1. Scope 

1.1 This Regulation applies to vehicles of categories M1 as defined in 

paragraph 2.2.1 of R.E.3 1 . It specifies requirements for the type approval of 

a whole vehicle (I-WVTA, international whole vehicle type approval). 

1.1.1 In the current implementation this regulation handles only vehicle 

manufactured in one stage or completed vehicles. 

1.2 It does not apply to the individual approval of vehicles. 

2. Definitions 

For the purpose of this Regulation and of the Regulations listed in Annex 4, save as 

otherwise provided therein: 

2.1 “Manufacturer” means the person or body who is responsible to the 

approval authority for all aspects of the type approval process and for 

ensuring conformity of production. It is not essential that the person or 

body is directly involved in all stages of the construction of the vehicle 


2.1.1 ‘Manufacturer’s representative’ means any natural or legal person 

who is duly appointed by the manufacturer to represent him before the 

approval authority and to act on his behalf in matters covered by this 

Regulation, and where reference is made to the term ‘manufacturer’, it is to 

be understood as indicating either the manufacturer or his representative. 

2.2. “Vehicle type” means motor vehicles, which do not differ in at least the 

essential respects specified in Annex 8. A type of vehicle may contain 

variants and versions as defined in Annex 8. 

2.3 ‘International whole vehicle type approval’ or ‘I-WVTA’ means the 

procedure whereby a Contracting Party certifies that a type of vehicle 

satisfies the relevant administrative provisions and technical requirements 

of this Regulation and of the regulations listed in Annex 4. 

2.3.1 ‘I-WVTA of limited validity’ means an I-WVTA which is accepted by some 

but not all Contracting Parties who are signatories to this regulation. The 

concept is introduced to allow Contracting Parties accept approvals to 

preceding amendments or to unamended regulations as listed in Annex 4, 

Part A, Table 3 

2.4 ‘certificate of conformity’ means the document set out in Annex 6, issued 

by the manufacturer and certifying that a vehicle belonging to the series of 

the type approved in accordance with this Regulation complied with all 

annexed regulations at the time of its production. 

2.5 ‘information document’ means the document set out in Annex 5, or in the 

corresponding Annex to an annexed regulation, that prescribes the 

information to be supplied by an applicant, it being permissible to supply 

the information document in the form of an electronic file. 

1 Document ECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 2


2.6 ‘information folder’ means the complete folder, including the information 

document, file, data, drawings, photographs, and so on, supplied by the 

applicant, it being permissible to supply the information document in the 

form of an electronic file. 

2.7 ‘information package’ means the information document accompanied by 

the test reports and all other documents added by the technical service or 

by the approval authority to the information document in the course of 

carrying out their functions, it being permissible to supply the information 

package in the form of an electronic file. 

2.8 ‘index to the information package’ means the document listing the contents 

of the information package, suitably numbered or otherwise marked so as 

to identify clearly all the pages, the format of that document being such as 

to present a record of the successive steps in the management of the typeapproval, 

in particular the dates of the revisions and updating. 


3.1 The application for approval of a vehicle type with regard to I-WVTA shall 

be submitted by the manufacturer. 

3.2 It shall be accompanied by the following documents and particulars: 

3.2.1 the information document containing the information required under 

Annex 5, Part II 

3.2.2 the list regulations to which the type of vehicle complies according to 

Annex 5, Part III 

3.2.3 the complete set of type-approval certificates required pursuant to 

each of the applicable regulations listed in Annex 4, Part A, Table 1. 

3.2.3.1 in case the manufacturer applies for an I-WVTA with limited 

validity, one or more type-approval certificates required by 

3.2.3 can be replaced by the certificate according to the 

appropriate entry of Annex 4, Part A, Table 3 

3.2.4 in accordance with 3.2.2 type-approval certificates according to the 

regulations listed in Annex 4, Part A, Table 2 for all respective 

vehicle systems covered by those regulations, which are fitted to the 

vehicle. 

3.3 The manufacturer shall submit the application to the approval authority. 

Only one application may be submitted in respect of a particular type of 

vehicle and it may be submitted in only one Contracting Party. 

A separate application shall be submitted for each type to be approved. 

4. Approval 

[editorial note: the marking requirements in this chapter reflect the current status of 

other UN regulations. If this marking scheme is revised (e.g. via progress in the 

DETA project) the respective prescriptions have to be updated.] 

4.1 If the vehicle type submitted for approval pursuant to this Regulation meets 

the requirements of the Regulation, approval of that vehicle type shall be 

granted. 

4.2 An approval number shall be assigned to each type approved. Its first two 

digits (at present 00 for the Regulation in its original form) shall indicate the 

series of amendments incorporating the most recent major technical 

amendments made to the Regulation at the time of issue of the approval. 

The same Contracting Party shall not assign this number to another 

vehicle type. 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 3


4.3 Notice of approval or of extension or refusal of approval or production 

definitely discontinued of a vehicle type pursuant to this Regulation shall be 

communicated to the Parties to the 1958 Agreement applying this 

Regulation, by means of a form conforming to the model in Annex 1 to this 

Regulation. 

4.4 An international approval mark shall be affixed, conspicuously and in a 

readily accessible place specified on the approval form, to every vehicle 

conforming to a vehicle type approved under this Regulation. Such 

international approval mark shall consist of: 

4.4.1 A circle surrounding the letter “E” followed by the distinguishing 

number of the country which has granted approval 2 ; 

4.4.2 The number of this Regulation, followed by the letter “R”, a dash and 

the approval number to the right of the circle prescribed in 

paragraph 4.4.1. 

4.5 If the vehicle conforms to a vehicle type approved according to this 

regulation, no approval marks with regard to approvals granted for the 

regulations listed in annex 4 need to be affixed to the vehicle. 

4.6 The approval mark shall be clearly legible and be indelible. 

4.7 The approval mark shall be placed close to or on the vehicle data plate 

affixed by the manufacturer. 

4.8 Annex 2 to this Regulation gives an example of the arrangement of the 

approval mark. 

5. Specifications 


The procedures of Annex 3 shall be followed 

5.1.1 A vehicle shall meet the prescribed requirements of this Regulation 

as well as those specified in the regulations required in Annex 4. 

This shall be demonstrated by type-approval certificates according 

to those regulations. 

5.1.2 For a I-WVTA to be recognized in all Contracting Parties who are 

signatories to this regulation this includes: 

5.1.2.1 Compliance to all regulations listed in Annex 4, Part A, Table 

1 

5.1.2.2 If the respective systems are fitted on the vehicle compliance 

to all regulations listed in Annex 4, Part A, Table 2. 

Contracting Parties can choose to mandate one or more 

systems covered by Table 2. In that case, the corresponding 

requirements have to be met in order for the I-WVTA to be 

recognized in said Contracting Party. 

5.1.3. For an I-WVTA with limited validity one or more type-approval 

certificates required by 3.2.3 can be replaced by the certificate 

according to the appropriate entry of Annex 4, Part A, Table 3. 

In this case systems covered by Annex 4, Part A, Table 2 can also 

be omitted if they are not mandated by the Contracting Parties for 

which validity of the approval is sought. 

However, if the respective systems are fitted on the vehicle they 

need to comply with the requirements of the corresponding entry of 

Table 2. 

2 see annex 3 of Document ECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 4



5.2.1 The manufacturer, in his capacity as the holder of an I-WVTA, shall 

deliver a certificate of conformity (CoC) to accompany each vehicle 

that is manufactured in conformity with the approved vehicle type. 


5.2.2 The certificate of conformity shall be drawn up in English language. 

Any Contracting Party may request a translation sheet of the vehicle 

independent information as defined in Appendix 1 to Annex 6 

mapping the generic part of the CoC into its own language or 

languages. 

5.2.3 The certificate of conformity shall be designed to prevent forgery. To 

that end, the paper used shall be protected either by coloured 

graphics or by a watermark in the form of the manufacturer’s 

identification mark. 

5.2.4 The certificate of conformity shall be completed in its entirety and 

shall not contain restrictions as regards the use of the vehicle other 

than those provided for in a UN regulation. 

5.2.5 Without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph 5.2.1, the 

manufacturer may transmit data or information contained in the 

certificate of conformity by electronic means to the registration 

authority of the Contracting Party. 

5.2.6 A duplicate of the certificate of conformity may be issued only by the 

manufacturer. The word ‘duplicate’ must be clearly visible on the 

face of any duplicate certificate. 

6. Tests 

6.1 In case compliance to the requirements of section 5 is demonstrated by 

providing all required certificates covering all versions and variants of the 

vehicle type no further testing is foreseen for I-WVTA. 


7.1 The manufacturer shall inform the Contracting Party that granted the I- 

WVTA of any change in the particulars recorded in the information 

package. That Contracting Party shall decide, in accordance with the rules 

laid down in this paragraph, which procedure is to be followed. Where 

necessary, the Contracting Party may decide, in consultation with the 

manufacturer, that a new I-WVTA is to be granted. 

7.2 An application for the amendment of an I-WVTA shall be submitted 

exclusively to the Contracting Party that granted the original approval. 

7.3 If particulars recorded in the information document have changed, the 

amendment shall be designated a ‘revision’. 

In such cases, the approval authority shall issue the revised page of the 

information document as necessary, marking each revised page to show 

clearly the nature of the change and the date of re-issue. A consolidated, 

updated version of the information document, accompanied by a detailed 

description of the changes, shall be deemed to meet this requirement. 

7.4 The revision shall be designated an ‘extension’ if, in addition to the 

provisions of paragraph 7.3: 

(a) further inspections or fresh tests are required; 

(b) any information on the type-approval certificate, with the 

exception of its attachments, has changed; 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 5


(c) new requirements under any of the regulations applicable to the 

approved vehicle type enter into force. 

In such cases, the approval authority shall issue a revised type-approval 

certificate denoted by an extension number, incremented in accordance 

with the number of successive extensions already granted. 

The approval certificate shall show clearly the reason for the extension and 

the date of re-issue. 

7.5 Whenever amended pages or a consolidated, updated version are issued, 

the index to the information package attached to the approval certificate 

shall be amended accordingly to show the date of the most recent 

extension or revision, or the date of the most recent consolidation of the 

updated version. 

7.6 No amendment to the approval of a type of vehicle shall be required if the 

new requirements referred to in paragraph 7.4(c) are, from a technical 

point of view, irrelevant to that type of vehicle. 

7.7 In the case of an extension, the approval authority shall update all relevant 

sections of the type-approval certificate, the attachments thereto, and the 

index to the information package. The updated certificate and its 

attachments shall be issued to the applicant without unjustified delay. 

7.8 In the case of a revision, the revised documents or the consolidated, 

updated version, as appropriate, including the revised index to the 

information package, shall be issued by the approval authority to the 

applicant without unjustified delay. 

7.9 Confirmation or refusal of approval, specifying the alterations, shall be 

communicated by the procedure specified in paragraph 4.3. above to the 

Parties to the Agreement applying this Regulation. 

7.10 The competent authority issuing the extension of approval shall assign a 

series number to each communication form drawn up for such an 

extension and inform thereof the other Parties to the 1958 Agreement 

applying this Regulation by means of a communication form conforming to 

the model in Annex 1 to this Regulation. 


The conformity of production procedures shall comply with those set out in the 

Agreement, appendix 2 (E/ECE/324-E/ECE/TRANS/505/Rev.2) with the following 

requirements: 

8.1 A vehicle approved to this Regulation shall be so manufactured as to 

conform to the type approved by meeting the requirements set forth in 

paragraph 5. above. 

8.2. The authority which has granted type approval may at any time verify the 

conformity control methods applied in each production facility. The normal 

frequency of these verifications shall be once every two years. 


9.1 The approval granted in respect of a type of vehicle pursuant to this 

Regulation may be withdrawn if the requirements are not complied with or 

if a vehicle bearing the approval mark does not conform to the type 

approved. 

9.2. If a Party to the Agreement applying this Regulation withdraws an approval 

it has previously granted, it shall forthwith so notify the other Contracting 

Parties applying this Regulation by means of a communication form 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 6


IWVTA-09-08e 

conforming to the example in Annex 1 to this Regulation. 


If the holder of the approval completely ceases to manufacture a type of vehicle 

approved in accordance with this Regulation, he shall inform the authority, which 

granted the approval. Upon receiving the relevant communication, that authority shall 

inform thereof the other Parties to the Agreement applying this Regulation by means 

of a communication form conforming to the example in Annex 1 to this Regulation. 


conducting approval tests and of Administrative Departments 

The Parties to the 1958 Agreement applying this Regulation shall communicate to the 

United Nations Secretariat the names and addresses of the technical services 

responsible for conducting approval tests and of the administrative departments 

which grant approval and to which forms certifying approval or extension or refusal or 

withdrawal of approval, issued in other countries, are to be sent. 


With this regulation I-WVTA is introduced as an alternative to obtaining national or 

regional whole vehicle type approval. In this respect it is purely voluntary, and can be 

applied for at the discretion of the vehicle manufacturer. 

This regulation has no introductory provisions apart from the date of entry into force. 

However, when type approving a vehicle to this regulation the transitional provisions 

of each regulation listed in Annex 4 shall be obeyed for the respective vehicle 

system. 

2012-03-01 page 7




(Maximum format: A4 (210 x 297 mm)) 

( 3 ) 

issued by: Name of administration: ............................................................................... 

........................................................................................................................................ 

........................................................................................................................................ 

concerning: - APPROVAL GRANTED 

- APPROVAL EXTENDED 

- APPROVAL REFUSED 

- APPROVAL WITHDRAWN 

- PRODUCTION DEFINITELY DISCONTINUED 4 

of a type of vehicle with regard to whole vehicle type approval, pursuant to 

Regulation No. 0. 

Approval No.: ................................................................................................................. 

Extension No.:................................................................................................................ 

Reason for extension: 

SECTION I 


0.2. Type: 

0.2.1. Commercial name(s) (2 ) : 

0.3. Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle: 

0.3.1. Location of that marking: 

0.4. Category of vehicle (3 ) : 

0.5. Name and address of manufacturer: 

0.8. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): 

0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if any): 

SECTION II 

The undersigned hereby certifies the accuracy of the manufacturer's description in 

the attached information document of the vehicle(s) described above ((a) sample (s) 

having been selected by the UN type-approval authority and submitted by the 

3 

Distinguishing number of the country which has granted, extended, refused or withdrawn approval 

(see approval provisions in the Regulation). 

4 

Strike out what does not apply. 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 8


manufacturer as prototype(s) of the vehicle type) and that the attached test results 

are applicable to the vehicle type. 

1. The vehicle type meets / does not meet (1 ) the technical requirements of all the 

relevant regulations as prescribed in Annex 4 to Regulation UN-R 0. 

2. The approval is granted / refused / withdrawn (1 ) . 

3. The approval is granted in accordance with the procedure for new technologies as 

defined in ECE/TRANS/WP.29/1059 [reference needs to be updated once this is 

formally incorporated into the 58 agreement] and the validity of the approval is thus 

limited to dd/mm/yy (1 ) . 

(Place) (Signature) (Date) 

Attachments: 

Information package. 

Name(s) and specimen(s) of the signature(s) of the person(s) authorised to sign 

certificates of conformity and a statement of their position in the company. 

Exemplary notes: 

(1 ) Delete where not applicable. 

(2 ) If not available at the time of granting the type-approval, this item shall be completed at the 

latest when the vehicle is introduced on the market. 

(3 ) As defined in paragraph 2 to the Consolidated Resolution on the Construction of Vehicles 

(R.E.3) (document TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2). 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 9



(See paragraph 4.4. of this Regulation) 

a = 8 mm min. 

IWVTA-09-08e 

0 

The above approval mark affixed to a vehicle shows that the vehicle type concerned 

has, with regard to I-WVTA, been approved in the Netherlands (E4) pursuant to 

Regulation No. 0 under the approval No. 001234. The first two digits (00) of the 

approval number indicate that the approval was granted in accordance with the 

requirements of Regulation No. 0 in its original form. 

2012-03-01 page 10


Annex 3: Procedures to be followed during I-WVTA of 

vehicles 

[editorial note: Text in blue is not needed for the first stage of I-WVTA because that is 

limited to category M1 and single-stage built vehicles. It is up to the informal group to 

decide whether to keep this text in order to eliminate future needs for updates] 


0.1 This Annex establishes the procedures for the proper operation of the 

vehicle type-approval in accordance with the provisions of Article 5.1 


When receiving an application for whole vehicle type-approval, the 

approval authority shall: 

(a) verify that all type-approval certificates issued pursuant to the 

regulations which are applicable for vehicle type-approval cover the 

vehicle type and correspond to the prescribed requirements; 

(b) by reference to the documentation make sure that the vehicle 

specifications and data contained in Part I of the vehicle information 

document are included in the data in the information packages and 

in the type-approval certificates in respect of the relevant 

regulations; 

(c) when an item number in Part I of the information document is not 

included in the information package of any of the regulations, 

confirm that the relevant part or characteristic conforms to the 

particulars in the information document; 

(d) on a selected sample of vehicles from the type to be approved 

carry out or arrange to be carried out inspections of vehicle parts 

and systems to verify that the vehicle(s) is/are built in accordance 

with the relevant data contained in the authenticated information 

package in respect of the relevant type-approval certificates; 

(e) carry out or arrange to be carried out relevant installation checks 

in respect of separate technical units where applicable; 


The number of vehicles to be submitted shall be sufficient to permit the 

proper check of the various combinations to be type-approved according to 

the following criteria: 

IWVTA-09-08e 

Technical 






Powered axles 

(number, position and 

interconnection) 

X X X X X X - - - - 

Steered axles 

(number and position) 





2012-03-01 page 11


IWVTA-09-08e 


Level of equipment X X X X X X - - - - 

2012-03-01 page 12


Annex 4: List of requirements for the purpose of I-WVTA: 



The list of requirements to obtain an I-WVTA is structured in the following tables 


Approvals to the regulations listed in this table are obligatory in order to obtain an 

I-WVTA. 


If a system covered by the regulations listed in this table is fitted on a vehicle, 

then the respective approval is required to obtain an I-WVTA. Whether these 

systems are mandated is up to national or regional law in the respective 

Contracting Party. 

Table 3: List of alternative requirements for a I-WVTA with limited validity 

If a manufacturer chooses to apply for an I-WVTA with limited validity according to 

Article 2.3.1 then he can opt to make use of the alternatives provided in this table. 

Consequently, the validity of the approval is restricted to those Contracting Parties 

signing up to the respective entry in table 3. 

[start of text needed only when moving from step 1 to step2 in the implementation of I-WVTA, cf. 

document IWVTA-04-10: 

Table 4: List of national or regional requirements for I-WVTA 

This table lists regulations other than UN-regulations compliance to which is 

required by one or more Contracting Parties in order for an I-WVTA to be 

accepted on their territory. Compliance must be demonstrated in terms of a 

national or regional type approval for the respective vehicle system(s). 

End of text needed only when moving from step 1 to step2 in the implementation of I-WVTA, cf. 

document IWVTA-04-10] 

Note: all tables list only the requirements on vehicle level. If a vehicle level approval 

necessitates further approvals on component level, then these are considered to be 

incorporated by reference in the vehicle level UN-regulation. 

[Editorial note: all entries in the following tables of this annex are only provided for 

illustration of the concept. Filling out those tables is a task of the Informal Group I- 

WVTA.] 


Number Topic UN-Regulation Series of 

amendments 5 




1.4 Braking system 13-H 00 

… 


… … 


5 

The entry is understood as the required minimum, i.e. any later series of amendments is equally 

acceptable. 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 13



Number Topic UN- 

Regulation 

IWVTA-09-08e 

Series of 

amendments 6 

2.1 Electronic 

control 

stability 13-H 00, suppl. 11 


2.3 Tyre pressure 64 02 

monitoring system 

… 

Contracting 

Parties 

mandating the 

fitment, if any 

Table 3: List of alternative requirements for a I-WVTA with limited validity 

Number Entry 

in table 

1 

3.1 1.?? Installation of 

Lighting 

equipment 

3.2 1.?? Exhaust 

emissions 

… 

Topic Requirement 

for “universal 

I-WVTA 

according to 

table 1 

Alternative 

requirement 

Contracting 

Parties 

accepting the 

alternative 

48.05 UN-R 48.04 List of 

countries 

accepting 

vehicles 

without DRL 

83.06 UN-R 83.05 List of 

countries 

accepting 

vehicles with 

Euro 4 

[start of text needed only when moving from step 1 to step2 in the implementation of I-WVTA, cf. 

document IWVTA-04-10: 

Table 4: List of national or regional requirements for I-WVTA 

Number Topic National or 

regional 

regulation 

Contracting 

Parties 

requiring the 

approval 

4.1 Towing devices 77/389/EEC EU 

4.2 Odometer Art.46 Japan 

… 

End of text needed only when moving from step 1 to step2 in the implementation of I-WVTA, cf. 

document IWVTA-04-10] 

6 

The entry is understood as the required minimum, i.e. any later series of amendments is equally 

acceptable. 

2012-03-01 page 14


Annex 5: Information document for the purpose of I-WVTA 

of vehicles 


The following information shall be supplied in triplicate and include a list of contents. 

Any drawings shall be supplied in appropriate scale and in sufficient detail on size 

A4, or on a folder of A4 format. Photographs, if any, shall show sufficient detail. 


Provide a suitable identification of all the variants and versions (as defined in Annex 

7) within the vehicle type for which approval is sought. The identification scheme has 

to be used in Part II to transparently denote which data entries in the information 

document apply to which variant(s) and version(s) within the vehicle type. 



[editorial note: entries in blue text should be reviewed whether they are necessary for 

category M1.] 

0. GENERAL 

0.1. Make (trade name of manufacturer): .......................................... 

0.2. Type: ................................................................... .......................... 

0.2.1. Commercial name(s) (if available): ............................................. 

0.3. Means of identification of type, if marked on the vehicle (b) : 

0.3.1. Location of that marking: ............................................................ 

0.4. Category of vehicle (c) : ................................................. .............. 

0.5. Name and address of manufacturer: ........................................... 

0.8. Name(s) and address(es) of assembly plant(s): .......................... 

0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer's representative (if 

any):…………... 

1. GENERAL CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS OF THE 

VEHICLE 

1.1. Photographs and/or drawings of a representative vehicle: ........ 

1.3. Number of axles and wheels: ..................................................... 

1.3.1. Number and position of axles with twin wheels: ...................... 

1.3.2. Number and position of steered axles: ....................................... 

1.3.3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): .................. 

1.4. Chassis (if any) (overall drawing): ............................................. 

1.6. Position and arrangement of the engine: .................................... 

1.8. Hand of drive: left/right (1) 

1.8.1. Vehicle is equipped to be driven in right/left (1 ) hand traffic 

2. MASSES AND DIMENSIONS (g) 

(in kg and mm) (Refer to drawing where applicable) 

2.1. Wheelbase(s) (fully loaded) (g1) : 

2.1.1. Two-axle vehicles: ........................................................................ 

2.1.2. Vehicles with three or more axles 

2.1.2.1. Axle spacing between consecutive axles going from the 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 15


2.1.2.2. 

foremost to the rearmost axle: .................................................... 

Total axle spacing: ................................................................... .... 

2.3.1. Track of each steered axle (g4) : .................................................. 

2.3.2. Track of all other axles (g4) : ....................................................... 

2.4. Range of vehicle dimensions (overall) 

2.4.2. For chassis with bodywork 

2.4.2.1. Length (g5) : .................................................................................. 

2.4.2.2. Width (g7) : ................................................................................ .... 

2.4.2.3. Height (in running order) (g8) (for suspensions adjustable for height, 

indicate normal running position): .......................................... 

2.6. Mass in running order 

(maximum and minimum for each variant): .............................. 

2.6.1. Distribution of this mass among the axles 

(maximum and minimum for each variant): .............................. 

2.8. Technically permissible maximum laden mass stated by the 

manufacturer (i ) (3 ) : ................................................................... .... 

2.8.1. Distribution of this mass among the axles: ………………………….. 

2.9. Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle: ........ 

2.10. Technically permissible maximum mass on each axle group: ………. ...... 

2.11. Technically permissible maximum towable mass of the motor 

vehicle in case of 

2.11.1. Drawbar trailer: ................................................................... ......... 

2.11.2. Semi-trailer: .................................................................................. 

2.11.3. Centre-axle trailer: ........................................................................ 

2.11.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination (3 ) : 

............. 

2.11.6. Maximum mass of unbraked trailer: ........................................... 

2.12. Technically permissible maximum static vertical load/mass 

on the vehicle's coupling point: ............................................... 


IWVTA-09-08e 

(k ) 

3.1. Manufacturer of the engine: .................................................... 

3.1.1. Manufacturer's engine code (as marked on the engine or other 

means of identification): .............................................................. 

3.2. Internal combustion engine 

3.2.1.1. Working principle: positive ignition/compression ignition (1 ) Cycle: 

four stroke/two stroke/rotary 

3.2.1.2. Number and arrangement of cylinders: ...................................... 

3.2.1.3. Engine capacity (m ) : …… cm 3 

3.2.1.6. Normal engine idling speed (2 ) : …… min -1 

3.2.1.8. Maximum net power (n ) : …… kW at …… min -1 

(manufacturer's declared value) 

3.2.2.1. Light-duty vehicles: Diesel / Petrol / LPG / NG or Biomethane / 

(1 ) (6 ) 

Ethanol (E85) / Biodiesel / Hydrogen 

3.2.2.4. Vehicle fuel type: Mono fuel, Bi fuel, Flex fuel 

3.2.2.5. Maximum amount of biofuel acceptable in fuel (manufacturer's 

declared value): …… % by volume 

3.2.3. Fuel tank(s) 

3.2.3.1. Service fuel tank(s) 

3.2.3.1.1. Number and capacity of each tank: ............................................ 

3.2.3.2. Reserve fuel tank(s) 

3.2.3.2.1. Number and capacity of each tank: ............................................ 

(1 ) 

(1 ) 

2012-03-01 page 16


3.2.4. Fuel feed 

3.2.4.1. 

(1 ) 

By carburettor(s): yes/no 

3.2.4.2. 

(1 ) 

By fuel injection (compression ignition only): yes/no 

3.2.4.2.2. 

(1 ) 

Working principle: direct injection/pre-chamber/swirl chamber 

3.2.4.3. 

(1 ) 

By fuel injection (positive ignition only): yes/no 

3.2.7. 

(1 ) 

Cooling system: liquid/air 

3.2.8. Intake system 

3.2.8.1. 

(1 ) 

Pressure charger: yes/no 

3.2.8.2. 

(1 ) 

Intercooler: yes/no 

3.2.9. Exhaust system 

3.2.9.4. Type, marking of exhaust silencer(s): ........................................ 

Where relevant for exterior noise, reducing measures in the 

engine compartment and on the engine: .................................... 

3.2.9.5. Location of the exhaust outlet: ................................................... 

3.2.12. Measures taken against air pollution 

3.2.12.2. Additional pollution control devices (if any, and if not covered by 

another heading) 

3.2.12.2.1. 

(1 ) 

Catalytic converter: yes/no 

3.2.12.2.1.11. Regeneration systems/method of exhaust after-treatment systems, 

description: ...................................................... .............. 

(1 ) 

3.2.12.2.1.11.6. Consumable reagents: yes/no 

3.2.12.2.1.11.7. Type and concentration of reagent needed for catalytic action: 

........................................................... ............................... 

3.2.12.2.2. 

(1 ) 

Oxygen sensor: yes/no 

3.2.12.2.3. 

(1 ) 

Air injection: yes/no 

3.2.12.2.4. 

(1 ) 

Exhaust gas recirculation: yes/no 

3.2.12.2.5. 

(1 ) 

Evaporative emissions control system: yes/no 

3.2.12.2.6. 

(1 ) 

Particulate trap: yes/no 

3.2.12.2.7. 

(1 ) 

On-board-diagnostic (OBD) system: yes/no 

3.2.12.2.8. Other systems (description and operation): ................................ 

3.2.12.2.9. 

(1 ) 

Torque limiter: yes/no 

3.2.13.1. Location of the absorption coefficient symbol (compression ignition 

engines only): ................................................................. 

3.2.15. 

(1 ) 

LPG fuelling system: yes/no 

3.2.16. 

(1 ) 

NG fuelling system: yes/no 

3.3. Electric motor 

3.3.1. Type (winding, excitation): ......................................................... 

3.3.1.1. Maximum hourly output: …… kW 

3.3.1.2. Operating voltage: …… V 

3.3.2. Battery 

3.3.2.4. Position: ................................................................... ..................... 

3.4. Engine or motor combination 

3.4.1. Hybrid electric vehicle: yes/no 

3.4.2. Category of hybrid electric vehicle: off-vehicle charging / not 

(1 ) 

offvehicle charging: 

3.6.5. Lubricant temperature: 

Minimum: …… K 

Maximum: …… K 

4. TRANSMISSION (p) 

4.2. Type (mechanical, hydraulic, electric, etc.): .............................. 

IWVTA-09-08e 

(1 ) 

2012-03-01 page 17


4.5. Gearbox 

4.5.1. Type (manual / automatic / CVT (continuously variable 

transmission)) ( 1) 

4.6. Gear ratios 

Gear Internal gearbox 

ratios (ratios of 

engine to gearbox 

output shaft 

IWVTA-09-08e 

revolutions) 

Final drive ratio(s) 

(ratio of gearbox 

output shaft to 

driven wheel 

revolutions) 

Total gear 

ratios 

Maximum for CVT 

1 

2 

3 

… 

Minimum for CVT 

Reverse 

4.7. Maximum vehicle design speed (in km/h) (q) ......................... 

5. AXLES 

5.1. Description of each axle: ............................................................ 

5.2. Make: ............................................................................................ 

5.3. Type: ................................................................... .......................... 

6. SUSPENSION 

6.2. Type and design of the suspension of each axle or wheel: ..... 

6.2.1. 

(1 ) 

Level adjustment: yes/no/optional 

6.2.3. 

(1 ) 

Air-suspension for driving axle(s): yes/no 

6.2.3.1. 

(1 ) 

Suspension of driving axle equivalent to air-suspension: yes/no 

6.2.4. 

(1 ) 

Air-suspension for non-driving axle(s): yes/no 

6.2.4.1. Suspension of non-driving axle(s) equivalent to air-suspension: 

(1 ) 

yes/no 

6.6.1. Tyre/wheel combination(s) 

(a) for tyres indicate size designation, load-capacity index, speed 

category symbol, rolling resistance in accordance with ISO 28580 

(where applicable) (r ) ; 

(b) for wheels indicate rim size(s) and off-set(s) 

6.6.1.1. Axles 

6.6.1.1.1. Axle 1: ........................................................... ............................... 

6.6.1.1.2. Axle 2: ........................................................... ............................... 

6.6.1.2. Spare wheel, if any: ...................................................... .............. 

6.6.2. Upper and lower limits of rolling radii 

6.6.2.1. Axle 1: ........................................................... ............................... 

6.6.2.2. Axle 2: ........................................................... ............................... 

7. STEERING 

7.2. Transmission and control 

7.2.1. Type of steering transmission (specify for front and rear, if 

applicable): ................................................................................. 

7.2.2. Linkage to wheels (including other than mechanical means; specify 

for front and rear, if applicable): ................................... 

7.2.3. Method of assistance, if any: ...................................................... 

8. BRAKES 

8.5. 

(1 ) 

Anti-lock braking system: yes/no/optional 

8.9. Brief description of the braking system: ...................................... 

8.11. Particulars of the type(s) of endurance braking system(s): ....... 

2012-03-01 page 18


9. BODYWORK 

9.1. Type of bodywork using the codes set out in section 2. of Part A of 

Annex 7: ........................................................................ .............. 

9.3. Occupant doors, latches and hinges 

9.3.1. Door configuration and number of doors: ................................. 

9.9. Devices for indirect vision 

9.9.1. Rear-view mirrors, stating, for each rear-view mirror: 

9.9.1.1. Make: ............................................................................................ 

9.9.1.2. Type-approval mark: ...................................................... .............. 

9.9.1.3. Variant: ................................................................................ ......... 

9.9.1.6. Optional equipment which may affect the rearward field of vision: 

............................................................................. .............. 

9.9.2. Devices for indirect vision other than mirrors: .......................... 

9.9.2.1. Type and description of the device: ........................................... 

9.10. Interior arrangement 

9.10.3. Seats 

9.10.3.1. Number of seating positions (s ) : ................................................. 

9.10.3.1.1. Location and arrangement: ................................................. ......... 

9.10.3.2. Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: 

9.10.4.1. Type(s) of head restraints: integrated/detachable/separate 

9.10.4.2. Type-approval number(s), if available: ....................................... 

9.10.8 Gas used as refrigerant in the air-conditioning system: ............ 

9.10.8.1. The air-conditioning system is designed to contain fluorinated 

greenhouse gases with a global warming potential higher than 

IWVTA-09-08e 

150: yes/no 

(1 ) 

9.12.2. Nature and position of supplementary restraint systems (indicate 

yes/no/optional): 

(L = left-hand side, R = right-hand side, C = centre) 

Front airbag Side airbag Belt pre-loading 

device 

First row of L 

seats C 

R 

Second row L 

of seats C 

R 

The table may be extended as necessary for vehicles with more than two rows of 

seats or if there are more than three seats across the width of the vehicle. 

9.17. Statutory plates 

9.17.1. Photographs and/or drawings of the locations of the statutory plates 

and inscriptions and of the vehicle identification number: .. .............. 

9.17.2. Photographs and/or drawings of the statutory plate and inscriptions 

(completed example with dimensions): .................. 

9.17.3. Photographs and/or drawings of the vehicle identification number 

(completed example with dimensions): ......................... 

9.17.4.1. The meaning of characters in the second section and, if applicable, 

in the third section used to comply with the requirements of section 

5.3 of ISO Standard 3779-1983 shall be explained: ........................ 

9.17.4.2. If characters in the second section are used to comply with the 

requirements of section 5.4 of ISO Standard 3779-1983, these 

characters shall be indicated: ...................................................... 

9.22. Front under-run protection 

(1 ) 

2012-03-01 page 19


9.22.0. Presence: yes/no/incomplete 

9.23. Pedestrian protection 

9.23.1. A detailed description, including photographs and/or drawings, of 

the vehicle with respect to the structure, the dimensions, the 

relevant reference lines and the constituent materials of the frontal 

part of the vehicle (interior and exterior), including detail of any 

active protection system installed 

9.24. Frontal protection systems 

9.24.1. General arrangement (drawings or photographs) indicating the 

position and attachment of the frontal protection systems: 

9.24.3. Complete details of fittings required and full instructions, 

including torque requirements, for fitting: 

11. CONNECTIONS BETWEEN TOWING VEHICLES AND 

TRAILERS AND SEMI-TRAILERS 

11.1. Class and type of the coupling device(s) fitted or to be fitted: 

............................................................................. .............. 

11.3. Instructions for attachment of the coupling type to the vehicle and 

photographs or drawings of the fixing points at the vehicle as stated 

by the manufacturer; additional information, if the use of the 

coupling type is restricted to certain variants or versions of the 

vehicle type: ...................................................................... 

11.4. Information of the fitting of special towing brackets or mounting 

plates: ........................................................................... 

11.5. Type-approval number(s): ............................................................ 

Exemplary notes: 

(1 ) Delete where not applicable (there are cases where nothing needs to be deleted when more 

than one entry is applicable). 

(2 ) Specify the tolerance. 

(3 ) Please fill in here the upper and lower values for each variant. 

(6 ) Vehicles can be fuelled with both petrol and a gaseous fuel but, where the petrol system is 

fitted for emergency purposes or starting only and of which the petrol tank cannot contain 

more than 15 litres of petrol, will be regarded for the test as vehicles which can only run a 

gaseous fuel. 

(b ) If the means of identification of type contains characters not relevant to describe the vehicle 

types covered by this information document, such characters shall be represented in the 

documentation by the symbol ‘?’ (e.g. ABC??123??). 

(c ) Classified according to the definitions as defined in Annex 7 to the Consolidated Resolution 

on the Construction of Vehicles (R.E.3) (document TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.1/Amend.2 as 

last amended by Amend.4). 

(g ) Standard ISO 612: 1978 — Road vehicles — Dimensions of motor vehicles and towed 

vehicles — terms and definitions. 

(g1 ) Motor vehicle and drawbar trailer: term No 6.4.1. 

Semi-trailer and centre-axle trailer: term No 6.4.2. 

Note: In the case of a centre-axle trailer, the axis of the coupling shall be considered as the 

foremost axle. 

(g4 ) Term No 6.5. 

(g5 ) Term No 6.1. 

(g7 ) Term No 6.2 

(g8 ) Term No 6.3 

(i ) For trailers or semi-trailers, and for vehicles coupled with a trailer or a semi-trailer, which 

exert a significant vertical load on the coupling device or the fifth wheel, this load, divided by 

standard acceleration of gravity, is included in the maximum technically permissible mass. 

IWVTA-09-08e 

(1 ) 

2012-03-01 page 20


(k ) In the case of a vehicle that can run either on petrol, diesel, etc., or also in combination with 

another fuel, items shall be repeated. 

In the case of non-conventional engines and systems, particulars equivalent to those 

referred to here shall be supplied by the manufacturer. 

(m ) This value shall be calculated (π = 3,1416) and rounded off to the nearest cm 3 . 

(n) Determined in accordance with the requirements as defined in Annex 1 to the Consolidated 

Resolution on the Construction of Vehicles (R.E.3) (document 

TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.1/Amend.2 as last amended by Amend.4). 

Note: this annex has been deleted. Reference is needed 

(p) The specified particulars are to be given for any proposed variants. 

(q) With respect to trailers, maximum speed permitted by the manufacturer. 

(r ) For tyres of category Z intended to be fitted on vehicles whose maximum speed exceeds 

300 km/h equivalent information shall be provided. 

(s ) The number of seating positions to be mentioned shall be the one when the vehicle is in 

motion. A range can be specified in case of modular arrangement. 


Supply the information required by the following table in respect of the applicable 

subjects for this vehicle in Annex 4. (All relevant approvals for each subject shall be 

included. However, information in respect of components need not be given here so 

long as such information is included in the approval certificate relating to the 

installation prescriptions). 

Regulation Type-approval 

number 

IWVTA-09-08e 


issuing the typeapproval 

Extension 

date 

Variant(s)/ 

version(s) 

Signed: ................................................................................ ......................................... 

Position in company: ................................................................ ……............................. 

Date: .............................................................................................................................. 

2012-03-01 page 21



0. OBJECTIVES 

The certificate of conformity is a statement delivered by the vehicle 

manufacturer to the buyer in order to assure him that the vehicle he has 

acquired complies with the legislation mandated by I-WVTA at the time it 

was produced. 

The certificate of conformity also serves the purpose to enable the 

competent authorities of the Contracting Parties to register vehicles without 

having to require the applicant to supply additional technical 

documentation. 

For these purposes, the certificate of conformity has to include: 

(a) the Vehicle Identification Number; 

(b) the exact technical characteristics of the vehicle (i.e. it is not 

permitted to mention any range of value in the various entries). 

1. GENERAL DESCRIPTION 

1.1. The certificate of conformity shall consist of two parts. 

(a) SIDE 1, which consists of a statement of compliance by the 

manufacturer. This template is common to all vehicle categories. 

(b) SIDE 2, which is a technical description of the main 

characteristics of the vehicle. The template of side 2 is adapted to 

each specific vehicle category. 

1.2. The certificate of conformity shall be established in a maximum format A4 

(210 × 297 mm) or a folder of maximum format A4. 

1.3. Without prejudice to the provisions in Section 0.(b), the values and units 

indicated in the second part shall be those given in the type-approval 

documentation of the relevant regulations. In case of conformity of 

production checks the values shall be verified according to the methods 

laid down in the relevant regulations. The tolerances allowed in those 

regulations shall be taken into account. 

2. SPECIAL PROVISIONS 

2.1. Model A shall be used for the certificate of conformity of complete vehicles. 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 22


Model A: 

UN-Certificate of conformity for complete vehicles of category M1 

SIDE 1 

The undersigned [ ........................................................ (Full name and position)] 

hereby certifies that the vehicle: 

0.1. Make (Trade name of manufacturer): ................................................. ......... 

0.2. Type: ................................................................... ........................................... 

Variant (a) : ................................................................................ ..................... 

Version (a) : ................................................................... ................................. 

0.2.1. Commercial name: ................................................................... ..................... 

0.4. Vehicle category: ............................................................................. .............. 

0.5. Name and address of manufacturer: ............................................................ 

0.6. Location and method of attachment of the statutory plates: ...................... 

Location of the vehicle identification number: ........................................... 

0.9. Name and address of the manufacturer’s representative (if any): ............. 

0.10. Vehicle identification number: ...................................................................... 

conforms in all respects to the type described in approval (............. type-approval 

number including extension number) issued on ( ................... date of issue) and can 

be permanently registered in Contracting Parties having right/left (b) hand traffic and 

using metric/imperial (c ) units for the speedometer (d) . 

(Place) (Date): … (Signature): .................................................... 

SIDE 2 

[editorial note: entries in blue text should be reviewed whether they are necessary for 

category M1.] 

General construction characteristics 

1. Number of axles: ................................. and wheels: ................................. 

3. Powered axles (number, position, interconnection): ................................... 

Main dimensions 

4. Wheelbase (e) : ............................... mm 

5. Length: ............................... mm 

6. Width: ................................ mm 

7. Height: ............................... mm 

Masses 

13. Mass of the vehicle in running order: ......................... kg (f) 

16. Technically permissible maximum masses 

16.1. Technically permissible maximum laden mass: ......................... kg 

16.2. Technically permissible mass on each axle: 1. ... kg 2. ... kg etc. 

16.4. Technically permissible maximum mass of the combination: ............. kg 

18. Technically permissible maximum towable mass in case of: 

18.3. Centre-axle trailer: .......................... kg 

18.4. Unbraked trailer: ............................. kg 

19. Technically permissible maximum static vertical mass at the coupling point: .... kg 

Power plant 

20. Manufacturer of the engine: ........................................................... .............. 

21. Engine code as marked on the engine: ....................................................... 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 23


22. Working principle: ................................................................... ..................... 

23. Pure electric: yes/no (1) 

23.1. Hybrid [electric] vehicle: yes/no (1) 

24. Number and arrangement of cylinders: ....................................................... 

25. Engine capacity: ............................ cm 3 

26. Fuel: Diesel/petrol/LPG/NG — Biomethane/Ethanol/Biodiesel/Hydrogen (1) 

26.1. Mono fuel/Bi fuel/Flex fuel (1) 

27. Maximum net power (g) : ........................ kW at ....................... min -1 

or maximum continuous rated power (electric motor) ....................... kW (1) 

Maximum speed 

29. Maximum speed: .............................. km/h 

Axles and suspension 

30. Axle(s) track: 1. .................. mm 2. .................. mm 

35. Tyre/wheel combination (h) : ............................ 

Brakes 

36. Trailer brake connections mechanical/electric/pneumatic/hydraulic 

Bodywork 

38. Code for bodywork (h) : ................................... 

40. Colour of vehicle (j) : ........................... 

41. Number and configuration of doors: ......................... 

42. Number of seating positions (including the driver) (k) : ............................. 

42.1. Seat(s) designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary: ............... 

42.3. Number of wheelchair user accessible position: ....................................... 

Environmental performances 

46. Sound level 

Stationary: ......................... dB(A) at engine speed: ........................ min -1 

Drive-by: .................................... dB(A) 

47. Exhaust emission level (l) : ................................ 

48. Exhaust emissions (m) : 

Number of the base regulation and latest series of amendments applicable: ......... 

1.1. test procedure: Type I or ESC 

CO: ............. HC: .............. NO x : ................ HC + NO x : .......... 

Particulates: .................. 

Smoke opacity (ELR): .............................. (m -1 ) 

1.2. test procedure: Type I 

CO: ............... THC: ............... NMHC: ............... NO x : ............... 

THC + NO x : ...... Particulates (mass): ..... Particles (number): ...... 

2. test procedure: ETC (if applicable) 

CO: .... NO x : ..... NMHC: .... THC: .... CH 4 : .... Particulates: ..... 

48.1. Smoke corrected absorption coefficient: ..................... (m -1 ) 

49. CO 2 emissions/fuel consumption/electric energy consumption (m) : 

1. all power train except pure electric vehicles 

CO 2 emissions Fuel consumption 

Urban conditions: ...................... g/km ........ l/100 km / m 3 /100 km (1) 

Extra-urban conditions: ...................... g/km ........ l/100 km / m 3 /100 km (1) 

Combined: ...................... g/km ........ l/100 km / m 3 /100 km (1) 

Weighted, combined ...................... g/km ........ l/100 km 

2. pure electric vehicles and OVC hybrid electric vehicles 

Electric energy consumption (weighted, combined (1) ) .......... Wh/km 

Electric range .......................................... km 

Miscellaneous 

52. Remarks: .............................. 

IWVTA-09-08e 

(1 ) 

(1 ) 

2012-03-01 page 24


Explanatory Notes 

(1) Delete where not applicable. 

(a) 

Indicate the identification code. This code shall contain not more than 25 

characters for a variant and not more than 35 characters for a version. 

(b) 

Indicate whether the vehicle is suitable for use in either right or left-hand 

traffic or both right and left-hand traffic. 

(c) 

Indicate whether the speedometer fitted has metric or both metric and 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

(g) 

(h) 

(i) 

(j) 

(k) 

(m) 

imperial units. 

This statement shall not restrict the right of the Contracting Parties to require 

technical adaptations in order to allow the registration of a vehicle in a 

Contracting Party other than the one for which it was intended when the 

direction of the traffic is on the opposite side of the road. 

This entry shall be only completed when the vehicle has two axles. 

This mass shall include the mass of the driver. 

The actual mass may vary by 5 % with respect to the mass stated in this 

entry. 

For hybrid electric vehicles, indicate both power outputs. 

Optional equipment under this letter can be added under entry ‘Remarks’. 

The codes described in Annex 7 Part A section 2. shall be used. 

Indicate only the basic colour(s) as follows: white, yellow, orange, red, violet, 

blue, green, grey, brown or black. 

Excluding seats designated for use only when the vehicle is stationary and 

the number of wheelchair positions. 

Repeat for the various fuels which can be used. Vehicles, which can be 

fuelled with both petrol and gaseous fuel but where the petrol system is fitted 

for emergency purposes or starting only and of which the petrol tank cannot 

contain more than 15 litres of petrol, will be regarded as vehicles which can 

only run a gaseous fuel. 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 25


Appendix 1: Model translation sheet for the certificate of conformity 

It is envisioned that a translation sheet of the following structure is established for the 

certificate of conformity for each vehicle category and for each language required by 

a Contracting Party. 

These translation sheets facilitate the use of certificates of conformity in the 

respective Contracting Parties without the need for translation of all the individual 

data of each vehicle 

Entry 

Number 

English specification Other language translation 

0.1. Make (Trade name of 

manufacturer): 

0.2. Type: 

Variant (a) : 

Version (a) : 

0.2.1. Commercial name: 

0.4. Vehicle category: 

0.5. Name and address of 

manufacturer: 

0.6. Location and method of attachment 

of the statutory plates: 

Location of the vehicle identification 

number: 

0.9. Name and address of the 

manufacturer’s representative (if 

any): 

0.10. Vehicle identification number: 

conforms in all respects to the type 

described in approval (............. 

type-approval number including 

extension number) issued on ( 

................... date of issue) and can 

be permanently registered in 

Contracting Parties having right/left 

(b) 

hand traffic and using 

metric/imperial (c ) units for the 

speedometer (d) . 

(Place) (Date): (Signature): 

General construction 

characteristics 

1. Number of axles: ... and wheels: … 

3. Powered axles (number, position, 

interconnection): 

Main dimensions 

4. Wheelbase (e) : ....... mm 

4.1. Axle spacing: 1-2: ... mm 

2-3: ... mm 

3-4: ... mm 

5. Length: ............ mm 

6. Width: ............. mm 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 26


Entry 

Number 


7. 

… 

Height: ............ mm 

Footnote 

Number 

English specification 

Explanatory Notes 

Other language translation 

(1) Delete where not applicable. 

(a) 

Indicate the identification code. This 

code shall contain not more than 25 

characters for a variant and not more 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

(e) 

(f) 

(g) 

(h) 

(i) 

(j) 

(k) 

(l) 

IWVTA-09-08e 

than 35 characters for a version. 

Indicate whether the vehicle is suitable 

for use in either right or left-hand traffic 

or both right and left-hand traffic. 

Indicate whether the speedometer 

fitted has metric or both metric and 

imperial units. 

This statement shall not restrict the 

right of the Contracting Parties to 

require technical adaptations in order 

to allow the registration of a vehicle in 

a Contracting Party other than the one 

for which it was intended when the 

direction of the traffic is on the 

opposite side of the road. 

This entry shall be only completed 

when the vehicle has two axles. 

This mass shall include the mass of 

the driver. 

The actual mass may vary by 5 % with 

respect to the mass stated in this 

entry. 

For hybrid electric vehicles, indicate 

both power outputs. 

Optional equipment under this letter 

can be added under entry ‘Remarks’. 

The codes described in Annex 7 Part 

A section 2. shall be used. 

Indicate only the basic colour(s) as 

follows: white, yellow, orange, red, 

violet, blue, green, grey, brown or 

black. 

Excluding seats designated for use 

only when the vehicle is stationary and 

the number of wheelchair positions. 

Need reference definition of emission 

levels 

2012-03-01 page 27


Footnote 

Number 

(m) 

IWVTA-09-08e 


Repeat for the various fuels which can 

be used. Vehicles, which can be 

fuelled with both petrol and gaseous 

fuel but where the petrol system is 

fitted for emergency purposes or 

starting only and of which the petrol 

tank cannot contain more than 15 litres 

of petrol, will be regarded as vehicles 

which can only run a gaseous fuel. 

2012-03-01 page 28




[editorial note: Text in blue is not needed for the first stage of I-WVTA because that is 

limited to category M1 and single-stage built vehicles. It is up to the informal group to 

decide whether to keep this text in order to eliminate future needs for updates] 



1.1.1 A “vehicle type” shall consist of vehicles which have all of the following 

features in common: 


A change in the legal form of ownership of the company does not 

require that a new approval has to be granted; 

(b) the design and assembly of the essential parts of the body 

structure in the case of a self-supporting body. 

The same shall apply mutatis mutandis to vehicles the bodywork of 

which is bolted on or welded to a separate frame; 

(c) in the case of multi-stage built vehicles, the manufacturer and the 

type of the previous stage vehicle. 

1.1.2 By way of derogation from the requirements of point 1.1.1(b), when the 

manufacturer uses the floor portion of the body structure as well as the 

essential constituent elements forming the front part of the body structure 

located directly in front of the windscreen bay, in the construction of 

different kinds of bodywork (for example a saloon and a coupe), those 

vehicles may be considered as belonging to the same type. Evidence 

thereof shall be provided by the manufacturer. 

1.1.3 A type shall consist of at least one variant and one version. 

1.2 Variant 

1.2.1 A “variant” within a vehicle type shall group the vehicles which have all of 

the following construction features in common: 

(a) the number of lateral doors or the type of bodywork as defined in 

Section 1 of Part C when the manufacturer uses the criterion of 

point 1.1.2; 


features: 

(i) the type of energy supply (internal combustion engine, 

electric motor or other); 



(iii) the number and arrangement of cylinders in the case of 

internal combustion engine (L4, V6 or other); 



(e) the number of steered axles; 

(f) the stage of completion (e.g. complete/incomplete). 

1.3 Version 

1.3.1 A “version” within a variant shall group the vehicles which have all the 

following features in common: 


(b) the engine capacity in the case of internal combustion engine; 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 29


(c) the maximum engine power output or the maximum continuous 

rated power (electric motor); 

(d) the nature of the fuel (petrol, gas oil, LPG, bi-fuel or other); 






(j) combined or weighted, combined fuel consumption; 


The codes defined in paragraph 2.9.1 of R.E.3 7 shall be used 

7 Document ECE/TRANS/WP.29/78/Rev.2 

IWVTA-09-08e 

2012-03-01 page 30

Transmitted by OICA Documents No.IWVTA-09-09 OICA comments: status 2012.02.27 

Category: 

OICA comments on the candidate items for technical regulations applicable to IWVTA 

A: those on which it is appropriate to specify only one requirement as the international regulations, 

B: those on which it is appropriate to specify several requirements as the international regulations 

considering the characteristics of different regions 

C: those on which it is difficult to formulate justifications that they are appropriate as the international 

regulations. 

n: No national regulations 

No. Subject 

Aus- 

EU Rustra 

WVTA sialia 

Sout 

h 

Africa 

Japan 

UN R 

no 

Validity 

OICA 

UN R 

unnecessary 

for 

UN R Note OICA comment 

1 Permissible sound level A A A A A 

IWVTA 

OICA 

51 

2 Fuel tanks A A n n A 34 OK but for fuel tank component requirements only 

2a Rear protective devices A A n n A 58 No - it is nowhere mandated for M1(recent adoption of Supplement to include in 

3 Steering effort A A A n A 79 

4 Door latches and hinges A A A A A 11,GTR1 OK with R11 

5 Audible warning A A A A A 28 

6 Braking A A A A A 13H 

6a ESC A A A A A 13H-sup.9 OK if fitted 

6b BA (Brake Assist) A A A A A 13H-sup.9 OK if fitted 

7 Radio interference A A A A A 10 

(1) 8 Anti-theft / immobiliser A A A A A 97 97 97, 116 No for R97 (superseded by R116). R116 is OK if fitted 

IWVTA 9 Protective steering A A A A A 12 

base 

candi- 

10 Seat strength 

10a Head restraints 

A 

A 

B 

A A A 

25 

17 

25 No. R25 only for separate head restraints 

date 

11 Speedometer / reverse gear A A A A A 39 

12 Seat belt anchorages A A A A A 14 

13 

Installation of lighting and 

light signalling devices 

A A A A A*1 48 

*1:Installation of 

DRL is prohibited 

in Japan. 

OK but solution needed for DRL 

14 Retro reflectors 

End-outline, front-position (side), 

A A A A A 3 Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval 

15 rear-position (side), stop, side 

marker, daytime running lamps 

A A A A A 7, 87, 91 Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval 

16 Direction indicators A A A A A 6 Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval 

17 Front fog lamps A A A A A 19 Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval 

18 Towing hooks A n n n n No 

19 Rear fog lamps A A A A A 38 Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval 

20 Reversing lamps A A A A A 23 Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval 

21 Parking lamps A A A A A 77 Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval 

22 Seat belts and restraint systems A A A A A 16 

22a Child restraint system*2 A A A A A 44 

*2:Built-in type 

only 

OK for integrated, built-in systems 

23 Forward vision A A A n A 125

No. Subject 

EU 

WVTA 

Russia 

Australia 

Sout 

h 

Africa 

Japan 

UN R 

no 

Validity 

OICA 

54 Headlamps (including bulbs) A A A A A 1,2,5,8, 

20,31, 

UN R 

unnecessary 

for 

1,2,5,8, 

20,31, 

UN R Note 

24 

Identification of controls, telltales 

and indicators 

A A n n A 

IWVTA 

OICA 

121 

25 Heating systems A A n n n 122 OK if fitted 

26 Wheel guards A A A n A OK when an ECE Regulation is developed 

27 Engine power A n n n A 85 

28 Safety glazing A A A A A 43 

29 Tyres A A A A A 30, 54 Not needed when an ECE Regulation on installation is developed. 

29a Tyres (installation) A n A*3 n A 

*3:No 

harmonised 

OK when an ECE Regulation is developed 

29b Temporary Tyres / TPMS A A n n n 64 

Need to split Temporary tyres and TPMS 

TPMS: OK if fitted. Temporary tyres: NOK 

29c Road noise/ RRC/ Wet grip A A n n n 117 

NOK for now (it is a purely component requirement) but possibly to be included in 

future Regulation on installation (see 29a) 

30 Frontal impact A A A A A 94 

31 Side impact A A A n A 95 

32 Pedestrian protection A A A n A GTR9 OK when the ECE Regulation is adopted 

33 Air-conditioning systems A C n n n No 

34 Headlamps cleaners A A A n A 45 OK if fitted 

(1) 

IWVTA 

35 

Equipment for LPG vehicles/ 

installation 

A A n n A 67 OK if fitted 

base 

candi- 

36 

Specific component for CNG/ 

Installation 

A A n*4 n A 110 

*4:Regulated by 

different 

OK if fitted 

37 Speed limiters n A n n n 89 No 

38 Battery electric vehicles A A n n A 100 OK for electric vehicles 

39 Cornering lamps A A n n A 119 Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval 

40 

Fuel system- High pressure 

gas for FCV 

A n n n A 

GTR 

draft 

*5: 

OK for HFCV when an ECE Regulation is developed 

41 

Engine and powertrain 

system 

n n n n A*5 

requirements for 

two accelerator 

No 

42 

Interior burning behavior of 

materials 

n n n n A 

return springs 

No 

43 Riding accomodation n n n n A No 

44 Odometers n n n n A No 

45 Electrical system n n n n A No 

46 Running system n n n n A No 

47 Diesel smoke A A n A A 24 No, it is outdated and covered by R83 

48 Interior fittings A A A A A 21 

49 Exterior projections A A A n A 26 

50 Defrost/demist A A A n A OK when an ECE Regulation is developed 

51 Washer/ wiper A A A n A OK when an ECE Regulation is developed 

52 

CO2 emissions/ fuel 

consumption 

A A A A A 84 84 84,101 OK for R101 (which supersedes R84) 

53 Arrangement of foot control n A n n A 35 35 35 

55 Advance warning triangle *6 n n n A A 27 27 27 

1,2, 5, 8, 

20, 31, 37, 

98, 99, 

112, 123 

*6:Built-in type 

only 

Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval 

No

No. Subject 

Emissions (Euro 5 and 6) 

light duty vehicles/access to 

information 

EU 

WVTA 

Russia 

Australia 

Sout 

h 

Africa 

Japan 

UN R 

no 

Validity 

OICA 

UN R 

unnecessary 

for 

IWVTA 

OICA 

UN R Note 

56 

83 

56a Emissions (classic) 

A A A A B 

15 15 15 No 

56b Diesel emissions *7 49 

*7:M1(only 3.5t or 

more) OK for M1 > 3.5t 

(2) 

Items 

with 

57 Indirect vision devices A A A A B*8 46 

*8:Japan has 

different 


radius 

OK, harmonised solution is needed 

region- 

curvature for 

ally 

mirrors. 

appli- 

*9:Japan has 

cable 

registration 

requirements 

58 Rear registration plate lamps A A A A B*9 4 

plates of 

different size. 

Accordingly 

Japan needs 

different 

Individual lighting regulations not needed - covered by R48 approval. Harmonised 

solution is needed. 


59 Masses and dimensions A B B n A OK, a harmonised solution would be welcome! 

60 Couplings A A B n A 55 OK if fitted 

(3) 

Non 

tech- 

61 

62 

63 

Definition of terms 

Rear registration plate space 

Statutory plates (VIN) 

A 

A 

A 

A 

n 

B 

B 

C 

C 

A 

n 

n 

A 

n 

n 

???????? 

OK, a harmonised solution would be welcome! 

OK, a harmonised solution would be welcome! 

nical 

Items 

64 

65 

Recyclability 

Special warning lamps 

A 

n 

n 

B 

n 

n 

n 

n 

n 

n 65 65 65 

No 

No 

66 Fuel standards *10 n n n n A 

*10:Fuel 

standards for 

testing should be 

included in 

No 

67 Suspention system n n n n C No 

68 

Auxiliary direction indicator 

lamps 

n n n n C No 

(4) 69 Restriction of other lamps n n n n C No 

Non 

candi- 

70 

Emergency Signaling Device 

(Smoke maker) 

n n n n C No 

date 71 Minimum ground clearance n n n n C No 

for 

IWVTA 

72 

73 

Handling and stability 

Minimum turning radius 

n 

n 

C 

n 

n 

n 

n 

n 

C 

C 

No 

No 

74 Ground-contact section n n C n C No 

75 Internal noise n C n n n No 

76 

Harmful substance of 

passenger compartment 

n C n n n No

Review of the FY2011 SWG2 action program 

results and idea for future plan 

#1 SWG2/SWG3 joint meeting 

March 20, 2012 

collaboration 

under IJ-EPA 

Japan Automobile Standards Internationalization Center

FY2011 SWG2 action program 

(1) Aiming 

To promote Indonesia to accede to the 1958 Agreement and establish 

infrastructure, especially focused on the selection of the UN 

Regulations to be adopted. 

(2) Measures (Holding five workshops in Indonesia) 

1) To dispatch experts and hold workshops in Indonesia to clarify which UN 

Regulations will be adopted and/or not within 19 Regulations recommended 

by ACCSQ-APWG at the notification of Indonesia’s accession to the 1958 

Agreement. 

(Five candidates of the Regulations will be examined and studied in detail 

as samples in 19 Regulations.) 

2) To dispatch experts and hold workshops in Indonesia to advise to IASIF 

(Indonesian Automobile Standard Internationalization Forum) about its 

management and operation after the accession to the 1958 Agreement, 

continuing to join WP29 and GRs activities and modernizing Indonesian 

VTA system in the near future. 

2

Final schedule for FY 2011 action plan 

Action items 


workshops in 

Indonesia 


meetings in 

Indonesia 

July-Sep., 2011 

#1 WS for 

Selection and 

adoption plan of 

UN Regs 

#1 mtg 

Sep.14-15 

Sep.13 

#2WS for UN Regs. 

adoption impacts on 

existing national regs. 

& stds(Incl. study and 

exam R13H & R13) 

Oct.5-6 

#2 mtg 

Oct.-Dec., 2011 

#3 WS for Selection 

and adoption plan of 

UN Regs after 

revision(Incl. study 

and exam R49 & R83) 

Nov.2-3 

#4 WS for Notification 

to UN for the selected 

UN Regs. adoption 

(Incl. study and exam 

R51) 

Dec.14-15 

#3 mtg #4 mtg #5 mtg 

Oct.3 Nov.1 Dec.13 Jan.24 

Jan.-Mar., 2012 

#5 WS for 

Summarizing 

Results of FY 2011 

activities and 

discussion on the 

future activities 

Jan.25-26 

#6 mtg 

March 19 

SWG2 & 3 

joint mtg 

March 20 

3

#1 SWG2 mtg. and #1 Workshop held on Sep.12-16, 2011 

1) #1 SWG2 meeting (Sep.13) 

• Confirmation of FY2011 Action Program 

• IASIF Roadmap (its management and 

the 2011-2012 activities) 

• Preparation for ASEAN MRA 

2) #1 Workshop on the selection & 

adoption plan of UN Regulations for 

improvement of Indonesia VTA system 

(Sep.14-15) 

1st day: The IASIF Roadmap and Improvement of Indonesia VTA system 

• IASIF Roadmap and its 2011-2012 plan 

• FY2011 IJ-EPA SWG2 activities 

2nd day: How to select UN Regulation for Indonesian VTA system 

• Current situation of Auto-parts/components certification and VTA system in Indonesia 

• Direction for the Improvement of Indonesian VTA system 

• Current situation & future plan of UN Regulations adoption in Japan 

• IASIF selection of UN Regulations and preparation of ASEAN MRA for each UN 

Regulation recommended by ACCSQ-APWG 

• Panel discussion: How to exam and study UN Regulations for Indonesian VTA 

system 

4

Original IASIF Roadmap (Activity in 2011-2012) 

JASIC will assist on the item b and c in the period. 

IASIF has been settled on June 9, 2011, but its activity has been greatly delayed from 

the roadmap. The accession to the 1958 Agreement has not been officially declared 

yet. 

5

#2 SWG2 mtg. and #2 Workshop held on Oct. 3-7, 2011 

1) #2 SWG2 meeting (Oct. 4) 


• Discussion on IASIF direction to make up the comprehensive 

paper for the decision maker 

2) #2 Workshop for UN Regulations adoption impacts on existing Indonesia 

national regulations and standards (Oct.5-6) 

1st day: What's difference between UN Regulations and 

Indonesia national regulations and standards for brakes? 

• Current situation of Indonesia regulations for braking 

• Outline of UN Regulations for braking (R13H and R13) 

• How to introduce R13 into Japan as a sample of UN 

Regulation application 

2nd day: What preparation should be necessary for IASIF 

to draft of adoption plan of UN Regulations? 

• Outline of the discussion results on IASIF direction of 

#1SWG2 workshop 

• Open discussion: What preparation should be necessary 

for IASIF to draft of adoption plan of UN Regulations? 

6

#3 SWG2 meeting and #3 Workshop held on Oct.31-Nov.4, 2011 

1) #3 SWG2 meeting (Nov. 1) 

• Preparation for Indonesia to officially declare to accede to the 1958 Agreement 

• Follow up the IASIF working sheet ( i. WVTA improvement, ii. Adoption schedule of 

UN Regulations) 

• Current status of the preparation for Technical Services 

2) #3 Workshop on selection and adoption plan of UN Regulations after their 

revision (Nov. 2-3) 

1st day: What's difference between UN Regulations and Indonesian regulations for 

Exhaust Emissions? 

• IASIF working sheet proposed by JASIC 

• IASIF activities and current situation of Indonesia regulations on exhaust emissions 

• Comparison between UN Regulation No. 49 (diesel emission) and existing 

Indonesian regulation 

2nd day: Further discussion on Exhaust Emission Regulation and Future IASIF activity 

• Comparison between UN Regulation No. 83 (exhaust emission) and existing 

Indonesian Regulation 

• Open discussion : How Environmental Regulations will be harmonized with UN 

Regulations? 

• Confirmation -The next step of IASIF activity 

7

#4 SWG2 mtg. and #4 Workshop held on Dec. 12-16, 2011 

1) #4 SWG2 meeting (Dec.13) 

• Current status of improving automobile regulations and new VTA system 

• Policy to attend WP29/GRs 

• Confirmation of when Indonesia will notify to the UN secretary general 

• In-use vehicle inspection on noise 

2) #4 Workshop on the notification to UN for the selected UN Regulations 

adoption (Dec.14-15) 

1st day: What's the difference between UN Regulation and Indonesia regulation for 

noise? 

• Current situation of Indonesia regulations for noise 

• Follow up of the IASIF working sheet proposed by JASIC 

• Outline of UN Regulation for noise (R51) 

• Comparison between R51 and Indonesian noise regulation 

2nd day: What shall Indonesia does to harmonize with UN Regulation and Indonesia 

regulation and standard to notify to the UN secretary general? 

• How to introduce R51 into Japan, harmonizing with Japanese regulations 

• How will IASIF introduce R51, harmonizing with Indonesian Regulations? 

• Open discussion : 1) How UN regulations will be adopted and implemented? 2) 

What shall Indonesia as contracting party notify to UN secretary general? 3) How 

WVTA regulation will be improved? 

• Confirmation -The next step of IASIF activity 

8

#5 Workshop held on Jan. 24-27, 2012 

1) #5 SWG2 meeting (Jan.24) 

• Review of the FY2011 SWG2 action program results 

(including confirmation of the IASIF comprehensive report, 

the progress on the IASIF working sheet for the future WVTA 

system improvement) 

• Confirmation of the difference between the IASIF road map 

and actual results, especially for the timing when Indonesia 

will officially declare to accede to the 1958 Agreement and 

will make clear adoption plan of UN regulations. 

2) #5 Workshop for discussion on the IASIF future activities (Jan. 25-27) 

1st day: How is the IASIF management and operation? 


• Discussion on the current status of the IASIF and how to improve IASIF 

management and operation 

• Discussion on the practical way to improve Indonesian WVTA system 

2nd day: How to proceed IASIF activities in the future 

• The status of the IASIF comprehensive paper 

• SWG2 future activities 

9

#6 SWG2 meeting and SWG2 & SWG3 joint meeting held 

on March 19-20, 2012 

1) #6 SWG2 meeting (March 19) 

• Review of the FY2011 SWG2 action program results ( including the confirmation 

of the IASIF study on UN Regulation adoption plan work sheet and the detailed 

schedule for the accession to the 1958 Agreement) 

• Discussion on the FY2012 SWG2 action program ( Main focus of the FY2012 

SWG2 activities) 

2) SWG2 & SWG3 joint meeting (March 20) 

SWG2 activities 


• Discussion and Confirmation on the FY2012 SWG2 action program 

SWG3 activities 

• Review of the FY2012 SWG3 action program 

• Discussion on the SWG3 action program 

Cooperation between SWG2 and SWG3 

10

Main outputs from FY2011 SWG2 activities 

• IASIF comprehensive paper 

• Confirmed Approval authorities and Tec. Services for 

the 19 UN Regulations 

• Confirmed necessary steps to modify the current 

Indonesian regulation for WVTA system 

improvement 

• Started IASIF study on prioritizing approach of 

necessary UN Regulations for future Indonesian 

WVTA 

• Detailed IASIF schedule for the accession to the 1958 

Agreement 

11

IASIF Comprehensive Paper for the Preparation to accede to the 1958 

Agreement (Draft) 

12

Confirmed approval authorities and technical services for the UN Regulations 

To make clear the adoption process to adopt the UN Regulations; 

Approval authorities 


All stakeholders 

Related regulations and standards 

13

Confirmed necessary steps to improve the current Indonesian 

regulation for WVTA system 

PREVIOUS 

VTA 

REGULATION 

• TRAFFIC LAW 

NO: 14 YEAR 

1990. 

• GOVERNMENT 

REGULATION 

NO: 44 YEAR 

1993 

CONCERNING 

VEHICLE AND 

DRIVER. 

• MINISTER 

DECREE NO: 9 

YEAR 2004 

CONCERNING 

VEHICLE TYPE 

APPROVAL 

SYSTEM 

CURRENT 

VTA 

REGULATION 


NO: 22 YEAR 

2009. 

• GOVERNMENT 

REGULATION 

NO: 44 YEAR 

1993 

CONCERNING 

VEHICLE AND 

DRIVER. 

• MINISTER 

DECREE 

NO: 9 YEAR 

2004 

CONCERNING 

VEHICLE TYPE 

APPROVAL 

SYSTEM 

FUTURE 

WVTA 

REGULATION 


NO: 22 YEAR 

2009. 

• DRAFT OF 

GOVERNMENT 

REGULATION 

CONCERNING 

VEHICLE AND 

DRIVER. 

• DRAFT OF 

MINISTER 

DECREE 

CONCERNING 

VEHICLE TYPE 

APPROVAL 

SYSTEM 

IWVTA 

(INTER- 

NATIONAL 

WHOLE 

VEHICLE 

TYPE 

APPROVAL 

SYSTEM) 

14

Long term schedule of IASIF activities 

Detailed schedule for item No.3; 

4 th wks of March 2012: Final confirmation meeting between two DGs and Industry 

2 nd wks of April 2012: Meeting with MOFA 

Beginning of June to July 2012: Socialization among all stakeholders 

August to September 2012: Preparation and drafting of the notification of the 

accession to the 1958 Agreement to UN secretary general 

15

1 

2 

3 

4 

5 

6 

7 

8 

IASIF schedule for the accession to the 1958 

Agreement and the future 

Study Items Accomplishments Remaining Issues for IASIF Taget Timing 

Essential articles for WVTA 

Set of Technical Regulations 

(UN Regulations) 

Draft proposal of new WVTA 

Regulation 

Accession to the 1958 

Agreement 

Improving Certification 

System 

Infrastructure of 

Certification Test Facilities 

Development of Human 

Resources 

Registration System of 

Vehicle 

JASIC proposed the contents of WVTA 

regulation 

JASIC showed 59 UN Regulations for M1 

category as an example (No.1WG should be 

settled in IASIF to study) 

Ditto (No.2 WG should be settled in IASIF 

to study) 

Drafting of the comprehensive paper for 

the decision makers in Indonesia 

government 

JASIC proposed the unification of part 

certification and whole vehicle certification 

same as item No.2 

same as item No.2 

- - 

Delay of study for 127 UN Regs First draft until End of April 2012 

The current VTA decree and 

upper level Regulation and Law 

should be modified 

・Need to clarify the further 

necessary requirements for 

decision making in MOT 

・Need to confirm domestic 

procedure of the accession with 

MOFA and Legal dept. etc. 

including the passage of DPR 

Need to unify of the right of 

WVTA 

Need to study on the effective 

use of the existing testing 

facilities 

Need to study on the effective 

use of human resources in 

existing testing institutes and 

education plan 

2015 

(Need to study time period) 


None More discussion is necessary Future item 

(Need to set up the Inter agency 

meeting) 

We will discuss based on the Work 

sheet 

We will discuss for the future 

16

Idea of FY2012 activity 

To organize four SWG2 meetings for consulting on the IASIF activities. 

To organize four workshops; 

to enhance until the testing institutes to be Technical services as a contracting party executing the 

certification tests based on UN Regulations, and 

to discuss and propose the Indonesian Whole Vehicle Approval system based on UN Regulations 

in line with the future IWVTA 

to discuss on adoption and implementation plan of UN Regulations through IASIF 

Specific interesting points should be informed to JASIC until one month before each Workshop 

Date Activities 

TBD at the workshop in #6 WS, Jakarta 

April-August, 2012 Discussion with IASIF on FY2012 SWG2 action 

program for enhancing of Technical Services capability 

September, 2012-March, 

2013 

Note: 

Tentative schedule 

Consulting for assisting IASIF to improve Indonesia 

WVTA regulation system and propose how to enhance 

the capability of Indonesian testing institutes to be 

Technical services of UN Regulations. 

IASIF will decide what specific UN Regulations should be discussed in 

each workshop and inform JASIC until the end of April 2012. 

17

Tentative schedule for FY 2012 SWG2 activities 

Action items 

(1) SWG2 workshops in 

Indonesia 

(2) SWG2 meetings 

July- Sep. 

Review of the 

IASIF proposal 

of the UN 

Regulation 

adoption plan 

(incl. Exhaust 

emission for 

motorcycle) 

In VTCC, Bekasi 

Sep.5-6 

#1SWG2 

Proposal for 

enhancing of 

a certain 

testing 

institute to 

be Tec. 

Services 

Oct.31- 

Nov.1 

#2SWG2 

Oct.-Dec. 

Proposal for 

enhancing of 

a certain 

testing 

institute to 

be Tec. 

Services 

#3SWG2 

Dec.12-13 

Jan. - March 

#4SWG2 

☆ ☆ 

☆ 

☆ 

Sep.4 Oct. 30 Dec.11 Jan.22 

Improvement of 

the Indonesia 

WVTA system 

and regulations 

End of 

Jan.23-24 

Plenary 

mtg 

☆ 

March 

18-19 

18

Appendix 

19

Outline of Action Program for IJ-EPA 

a. Accession to the 1958 

Agreement 

b. Assistance for selection 

of UNECE Regulations to 

be adopted 

c. Settlement of the 

supporting organization 

for approval authorities 

d. Improvement of VTA 

system 

e. Enhancing of Technical 

Services capability 

FY2008-2010 FY2011 FY2012 

13 times seminars & workshops 

3 times high level mtgs. 

Selection of 75 items from existing 

127 items 

☆Settlement of IASIG 

JASIC structure as a sample 

lectured 5 times 

Idea of VTA system and VTA reg. 

based on UNECE Regs. lectured 

☆Declaration for ratification of the 

1958 Agt. 

☆Adoption plan of UNECE Regs. As 

CP of the 1958 Agt. 

1) Support to study and 

examination of 5items in the 

recommended 19UNECE Regs. by 

ACCSQ-APWG. 

2) Support to compare the selected 

UNECE Regs. and Indonesia regs 

and make a revision proposal of 

UNECE Regs., if necessary. 

3) Support to confirm UNECE Regs. 

To be adopted and/or not be 

adopted at the Indonesia 

notification of the accession to the 


☆Settlement of IASIF 

☆Revision of current certification 

reg. and procedure in relation with 

the 1958 Agt. and UNECE Regs. 

Advice from JASIC 

9 UNECE Regs. lectured ☆Proposal for enhancing tech. 

services to comply with the 

related UNECE adoption plan . 

If necessary, advice from JASIC 

Note: JASIC supports are indicated in blue. 

- 

- 

- 

20

IV-2. SWG2 国内委員会資料 

(第 1 回~第 3 回)

IV-2. 第 1 回 SWG2 国内委員会資料 

2011 年 9 月 7 日 JASIC 会議室

平成 23年度日尼 EPA SWG2 対応委員会 

第1回会合議事次第 

[日時] 平成 23 年 9 月 7 日(水) 10:00~12:00 

[場所] JASIC 会議室 

[議題] 

[資料] 

1. メンバー紹介及び主査の選出 

2. 国内委員会設立趣旨及び 2011 年度実施計画について 

3. 第1回、第 2 回現地ワークショップについて 

4. その他 

資料 1. 委員名簿 

資料 2-1. 委員会設立趣旨 

資料 2-2. 2011 年度活動計画案 

資料 2-2-2. IASIF ロードマップ 

資料 2-2-3. 年間派遣計画案 

資料 2-3. インドネシア MIDEC セミナー報告 

資料 3-1. 第 1 回現地ワークショップ派遣計画案 

資料 3-2. 第 2 回現地ワークショップ派遣計画案 

以上

主査秋葉忠臣 

氏名略称団体名所属電話 E-MAILアドレス 

元 

JASIC 

平成23年度日尼EPA SWG2対応委員会委員名簿 

元自動車基準認証国際化研究セン 

ター 

03-5310-2465 akibatad@gmail.com 

委員藤村晃一 JATMA (一社)日本自動車タイヤ協会技術環境部 03-3435-9094 fujimura@jatma.or.jp 

委員冨樫晃 JAPIA (一社)日本自動車部品工業会技術部 03-3445-4211 togashi@japia.or.jp 

委員工藤郁郎 JAMA (一社)日本自動車工業会技術統括部 03-5405-6125 kudo-i@mta.jama.or.jp 

(資料1) 

平成23年9月7日 

委員吉沢重雄 JAMA (一社)日本自動車工業会本田技研工業㈱認証法規部四輪認証室 028-687-2150 Shigeo_a_Yoshizawa@hm.honda.co.jp 

委員丸山賢司 JAIA 日本自動車輸入組合フォード自動車持続維持環境安全技術部門 082-287-4297 kmaruyam@ford.com 

委員原潤一 FGMAJ 板硝子協会 03-3212-8631 hara@itakyo.or.jp 

オブザーバー武喜久雄 METI 経済産業省 製造産業局自動車課 03-3501-1690 take-kikuo@meti.go.jp 

オブザーバー斧田孝夫 MLIT 国土交通省自動車局技術政策課 03-5253-8111 onoda-t2r3@mlit.go.jp 

オブザーバー石川毅司 JASIC 自動車基準認証国際化研究センター国際協力部会 028-687-2150 takeshi_ishikawa@hm.honda.co.jp 

オブザーバー船崎敦 JARI (財)日本自動車研究所アジア政策研究室 029-856-0767 afuna@jari.or.jp 

事務局土井治朗 JASIC 自動車基準認証国際化研究センター研究部第二技術課 03-5216-7241 doi@jasic.org 

事務局山田ゆう子 JASIC 自動車基準認証国際化研究センター研究部第二技術課 03-5216-7241 yamada@jasic.org

第 1 回日尼 EPA SWG2 対応委員会議事録 

日時:2011 年 9 月 7 日(水) 10:00-12:00 

場所:JASIC 会議室 

出席者: 秋葉主査、吉沢委員(JAMA)、冨樫委員(JAPIA)、工藤委員(JAMA) 

オブザーバー:宮野氏(武氏代理 METI)、森本氏/大友氏(斧田氏代理、MLIT)、船崎氏(JARI) 

欠席者:藤村委員(JATMA)、丸山委員(JAIA)、原委員(FGMAJ) 

事務局:土井、山田、竹尾 

議事: 

1. 委員及び主査の選出 

7 名の委員が選出され、事務局より委員の中から秋葉氏を主査に推挙し、賛同を得た。 

(添付委員名簿参照方) 

2. 国内委員会設立趣旨及び 2011 年度実施計画について 

事務局より 2011 年度実施計画について説明を行った。 

・第 1 回を 9/7、第 2 回を 10/21(*1)、第 3 回を 2/17 の計 3 回の対応委員会を開催予定。 

・5 回の現地ワークショップ(9/13-15、10/4-6、11/1-3、12/13-15、1/24-26)を開催予定。 

 

・昨年度まで SWG1,2,3 という組織で動いていたが、今年度は一本化されたのか? 

→ SWG1,2,3 という形は一応残っている。ハイレベル会合等で名称が WG1,2,3 等に変わるかもし 

れないが、2012 年までは 3 本立てで実施してゆく。 

・IASIF ロードマップで 58 協定加盟に 2,3 年かかるとなっているが、その真意を確認したい。 

・ACCSQ-APWG 推奨の UNECE19 項目のどのバージョンを採用するかを確認したい。 

・IASIF ロードマップにインドネシア法規と調和させるための ECE 規則改定提案とあるが、イン 

ドネシアの法規に合わせ、ECE 規則を改定させるということか? 

→ タイヤ等の一部の規則では、インドネシア法規の方が厳しい部分がある。これに対し、UNECE 

ではインドネシアからも改訂提案してゆくことが可能と説明している。 

・IASIF ロードマップでは来年テクニカルサービスの能力向上も取り上げることになっているが、 

試験機関の現状はどうか? 

→ タイヤやガラスなどインドネシアの工業規格に基づく試験を実施しているラボがある。但し、 

UNECE 規則の車両の試験は、これからのレベル。 

→ 二輪メーカーの中には、ISO 資格を取得したところもあり、立ち合い試験は可能になってい 

る。試験機関が全て設備を持つ必要はないと考える。 

3. 第 1 回、第 2 回現地ワークショップについて 

事務局より第 1 回、第 2 回現地ワークショップの計画について説明を行い、承認を得た。 

1/2

①第 1 回現地ワークショップ 

・日時: 9/13 SW2G ミーティング 

9/14-15 第 1 回現地ワークショップ 

・派遣者: 秋葉主査、吉沢委員(JAMA)、薩摩氏(JAPIA)、事務局 2 名 

②第 2 回現地ワークショップ 

・日時: 10/4 SWG2 ミーティング 


・派遣者: 秋葉主査、専門家 2 名(ブレーキ分科会に検討要請中)、事務局 2 名 

 

第 1 回のワークショップ 2 日目の VTA システムのパネルディスカッションについて、どの様に進 

めるのか? 

→ インドネシアの VTA は現在あまり良い構造になっていない。UNECE 規則をベースにしたもの 

に切り換えて行く必要がある。欧州や日本を参考に、将来像として国連で検討されている IWVTA 

へ向くよう方向づけたい。 

→ 第 2 回~第 4 回のワークショップで具体的な UNECE 規則の採用に当たっての検討・精査を行う 

予定。その際、官民関係者が十分に意見を交換する仕組みを IASIF 内につくるように提案したい。 

4. その他 

次回:10/21(金)(*1) 15:00~17:00 に仮決め。 

(*1)同会議時点では 10/12 で予定していたが、その後の日程の関係で 10/21 に変更した。 

2/2 

以上


2011 年 10 月 21 日 

ホテルルポール麹町「オパール」

平成 23 年度日尼 EPA SWG2 対応委員会 


[日時] 平成 23 年 10 月 21 日(金) 15:00~17:00 

[場所] ホテルルポール麹町 3F 会議室オパール 

[議題] 

1. 前回会合議事録確認 (資料1) 

2. インドネシアでの第 1 回・第 2 回現地ワークショップ結果について 

(1) 第 1 回現地ワークショップ結果 (資料2-1) 

(2) 第 2 回現地ワークショップ結果 (資料2-2 

(3) 大臣への IASIF 報告案 (資料2-2-2) 

3. インドネシアでの現地ワークショップ開催について 

4.その他 

(1) 第 3 回ワークショップ派遣計画案 (資料3-1) 



以上

第 2 回日尼 EPA SWG2 対応委員会議事録 

日時:2011 年 10 月 21 日(金) 15:00-17:00 

場所:ホテルルポール麹町 3F 会議室オパール 

出席者:秋葉主査、吉沢委員(JAMA)、工藤委員(JAMA)、冨樫委員(JAPIA)、 

丸山委員(JAIA) 

オブザーバー:森本氏(斧田氏代理、MLIT)、 

欠席者:藤村委員(JATMA)、原委員(FGMAJ) 

事務局:土井、山田 

議事: 

1.前回会合議事録確認 

事務局より第一回委員会の議事録の内容の確認を実施し、承認を得た。 

2.インドネシアでの第 1 回、第2回現地ワークショップ結果について 

(1) 第 1 回現地ワークショップ結果 

(2) 第 2 回現地ワークショップ結果 

(3) 大臣への IASIF 報告案 

事務局より第 1 回現地ワークショップ及び第 2 回現地ワークショップの結果報告を実 

施し承認を得た。 

また、第 1 回及び第 2 回現地ワークショップにてインドネシア側で作成された｢大臣 

への IASIF 報告案｣を紹介し、委員会としてどのようにアプローチしていけば良いか 

の論議を行った。 

 

第 1 回現地ワークショップ結果 

第 2 回現地ワークショップ結果 

・一回目に参加し、IASIF の議長の Toto 氏(VTCC 所長)はちゃんとした意見を持 

っており、意欲を感じた。 

・第一回目のワークショップではインドネシア側から上層部の認識がない等の愚痴が 

多くきかれたが、第 2 回目のワークショップではどのように対処するか等の方向に進 

んでいったことで、一歩進んだように思う。GAIKINDO(インドネシア自工会)か 

らは日本側(Mother Company)の理解がなく IASIF の活動が難しい等の発言が聞 

かれた。帰国後、日本側の意見をきいたが、日本側の理解は現地プロパーからの報告 

がないので理解のしようがない等であった。 

1/6

自分たちのできる範囲で何かをしようかという方向になかなかならないが、第 2 回目 

以降のワークショップでは、そのような方向で課題を考え、行動していくようにアド 

バイスしてゆく予定。 

・7 月の JASIC の会議で官と民両方の会議に出席させていただいたが、GAIKINDO 

がアセアン-MRA についてアセアン地域以外のテクニカルサービスを認めたくない、 

あるいはアセアン域内でテストをすべきと固執している。MRA そのものも、アセア 

ンで生産したものについてのみ認めたい等、タイと強力なタグを組んでいる。民の立 

場で色々説明してきたにもかかわらず、どうしてこうなるのかと感じたが、インドネ 

シアは MRA のドラフトを読んでいなかったことがわかった。 

・MRA のドラフトを公式に展開していても、出席した担当者が直接自分の仕事と受 

けとっていない可能性がある。 

・アセアン MRA のスコープにおいて、アセアン域内の Manufactured and Marketed 

もしくは Marketed のみかで議論が二分しているが、 GIAMM(インドネシア部品 

工業会)が強烈に域内限定(Manufactured and Marketed)を主張しているため、 

GAIKINDO の一部のメンバーが影響を受けてしまうようにみうけた。 

先日 GAIKINDO と JAMA 間でバイのミーティングを実施し、結果としてアセアン 

MRA のスコープは、GAIKINDO も Marketed である事を合意した。 

・インドネシア特有のビヘイビアかもしれない。第 2 回目のワークショップでも、明 

確に中身を把握しないまま、議論が進んでしまうという傾向があった。GAIKINDO 

には、｢Mother Company があるところは、何かあっても Mother Company がなん 

とかするので心配する必要はない｣と言っておいた。｢それよりも重要なのは、 

GIAMM の中のローカルな小さな部品メーカーがつぶれる可能性があるのでどうす 

るか・・・、これを産業省が考えて指導する必要がある｣と提言した。ローカルな小 

さな部品メーカーは 58 協定が決まってもどこも助けてくれるところがないので、今 

後は少し議論に巻き込む必要があると考えている。 

・本当に困るのは主査が言われたような小さな部品メーカーと思う。 

大臣への IASIF 報告案 

・IASIF の報告案の Background は順番が違うのでは。2 番目で国際基準が必然と言 

っているのに 1 番目の ASEAN-FTA で reference と言っているのはおかしい。 

・アセアン-MRA で refer とか reference という言葉を使っているのでは?・・ 

refer とか reference とは言っていない。reference は Rudiyono 氏の個人的理解では。 

・では、これがインドネシアの理解なのかもしれない。アセアン-MRA をやっても国 

内法と併存という言い方は結構している。 

2/6

現状はそう。 

・現状は mandatory ではないのだという言い方もできる。 

・正直 2015 年に各国がアセアン-MRA ができるか疑問がある。結果として option と 

いう形しかありえない。 

・併存は許されている。結局 option どころか A or B、なので mandatory とは言えな 

い。 

・そこは MRA の benefit をどうやって多くするかによってくる。2015 年に区切って 

の話だとそこまでだが、それでこれを回して行こうとするとなかなか踏み切れないの 

で、もう少し先を見越した形にしないと経済発展に繋がっていかない。 

・何のための MRA か。アセアン-MRA で終わっていたら、そんなに意味がないとい 

うことをもっと言っておかなければ。 

・MRA の権威づけの観点からいうと、昨年のアセアン首脳会議で採択した連結性マ 

スタープランを今度の APEC で披露するという話がある。ドラフトの最後の方に連 

結性についてはアセアンだけでなく、アジア地域を含めて拡大していくとしている。 

2015 年の経済統合に向けて自動車は優先分野に位置づけされており、連結性マスタ 

ープランにおいて MRA や基準調和も重要要素に位置づけられている。それらをベー 

スに、アセアン域内だけでなくよりオープンな制度を構築する方向性を役所としてオ 

ーソライズしていること等を明確にして上層部に説明した方がよいのでは。 

・Benefit の中の安全は交通事故発生率の低減だけではなく、事故後の被害軽減もい 

れた方は良いのでは。 

・色々な意見ありがとうございます。ただ、これを作るのはインドネシアの方々で、 

意見として事前に言いうが、あまり大きくは干渉し過ぎてはいけないと考えている。 

軌道修正が必要な大きな違いがなければ、こういうものを作ること自体に大きな意義 

がある。事務局としては IASIF という組織ができて、ロードマップを作り、このよ 

うな提案をし始めたこと自体、大きな進歩と考えている。 

・だいぶ進歩してきていると感じている。IASIF ができて、良い状況になってきた。 

・IASIF の事務局責任者は Toto 氏で、具体的な作業に積極的になってきている感触 

を持った。 

・この活動ではインドネシアは積極的に動いているように感じるが、APWG ではイ 

ンドネシアはタイをサポートしてテストレポート等、狭い範囲を主張しておりギャッ 

プを感じる。 

3/6

・現行の試験機関がほとんど政府系の試験所(VTCC は MOT、CFC は MOI、B4T 

は MOI、BTMP は MOE に所属)のため、58 協定に入った場合、自分たちがテクニ 

カルサービスとして認定されるかを大変気にかけている。身内を路頭に迷わせたくな 

いとの思いが強い。 

・アセアン-MRA を読めば、新しい機関(AAC: ASEAN Automotive Committee)が 

テクニカルサービスを認可することが解かる。能力がないと判定されればテストレポ 

ートも受けとってもらえない。そこの危機意識をもってもらわないと。 

・アセアン-MRA は 58 協定加盟とはまったく別の話。58 協定に入らない限りインド 

ネシア、タイの主張は当たり前と思う。アセアン MRA ではテクニカルサービス認定 

のところで各国政府が自分の利益を守るために動きだすだろうし、テストレポートも 

広い範囲から受け入れるわけはない。そういうことがあったからこそ、この数年間 

我々は｢早く58協定に入って、インターナショナルなフレームの中で動くようにし 

てください｣と言ってきた。 

・インドネシアをオープンにしようとすると政府機関への働きかけが必要なのか? 

・インドネシアはアセアンのなかでは試験機関が比較的充実しており、CFC 等は MOI 

が認可当局でなく、CFC 自身が認可当局であると考えている。従って、当然自分の 

権益を認可まで含めて守ろうとする思想で動く。VTCC の車両認証法規の枠組みのな 

かに規格は入っていない。規格は規格で一本化して動いている。それをはやく車両認 

可制度の中に織り込んでもらう。その議論がはじまると VTCC 対 CFC、MOT 対 MOI 

の戦いが始まると思うが、早くそのように持って行って、とにかく法律的にインドネ 

シアの車両認可制度を作ってもらい、アセアン-MRA なり、58 協定に入ってもらい、 

International な certificate の受け入れ(あるいはテストレポートかデータ)、将来的 

には認可国になる等の流れを作ってゆきたい。 

・我々としてはインドネシアにオープンになって欲しいが、どのような働きかけが良 

いのだろうか。 

・いくつかのフローを組み合わせてゆくしかない。インドネシアは役所と業界の力関 

係の差が大きく、業界は弱く、役所の権威が強い。 

・インドネシアのプロポーザルの中に、車両認証法のように、｢ベーシックに MOT 

が法律を作るのだ｣というような coordination をどっかに入れておかないと破綻して 

しまう気がする。 

・今回のプロジェクトの柱にそれを入れてあるが、主役の MOT-DGLT の関心がまだ 

非常に低い。 

・彼らが意識してそこを謀かっていかないと、このままでは coordination といっても 

4/6

バラバラになってしまう気がする。Base Regulation がなく、どこの官庁が何をする 

かがないと、勝手に動き出す。 

・アセアン-MRA でもその先の国連の MR をやっていくにしても、このままでは破綻 

してしまうと感じている。それをおそれて車両認証制度とわめいているのだが。 

MOT の法律を作っている部署の Director 当たりに出席してもらうように働きかけて 

いるが、なかなかでてこない。 

・インドネシアだけではない。他のアセアン諸国もおなじようなもの。 

車両法規を満足すれば認可がとれるという法規になっていない。 

・ベトナムだけなっている。 

・そのへんのところは今後のワークショップでもインプットしてゆくが、このレベル 

の議論は我々でいくらやっても埒があかない。国交省さんに MOT の法律を作る部門 

等へ、日本の役所のトップからインドネシアのトップへ｢お宅の車両認証制度をまと 

もに作ってほしい｣と言っていただくとありがたい。まともな法規がないまま、各省 

庁が各論に入ると混乱してしまう。トップダウンで仕事が進む国なので、是非国交省 

からお願いしたい。 

3.インドネシアでの現地ワークショップ開催について 

(1) 第 3 回ワークショップ派遣計画案 



事務局より第 3 回、第 4 回、第 5 回現地ワークショップの計画について説明を行い、 

承認を得た。 

(1)第 3 回現地ワークショップ 

・日時: 11/1 SW2G ミーティング 


・派遣者: 秋葉主査、専門家:掛川氏(JAMA)、加藤氏(JAMA)、事務局 2 名 


・日時: 12/13 SWG2 ミーティング 


・派遣者: 秋葉主査、R51 専門家 2 名(騒音分科会に検討要請中)、事務局 2 名 


・日時: 2012/1/24 SWG2 ミーティング 

2012/1/25-26 第 5 回現地ワークショップ 

5/6

・派遣者: 秋葉主査、専門家 2 名(日尼 EPA SWG2 対応委員会に検討要請)、 

事務局 2 名 

4.その他 

次回:2012 年 2/17(金) 15:00~17:00 JASIC 会議室に仮決め 

6/6


2012 年 2 月 17 日 JASIC 会議室

平成 24 年度日尼 EPA SWG2 対応委員会 


[日時] 平成 24 年 2 月 17 日(金) 16:00~18:00 

[場所] JASIC 会議室 

[議題] 

1. 報告事項 

・第2回日尼EPASWG2対応委員会議事録 (資料1) 

・インドネシア第3回現地ワークショップ結果について (資料2-1) 



2. 審議事項 

・今年度活動実績及び今後の活動計画について (資料3) 

・インドネシア政策決定者のための報告書案(和訳) (資料3-1) 

以上

平成 23 年度第 3 回 J-I EPA SWG2 国内対応委員会議事録 

日時:平成 24 年 2 月 17 日(金) 16:00~18:00 

場所:JASIC 会議室 

出席者:秋葉主査、富樫委員(JAPIA)、丸山委員(JAIA)、原委員(FGMAJ)、 

吉沢委員(JAMA)、工藤委員(JAMA) 

オブザーバー:船崎氏(JARI)森本氏(斧田氏代理 MLIT) 

欠席者:藤村委員(JATMA) 

事務局:土井、山田 

議事: 

1.報告事項 

・第 2 回日尼 EPA SWG2 対応委員会議事録 (資料1) 

・インドネシアでの第 3 回~第 5 回現地会合及びワークショップの結果報告 

(資料 2) 

JASIC 土井より、資料 1-2 をベースに報告が行われ、委員の了承を得られた。 

2.審議事項 

・今年度活動実績及び今後の活動計画について(資料 3) 

JASIC 土井より、資料 3 をベースに活動実績及び今後の活動計画について、及び 

1958 年協批准のための準備の説明が行われ、委員の了承を得られた。 

平成 23 年度の日尼 EPA SWG2 国内対応委員会を今回で終了とするが、3 月に予定 

しているインドネシア SWG2-3 合同会議&WS の結果及び経産省への今年度成果報 

告、次年度の活動計画案については、メールで委員会の関係者へ随時報告する。 

< 参考:上記 1.2.を通しての主な意見および論議概略 > 

今後の活動の進め方について 

2012 年 9 月、58 協定にむけ、第 5 回 WS の中で約束した現地の 2 種類のアウト 

プットを期待したい。→資料が入ったらぜひ欲しい。 

IASIG から IASIF、そして今回 IASIF から IASIC(専任スタッフをおく?)と 

いう話がでてきたが、それで現地が 3 歩でも前進するのであれば協力したい。 

これまでプロジェクトとして一番内容の解かっている MOI のお二人が退職され 

1

る話がある。新任になった場合は再度ゼロから個人的にインプットが必要になる。 

インドネシアは日本とは時間軸、仕事のやり方が違う。色々な議論はするが、実 

行になかなか繋がらない。予算がない、人の手当がない等の言い訳が多い。昨年 

の官民会議での MOT 発表内容も IASIF のメンバーが知らなかった等、内部の連 

携がとれていない。 

では、どうしたらよいかという動きがないので、それを何とか変えさせたい。 

支援するが、自分たちでやるのが基本。毎日でも煽れば動いてもらえる。 

最低何人必要等の予算、人の青写真を示す必要があるのでは? 

58 協定加盟の決断はインドネシアでは上からの指示。ダイレクターから DG にあ 

げるのさえなかなかできない。例えば、大臣に理解してもらうため、国交省の上 

の方からインプットしてもらえないか。→大臣など高官の会合の機会にはインプ 

ットするように努めている。JASIC の現地活動においても大使館に協力を依頼す 

ればダイレクターや DG にもコンタクトしやすくなると考えられる。 

ASEAN MRA と IWVTA に関連して 

インドネシアの議論を聞いていると、インドネシアは車両認証では ASEAN MRA 

を使う気がないように思う。それぞれの通関には MRA のメリットを活かそうと 

しているが、それを使って車両認証を整備しようという話が当事者である MOI 

でもない。そこをどうやって修正してゆくか大きな課題。 

マレーシアは 2015 年の次のステップとして IWVTA を目指しており、インドネ 

シアより前向きである。 

インドネシアはまだ IWVTA への余地がある。 

昨年のバリ会議ではあれだけ盛り上がったのにもかかわらず、GAIKINDO が強 

力に MRA は域内だけと言い出しはじめている。 

ただ、GAOKINDO も昨年のインドネシアでの官民会議の場で Open にすべきと 

の発言している。また、インドネシアの 2 輪業界関係者からは昨年の官民会議で 

何故 IWVTA を二輪にも適用しないのか?との発言もあった。 

資料3:今年度活動実施及び今後の活動計画案について 

1)インドネシア政策決定者への｢1958 年協定批准のための準備｣報告書 

誰が作成しているか?→ IASIF。IASIF の基本 Stance Paper。官民上層部へ説 

明するための報告書で、インドネシア語の最新ドラフト(12 月 17 日 IASIF 事務 

局作成)を和訳したもの。→この報告書がインドネシア側が作成したのならば、 

今後の基準調和・相互承認活動に有効である。 

58 協定を調印する部署(当事者となる役所)は?→ MOT と決まっている。 

何故、この Paper でそれを曖昧にしているのか?→ 関係部署を巻き込むために、 

わざと曖昧にしていると思う。 

2

2)19 項目の UN 規則の認可当局やテクニカルサービス等一覧表 

本来、127 項目の UN 規則について、インドネシアが採用、不採用の項目を決め、 

その認可当局、テクニカルサービスの候補名、関係団体、関連規格等を整理すべ 

きだが、具体的作業は IASIF で現在検討中。ここでは、サンプルとして 19 項目 

を入れている。 

3)法規の改訂ステップについて(昨年の官民会議で発表された資料) 

インドネシアの場合、認証に必要な技術要件は LAW のところで決まっており(7 

~10 項目?)、排ガス等は入っているが、それ以外の車両認証関係は LAW に書 

かれてない。追加するならそこに必要だが、2009 年に改定されたばかりなので, 

LAW へのさらなる追加変更は大変難しいと言っている。DECREE 等、下の方で 

法規要件が追加出来ればベストであるが一番上の LAW に書かれていないと運用 

する部署が従わないと懸念していた。 

SNI の強制要件を使ったら? → SNI は規格。強制できるが車両認証には使え 

ない。JIS マークが強制になっているようなもの。 

インドネシアでは LAW から DECREE まである意味法体系がそろっているので、 

法律改正は零スタートよりはるかに難しい。当事者はメリット、デメリットは解 

かっているが、LAW を見直すには、今いるメンバーではできない。この 2-3 年で 

は、具体的な作業にはとりかかれないのでは。 

将来的にどうすれば、良い等の提案を示すという形に持っていったら? →モデ 

ル的なものは既に示している。58 協定に入って、火がつけば真剣に考えるかもし 

れない。 

今年の 58 協定加盟までに、IASIF で実際に UN 規則を採用してその後の運用が 

できるもとを作ってゆかなければならない。そのためのスケジュール作りは今年 

度の最後の大きなテーマになると思う。資料3をベースにして来年度活動をたて 

たい。どんな法規をどこの試験場でやるか位は早い時期に詰めたい。インドネシ 

アが動かなければならない法規改正については、向こうの裁量なのでプッシュす 

る位しかできないし、58協定採用についてもインドネシアの上層部次第。 

試験機関の強化について? 

過去数年にわたって試験機関の強化をしてきたが、主要な項目(至近に彼らが必 

要としているような項目)は一通りの情報提供は終わっている。 

業界として、アセアン各国毎に試験機関設立は望んでいない。認証試験のボリュ 

ームは限られたものであるし、相互承認が始まれば仕事量が減るので、そこの試 

験機関でテストを義務づけたり COP を頻繁に行うなどが予想される。 

→ 当プロジェクトにおける過去の経過では、そのような議論もあり、アセアン 

でラボをシェアする話などもあったが、最終的に各国は自国の試験機関を持って 

3

いたい要望が強く、今の流れに至っている。 

多機能な認証試験の可能性の高い試験機関に対し、将来採用していくであろう複 

数の UN 規則について、似た様な認証試験はそこでできるようにインフラ整備し 

て行けるように情報提供してゆきたい。ランプ関係は完全には抜けているが彼ら 

の方針次第。排ガス、硝子等、設備が整っている部分については、既に情報提供 

も済んでいるので、同じ項目で重なった無駄はしたくない。 

経産省からはこの支援活動は、来年度一杯で終結させるように言われている。 

ワークショップのスタイルで 4 回程度の計画。具体的な内容や、詳細なスケジュ 

ールは 3 月末の会合でインドネシアと協議してまとめる予定。 

4 

以上

X - 経済産業省

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?